mw0m-^- ^fifl^j§m^§^^§§^:^;\ mm 1922-1923 •iftiiiiii^K THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY C RGuH 1922/33 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign http://www.archive.org/details/annualregister192223univ f UrarntttQ anb iCabor University of Illinois ANNUAL REGISTER 1922-1923 General Announcements, 1923-1924 Faculty and Courses, 1922-1923 Students, 1922-1923 URBANA PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY MARCH, 1923 J U CONTENTS to ^ > University Calendar 5 ^ Board op Trustees 9 Advisory Board 10 Officers of Administration and Instruction 11 Part I. General Information 41 Location 41 History 42 Equipment 47 Administration 59 Admission 62 Graduation : First Degrees 76 Honors and Competitions 78 Lectures and Other General Exercises 82 Associations, Societies, and Clubs 86 Undergraduate Scholarships 90 Beneficiary Aid 90 Fees and Expenses 91 Part II. The Colleges and Schools 95 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 95 The College of Commerce and Business Administration 106 The College of Education 114 Military Science 120 Physical Education 122 The Summer Session 123 The College of Engineering 126 The College of Agriculture 144 The College of Law 154 The Graduate School 161 The Library School 170 The School of Music 173 The School of Railway Engineering and Administration 175 The College of Medicine 176 The College of Dentistry 194 The School of Pharmacy 204 Part III. General Description of Courses 209 Part IV. The University Press 339 Part V. University Extension 341 Part VI. Experiment Stations and Other Scientific Bureaus 345 List of Students, Degrees, Etc. Students, 1922-23 359 Degrees Conferred, 1922 503 Fellows and Scholars 525 Honors 526 Directory of Alumni Associations 536 Indexes 542 517." 10 CALENDAR, 1922, 1923, 1924 1922 1923 1924 JULY S M T W T F S 1 8 15 22 29 S 5 12 19 26 S M .. 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 JANUARY T W T 2 3 4 9 10 11 16 17 18 23 24 25 30 31 . . F 5 12 19 26 S 6 13 20 27 S 1 8 15 22 29 JULY M T W T F 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 S 7 14 21 28 5 M 6 '7 13 14 20 21 27 28 JANUARY T W T F S 12 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 .. .. 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 AUGUST 5 M T W T F .... 12 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 .. FEBRUAR' S M T W T .... 1 F 2 9 16 23 S 3 10 17 24 S AUGUST M T W T F .... 1 2 3 S 4 11 18 25 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S """""-- 1 2 4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 .. 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 3 4 10 11 17 18 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 .. SEPTEMBER S M T W T F 1 S 2 9 16 23 30 S M MARCH T W T .... 1 F 2 9 16 23 30 S 3 10 17 24 31 S SEPTEMBER M T W T F S 1 8 15 22 29 S 6 13 20 27 S M MARCH T W T F S 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 OCTOBER S M T W T F 12 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 .. .. 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 31 S M '6 '7 13 14 20 21 27 28 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 APRIL T W T F S 12 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 OCTOBER S M T W T F * 12 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 31 S 7 14 21 28 S M 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 APRIL T W T 3 4 5 10 11 12 17 18 19 24 25 26 F 6 13 20 27 S 7 14 21 28 NOVEMBER S M T W T F 12 3 ■5 '6 ■? 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 . . S 4 11 18 25 5 M 6 '7 13 14 20 21 27 28 MAY T W T 12 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 31 F 4 11 IS 25 S 5 12 19 26 S NOVEMBER M T W T F 1 2 S 3 10 17 24 S M MAY T W T F S .... 1 2 3 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 8 M T W T F 1 S 2 9 16 23 30 S M JUNE T W T F 1 8 15 22 29 S 2 9 16 23 30 S DECEMBER M T W T F S 1 8 15 22 29 S M 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 JUNE T W T F S 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 3 4 10 11 17 18 24 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 19 20 21 26 27 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 THE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 1922-1923-1924 Sept. 11-15, Mon.-Fri. Sept. 12, Tues., 10 a. m. Sept. 18-19, Mon.-Tues. Sept. 18-23, Mon.-Sat. Sept. 20, Wed., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Sept. 23, Sat., 5 p. m. Sept. 25, Mdn. Sept. 25-30, Mon.-Sat. Sept. 30, Sat., 12 m. Oct. 2, Mon., 8 a. m. Oct. 6, Fri., 4 p. m. 8 p. m. Oct. 16, Mon. Oct. 26-28, Thurs.-Sat. Nov. 6, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 11, Sat. Nov. 16-18, Thurs.-Sat. Nov. 18, Sat., 12 m. Nov. 23-25, Thurs.-Sat. Nov. 29, Wed., 12 m. Nov. 30, Thurs. Dec. 3, Sun. Dec. 4, Mon., 8 a. m. Dec. 4, Mon., 4 p. m. Dec. 12, Tues., 10 a. m. 8 p. m. Dec. 8, Fri., 8 p. m. Dec. 22, Fri., 11 a. m. 5 p. m. Dec. 30, Sat., 5 p. m. 1923 Jan. 3, Wed., 1 p. m. Jan. 9, Tues. Jan. 20, Sat. Jan. 22-27, Mon.-Sat. Jan. 29-Feb. 2, Mon.-Fri. Jan. 31-Feb. 3, Wed.-Sat. Jan. 31, Wed. FIRST SEMESTER, 1922-1923 Entrance Examinations, Urbana and Chicago Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Registration Days Examinations for removal of conditions, Chicago Professional Schools Instruction begun Freshman convocation Latest day for change of study-list without fee Military Drill and Hygiene lectures (Hygiene 1 for men, and 2 for women) begun Examinations for removal of conditions, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for rebates in full Registration, Chicago Professional Schools Senate meeting. President's Reception, Woman's building. Assignment of vacant scholarships in agriculture and home economics Inspection trips, College of Engineering Latest day for announcement of subjects for all undergraduate and graduate theses Armistice Day convocation Home Economics inspection trip Latest day for rebate of one-half fees Latest day for removal by seniors graduating in February of last semester or summer session failures, and for substitution in course High School Conference Thanksgiving recess begun, Chicago Professional Schools Thanksgiving Day Illinois Day Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Senate meeting Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Christmas concert lowa-Minnesota-Illinois debates Junior promenade Holiday recess begun Holiday recess begun, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for professional degrees in engineer- ing. Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Instruction resumed Time limit on special examinations effective Semester examinations begun Farmers' Week Semester examinations, Chicago Professional Schools Entrance Examinations Semester examinations ended The University Calendar Feb. 5-6, Mon.-Tues. Feb. 7, Wed., 8 a. m. Feb. 10, Sat., 5 p. m. Feb. 12, Mon. 4 p. m. Feb. 17, Sat. Feb. 22, Thurs. Feb. 23, Fri Mar. 2, Fri, Mar. 13, Tues. Mar. 16, Fri. Mar, 29, Thurs., 11 a. m. 5 p. m. Mar. 31, Sat., 12 m. Apr. 2, Mon., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Apr. 3, Tues., 1 p. m. Apr. 7, Sat., 12 m. May 4, Fri. May 12, Sat., 12 m. May, between 15 and 31 May 15, Tues. May 18, Fri. May 19, Sat. May 26, Sat. May 28, Mon. May 30, Wed. May 28, Mon.-June 8, Fri. June 1, Fri. June 2, Sat. June 4, Mon., 4 p. m. June 6, Wed. June 8, Fri. June 9, Sat., 10 a. m. June 10, Sun. June 11, Mon. 8:30 p. m. June 12, Tues. 10 a. m. June 13, Wed. SECOND SEMESTER, 1922-1923 Registration Days Instruction begun Registration, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for change of study-list without fee Lincoln Day Senate meeting Time limit on special examinations expires Last day for rebates in full Washington Day Military ball University Day Annual band concert Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Michigan-Illinois-Wisconsin debate Easter recess begun Easter recess begun, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for filing of completed theses by candi- dates for professional degrees in engineering. Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Senate meeting Instruction resumed Latest day for rebates of one-half fees, and for re- moval by seniors of first semester failures, and for substitutions in course Northern Oratorical League contest Latest day for the receipt by the Dean of the Grad- uate School of certified copies of doctors' theses Hazelton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Time limit on special examinations effective Interscholastic oratorical contest Interscholastic athletic meet Final examinations begun Military Day Memorial Day Final examinations, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for acceptance of undergraduate theses Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certified copies of masters' theses Senate meeting Final examinations ended Class Day, College of Dentistry Class Day and alumni meeting. College of Medicine Annual Commencment, Chicago Professional Schools Baccalaureate address Class Day Senior ball Alumni Day Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Fifty-second Annual Commencement June 18, Mon. June 19, Tues., 8 a. m. June 25, Mon., 5 p. m. July 14, Sat., 12 m. Aug. 10-11, Fri.-Sat. SUMMER SESSION, 1923 Registration Day Instruction begun Latest day for rebates in full Latest day for rebates of one-half fees Final examinations The University Calendar Sept. 11, Tues., 10 a. m. Sept. 10-14, Mon.-Fri. Sept. 17-18, Mon.-Tues. Sept. 19, Wed., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Sept. 21, Fri., 8 p. m. Sept. 22, Sat., 5 p. m. Sept. 24, Mon. Sept. 24-29, Mon.-Sat. Sept. 29, Sat., 5 p. m. Oct. 1, Mon., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Oct. 1.5, Mon. Oct. 24-27, Wed.-Sat., 12 m. Oct. 24-30, Wed.-Tues. Nov. 5, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 11, Sun. Nov. 15-17, Thurs.-Sat. Nov. 17, Sat. Nov. 22-24, Thurs.-Sat. Nov. 28, Wed., 12 m. Nov. 29, Thurs. Dec. 3, Mon., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Dec. 7, Fri., 8 p. m. Dec. 11, Tues., 10 a. m. Dec. 14, Fri., 8 p. m. Dec. 22, Sat., 11 a. m. 5 p. m. Dec. 31, Mon., 5 p. m. Jan. 3, Thurs., 8 a .m. 1 p. m. Jan. 8, Tues. Jan. 19, Sat. Jan. 21-26 Jan. 28-Feb. 1, Mon.-Fri. Jan. 30-Feb. 2, Wed.-Sat. Jan. 30, Wed. Feb. 4-5, Mon.-Tues. Feb. 6, Wed., 8 a. m. Feb. 9, Sat., 5 p. m. Feb. 11, Mon. 4 p. m. Feb. 12, Tues. Feb. 16, Sat. Feb. 22, Fri. Mar. 2, Sun. Mar. 7, Fri. FIRST SEMESTER, 1923-1924 Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Entrance examinations, Urbana and Chicago Registration Days Instruction begun Freshman convocation President's reception, Woman's Building Latest day for change of study-list without fee Military JDrill and Hygiene lectures (Hygiene 1 for men and 2 for women) begun Examinations for removal of conditions, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for rebates in full Registration^ Chicago Professional Schools Senate meeting Assignment of vacant scholarships in agriculture and home economics Inspection trip. College of Engineering Inspection trip, Mining, Engineering Latest day for announcement of subjects for all undergraduate and graduate theses Armistice Day Home economics inspection trip Latest day for rebate of one-half fees Latest day for removal by seniors graduating in February of last semester or summer session failures, and for subscriptions in courses High School Conference Thanksgiving recess begun, Chicago Professional Schools Thanksgiving Day Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Illinois Day Senate meeting lowa-Minnesota-Illinois debates Junior promenade Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Christmas concert Holiday recess begun Holiday recess begun^ Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for professional degrees in engineering 1924 Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Instruction resumed Special examinations not allowed on or after this date Semester examinations begun Farmers' Week. Semester examinations, Chicago Professional Schools Entrance examinations, Urbana Semester examinations ended Registration Days Instruction begun Registration, Chicago Professional Schools Last day for change of study list without fee Special examinations again permitted Senate meeting Lincoln Day Last day for rebates in full Washington Day Military ball University Day Annual band concert 8 The University Calendar Mar. 11, Tues. Mar. 14, Fri. Apr. 1, Tues., 5 p. m. Apr. 5, Sat., 12 m. Apr. 7, Mon., 4 p. m. Apr. 17, Thurs., 11 a. m. 5 p. m. Apr. 21, Mon., 8 a. m. Apr. 22, Tues., 1 p. m. May 2, Fri. May, between 15 and 31 May 10, Sat., 12 m. May 13, Tues. May 16, Fri. May 17, Sat. May 24, Sat. May 26, Mon.-June 6, Fri. May 28, Wed. May 30, Fri. May 31, Sat. June 2, Mon., 4 p. m. June 4, Wed. June 6, Fri. June 7, Sat., 10 a. m. June 8, Sun. June 9, Mon. 8:30 p. m. June 10, Tues. 10 a. m. June 11, Wed. Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Michigan-Illinois-Wisconsin debate Latest day for filing of completed theses by candi- dates for professional degrees in engineering Latest day for rebates of one-half fees and for re- moval by seniors of first-semester failures, and for substitutions in course Senate meeting Easter recess begun Easter recess begun, Chicago Professional Schools Instruction resumed, Chicago Professional Schools Instruction resumed Northern Oratorical League contest Hazelton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Latest day for the receipt by the Dean of the Grad- uate School of certified copies of doctor's theses Special examinations not allowed on or after this date Interscholastic oratorical contest Interscholastic athletic meet Final examinations begim Final examinations, Chicago Professional Schools Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Grad- uate School of certified copies of masters' theses Memorial Day. Military Day. Latest day for acceptance of undergraduate theses Senate meeting Final examinations ended Class Day, College of Dentistry Class Day, and alumni meeting, College of Medicine Annual Commencement, Chicago Professional School Baccalaureate address Class Day Senior ball Alumni Day Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Fifty-first Annual Commencement THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES MEMBERS EX OFFICIO The Governor of Illinois HON. LEN SMALL Springfield The Superintendent of Public Instruction HON. FRANCIS G. BLAIR Springfield ELECTED MEMBERS {Terms 1917-1923) WILLIAM L. ABBOTT 72 West Adams Street, Chicago MARY E. BUSEY Urhana OTIS W. HOIT Geneseo {Term 1919-1925) JOHN M. HERBERT Murphysboro CAIRO A. TRIMBLE Princeton MARGARET D. BLAKE 25 E. WaUon Place, Chicago {Term 1921-1927) LAURA B. EVANS Taylorville HELEN M. GRIGSBY Pittsfield WILLIAM L. NOBLE 31 N. State Street, Chicago OFFICERS OF THE BOARD WILLIAM L. ABBOTT, 72 West Adams Street, Chicago President HARRISON E. CUNNINGHAM, Urbana Secretary ARTHUR M. BURKE, Champaign Treasurer LLOYD MOREY, Urbana Comptroller COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD Executive Committee William L. Abbott, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, Otis W. Hoit Standing Committees Buildings and Grounds — William L. Abbott, Chairman; Laura B. Evans, Otis W. Hoit, John M. Herbert, Margaret D. Blake. Finance — Cairo A. Trimble, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, Otis W. Hoit, William L, Noble, John M. Herbert. Engineering — John M. Herbert, Chairman; William Ij. Abbott, Cairo A. Trimble. Agriculture — Otis W. Hoit, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, John M. Herbert. College of Medicine and School of Pharmacy — Margaret D. Blake, Chairman; William L. Abbott, WUliam L. Noble. Students' Welfare — Laura B. Evans, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, Margaret D. Blake, Helen M. Grigsby. Instruction — Francis G. Blair, Chairman; Helen M. Grigsby, William L. Noble. Library — Mary E. Busey, Chairman; Laura B. Evans, Helen M. Grigsby. 9 ADVISORY BOARD COLLEGE OF LAW Mr. John G. Drennan Chicago Mr. William R. Hunter Kankakee Mr. "Walter C. Lindley Danville Mr. George T. Page Peoria Mr. Peter P, Schaefer Champaign SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Mr. G. E. Baumann Springfield Mr. O. U. Sisson Chicago Mr. John H. Harsch Peoria Mr. p. D. Roark Macomb Mr. Byron Armstrong Jacksonville DEPARTMENT OF CERAMIC ENGINEERING Mr. F. W. Butterworth Danville Mr. a. W. Gates Monmouth Mr. W. D. Gates Chicago Mr. J. W. Stipes Champaign Mr. Theodore G. Dickinson Chicago AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION Animal Husbandry Section — Mr. Joseph Fulkerson Jerseyville Mr. William S. Corsa Whitehall Mr. A. A. Armstrong Camargo Mr. a. F. Rising Champaign Mr. J. G. Imboden Decatur Dairy Husbandry Section — Dr. N. W. Hepburn Peoria Mr. Fred Shuster Springfield Senator Rodney B. Swift Lake Forest Mr. George A. Fox Sycamore Mr. Herman J. Schultz Shipman Farm Crops Section — Mr. Harvey J. Sconce Sidell *Mr. Eugene Funk Bloominglon Mr. William Webb Joliet Mr. Charles Rowe ■ Jacksonville *Mr, Harry Winter Wenona Farm Mechanics Section — Mr, J. V. Stevenson Streaior Mr. J. P. Stout Chatham Mr. E. L. Gillham Edwardsville Farm Organization and Management Section — Mr. Frank I. Mann Oilman Mr. Harvey J. Sconce Sidell Mr. Charles A. Ewing Decatur Mr. Frank H. McKelvey Springfield Mr. Henry H. Parke Genoa Floriculture Section — Mr. Joseph Kohout Libertyville Mr. Albert T. Hey Maywood Mr. W. N. Rudd Morgan Park Mr. W. J. Hembreiker Springfield *Mr. W. L. Washburn Bloominglon Horticulture Section — Mr. W. S. Perrine Centralia Mr. a. L. McClay Hillview Mr. H. M. Dunlap Savoy Mr. G. a. Bryant Princeton Mr. August Geweke Des Plainea Soils Section — *Mr. Ralph Allen Delavan Mr. F. I. Mann Oilman Mr. a. N. Abbott Morrison Mr. G. F. Tullock Rockford •Recommended but acceptance not received November 15, 1922 10 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS President of the University David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D. THE COUNCIL OF ADMINISTRATION David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean of Men and Professor of Rhetoric Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit., Ph.D., LL.D., Provost, Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Dean of the College of Dentistry and Professor of Oral Surgery and Pathology Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, Ph.D., M.D., Dean of the College of Medicine, Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department of Anatomy Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Philosophy Ruby Elizabeth Campbell Mason, A.M., Dean of Women Charles Ernest Chadsey, Ph.D., Litt.D., Dean of the College of Education and Professor of Education Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Commerce and Business Administration and Professor of Economics Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Dean of the College of Agriculture, Director of Agri- cultural Extension Service MiLO Smith Ketchum, C.E., Dean of the College of Engineering, Director of the School of Railway Engineering and Administration Albert J. Harno, B.S., LL.B., Dean of the College of Law and Professor of Law GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President Thomas Arkle Clark, B.S., Captain I. N. G., Adjutant to the President in Military Affairs Charles Maxwell MoConn, A.M., Assistant to the President and Private Secretary Max Walter Andrews, A.M., University Editor Anton James Janata, A.B., Executive Secretary George Chapin, A.B., Editorial and Executive Assistant THE OFFICE OF THE PROVOST Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Litt., Ph.D., LL.D., Provost OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF BUSINESS OPERATION James McLaken White, B.S., Superintendent of BuMness Operation OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR George Philip Tuttle, Jr., B.S., Registrar Levi Augustus Boice, Recorder James Orton Huff, A.M., Examiner Donald Ashway Grossman, LL.B., Examiner THE BUSINESS OFFICE Lloyd Morey, A.B., B.Mus., C.P.A.(I11,), Comptroller Charles Harlow Pratt, A.B., Auditor Horace Ballou Ingalls, B.S., Bursar Harold Mortimer Edwards, LL.B., Purchasing Agent 11 12 Administrative Officers OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean Robert Gardner Tolman, B.S., Assistant Dean of Men for Freshman and Foreign Students OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN Ruby Elizabeth Campbell Mason, A.M., Dean OFFICE OF THE HIGH SCHOOL VISITOR Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., High School Visitor Harold D. Trimble, A.M., Assistant High School Visitor Harold L. Camp, Ph.D., Assistant High School Visitor THE UNIVERSITY PRESS Harrison Edward Cunningham, A.B., Director of the Press and the Information Office OFFICE OF THE SUPERVISING ARCHITECT James McLaren White, B.S., Supervising Architect and Superintendent of Business Opera- tion Joseph Morrow, Superintendent of Buildings Evelyn Atkinson, Superintendent of Grounds DEPARTMENT OF HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH Joseph Howard Beard, A.M., M.D., Health Officer Gertrude E. Moulton, M.D., Medical Adinser to Women Vergil A. Ross, M.D., Medical Adviser to Men John R. Cain, M.D., Medical Adviser to Men THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN George A. Huff, B.S., Director THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN Louise Freer, A.M., Director MILITARY DEPARTMENT, R. O. T. C George Frederick Ney Dailey, Major, Commandant THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director CURATORS Frank Collins Baker, B.S., Curator of the Museum of NcUural History Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture Albert Ten Eyck Olmstead, Ph.D., Professor of History and Curator of the Oriental Museum THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS IN URBANA THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Litt., Ph.D., LL.D., Dean Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chakles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D.. LL.D., Dean Edward Joseph Filbey, Ph.D., C.P.A., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Charles Ernest Chadsey, Ph.D., Dean THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING MiLO Smith Ketchum, C.E., Dean Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Dean Fred Henry Rankin, B.S., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF LAW Albert J. Harno, B.S., LL.B., Dean THE GRADUATE SCHOOL Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Dean THE LIBRARY SCHOOL Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Director THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC Frederic B. Stiven, B.Mus., A.A.G.O., Director THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND ADMINISTRATION' Mild Smith Ketchum, C.E., Director THE UNIVERSITY HIGH SCHOOL Lewis Ward Williams, A.M., Principal Charles Ernest Chadsey, Ph.D., Litt.D., Director THE SUMMER SESSION, 1922 IN CHICAGO THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Dean William Henry Browne, Secretary THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Dean Newton George Thomas, A.M., D.D.S., Secretary THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY William Baker Day, Ph.G., Dean and Secretary 'This School has been inactive during the year 1922-23. 13 OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION THE SENATE' David Kinlet, Ph.D., LL.D., President EDMrND Janes J.\mes, Ph.D., LL.D., President, Emeritus Nathan Clifford Rickeh, D.Arch., Professor of Architecture, Emeritus Ira Osborn Baker, C.E., D.Eng., Professor of Civil Engineering, Emeritus Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Entomology, Emeritus Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Professor of Geology, Emeritus Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., D.Sc, D.Eng., Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engi- neering, in charge of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Samuel Wilson Parr, I\LS., Professor of Applied Chemistry Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor of the Latin Language and Literature, Chairman of the Department of the Classics, and Secretary of the Senate Charles Melville Moss, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature, Emeritus Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor of the English Language and Literature Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Professor of Thremmatology, and Dean of the College of Agriculture, Emeritus Albert Pruden Carman, D.Sc, Professor of Physics and Head of the Department EvARTS BouTELL Greene, Ph.D., ProfessoT of History Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Professor of Rhetoric and Dean of Men Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy and Dean of the Graduate School Newton Alonzo Wells,^]\LP., Professor of Architectural Decoration, Emeritus Morgan Brooks,' Ph.B., M.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering George A. Huff, B.S., Director of Physical Education for Men James McLaren White, B.S., Professor of Architectural Engineering, Supervising Architect, and Superintendent of Business Operation Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor of Animal Husbandry, Dean of the College of Agriculture, and Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor of Economics Joseph Cullen Blair, M.S., D.Sc, Professor of Horticulture and Head of the Department Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor of Education and High School Visitor Oliver Albert Harker, A.^L, LL.D., Professor of Law, and Legal Counsel Edward John Lake, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art and Design and Acting Head of the Department Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages Wilber John Fraser, M.S., Professor of Dairy Farming Frederick Green, A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor of Animal Nutrition James Wilford GARNT;R,*Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Head of the Department Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Mathemaiics and Head of the De- partment William Albert Noyes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Chemical Laboratory George Abram Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Edw.vrd Cary Hayes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Sociology and Head of the Department Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor of German and Head of the Department George Alfred Goodenough, ^LE., Professor of Thermodynamics Phineas L.^wrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director of the Library and the Library School Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Zoology and Head of the Department Harry Harkness Stoek,'E.M., D.Sc, Professor of Mining Engineering and Head of the Department Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English and Chairman of the Department 'The Senate is composed of all University officers of full professorial rank and all others in charge of independent departments of instruction. This applies also to the faculties in Medicine, Dentistry, and Phar- macy. The order is that of seniority. See index of names. ^Deceased, January, 1923. 'On leave of absence. *On leave of absence, first semester. •Deceased March 1, 1923. 14 The Senate 15 John William Lloyd, Ph.D., Professor of Olericulture Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S., Professor of Pomology John Archibald Fairlie,' Ph.D., Professor of Political Science John Norton Pomeroy, A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law Bruce Willet Benedict, B.S., Manager of Shop Laboraiories in the Department of Mechan- ical Engineering William Edward Burge, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology and Acting Head of the Department Ernest Ludlow Bogart', Ph.D., Professor of Economics and Head of the Department Madison BENTLEY',Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and Head of Psychology Laboratory Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit., Ph.D., LL.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and Provost William Trelease, D.Sc, LL.D., Professor of Botany and Head of the Department John Sterling Kingsley, D.Sc, Professor of Zoology, Emeritus William Shirley Bayley, Ph.D., Professor of Geology Laurence Marcellus Larson', Ph.D., Professor of History and Head of the Department Ellery Burton Paine, M.S., E.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head of the Department Frank Smith, A.M., Professor of Systematic Zoology Loring Harvey Provine, B.S., A.E., Professor of Architectural Engineering and Head of the Department of Architecture Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology Herbert Fisher Moore, B.S., M.^LE., Research Professor of Engineering Materials Kenneth McKjenzie, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages and Head of the Department William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics John Driscoll Fitz-Gerald^, Ph.D., Litt.D., Professor of Spanish Oscar Adolph Leutwiler, M.E., Professor of Machine Design Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Professor of Economics Charles Zeleny, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Professor of History Ernest Bernbaum, Ph.D., Professor of English Cullen Warner Parmelee, B.S., Professor of Ceramic Engineering and Acting Head of the Department David Hobart Carnahan, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages Alexander Dyer MacGillivray, Ph.D., Professor of Systematic Entomology Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Electricity Floyd Rowe Watson, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Physics Albert Ten Eyck Olmstead, Ph.D., Professor of History and Curator of the Oriental Museum Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Professor of Heating and Ventilaiion and Head of the Depart- ment of Mechanical Engineering Robert Graham, D.V.M., Professor of Animal Pathology John McBeath Snodgrass, B.S., Professor of Railway Mechanical Engineering Harrison Edward Cunningham, A.B., Director of the University Press and Secretary of the Board of Trustees William Leonid as Burlison, Ph.D., Professor of Crop Production and Head of the Depart- ment of Agronomy Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Professor of Pomology Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Professor of Floriculture James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Professor of Horse Husbandry Melvin Lorenius Enger, M.S., C.E., Professor of Mechanics and Hydraulics Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Professor of General Engineering Draioing and Head of the Department, Assistant Dean of the College of Engineering Fred Henry Rankin, B.S., Superintendent of Agricultural Extension and Assistant Dean of the College of Agriculture Henry Perley Rusk, M.S., Professor of Cattle Husbandry and Head of the Department 'On leave of absence, second semester. 'On leave of absence. *Oii leave of absence, first semester. 16 The Senate Hiram Thompson Scovill, A.B., C.P.A.(I11.), Professor of Accountancy and Head of the Department of Business Organization and Operation JA^rES Btrnie Shaw, D.Sc, Professor of Mathematics RuBT Elizabeth Campbell Mason, A.M., Dean of Women Arthur Byron Coble, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Everett Edgar King, M.S., C.E., M.C.E., Professor of Railway Civil Engineering George Frederick Net Dailey, Major, Infantry, U.S.A., Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Commandant Charles Ernest Chadsey, Ph.D., Litt.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College of Education Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Economics and Dean of the College of Commerce and Business Administration Roger Adams, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry Joseph Howard Beard, M.D., Professor of Hygiene and University Health Officer John A. Detlefsen,' D.Sc, Professor of Genetics George Tobias Flom, Ph.D., Professor of Scandinavian Walter Lee Gaines, Ph.D., Professor of Milk Prodv/^lion Simon Litman, Dr.Jur.Pub. et Rer.Cam., Professor of Economics Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Professor of Geology LoRADO Taft, M.S., L.H.D., Non-Resident Professor of Art Terence Thomas Quirke, E.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology and Chairman of the Department Edward Herbert Cameron, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Psychology Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics and Assistant Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Robert Daniel Carmichael, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Bacteriology William Spence Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of History Walter Lee Summers, J.D., Professor of Law Albert James Harno, LL.B., Professor of Law and Dean of the College of Law Ruth Aimee Wardall, A.M., Professor of Home Economics and Head of the Department Emil Wilhelm Lehman, E.E., A.E., Professor of Farm Mechanics and Head of the De- partment Clell Lee Metcalp, D.Sc, Professor of Entomology and Head of the Department Harrison August Ruehe, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufactures and Head of the De- partment of Dairy Husbandry Louise Freer, A.M., Professor and Director of Physical Education for Women George Washington Goble, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law Albert Austin Harding, B.Mus., Professor of Music and Director of the Military Bands Alonzo Plumstead Kratz, M.S., Research Professor of Mechanical Engineering Walter Scott Monroe, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director of the Bureau of Educa- tional Research Lloyd Morey, A.B., B.Mus., C.P.A.(I11.), Professor of Accountancy and Comptroller Rexford Newcomb, A.m., M.Arch., Professor of Architectural History Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Professor of the Teaching of English Edward Charles Schmidt, M.E,, Professor of Railway Engineering and Head of the De- partment Fred B. Seely, M.S., Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Fred Wilbur Tanner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology and Head of the Depart- ment Wilbur M. Wilson, M.M.E., C.E., Research Professor of Structural Engineering Robert Carl Zuppke, Ph.B., Professor of Physical Education Frederic Benjamin Stiven, B.Mus., A.A.G.O., Professor of Music and Director of the School of Music Hardy Cross, B.S., M.C.E., Professor of Structural Engineering Leslie Ellsworth Card, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry Clement Clarence Williams, B.S., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of the Department Matthew Thompson McClure, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Milo Smith Ketchum, C.E., Dean of the College of Engineering and Director of the Engi- neering Experiment Station William Gumming Rose, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry •On leave of absence. Associate Professors 17 Francis Samuel Philbrick, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Law Gordon Watkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics and Acting Head of the De- partment Coleman Roberts Griffith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Acting Head of the Department Charles Clayton Wylie, Ph.D., Associate in Astronomy and Acting Head of the Depart- ment ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jakob Kunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematical Physics John Mabry Mathews, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science Arnold Emch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics Robert Francis Seybolt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History of Educaiion B. Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry Aretas Wilbur Nolan, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural EduccUion and Director of the Smith-Hughes Teacher Training Victor Ernest Shelford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology George Denton Beal, Pn.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry Russell McCulloch Story, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science William Herschel Smith, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry Arthur Moses Buswell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sanitary Chemistry Chester Morton Davison, B.S., Associate Professor of Architectural Design Thomas James Camp, Major, Infantry, U.S.A., Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Executive Officer Harold Hanson Mitchell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Nutrition Clarence Walter Ham, M.E., Associate Professor of Machine Design Joseph Albert Polson, M.E., Associate Professor of Steam Engineering Jay Courtland Hackleman, B.S.,A.M., Associate Professor of Farm Crops Extension Paul Van Brunt Jones, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History Karl Baptiste Lohmann, B.S., M.L.A., Associate Professor of Landscape Design Worth Huff Rodebush, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiological Chemistry Frederick Charles Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils Extension Arthur Samuel Colby, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pomology Edward Joseph Filbey, Ph.D., C.P.A.(I11.), Associate Professor of BuMness Organization and Operation and Assistant Dean of the College of Commerce arid Business Administra- tion Ralph Kent Hursh, B.S., Associate Professor of Ceramic Engineering Harry Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English Horace James Macintire, B.S., M.M.E., Associate Professor of Refrigeration Arthur Beverly Mays, B.S,, Associate Professor of Industrial Education Frederick Arthur Russell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Organization and Operation Franklin William Scott, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English and Secretary of the De- partment Charles Henry Woolbert, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English Jacob Zeitlin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English William Edward Burr, Major, F.A., U.S.A., Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics Harold E. Babbitt, M.S., Associate Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Merlin Harold Hunter, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics Carl Leonard Lundgren, B.S., Associate Professor of Athletic Coaching and Physical Education George Foss Schwartz, A.M., B.Mus., Associate Professor of Music Harley Jones VanCleave, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology Waldo Shumway, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology Herbert Marshall Pool, Major, Infantry, U.S.A., Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics 18 Assistant Professors ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Edward Chauncet Baldwin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Literature Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture Frances Simpson, B.L.S., M.L., Assistarvt Professor of Library Economy and Assistant Director of the Library School Edward Hardenbergh Waldo, M.S., E.E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Design Justus Watson Folsom,' D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Entomology William Frederick Schulz, E.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics Arthur Robert Crathorne, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics Virgil R. Fleming, B.S., Assistant Professor of Applied Mechanics Harry Warren Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pomological Pathology Aubrey John Kempner, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathetnaiics Walter Byron McDougall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany John Henry Reedy, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry GusTAF Eric Wahlin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Experimental Physics Morris Morgan Leighton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology Paul Everette Belting, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education Henry BLUirsERG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics Olu'er Ralph Overman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Chemistry Cyrus Edmund Palmer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Architectural Engineering George Wellington Pickels, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering GusTAV Howard Radeb.\ugh, Superintendent of Shop Laboratories Carroll Carson Wiley, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Highway Engineering Warren Albert Ruth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pomological Physiology Edwin Hardin Sutherland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology RoscoE Raymond Snapp, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry Charles Earl Bradbury, B.P., Assistant Professor of Art and Design Robert Walker Grow, Captain, CavabTr, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics Ernest B.^rnes Lytle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Teaching of Mathematics Harold Newcomb Hillebrand, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Charles Allyn Williams, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German William Sanford Brock, B.S., A.B., Assistant Professor of Pomology Thomas Ernest Layng, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Elmer Roberts, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Feeding Raymond Stratton Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soil Physics Howard John Snider, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Fertility Emma Louise Wardell, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics William Wodin Yapp, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry Theodore Calvin Pease, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History Silas Alonzo Braley, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Ernest E. DeTurk, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soil Technology Armin Hajman Koller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German Ananias Ch.^rles Littleton, A.M., C.P.A.(I11.), Assistant Professor of Accountancy and Vice-Director of the Bureau of Business Research John VanHorne, Ph.D., Assistajit Professor of Romance Languages Arthur Hamilton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Roinance Languages William Horace Rayner, C.E., M.S., Assistant Professor of Surveying Matthew Rutherford Riddell, B.A.Sc, Assistant Professor of Aeronautic Engineering and Assistant to the Director of the Engineering Station Lemuel Cross Dillenback, A.ZvL, Assistant Professor of Architectural Design Frederick Charles Dietz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History Clyde Melvin Woodworth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Breeding James Garfield Randall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History William S.\muel Rumbough, Captain, Signal Corps, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Mili- tary Science and Tactics John Garfield Whitesides, Captain, Air Service, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics. Harland Bartholomew, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civic Design 'On leave of absence Assistant Professors 19 Arthur Eiler Drucker, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mining Engineering Harriet Thompson Barto, A.M., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Leverett Allen Adams, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology Sterling Power Lamprecht, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy Wilson Oscar Blanchard, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology William H. Severns, M.S., Assistaiit Professor of Mechanical Engineering Vincent Day, B.S., Special Research Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering Henry Heaton Baily, Ph.D., C. P. A. (111.), Assistant Professor of Accountancy Juliet Lita Bane, A.M., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Ralph Stanley Bauer, A.M., J.D., Assistant Professor of Business Law Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English John Simeon Cleavinger, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Economy Gerhard Dietrichson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Chemistry Newton Edward Ensign, B.S., Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Randolph Philip Hoelscher, B.S., Assistant Professor of General Engineering Drawing Abner Richard Knight, E.E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Harry Cleveland Kremers, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry John Knox McNeely, A.M., Assistant Professor of General Engineering Drawing Gertrude Evelyn Moulton, M.D., Assistant Professor of Hygiene and Medical Adviser for Women Francis Marion Porter, M.S., Assistant Professor of General Engineering Drawing William James Putnam, M.S., Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Emil Rauchenstein, B.S., Assistant Professor of Farm Organization and Management Chris Simeon Rhode, B.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry Extension Frank Erwin Richart, M.S., C.E., Research Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Clarissa Rinaker,* Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Ray Iris Shawl, M.S., Assistant Professor of Farm Mechanics John Kline Tuthill, B.S., Assistant Professor of Railway Electrical Engineering Harald Malcolm Westergaard, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Ivan Wright, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Economics Arthur Joseph Hoskin, M.E., Research Assistant Professor of Mining Engineering William Caldwell Titcomb, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Architectural Design Joseph Tykocinski Tykociner, E.E., Research Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Charles Bovett Sayre, B.S., Assistant Professor of Olericulture William Barfour Nevens, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Cattle Feeding Sleeter Bull, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry Raymond Leslie Donavan, B.S., Assistant Professor of Farm Management Arthur Bevan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology Arthur Samuel Ambrose, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing Henri Jacobus van den Berg, Assistajit Professor of Music James Marshall Brannon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Bacteriology Verna Brooks, A.B., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women DuANE Taylor Englis, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Ogle Hesse Sears, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Fertility David Cleveland Wimer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Physics Ernest Churchill Phillips, A.M., M.E., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education Stanley Hart White, B.S., M.L.A., Assistant Professor of Landscape Design Jamison Vawter, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering Walter Valentine Balduf, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology Thomas Douglas Mylrea, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Structural Engineering Thomas McLean Jasper, M.S., C.E., Special Research Assistant Professor of Engineering Materials Harold Clayton M. Case, M.S., Assistant Professor of Farm Organization and Management La Force Bailey, M.S., B.P., Assistant Professor of Architecture Daniel Allman Connor, A.B., Captain, Field Artillery, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics Layson Enslow Atkins, Captain, Engineers, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics John F. Ehlert, B.S., Captain, Infantry, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics 'On leave of absence. 20 Associates Jewett Casey Baker, Captain, Infantry, U.S.A., A«sts., Assistant in Physics Paul Anders, Assistant in Glass Blowing Cautlle Juliette Bouin, Assistant in Romance Languages George Keyports Brady, A.M., Assistant in English R-U.PH Colby, .\.M., Assistant in English Gordon Kanpolph Crecraft, .A..M., Assistant in English Paul Nissley Landis. A.M., AsHstant in English J.vNE M.^KLE Leichsexring. M.S., Assistont in Physiology H.UIVET PiERsoN Pettit, Ph.D., Assistant in Mathematics Rot Andrew Xelsox, >i.S., Assistant in Physics Frank Warren Clippinger, A.M., Assistant in English Myrox Thomas Townsexd, M.S., Assistant in Zoology Clarexce Carl Schmidt, .\.M., Assistant in Physics Anna Day Rixgland, A.M., Assistant in English Constance Axxa Bus-v\-ell, A.M., Assistant in English Eliz.useth Blair Fletcher, A.M., Assistant in English Adelaide Ellex Smithers, A.B., Assista?it in Romance Languages Julia Mixetta B.vrber, A.M., Assistant in English LoTHER Homer Brede, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Marg.\ret Ebert Foley, A.M., Assistant in Romance Longuages Flora M.uiion Lougee, A.M., Assistant in Cf-^vnistry Philip ICelsey Porter, A.M., Research Assistant in Chemistry Frank How.yrd Driggs, M.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry Della D.UiLE JuxKix, M.S., Assistant in Cheviistry Harry .Albert Bexder, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Lloyd Blinn H.iM, A.M., As^^i'.s'a'ii in Physics William Jacob Jensen, A.M., Assistant in Physics Rot Lewis ^L\YHEW, A.^L, Research Assistant in Zoology Welllvu How.vrd S.vxders, A.^L, Assistant in Physics Howard White, A.>L, Assistant in Political Science Orda Allen Plunkett, X.'Si., Assistant in Botany Clifford Fred R.\ss"^v-eiler, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Ed^nhn Berry Burgum, A.M., Assistant in Eriglish John Wildeboor Hurst, B.S., A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Joe Eugene Moose, ^LS., Assistant in Chemistry Edward Oscar North, ^LS., Assistant in Chemistry Cornelia Pulsifer Ivelley, A.^L, Assistant in English How.iRD Clinton Abbott, M.S., AssistarU in Botany Emil Edw.ard Dreger, >LS., Assistant in Chemistry StDNEY Sylvester Carney, B.S., Assistant in Agronomy Ellz.^eth C. Hyde, A.^L, Assista?u in Chemistry David Wendell Cr.^bb, A.B., C.P.A., Assistant in Accountancy Paul Canaday Taylor, B.S., Assistant in Accountancy Ruth Isobel Dois'ell, A. B., Assistant in Botany Forrest Draper McCrea, B.S., Assistant in Physiology George Theodore Felbeck, ^LS., Research AssistatU in Mechanical Engineering Crand.U-L Zach.vri.^jh Rosecrans, SlS., Research Assistant in Mechanical Engineering Gut Ll\ton Diffexbaugh, A.^L, Assistant in English John William Harsch, B.j?., Special Research Assistant in Engineering Materials A. Gertrude Sergeant, A.B., Assistant in English Assistants 25 Severina Elaine Nelson, A.B., Assistant in English Lena Cecelia Rhue, B.S,, Assistant in Farm Organization and Management Henry Carl Oesterling, A.B., Assistant in English Adam Pinsenshaum, First Sergeant, D.E.M.L., Assistant in Cavalry Francis McMurtrie Howell, B.S., C.E., Special Research Assistant in Engineering Materials Guy Stevenson, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Mrs. Elva Pumphrey Miller, M.S., Assistant in Bacieriology Theodore Lake Bennett, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Julius Berzunza, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Italia Dallera, Assistant in Romance Languages Earl W. Martin, B.S., Assistant in MatJiematics Ahna Anderson, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Lucia DeTurk, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Kenneth Orville Smith, A.B., Assistant in Physics Gaetano Rudolph Aiello, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Luther S. Thompson, A.B., Assistant in Bacteriology Paul Allen Young, A.B., Assistant in Botany Herbert Orion Calvery, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Edgar Heisler Riley, A.B., Assistant in English Charles Brewer Davis, A.B., Assistant in English Elizabeth Leah Fullenwider, A.M., Assistant in English Helen Margaret Rand. A.M., Assistant in English Ruth Winifred Ryan, A.B., Assistant in Botany Maynard Stickney Johnson, A.B., Assistant in Zoology Cordelia Beatrice Merriam, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages William Parkerson, A.B.. M.S., Assistant in Physics Merle Arthur Sweney, A.M., Assistant in English Victor Wendell Kelley, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Education John William Arnold, A.B., Assistant in MatJiematics Francis Edgar Johnston, A.B.. Assistant in Mathematics Earle Hoyt Ketcham, A.M., Assistant in Political Science Miguel Jose Mendoza, B.S., Research Assistant in Botany John Albert Tillema, A.M., Assistant in Political Science William Harris Foxwell, B.S., Assistant in Mechanical Engineering Harrietts Freeman, B.S.. Assistant in Botany Annie Lewis Pleasants, A.B., Assistant in Botany David Wesley Thompson, B.S., Assistayit in Agricultural Educaiion Frank Wallace Gault, Scientific Assistant in the Department of Agronomy Rachel Breathwit, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Leatha Dean Bunting, A.B., Assistant in Botany Andrus Oliver Griffith. B.S., Assistant in Economics William Lee Bennett, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Frederick Elmer Carver, B.S., Assistant in Pomology Gail Phillips Edwards, M.S., Research Assistant in Sanitary Chemistry Hugh Fisher Hall, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Economics Joseph Lewis Hyatt, B.Ed^ Assistant in Zoology Edward Louis Johnson, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Irvin Alvin Koten, M.S., AssistajU in Chemistry RussEL James Laible, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Charles Earl Landon, A.M., Assistant in Economics Marian Craig MacGregor. A.B., Assistant in Lunch Room Management Marian Pace McAnally, A.B., Assistant in English RoBSON Duncan McIntyre, B.S., Assistant in Business OrganizcUion and Operation Wilbur Neal McMullen, A.B., Assistant in Economics Lottie Ella Munn, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Frank Wilson Newton, B.S., Assistant in Pomology Leonard T. Nordlie, A.B., Assistant in Economics Clara Fuhr, B.S., Assistant in Botany Orie Benjamin Gerig, A.M., Assistant in Economics Floyd Beatty Hobart, M.S., Research Assistant in Chemical Engineering Mason Montraville Hurd, B.S., Assistant in Economics Cloyde Moffett Smith, B.S., Assistant in Mining Engineering Helen Thompson Mills, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Margaret Leslie Miles, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages 26 Assistants Edward PrcH Phice, B.S., Assistant in Electrical Engineering MiRiA>[ ViRGrN'iA Melvix. A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages NoRMAX Ed'^ard Nelson, A.M., Assistant in English Giles Wilkesox Gray. A.B., Assistant in Public Speaking Helex DoroLAS Campbell, A.M., Assistant in English Rex Lexoi Browx, M.S., Research Assistant in Theoreticctl and Applied Mechanics Edward Everett Perkixs, Jr., B.S., Assistant in Electrical Engiriecring JoHX HAR^"ET Kxox. B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry .Arthtr Ivxapp Macket, B.S., Assistarit in Animal Husbandry Flemtx Willett Cox, Jr., A.M., Assistant in Geology Net L.vxxes McMln"x, Ph.B., Assistant in English JoHX Patrick Mixlex, B.E., Research Assistant in Refrigeration Roger Moore Boxd, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry William Morris YorxG, M.S., Assistant in Physics Harry Loos Dixox, B.S., Assistant in Botany Glexx Higgixson, B.S., Assistant in Psychology William Robert Kixg, Jr., M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Alfred Cl.\rexce Nelsox, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry JoHX Aloxzo Goff, B.S.. Assistant in Mechanical Engijieering Mrs. Avis DrxG.vx Carlsox, A.M., Assistant in English Horace Mulford Hodgsox, A.B., Assistant in English Orra Prather, A.m., Assistant in English W.u,LACE Reed Brode, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Earl Cecil CArr>LE, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry AxxE W.ALLis Davis, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry NoRM.\x BoYXTOX Greex, A.B., Research Graduate Assistant in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Robert McCLAroHRY Hill. M.S., Assistant in Chemistry WiLLLOii BrLTM.\x HoLTOX, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry George Toel Lor.vxce, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in Physics Emma Rice Prout, A.B., Assistant in Zoology KoppEL ScHAPiRO, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in Ciril Engineering Roy Allex Shr'E, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry 0ns Ct.\yle Stew.JlRT, B.S., M.E., Research Graduate Assistant in MintJ^g Engineering JoHX WiERDA, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Walter Leroy Blaix. A.M., Assistant in Botany Ortox IviRKWOOD St.\rk, A.B., Assistant in Botany Atlee La\\"KExce Hafexrichter, A.B., Assistant in Botany W.allace H. Carothers, M.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry Theresa M. Rexx-er. B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Samtel Mariox McElvaix, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Ralph Albert Jacobsox, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Frederick Ch.uiles M.^jcted Smithsox, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry LoGAX E.\RL IvEELOR, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry G.\rl,^-d Hale Barr Davis, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Clyde T. CALD'miLL, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Valextixe ArsTix Joxes, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Flop^xce Dell Stouder, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Axthoxy Joseph Sells, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Ralph Coxner Corley, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry ELermaxx Heckel, M.S., Assistant in Cheinistry RiCH.VRD Stoxer Fisher, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Edv,ts Robert Littmaxx, B.b., Assistant in Chemistry JoHX Bradshaw Taylor, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Arxold Orville Beckm.an-, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Ilda L.axgdox, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Archibald Edxtcxd Gray, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry HzRit.AN- Becker, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Dorothy G.ut. Exgle, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry ComTL.\XD LivixGSTOX BxTLER, Jr., B.S., Assistant in Chemistry V\ ILLIAM Feagax Tuley, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Johx H.vr"vey Kleixheksel, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Sldxey Erwix Glexx, A.B., Assistant in English Dorothy Waples, A.B., Assistajit in English Maud Webster, B.S., Assistant in English Assistants 27 Dorothy HrvnxGTOK Hill, A.B., AsgistarU in English Theoikire HE>rRY Fkison, A.m., Assistant in Entomology Nelson Coy^vrRioEX, A.B., A-mstant in Mathematics Charles Hopkins, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Francis E. Taylor, B..?., Assistant in Mathemaiies Borden P.ip.ker Hoover, A.M., Assistant in Mathemaiies Lloyd Collier Bagby, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Clyde Mortoier Hcber, A.B., Assistant in Mathemaiies H.vROLD Wood Bailey, B..?., Assistant in Mathematics Frank Chappell Ogg, A.B., Assistemt in Mathemaiies How.vRD L. Kingsley, A.m., Assistant in Psychology Cordelia Reed, A.M., Assistant in Romance Language Olga PArLESx LoNGi, A.M., Assistant in Romance Language James BrRiON Thabp, A.B., Assistant in Romance Language Ernt;st Hall Templin, A.M., Assistant in Romarxe Language Bess Rose Green, A.^I., Assistant in Zoology Morris Steggerda, A.B., Research Assistant in Zoology Martin A. Behrens, B..?., Assistant in Business Organization and Operation Ralph CorGHENOUR Jonts, B.S., Assistant in Accountancy Horace Montgomery Gray. B.S., Assistant in Accountancy Harold Fleming Cope, A.B., Assistant in Business Organization and Operation Weldon Powell, B.S., Assistard in Accountancy Fran"k Feles FiLirr, B.S., Assistant in Accountancy Edward Micelvel Wagner. B..S., Assistant in Accountancy E. C. Gore, A.B., LL.B., Assistant in Business Law Marvel Marion Stockvtell, A.M., Assistant in Economics WiLLLvu Albert McConagha, A.^i., Assistant in Economics George Frank Ad.kmzk^ B.S., Assistant in Economics Herbert Grant Bayley, B.S.. Assistant in Economies Ingall E. VTold, B.S., Assista^'-.i in Economies Frederick Roy Mitchell, M.E.. Research Assistant in RaUicay Engineering Ruth Ivelso, A.M., Assistant in English George Edward King, B.S., Assistant in Entomology Lena Josephine Myef^, A.M.. Assistant in English XoRMAN Edward Nelson, A.^L, Assistant in English Clarence Felix Anderson, A.B., Assistant in English Gerald Jackson Bridges, A.B., Assisi^iini in Economies Edwin Robert Clark, A.B., _-■--••'■-■■-■■• ■■•; p-- >i:^ David Lewis Fiske, B.S., E ssistanl in Meekamad Engineering Clarence Allen Forbes, A,; . ■_ zssics Lda Ingalls, A.B., Assistant m l Edward Milton Little, ^L5., .-i;: . ■; Physics Clarence George Lowe, A.^L, Ais:^:-j:'.i in Classics Herbert Roland Mundhenke, A.B., As.?:stant in Economics Erntst J.VME5 Shepp.vrd, A.B., .4 7~ ":.? Clifeord Nathan Wall, A.B., A- Chester Reed Anderson, A.M.. . Eric An*derson Arnold, B.S.. A^: Francis Mepjiill Beatty, B.S., .-: :^ Earl Raymond Bordnth, A.B., A Leslie J.vmes Bcchan, B.S., A*?- Gage Griffin C.u'.man, B..?,, . -.-^-'T Ethel Golden Dyer, B.S.. .. Marinxs H. H.vmelink. A.B.. .1. Hemphill Hosford, A.B., A^^*^;. Fr.ock R. HrNT, A.B., Assistant ■. . ^. Welford Edward Kacfmann, A.^L, .- -; Raymonti Parker >Larples, B.S., As-.v _. Charles Milton, A.B., A.^.*i'*:a'-,i in G, Edna >L Montgomery, A.B., As^-io^ra : •- Richard Charles MrNKwrrz, B.S., A ~ r - . Paitlint Piersc>n. A.m., Assistard in A Pattl Rowatt, B.S., C.P.A., Assistant : . .;. Ernest Ray Shaw, A.B., Assistant in : Emma Mae Shoup, B.S.. Assistant in i'-.^ _.. - ^, Sc}-ux)i 28 Assistants Herbert Taggart Sowers, A.B., Assistant in Psychology Valentine Marie Louise To none, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Frank Waldo Tuttle, A.B., Assistant in Economics JosiAH Gaddis Vance, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Karl Kittson Van Meter, M.S., Assistant in Transportation Gilbert Stewart Willey, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Educaiion Rtjssell Brooks Woolley, B.S., Assistant in Accountancy Luther Bunyan Archer, B.S., Assistant in Electrical Engineering RiDGELY Wilson Axt, B.S., Assistant in Olericulture William John Barr, A.AL, Assistant in Political Science Charles Fernando Bassett, A.B., Assistant in Geology Irl Maxwell Brock, B.S., Assistant in Education Warren Cobine Bruce, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Helen Marie Bull, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Marshall G. Clark, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry John William Coale, B.S., Assistant in Soil Survey Mapping Ralph Gibson Crammond, B.S., Assistant in Soil Survey Mapping Cecil Vincent Donovan, B.P., Assistant in Art and Design William N. Espy, B.S., M.E., Assistant in Mechanical Engineering E. KiTCHEL Farrand, B.S., Assistant in Economics Max Albert Faucett, B.S., Assistant in Electrical Engineering Walter Ferdinand Gast, B.S., Assistant in Business Organization and Operation Cecil Elmer Gates, B.S., Assistant in Agriculture College Extension Charles Athiel Harper, B.S., Assistant in History Anabel Eugenia Hartman, A.M., Assistant in English Franklin Edgar Hubbard, A.B., Assistant in Physics Louis William Huber, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in Mining Engineering George Henry Iptner, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production Carl Delmar Jones, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Glenn Howe Joseph, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Raymond C. Kelleher, B.S., Assistant in Farm Mechanics Ona Mabel Ladd, A.M., Assistant in Romance Langu/ige BuRTis Carl Lawson, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production Merwyn Quincy Lytle, B.S., Assistant in Business Organization and Operation Harold James McKeever, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in Civil Engineering Stella Rebecca Percival, B.M., Assistant in Theory in the School of Music Josephine Ejetchum Piercy, A.M., Assistant in English Eileen Van Sandt, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Elsee Schmoeller, Assistant in Physical Education for Women Bliss Seymour, A.B., Assistant in English Arthur Sieferman, A.B., Assistant in Accountancy Robert Basil Sinclair, A.B., Assistant in English Alfred Paul Thompson, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Evelyn A. Tripp, A.M., Assistant in English Arthur Calvin Walton, A.M., Assistant in Zoology Floyd Leslie Winter, B.S., Assistant in Plant Breeding Sidney Graham Winter, A.B., Assistant in Accountancy John Wendall Andrews, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Alvin Robert Cahn, M.S., Assistant in Zoology Aldin Williams Coffman, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in (ros Engineering Henry Pickett Dorman, B.S., Assistant in Zoology Arthur May Hyde, A.M., Assistant in History John Edward Nicholas, M.E., Research Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering Ward William Sullivan, A.M., Assistant in History Frederick E. Vandaveer, B.S., Research Graduate Assistant in Gas Engineering Dorothea E. Wickman, A.M., Assistant in Psychology Lester A. Luhnow, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Clay Alexander Morrison, B.S., Assistant in Soil Survey Student Assistants 29 STUDENT ASSISTANTS Henby John Meier, Student Assistant in General Engineering Drawing Glen Edgar May, Student Assistant in General Engineering Drawing Francis Alva Gabrielson, Student Assistant in Military Science Chester Winslow Hicks, Student Assistant in Military Science Harold Carey Higdon, Student Assistant in Military Science Howard LE-was Jones, Student AssistaJit in Military Science JoRDON Reese McNeill, Student Assistant in Military Science Paul Martin Mitchell, Student Assistant in Military Science Kenneth Wilson Shumate, Student Assistant in Military Science Clarence Joseph Steineman, Student Assistant in Military Science Selma Neidergesaess, Student Laboratory Assistant in Textiles Eda M. Atwood, Student Laboratory Assistant in Foods Thad C. Epps, Student Assistant in Architecture E\'erett Stanley Meder, Student Assistant in Architecture Dale O. Allison, Student Assistant in Physical Education for Men Andrew Barr, Jr., Student Assistant in Military Science Fred Samuel Brewer, Student Assistant in Military Science Howard Elsworth Brown, Student Assistant in Military Science Glen Leonard Buck, Student Assistant in Military Science Lewis Everett Burritt, Student Assistant in Military Science Ralph Royal Bush, Student Assistant in Military Science Allen Enes Claxton, Student Assistant in Military Science Alvie Jacob Claxton, Student Assistant in Military Science Vincent Reginald Duvigneaud, Student Assistant in Military Science Lewis Dewey Erwin, Student Assistant in Military Science Laurence Haftner Foster, Student Assistant in Military Science Ervin John Heckel, Student Assistant in Military Science Ralph Benjamin Herzog, Student Assistant in Military Science Claude Francis Johnson, Student Assistant in Military Science Robert Clarke Johnson, Student Assistant in Military Science Joseph Peter Juric, Student Assistant in Military Science Marcus Randolph King, Student Assistant in Military Science Cyril Joseph Kocour, Student Assistant in Military Science Paul Andrew Moody, Student Assistant in Military Science Rolajjd Francis Mottar, Student Assistani in Military Science Leveritt Lyndon Pelton, Student Assistant in Military Science James Burnham Rock, Student Assistant in Military Science Verle Willson Safford, Student Assistant in Military Science Howard Hill Smith, Student Assistant in Military Science Herbert Manuel Stoll, Student Assistant in Military Science Lewis Joseph Wargin, Student Assistant in Military Science George Frederick Yackey, Student Assistant in Military Science George Ira Wallace, Student Assistant in Animal Pathology THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY STAFF Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director of the Library and Library School General Assistant — Anne Morris Boyd, A.B., B.L.S. Order Department — WiLLiA K. Garver, B.L.S. , Order Assistant WiNTREss Brennan, A.B., B.L.S., Order Assistant Esther Colvin, A.B., Order Assistant Alice M. Strong, B.S., Order Assistant Periodicals — Katherine Adele Doyle, Assistant Catalog Department — Adah Patton, B.L.S., Catalog Librarian Eleanor Mabel Robertson, A.B., B.L.S., Cataloger Amanda Moore Flattery, A.M., Cataloger Katherine McGraw Wheeler, A.B., B.L.S., Cataloger Cleo Lichtenberger, B.S., B.L.S., Cataloger Ruth C. McCaughtry, A.B., Cataloger Sara L, Wood, A.B., B.L.S., Cataloger Myron W. Getchell, A.M., B.L.S., Cataloger Norma Haller, A.B., Cataloger Laura A. Peck, A.B., Cataloger Nellie Ernest, A.B., Cataloger Esther W. Anell, A.B., Cataloger Esther Louise Finley, A.B., Cataloger Loan Department — Emma Reed Jutton, B.L.S., Loan Librarian Sarah Elizabeth Bryan, A.B., B.L.S., Loan Assistant Grace B. Marshall, A.B., Assistant Thelma Thornsburg, A.B., Assistant Leon O. Vogele, A.B., Assistant Binding Department — JosiE Batcheller Houchens, A.M., B.L.S., Binding Librarian Isabel H. Smith, A.B., Assistant Reference Department — Margaret Hutchins, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Librarian Alice Sarah Johnson, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Librarian Fanny Dunlap, Ph.B., B.L.S., Reference Librarian Departmental Libraries — Hazel Yearsley Shaw, A.M., Assistant in Economics and Sociology Amelia Kreig, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Germanic and Romance Languages NeUjIE Marie Signor, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in History and Political Science Nellie Roberts Kennedy, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in English Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Library Economy Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Natural History Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Assistant in Architecture Mary Gladys Burwash, B.L.S., Assistant in Agriculture Marion E. Sparks, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant in Chemistry Hilda Josephine Alseth, Assistant in Engineering Mary S. Foote, Ph.B., A.M^ Law Librarian Ruth E. Sankee, A.B., B.L.S., University High School Librarian 30 THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago David Kinlet, Ph.D., LL.D,, President op the Universitt PROFESSORS' Albert CHAtrNCEY Eycleshymer, Ph.D., M.D., Dean of the College; Professor of Anatomy; Histology and Embryology and Head of the Department Maurice Louis Goodkind, M.D., Professor of Medicine George Peter Dreyer, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry and Head of the Department Albert John Ochsner, B.S., M.D., LL.D,, Professor of Surgery Charles Spencer Williamson, M.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine and Head of the De- partment Charles Sumner Bacon, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Charles Davison, A.M., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Head of the Department Frederick Tice, ALD., Professor of Medicine Joseph McIntire Patton, ]\LD., Professor of Medicine Chaning Whitney Barrett, M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Head of the Division NoRVAL Harvey Pierce, M.D., Professor of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology and Head of the Department Albert Edward Halstead, ALD., Professor of Surgery William McIntire Harsha, A.B., B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgery David John Davis, Ph.D., M,D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology and Head of the Department Julius Hayes Hess, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Division Hugh McAlister McGuigan, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Pharmacology, Materia Medica, and Therapeutics and Head of the Department Edward Vail Lapham Brown, B.S., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department Harold Douglas Singer, M.D., M.Pi,.C.P., Professor of Psychiatry and Head of the Divisions of Psychiatry and Neurology Charles Edward Humiston, AI.D., Professor of Surgery Herman Morris Adler, A.M., M.D., Professor of Criminology and Head of the Depart- ment of Social Hygiene, Criminology, and Medical Jurisprudence Henry Foster Lewis, A.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics Nelson Mortimer Percy, ALD., Professor of Surgery Francis Lane, A.B., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology Harry Woodruff, Ph.G., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology William Henry Welker, A.C, Ph.D., Professor of Physiological Chemistry Arthur PcIchard Elliott, M.D., CM., Professor of Medicine Victor Emanuel Emmel, B.S., ALS., Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy ASSOCLA.TE PROFESSORS Rachelle S. Yarros, ALD., Associate Professor of Obstetrics Joseph Clar Beck, ALD., Associate Professor of Laryngology Rhinology, and Otology Frank Smithies, ALD., Associate Professor of Medicine Edward Louis Heintz, Ph.G., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine AIaurice Lewison, ALD., Associate Professor of Medicine George Farnsworth Thompson, A.AL, B.S., ALD., Associate Professor of Surgery John Weatherson, C.E., ALD., Assodaie Professor of Medicine Otto Herman Rohrlack, Ph.G., ALD., Associate Professor of Obstetrics Karl Albert AIeyer, ALD., Associate Professor of Surgery Sidney Strauss, A.B., ALD., Associate Professor of Medicine •MemberB of the University Senate. 31 32 Associates George Boris Hassin, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology Charles Morgan McKenna, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery Henry Bascom Thomas, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Frank Chauvet, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine Cassius Clay Rogers, A.M., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery Haim I. Davis, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry Frederick George Dtas, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery Ernest Sisson Moore, Ph.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine Henry Eugene Irish, M.D., Associaie Professor of Pediatrics Maurice Lamm Blatt, M.D., Associaie Professor of Pediatrics Roy Lee Moodie, Ph.t)., Associate Professor of Anatomy William F. Peterson, S.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology Francis Eugene Senear, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Dermatology and Acting Head of the Department ASSISTANT PROFESSORS John Michael Lang, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology Benjamin Franklin Lounsbury, B.L., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery Charles Francis Read, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry John Ross Harger, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery Charles Herbert Phifer, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery Ralph Purnell Truitt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology Egan Walter Fischmann, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology Adolph Hartung, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology Harry Culver, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery Raymond William McNealy, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery George Luther Davenport, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery Arthur Reuben Cooper, B.A., M.D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy Lester Edward Bower, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Harry S. Gradle, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology Jacques Holinger, M.D., Assistant Professor of Laryngology, Rhinology and Otology Anders Frick, B.A., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine William Joseph Quigley, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine IsADOR B. Diamond, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology ASSOCIATES Arrie Bamberger, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery Oscar Eugene Nadeau, B.S., M.D., Associate in Anatomy and Surgery Franklin Samuel Wilson, Ph.G., M.D., Associate in Medicine Edward Francis Gabraghan, A.M., M.D., Associate in Laryngology, Rhinology and Oto- logy Walter Henry Theobald, B.S., M.D., Associate in Laryngology, Rhinology and Otology Paul Gerhard Albrecht, Ph.D., Associate in Physiological Chemistry Frank Lee Stone, M.D., Associate in Gynecology John Perley Sprague, A.B., M.D., Associate in Orthopedic Surgery John Weston Nuzum, B.S., M.D., Associaie in Pathology and Bacteriology John Charles Matthew Krasa, M.D., Associate in Medicine Henry Lester Baker, M.D., Associate in Surgery Walter Charles Hammond, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics George Washington Post, Jr., A.B., M.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery Grover Tracy, A.B., Associate in Physiological Chemistry Frank Joseph Jirka, M.D., Associate in Medicine Solomon Maxwell Goldberger, ]VLD., Associate in Pediatrics Harold Stagey Hulbert, M.D., Associate in Neurology Marcus Hatfield Hobart, A.B., M.D., Associate in Orthopedic Surgery Ralph Charles Sullivan, A.M., M.D., Associate in Surgery Charles Francis Yerger, Ph.G., M.D., Associate in Larynology, Rhinology arid Otology Paul Hermann Welcker, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology Arthur R. Metz, A.B., M.D., Associate in Operative Surgery Leon Francis Shackell, B.S., RLD., Associate in Pharmacology and Therapeutics Assistants 33 LECTURERS Elmer DeWitt Brothers, LL.B., B.S., Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence Matthew Mills. LL.B., Alternate Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence Bernard John Cigrand, M.S., D.D.S., Lecturer on History of Medicine J, E. Nilson, Demonstrator in Non-Pharmacal Therapeutics INSTRUCTORS Annie Esther Barron-Harrison, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Harry Jerome Smejkal, M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery Archie James Graham, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery Thomas Smith Jones, B.F.A., Instructor and Artist in Department of Anatomy Clyde Mason Snow, Ph.G., A.M., Instructor in Materia Medica and Pharmacology Thomas John Sullivan, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery IsADOR Pilot, M.D., Instructor in Pathology Max Meyerovitz, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Leo Anthony Juhnke, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Samuel Azor Levinson, B.S., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology Frank George Murphy, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery Dennis R. W. Crile, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery and Anatomy Hans Nachtigall, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics James Tobias Groot, B.S., Instructor in Physiology Lyndon Harris, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Hallard Beard, S.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology IsADOR Michael Levin, S.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Joseph K. Calvin, S.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Philip Rosenblum, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Goldye Hoffman, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Clara Grace Gottschalk, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Russell Dorr Herrold, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery William Franklin Moncreiff, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Margaret Amerton Heath, B.A., Instructor in Ophthalmology Harry W. Fink, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology Vincent John O'Conor, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery Seymour J. Cohen, B.S., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics Eugene Cary, S.B., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Francis Todd H'Doubler, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacter- iology and Assistant in Surgery Frederick Pickof, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology Joseph J. Litschgi, M.D., Instructor in Roentgenology Idel Treiger, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Laboratory Pearlie Mae Stetler, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Max S. Wien, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology David M. Levy, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Criminology Leo Jacob Jacobson, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Lloyd La Verne Ely, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Chester Herbert Lockwood, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Seymour J. Cohen, B.S., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics Richard Hermann Jaffe, M.D., Instructor in Pathology Thomas Patrician Hughes, A.B., M.A., Instructor in Physiological Chemistry Frank Max Wittelle, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine Maxwell P. Borovsky, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Robert Ludwick Furby, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics ASSISTANTS Jesse Louis Bollman, A.B., M.S.. Assistant in Physiological Chemistry Elmer William Mosley, M.D., Assistant in Medicine Frederick Christopher, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery Benjamin Braude, M.S., M.D., Assistant in Operative Surgery Virgil Sheets Counsellor, B.S., M.D., Assistajit in Surgery Irving R. Browning, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Operative Surgery Louis Bothman, B.S., M.T)., Assistant in Ophthalmology Howard LaRue Marsh, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry 34 Assistants Hahold Norris Ets, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacology Gilbert Palmer Pond, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery Adeline R. White, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Anatomy Israel Lttton Selerrt, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics DuANE WiLLARD Propst, A.B., B.S,, M.D., Assistant in Medicine John Baptist Cipriani, M.D., Assistant in Medicine Alvah LE\^^s Sawyer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine Frank Raymond Richmond, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine Reinhold C. Schltjeter, M.D., Assistant in Pedriatics Edgar Theron Blair, B.S., jNI.D., Assistant in Obstetrics Marshall Daniel Hayes, B.S., INI.D., Assistant in Obstetrics James Edward Fitzgerald, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics Samuel Glenwood Plice, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics John Fisher Gainer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery Karl Leroy Vehe, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery DoRRiN Fred Rudnick, B.S., Assistant in Surgery Walter Rathfon Fischer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Orthopedric Surgery Theodore Ross Van Pelt, B.S., Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery Howard Leslie Mawdsley, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Operative Surgery Beulah Cushman, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Ophthahnology Ralph August Kordenat, B.S., M.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery Howard LaRue Marsh, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry Jacob Meyer, B.S., M.D., M.S., Assistant in Medicine Charles Owen Hershey, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics Thaddeus Leopold Bradel, S.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine Guy L. Wagoner, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics Louis J. Wisch, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics Max Engerman, IM.D., Assistant in Pediatrics Fred Rush Thompson, B.S., ]SLD., Assistant in Surgery Leonard Fred Weber, M.D., Assistant in Dermatology Clarence Charles Saelhof, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry Lucia Elizabeth Tower, B.S., Assistant in Physiology Edmund F. Foley, S.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine Glen Amos Brough, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacology Walter John Richard Heinekamp, B.S., I\LS., Assistant in Obstetrics COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY Harrison and Honore Streets, Chicago David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the Universitt PROFESSORS' Frederick Brown Moorehead, M.S., D.D.S., M.D., Professor and Head of tJw Depart- ment of Oral Surgery, Pathology and Bacteriology and Dean of the College Donald Mackay Gallie, D.D.S., Professor and Head of the Department of Operative Dentistry George Walter Dittmar, D.D.S., Professor and Head of the Department of Prosthetic Dentistry Frederick Bogue Noyes, B.S., D.D.S., D.Sc, Professor and Head of the Department of Orthodontia Edgar David Coolidge, D.D.S., Professor and Head of the Department of Materia Medico, Pharmacology and Therapeutics Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Anatomy, Histology and Embryology George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry and Head of the Department David John Davis, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Pathology and Bacteriology LotJis ScHULTZ, D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Oral Surgery and Pathology Newton George Thomas, M.A.,D.D.S., Professor and Head of the Department of Histol- ogy, Director of Summer Courses, and Secretary of the College William Henry Welker, A.C., Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Chemistry and Metallurgy Hugh Alister McGuigan, Ph.D., M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Materia Medica, Pharmacology and Therapeutics in the College of Medicine. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS James Roy Blayney, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Therapeutics Victor Theodore Nylander, B.A., D.D.S., Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry and Director of Infirmary William Peterson, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology ASSISTANT PROFESSORS William Ira Williams, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry Arthur Reuben Cooper, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy (Zoology) RoscoE Winters Upp, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry Frank Hurburt O'Hara, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of English BuRNB Olin Sippy, A.B., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Orthodontia Kaethe Weller Dewey, M.D., Assistant Professor and Research Pathologist Waclaw Howard Kubacki, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry John Sanford Kellogg, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry Charles George Sholes, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry ASSOCUTES Paul Gerhard Albrecht, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Edward John Krejci, D.D.S., Associate in Operative Dentistry John Nuzum, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pathology and Bacteriology Oscar Eugene Nadeau, B.S., M.D., Associate in Anatomy Grover Tracy, A.B., Associate in Chemistry ^Members of the University Senate. 35 36 Technicians INSTRUCTORS Anka Regixalda Bolan, R.N., Instructor in Roentgenology Carroll W. SxrARX, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery (extracting) IsADOR Pilot, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology James Tobias Groot, B.S., Instructor in Physiology James B. La Due, D.D.S., Instructor in Prosthetic Dentistry Harold Condit, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative Dentistry St.vnley Daniel Tylmax, D.D.S., Instructor in Prosthetic Dentistry Carlton E'V'erly Iverrick, Instructor in Technical Drawing Edward James Ryan, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative Dentistry Henry George Brinkman, D.D.S, Destructor in Operative Dentistry L. F. A. Hein, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery (extracting) Edward Frederick ^IrNRO, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative Dentistry Emmons Syl\"ester Coe, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Therapeutics Luther L. Blaine, D.D.S, Instructor in Prosthetic Dentistry Frances Schwab, Instructor in Microscopy Samuel Azor Levinson, B.S., ^LS., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology Frank H'Doubler, >LA., Ph.D., M.D., Instru/^tor in Pathology and Bacteriology Frederick Leo Pickof, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology Thomas Patrician Hughes, A.B., il.A., Instructor in Chemistry Thorlief Iversen Lerche, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery (extracting) Richard Hermann Jaffe, ^LD., Instructor in Pathology and Bacteriology Lucia Elizabeth Tower, B.S., Instructor in Physiology Hyman Elfen:baum, D.D.S., Instructor in Prosthietic Dentistry Anita Gelber, R.N., Instructor in Therapeutics and Hygiene Helen Elizabeth Lawson, R.N., Instructor in Oral Surgery LECTURERS Elmer DeWitt Brothers, B.S., LL.B., Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence Harold Selfridge Standish, Lecturer on Business Practise Nellie ^L Frain, Artist Wyna Miller, R.N., Infirmary Nurse ASSISTANTS James E'V'erett Fon'da, D.D.S., Assistant in Oral Surgery Jesse Louis Bollm.^n, A.B., ^LS., Assistant in Chemistry How.^.D La Rue Marsh, B.S., ^LS., Assistant in Chemistry Mary New.u.l, D.D.S., Assistant in Orthodontia Margaret Dame, Assistard in Roentgenology Harold Dow Swain, D.D.S., Assistant in Orthodontia Mary Jungjohann, Assistant in Oral Surgery (research) Clarence Charles Saelhof, B.S., ^LS., Assistant in Chemistry Herbert Wells Wlllis, D.D.S., Assistant in Operative Dentistry TECHNICIANS Gustave Swanson, Infirmary Technician Joseph Lepak, ChieJ Technician in Pathology and Bacteriology Stanxey Moore, Technician in Pathology and Bacteriology Hilda Paulsen, Technician in Pathology and Bacteriology Beulah Marks, Technician in Pathology and Bacteriology Samuel Hansen, Technician in Physiology SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Wood and Flomnoy Streets, Chicago David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the Univebsity PROFESSORS' William Baker Day, Ph.G., Pharm.M., Dean, Secretary of the Faculty; Professor of Materia Medica and Botany Clyde Mason Snow, Ph.G., M.A., Professor of Pharmacy Albert Henry Clark, Ph.G., B.S., Professor of Chemistry ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Edmund Norris Gathercoal, Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Pharmacognosy INSTRUCTORS Willis Ktjhn Weaver, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Chemistry Elmer Hauser Wirth, Ph.G., B.S., M.S., Instructor in Pharmacognosy Ralph E. Terry, Ph.G., Instructor in Pharmacy James Tobias Groot, B.S., Lecturer in Physiology ASSISTANTS Josephine Marion Dyniewicz, Ph.C, Assistant in Chemistry John August Dorjahn, Ph.G., Assistant in Pharmacognosy IsiDOR BocHNER, Ph.G., Assistant in Pharmacy Lewis Elbert Martin, Ph.G., Assistant in Pharmacy George Lewis Webster, Ph.G., Assistant in Chemistry 'Members of the University Senate. 37 STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTIES Committees of the Senate Committee on Educational Policy — E. J. Towiisend, {Chairman), H. T. Scovill, L. M. Larson, C. C. Williams, H. P. Rusk, E. H. Cameron Committee on Library — E. B. Greene (Chairman), W. L. Burlison, S. Litman, A. P. Carman, F. W. Tanner, K. McKenzie, P. L. Windsor. Committee on Athletics — G. A. Goodenough (Chairman), W. S. Bayley, D. H. Camahan, H. J. Barton, G. A. Huff. Committees of the Council of Administration Committee on Discipline for Men — T. A. Clark (Chairman, ex-officio), R. G. Tolman, G. A. Goodenough, F. H. Rankin, E. J. Filbey, H. J. Barton. Committee on Discipline for Women — Ruby E. C. Mason (Chairman, ex-officio), Emma L. Wardell, Gertrude INIoulton, Caroline Tupper, Alta G. Saunders. Committee on Student Organizations and Activities — R. B. Weirick (Chairman), R. G. Tolman (Secretary), Ruby E. C, Mason (ex-offieio), Gertrude Moulton, G. D. Beal. Advisory Committee on Home-Coming — G. A. Huff (Chairman), F. A. Russell, F. W. Scott, R. G. Tolman. Committee on Loan Funds — T. A. Clark (Chairman), H. V. Canter, H. H. Jordan. Committee on Students' Mutual Hospital Fund — T, A. Clark. Committee on Accredited Schools — B. S. Hopkins (Chairman), H. A. Hollister, H. G. Paul, G. P. Tuttle, E. B. Lytle. Committee on Appointment of Teachers — C. E. Chadsey (Chairman), H. G. Paul, H. A. Hollister. Committee on Catalog — G. P. Tuttle (Chairman), M. W. Andrews, F. B. Seely, F. W. Scott, H. E. Cunningham. Committee on Students' Use of English — E. J. Filbey (Chairman), E. Bembaum, F. W. Scott, H. B. Domer, Frederick Green, C. F. Ivruse, T. D. Mylrea. Faculty Members of the Illini Board — F. W. Scott (Chairman), T. A. Clark, R. M. Story. Faculty Members of the Board of Advisors of the Star Course — Lloyd Morey (Chairman), Frederic B. Stiven, G. P. Tuttle. Committee on Rhodes Scholarships — K. C. Babcock (Chairman), T. A. Clark, Gordon S. Watkins. Joint Committee: Council and Graduate School Committee on Admissions from Higher Institutions L. M. Larson, H. B. Ward, M. L. Enger, N. A. Weston, H. A. Hollister (ex-officio), G. P. Tuttle, Secretary, (ex-officio). Committees of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Executive Committee — E. B. Greene (Chairman), H. B. Ward, Kenneth McKenzie, W. A. Noyes, G. A. Miller, F. W. Scott. Committee on College Policy — A. S. Pease (Chairman), A. B. Coble, W. S. Bayley, C. Zeleny, J. A. Fau-lie, G. D. Beal, T. E. Oliver, J. Zeitlin. Committee on College Assemblies — J. B. Shaw (Chairman), H. J. Barton, C. H. Woolbert, R. M. Story. Committees of the College of Commerce and Business Administration College Development — H. T. Scovill (Chairman), N. A. Weston, M. H. Robinson, Simon Litman, F. A. Russell, G. S. Watkins. Library — N. A. Weston (Chairman), H. H. Bailey, Mrs. Alta G. Saunders. Student Petitions — E. J. Filbey (Chairman), G. S. Watkins, H. T. Scovill. Student Honors — M. H. Hunter (Chairman), C. C. Herrmann, R. S. Bauer, M. N. Nelson. Graduate Work — Simon Litman (Chairman). Ivan Wright, A. C. Littleton. College Assemblies and Lectures — F. A. Russell (Chairman), C. C. Herrmann, E. R. DUlavou. Student Organizations — B. T. Davidson (Chairman), A. G. Anderson, E. J. MiUer. 38 Standing Committees of the Faculties 39 Committees of the College of Engineering Committee on Alumni Records and Employment — H. H. Jordan {Chairman), B. W. Bene- dict, O. A. Leutwiler, C. C. Williams. Committee on Arrangement of Group Examinations — M. L. Enger {Chairman), O. A. Leut- wiler, F. M. Porter, E. H. Williams. Committee on Courses and Curriculums — M. L. Enger {Chairman), H. E. Babbitt, G. A. Goodenough, H. H. Jordan, C T. Knipp, O. A. Leutwiler, Rexford Newcomb, C. E. Palmer, G. W. Parmelee, J. M. Snodgrass, H. H. Stoek, E. H. Waldo, C. C. Williams. Committee on Graduate Work — A. N. Talbot {Chairman), A. P. Carman, G. A. Good- enough, E. B. Paine, A. C. Willard. Committee on Inspection Trips — H. E. Babbitt {Chairman), Hardy Cross, A. E. Drucker, R. K. Hursh, H. H. Jordan, E. E. King, O. A. Leutwiler, E. B. Paine, C. E. Palmer, Committee on Lectures — E. C. Schmidt {Chairman), A. E. Drucker, H. H. Jordan, E. B. Paine, L. H. Provine, C. C. Wiley. Committee on Library — A. P. Carman {Chairman), G. W. Pickels, F. B. Seely, E. H. Waldo. Department representatives to cooperate with this Committee — J. O. Draffin, R. P. Hoelscher, E. E. King, H. J, Macintire, R. Newcomb, C. W. Parmelee, W. F. Schulz, C. M. Smith. Committee on Petitions {ex-officio) — H. H. Jordan {Chairman,) M. L. Enger, W. H. Rayner. Committee on Program — F. B. Seely {Chairman), O. A. Leutwiler, H. H. Jordan. Department representatives to cooperate with this Committee — H. E. Babbitt, N. E. Ensign, C. W. Ham, R. K. Hursh, J. K. McNeely, C. E. Palmer, H. N. Parkinson, C. M. Smith, J. K. TuthUl, E. H. Waldo. F. R. Watson, C. C. Williams. Committee on Registration — H. H. Jordan {Chairman), H. E. Babbitt, A. E. Drucker, M. L. Enger, R. K. Hursh, A. R. Knight, O. A. Leutwiler, C. R. McAnlis, T. D. Mylrea, J. A. Poison, F. M. Porter, J. K. Tuthill, E. H. WilHams. Committee on Transfer of Credits — M. L. Enger {Chairman), G. A. Goodenough, H. H. Jordan, Rexford Newcomb, E. B. Paine, C. W. Parmelee, J. M. Snodgrass, H. H. Stoek, F. R. W^atson, W. M. WUson. Committee on Summer Employment — B. W. Benedict {Chairman), H. H. Jordan, E. B. Paine, C. W. Parmelee, L. H. Provine, E. C. Schmidt, H. H. Stoek, A, N. Talbot, A. C. WUlard, C. C. Williams. Committee on Scrutiny of Students' Records — A. N. Talbot {General Chairman). Committees of the College of Agriculture Committee on Courses of Study — H, B. Domer {Chairman), W. L. Burlison, H. A. Ruehe, J. W. Lloyd, L. E. Card, H. C. Case, E. W. Lehmann. Committee on Student Petitions — O. R. Overman {Chairman), W. G. Kammlade, H. W. Anderson, D. C. Wimer, May E. McAdams. Committee on Delinquent Students — Sleeter Bull {Chairman), E. E. DeTurk, W. W. Yapp, R. I. Shawl, A. S. Colby, W. H. Young, S. H. White, Harriet Barto. Committee on Freshman Courses — B. A. Stiritz {Chairman), R. R. Snapp, G. H. Dungan, F. E. Carver, W. H. Young, C. B. Sayre. Committee on Library — H. H. Mitchell {Chairman), O. H. Sears, W. B. Nevens, K. B. Lohmann, Emil Rauchenstein. Committee on Foreign Students — C. M, Woodworth {Chairman), M. J. Prucha, C. E. Gates, J. L. Edmonds, A. C. Vogele. Committee on Faculty Program — B. S. Pickett {Chairman), W. J. Eraser, Elmer Roberts, R. S. Smith, W. H. Smith. Committee on Student Honors — F. H. Rankin {Chairman, ex-officio), S. S. Carney, J. B. Rice, F. W. Newton, M. H. Campbell, Virginia H. Weaver. Committee on Graduate Study — W. L. Burlison {Chairman), H. W. Ruehe, H. P. Rusk, J. C. Blair, Ruth A. WardaU. Committees of the School of Music Executive Committee — F. B. Stiven {Chairman), G. F. Schwartz, A. A. Harding. Program Committee — Henri J. van den Berg {Chairman), Jane C. Watt, Russell H. Miles. Committee on Scholarship — G. F. Schwartz {Chairman), Arthur Beresford, Mary D. Phillips, PART I GENERAL INFORMATION LOCATION The University of Illinois is situated in Champaign County, about fifty miles northeast of the geographical center of the State. It is 126 miles south of Chicago, 118 miles west of Indianapolis, 164 miles northeast of St. Louis. The campus of the University lies partly within the corporate limits of the city of Urbana and partly within the corporate limits of the city of Champaign. The two muni- cipalities form one community of about thirty thousand inhabitants. The railway, express, telegraph, and telephone services of both cities are available for the University, and a sub-station of the Urbana post office is located in the University Library Building. The University may be reached from Chicago and the north and from points in the south by the Illinois Central Railroad. From the east and from the west it may be reached by the Peoria & Eastern Division of the "Big Four" route, as well as by the division of the Wabash Railway which connects Kansas City and St. Louis with Detroit and Buffalo. The station of the Illinois Central Railroad is in Champaign. The Wabash and "Big Four" have stations in both Champaign and Urbana. The electric interurban lines of the Illinois Traction System connect Urbana-Cham- paign with neighboring cities in Illinois, and also with St. Louis. In matters pertaining to health, conditions are good. Within three blocks of the campus, there is a hospital in which students may be cared for at moderate expense. The University maintains a temporary emergency hospital. There are thirty-six churches, representing thirteen denominations, and a number of students' religious associations, leagues, and guilds, including Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations. The University does not provide dormitories and commons, except in the Women's Residence Halls. The numerous rooming and boarding houses near the campus are, however, to a certain extent under the supervision of the University. 41 HISTORY 1862. The Morrill Land Grant By this act the national government donated to each state in the Union public land scrip, in quantity equal to 30,000 acres for each senator and representative in Congress, "for the endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college whose leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, ***** in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of life. " On account of this grant the State pays the University, semi-annually, interest at the rate of five per cent, on about $649,000. Location chosen To secure the location of the University several counties entered into competition by proposing to donate to its use specified sums of money or their equivalent. Champaign Coimty offered a large brick building in the suburbs of Urbana, erected for a seminary and nearly completed, about 1,000 acres of land, and S100,000 in county bonds. To this the Illinois Central Railroad added §30,000 in freight. 1867. Incorporation The institution was incorporated February 28, 1867, under the name of the Illinois Industrial University. It was placed under the control of a Board of Trustees, consisting of the Governor, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the President of the State Board of Agriculture, ex officio members, and twenty-eight citizens appointed by the Governor. The chief executive officer was called the Regent, and was made ex officio member of the Board and the presiding officer of both the Board of Trustees and the Faculty (See also 1873 and 1887 below.) 1867. Dr. Gregory Regent On March 12, 1867, John Milton Gregory. LL.D., was elected Regent of the University. On April 1, 1867, Dr. Gregory accepted the position and entered on his duties. He served as Regent vmtil September 1, 1880. 1868. The University opened The University opened on March 2, 1868. The number of students enrolled was about fifty; the faculty consisted of the Regent and two professors. During the first term another instructor was added, and the number of students increased to 77 — all men. During the first term instruction was given in algebra, geometry, physics, history, rhetoric, and Latin. Work on the farm and gardens or about the buildings was at first compulsory for all students. In March of the next year, however, compulsory labor was discontinued, save when it was to serve as a part of instruction. 1868-69. The first laboratories During the autunm of 1868 a chemical laboratory was provided, and laboratory work in botany was begun the following year. 1870. Pioneer shop instruction In January, 1870, a mechanical shop was equipped with tools and machinery, and here was begun the first shop instruction given in any American university. In the summer of 1871 the Wood Shops and Testing Laboratory (burned on June 9, 1900) were erected and equipped for students' shop work in both wood and iron. 1870. Women admitted On March 9, 1870, the Trustees voted to admit women as students. In the year 1870-71 twenty-four availed themselves of the privilege. Since that time they have con- stituted from one-sixth to one-fifth of the total number of students. 42 History 43 187 S. Firit recrrgctniz-a.iirj-^^ of :'-.■? B:-z~i c; r~^.!;'<«? P:«:ii :.: :: ;_._ „..,;. . a term 01 ::.r :• >^r, - 1877. i :...'-':• - -. : - r ■■ " 1m7 below. j - rewed iKT. tbe usual di|il.' zirt—g. in Mardi, 1881, he - 1S8B. Change qf name In this year -le C-e: IndudricH Unu'-r':.: . 1885. TK: Mer?r .__ i«y7. : - I- : - - elect!::. _ Tier- -.- :.::.. :_.--:: lion from the lUinms i i_"j,'.'^.--' 3 icsigna' . '\ . ^ T • jnill, A.M J r:^::-: .; - . Dr. BTUiill Sczvoi i^ uiia cap&ci Grad-_:r School 'bis year, graduate work was imdertakezi iinrlt - ^.tboot the oiganixation of a separate fa:u.:y on M.^:;:. ;, 1S9^ D'. 1 On A::. ^doIl of tite nbivosity was aotiioni'ed c y s :pened in Jane of that year. an Draper, LLJ)., was defied Begent. He ace^ited :!t Tvas changed to Preadent. Dr. Draper entned on : ed until June, 1901. of Pharmacv of the !.'—■. iedinlSoy, bera: 44 History 1897. The College of Medicine Negotiations which had been going on for several years, looking to the affiliation of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Chicago with the University, were concluded by the Board of Trustees March 9, 1897. Accordingly, the College of Physicians and Surgeons became, on April 21, 1897, the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. (The College of Medicine was discontinued on June 30, 1912, but was reopened on Feb- ruary 12, 1913.) 1897. The School of Music By vote of the Trustees on June 9, 1897, the department of music, which had been reorganized and enlarged in 1895, was erected into the School of Music, with a separate faculty and organization. 1897. The State Water Survey authorized See Part VI. 1897. The Library School In 1897, the School of Library Economy, which had been established in 1893 at the Armour Institute of Technology in Chicago, was transferred to the University, the Director of that school was appointed Librarian of the University Library, and the Library School was opened. Pursuant to an action of the Board of Trustees, taken December 8, 1896, the School of Law was organized, and was opened September 13, 1897. The course of study covered two years, in conformity with the then existing requirements for admission to the bar of Illinois. In the following November the Supreme Court of the State announced rules relating to examination for admission to the bar which made three years of study necessary, and the course in the Law School was immediately rearranged on that basis. On February 9, 1900, by vote of the Board of Trustees, the name of the School of Law was changed to College of Law. 1899. The State Entomologist's Office permanently established at the University Merged in the State Natural History Survey in 1917. See Part VI. 1900. Courses in Bu^ness Administration In 1900, the General Assembly made an appropriation for the establishment of courses of training for business life, and, in accordance with that action, the Trustees approved the organization of the Courses in Business Administration. (See also 1916 below.) 1901. The College of Dentistry In accordance with an action taken by the Board of Trustees on March 12, 1901, a School of Dentistry was organized as a department of the College of Medicine. The School was opened October 3, 1901. The name was changed to College of Dentistry on April 27. 1905. (The College of Dentistry was discontinued on June 30, 1912, but was reopened on October 1, 1913.) 190S. The Board of Examiners in Accountancy created See Part VI. 1903. The Engineering Experiment Station established See Part VI. 1904' Dr- Jcrnies President On March 9, 1904, President Draper's resignation was accepted, to take effect July 1. On August 23, 1904, Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., was elected President. He accepted on August 26, 1904, and entered on his duties in the fall of that year. He was appointed President Emeritus beginning September 1, 1920. 1905. The School of Education By a vote of April 27, 1905, the Board of Trustees established the School of Education, to provide for the professional training of teachers. (See also 1918 below.) 1905. The State Geological Survey established See Part VI. History 45 1906. Adams Fund This fund was created by an Act of Congress dated March 16, 1906, and provided for an appropriation of $5,000 for the year ending June 30, 1906, and an increase of S2,000 a year for five years. The present appropriation to the University under the Adams Act is, therefore, $15,000 a year. Its use is limited to the necessary expenses of original research and experimental work in agriculture. 1907. Nelson Fund This fund was created by an Act of Congress dated March 4, 1907, and carried with it an appropriation of $5,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1908, and an annual increase of $5,000 for four years. The present appropriation to the University under the Nelson Act, is therefore, $25,000 per year. Its uses are identical with those of the Morrill Fund. 1906-7. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration On January 30,1906, the Board of Trustees created in the College of Engineering a department of railway engineering; on January 22, 1907, supplementing that action, it established the School of Railway Engineering and Administration. (See also 1917.) 1906-7, The Graduate School organized as a separate faculty The General Assembly appropriated $50,000 for the Graduate School, and the Execu- tive Faculty of that school was organized. 1909. The Department of Mining Engineering The General Assembly established the Department of Mining Engineering in the College of Engineering. 1911. The Mill Tax The General Assembly passed a law pro\'iding that in the year 1912, and annually thereafter, the proceeds of a tax of one mill for each dollar of the assessed valuation of the taxable property of the State should be set apart as a fund for the maintenance of the University. In 1919, the rate was reduced to two-thirds of a mill. 1911. Cooperative Investigation of Illinois Coal Problems See Part VI. 1915. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry discontinued The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry were discontinued on June 30, 1912. 1913. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry reopened On February 12, 1913, the Board of Trustees accepted the gift of the capital stock of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, donated to the University by the alumni and other friends of medical education in Chicago, and the College of Medicine was reopened. The College of Dentistry was reopened on October 1, 1913. 1913. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences In this year the College of Literature and Arts and the College of Science were united to form the CoUege of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 1916. The College of Commerce and Business Administration The Courses in Business Administration, organized in 1900, were erected into a separate College of Commerce and Business Administration. 1917. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration suspended In 1917, the activities of this school were suspended because the leading members of its faculty were called away for war service. 1918. The University Press One June 1, 1918, the Board of Trustees authorized the organization of the University Press, to have charge of the editorial, printing, and publishing activities of the University. (See Part IV.) 1918. The College of Education On June 1, 1918, the Board of Trustees voted to erect the School of Education into a separate College of Education. 46 History 1910. Third Reorganization of the Board of Trustees In 1917, the General Assembly passed a law reorganizing the administration of the State. By virtue of this law, on January 1, 1919, the office of the President of the State Board of Agriculture was abolished. There are now, therefore, eleven members, two ex officio and nine elective. 1920. Dr. Kinley President On June 10, 1919, President James was granted a leave of absence extending to Sep- tember, 1920. David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., was appointed Acting President for that period. On June 2, 1920, following President James's resignation in March, Dr. Kinley was elected President. I EQUIPMENT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS The land occupied by the University embraces 238 acres, besides a farm of 991 acres. There are about seventy buildings on the campus. Liberal Arts University Hall (erected 1873) is the "old main building" of the University. It oc- cupies three sides of a quadrangle, and is five stories in height. The building is devoted to class rooms and offices. Lincoln Hall (erected 1911) is a brick, stone, and terra cotta structure. The building provides for the advanced work of the departments of the classics, Eng- lish, Romance languages, Germanic languages, history, economics, education, political science, sociology, and philosophy. The first three floors provide, m addition to the ordi- nary class and consultation rooms, seminar libraries and conference rooms. On the fourth floor are research rooms and two museums, the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology, and the Museum of Em-opean Culture. General Science The Laboratory of Physics (erected 1909) is a three-story fireproof brick building trimmed with Bedford limestone. The main lecture room has a seating capacity of 262. A one-story annex contains the ventilating and heating fans and the machine shop of the department. In addition to the usual large laboratories and recita- tion rooms, there are about thirty smaller laboratories for advanced experimental work. The department of blue printing and photography occupies rooms on the top floor of the building. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents of a wide range in amperes and in volts are available in all parts of the building. The Chemistry Laboratory (original structure erected 1901-2; addition 1914-15) is a brick building. The original structure is of slow burning construction, and the addition is fire-proof. The ground plan is a hollow square, the center court containing the lecture amphitheatre which seats 390. The building contains general laboratories, offices, class and seminar rooms, library, museums, supply rooms, and research laboratories. In this building are also located the offices and laboratories of the State Water Survey and the department of bacteriology. Natural History Hall (old part erected 1892; addition 1909 and 1912) is occupied by the departments of botany, entomology, zoology, physiology, geology, and mathematics, and the offices of the State Natural History Survey and the State Entomologist. A fire- proof museum equipped with fireproof and dustproof cases, occupies the center of the building. The last unit of the building provides additional museum space and an herbarium. The Botany Annex (erected 1914) is a greenhouse laboratory divided into compart- ments that are severally provided with devices for controlling humidity and temperature within close limits for exact experimentation in the fields of plant physiology and pathology. To this laboratory is attached a reconstructed two-story dwelling, giving working and class rooms for use in connection with the experiments conducted under glass. The Vivarium (erected 1915-16) occupies a main building containing eight laboratories, one office, and store rooms, with supplementary green houses at each end, and a head house serving two greonhouses, together with two screened houses. The main building is a brick structure, two siones high, connected with the head house by a one-story passage from the main corridor. I'tie building is occupied by the departments of zoology and entomology. 47 48 Buildings and Grounds The Enlomohgy Building (erected 1905 for the use of the State Entomologist and his staff) is a two-stor>' building with basement storerooms and with two insectary wings of greenhouse construction. It contains the office of the horticultural inspector, a sten- ographer's room, rooms for the assistant inspectors and insectary assistants, and a large fireproof vault. The glass-covered wings are equipped for experimental entomology and life-history studies. The Astronomical Observatory (erected 1896) is a brick building. It has three wings and is surmounted by a dome which houses the 12-inch refracting telescope. An adjacent building, erected in 1914, contains a 30-inch short focus reflector. Commerce and Business Administration The Commerce Building (erected 1912) is a fireproof building three stories high, with a one-story annex containing a lecture room seating 240. The building provides class rooms, offices, and laboratories for the work in business administration. The exterior first story finish is buff Bedford lime stone ;the second and third stories are of brick with carved stone trimmings and cornice. The roof is of tUe, and the interior trim is of dark oak. The Administration Building (see page 51) is a second unit of this building and will eventually be occupied by this College. Education The Education Building (erected 1917-18) is a fireproof structure of reinforced con- crete, faced with Bedford limestone, and is of collegiate Gothic design. It is occupied by the College of Education as a model high school, the college furnishing the corps of instructors under whom the students in the school receive their practical teaching ex- perience. The first floor contains locker and toilet rooms for boys and girls, rooms for manual training, mechanical drawing, sewing and domestic science, as well as general class rooms and the offices of the principal. On the second floor are rooms for the com- mercial department, various class rooms, and the library. Chemistry, physics, biology, and agriculture take up the greater part of the third floor, the remainder being devoted to class rooms. This building is the first unit of a structure which will occupy the entire block. Anatomy Anatomy Laboratory (erected 1922) is a temporary one-story wooden structure used as a laboratory of anatomy for courses in athletic coaching. Engineering Engineering ffaW (erected 1894) is a four-story building. The first and second floors are occupied by the offices and recitation rooms, and the instrument and drafting rooms of the departments of civil engineering and municipal and sanitary engineering. The main lecture room, on |the second floor, has a seating capacity of 225. The third floor is occupied by the offices of the dean of the College of Engineering and Director of the Engineering Experiment Station, and by offices, recitation, and drafting rooms of the department of architecture. All the fourth floor is occupied by the department of architecture. The Electrical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1898) is a two-story brick building with a basement containing the departmental shop, the storage battery room, the electric fur- nace room, and rooms for electrical research. The first floor contains the undergraduate laboratory, the instrument room, the high potential laboratory, and the drafting, lecture, and recitation rooms. The second floor contains the photometric laboratory, the offices, the departmental library, and a room used by the Electrical Engineering Society. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1905, remodeled 1917) is a brick buUd- ing having a basement with an elevated or mezzanine operating floor, on which is moimted the principal equipment of the laboratory; auxiliary apparatus is housed in the basement. The front section is two stories high and together with the two-story addition to the south contains offices, lecture and computation rooms, a lavatory, and an instrument room. The main laboratory is divided into three bays. The middle bay is provided with a ten-ton three-motor traveling crane, and the north bay with a five-ton hand operated Buildings and Grounds 49 traveling crane. In the basement two flumes, together with a storage reservoir having a capacity of 7,000 gallons, provide for the measurement and storage of water. The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics (erected 1901-2) is a brick building containing the materials testing laboratory and the hydraulics laboratory. The Highway Lahoraiory (erected 1910) is a two-story brick addition to the Mechan- ical Engineering Laboratory'. It contains the laboratories and certain recitation rooms and offices of the department of civil engineering which are closely associated with the work of testing materials used in road construction and with researches in the development of such materials. The Mining Engineering Laboratory (erected 1912) is a one-story brick building. It is divided into five units. (1) Coal washing and preparation; (2) Ore-dressing and metallurgy; (3) Mining, including blasting and explosives; (4) Chemical analj-sis and sampling; (5) Gas analysis, safety lamps and ventilation. The Ceramic Engineering Kiln House (erected 1912) connects with the ceramic engi- neering building. It contains the kilns?, furnaces, and heavy machines for working claj's. The Ceramic Engineering Building (erected 1915-16) is a three-storj' structure, of fireproof construction, built of texture brick and polychrome terra cotta. The front of the building is decorated with colored tile panels. The roof is of Spanish tile, and the floor of the halls and corridors of clay tile. The structure is intended to present modem achievement in the use of ceramic structural materials. The third floor is occupied by the State Geological Survey and about one-third of the first floor by the department of applied mechanics. The main portion of the building is utilized by the recitation rooms, laborator- ies, and offices of the department of ceramic engineering. The Locomotive Testing Laboratory (erected 1912) is a brick fireproof building connected by a spur with the Illinois Traction System tracks. It houses a locomotive testing plant which consists of supporting wheels on which rest the drivers of the locomotive to be tested, a dynamometer to which the locomotive drawbar is attached for measuring the tractive force exerted by the locomotive, water brakes for absorbing the power developed by the locomotive, and other auxiliarj' apparatus. The exhaust gases pass through an asbestos board duct to a large fan which forces them through a reinforced concrete cinder separator; the separator removes the cinders and discharges the gases into the air. The Transportation Building (erected 1912 and 1921) is a three-story fireproof building of brick trimmed with stone. The first and second floors of the building are occupied by the departments of railway mechanical and mining engineering, and the third floor by the department of general engineering drawing. The Machine and Forge Laboratories (erected 1902) occupy a one-story brick building containing office rooms, a machine shop, and a forge shop. Power is supplied by electric motors. A three-ton traveling crane of ten-foot span covers the center of the floor for the entire length. The Pattern Laboratory (erected 1901-2) and Foundry (added 1904) laboratories occupy a brick building. The pattern laboratorj' contains a bench room, lathe room, machine room, and various smaller rooms for lectures and exhibition purposes. The foimdr>' has a large molding floor, traversed by a five-ton traveling crane, and a base- ment room of the same size. Agriculture The Agriculture Building (erected 1900) consists of fourseparatestructures, built around a court and connected by corridors. The court was enclosed in 1912 and di\ided into five large class rooms. The main building, three stories high, contains offices, class rooms, and laboratories for the departments of agronomy, animal husbandrj', dairy husbandry, and horticulture; the chemistry laboratory of the Experiment Station; administration rooms; and assembly room (Morrow Hall) with a seating capacitj' of 500. The other three build- ings are two stories high; one is for dair>' manufacturers, one for farm crops, and one for class rooms and laboratories. These buildings are of stone and brick, roofed with slate, and contain 113 rooms. The New Agricultural Building (erected 1922-23) is a three story brick and stone fireproof structure of the Georgian style of architecture. This is primarily a class room and office building, altho it will for the present house the Agricultural Library. The first floor contains offices, class rooms, and a lecture room with a seating capacity of 235. On the second floor are class rooms, offices and draughting rooms for the Landscape Gardening, and the Agricultural Library. Class rooms and offices take up the entire third floor space. This building is the first vmit of a proposed group for the college of Agriculture. 50 Buildings and Grounds The Agronomy Building (erected 1904-5) is a brick and slate structure, containing a field laboratory and storage room for crop work. The Agronomy Greenhoiise (erected 1900, rebuilt 1912) consists of two glass structures and a service building equipped with research and photographic laboratories. The Agronomy Bam and Implement Shed (barn 1915; shed 1918) are wooden structures designed as service and storage buildings for the field work of the department of agronomy. The Animal Husbandry Cattle Feeding Plant (first unit erected 1917) is of brick and frame construction with a tile roof. There are eight silos built in a circle to enclose a feed room. The plant is also used as a storage place for feed for the animal husbandry depart- ment. In the section not yet built the upper stories will be constructed as an elevator with large grain bins, where grain can be elevated, preparatory to grinding, shipping or feeding. There will be a com crib with a capacity of 12,000 bushels. The Farm Mechanics Building (erected 1906-7) is a three-story brick structure, contain- ing class rooms, offices, lecture rooms, drafting room, library, laboratories, and tool and storage rooms. The third floor furnishes storage room for the greater part of $45,000 worth of farm machinery, lent the College by manufacturing companies and used for labora- tory work. The facilities afforded by this building, with its equipment, make possible the assembling, testing, and adjusting of all the important machines used in farm opera- tions. The Pure Bred Dairy Cattle Barn (erected 1891, remodeled 1895 and 1901) consists of a main two-story wooden structure, a wing and a shed for young stock. About 40 milking cows in addition to young stock and bulls are accommodated. There are also six silos of various types. The Animal Pathology Laboratory (erected 1904-5, as a Beef Cattle Building) is a one- story structure of brick and slate, trimmed with stone with a wing at either end; the central portion rises two stories and is used for the storage of feed. This building was remodeled in 1919 for use by the Division of Animal Pathology in the Department of Animal Husbandry. The Experimental Dairy Barns (erected 1912) comprise three round barns, the largest having a reinforced concrete silo in the center; a semi-detached rectangular structure with a Grout silo adjacent; and a small dairy house and shop. The barns are of frame construction on brick walls with solid floors of the mill type of construction, and contain feed rooms, hay lofts, and other accommodations for the experimental dairy herd. The dairy house is of frame construction, two stories in height, and contains office, shop, coal room, dairj'' room, and four sleeping rooms for employees. The Sheep Barn is a wooden structure consisting of a main barn and a shed, opening to the south. An aisle, lined by pens on each side, runs through the center of the bam. This building, besides accommodating the University flock, is used for experi- mental work. Other buUdings on the South Farm for the accommodation of live stock are three horse barns and the piggery. The Stock Pavilion (erected 1913) is a fireproof building with circular ends, providing a show arena 216 feet long and 65 feet wide. Seats of concrete provide accommodations for 2,000. The arena may be divided into three parts, giving three separate judging rooms. The building also contains class rooms and offices. The exterior is of brick and terra cotta, renaissance in design, the frieze being enriched with medallions of animal heads. The Genetics Building (erected 1915-16) is a one-story brick structure housing the laboratories, offices, and animal rooms of the department of genetics. The work carried on in this building is done principally by graduate students. The HorticuUure Building (erected 1904-5) is a structure of brick and slate trimmed with stone. It contains the horticultural pathological laboratories, together with a labor- atory devoted to the manufacture and mixing of spray materials used in operations in connection with the plantations. This building also serves as headquarters for the sale of horticultural products. The Horticultural Implement Shed (erected 1922) is a wooden structure built to house the field machinery used on the Horticultural farm. The HorticuUure Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) includes (1) a floricultural group and (2) a vegetable and plant breeding group. (1) The Floriculture Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) consists of a two-story and basement service building and ten glass structures. The service building is of hollow tile and cement construction, and contains laboratories, lecture room, sales room, offices, and seminar room, as well as potting, storage, and work rooms. Buildings and Grounds 51 (2) The Vegetable and Plant Breeding Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) consists of a glass house for vegetable growing, two houses for plant breeding, a wire house, and a two-story and basement service building, containing laboratories, work rooms, class rooms, offices, and storage rooms. The type of construction of this building is the same as that of the floriculture service building. The Horticultural Field Laboratonj Building (erected 1921-22) is situated on the 320- acre Horticultural farm. It is two-stories high, the center rising to a height of three stories to make room for the third floor of the cold storage plant which is so constructed as to provide different degrees of temperature for various products. The wings of the building are one-story high and serve as indoor working laboratories. For instructional purposes there is a laboratory where different types and varieties of fruits are examined and methods of handling and packing are demonstrated. One laboratory is devoted to horticultural machinery used in the preparation and distribution of insecticides and fungicides used in the protection of growing plants. Three laboratories take care ot the receiving and sorting of fruits and vegetables, the canning of such products, the evaporation and preservation of fruit juices, and the making of cider and vinegars. Law The Law Building (erected 1878; remodeled 1902,1912 and 1922) is the second oldest building in the University group. It has two stories and a basement. The upper floor contains the Law Library, conference and reading rooms with accommodations for over one hundred persons, the library stack, the librarian's office, private offices for members of the law faculty. On the main floor are the administrative offices and class rooms. Military Science The Armory (erected 1914-15) comprises a drill room with a clear area of 200 by 400 feet and a height of 98 feet at the center, the roof being carried by fourteen three-hinged steel arches. The sides are of hoUow tiles and the ends, supported by columns, are of steel, glass, tile, and concrete, with wood frames and sashes. The drill floor is of sufficient area to permit the maneuvering of an entire battalion of the cadet brigade. Provision has been made for the addition of the balcony around the drill floor with seats for 3,000 and for the addition of three-story facades along the sides flanked by towers at each end. This will provide space for company rooms, locker rooms, shooting tubes, and class rooms. The Armory Annex is a temporary one-story building used as the military head- quarters. It contains both offices and classrooms. The Field Artillery Stable (erected 1919), a one-story stucco building in Italian style, provides space for animals belonging to the R. O. T. C. Artillery and Cavalry units. This structure is the first and chief building of a group which will ultimately house all matenal and equipment of these units and afford working and living quarters for the permanent personnel. Music The Smith Memorial Hall (erected 1918-19) is a fire-proof building of brick and stone exterior, occupied by the School of Music. The basement is occupied by plenum chambers, machinery, and dressing rooms. On the first floor are the Director s suite, two class rooms, and seven studios, together with the first floor of the recital hall. Ihe second floor contains the Memorial Room dedicated to the donor, Captain Thomas J, Smith and his wife, Tina Weedon Smith, to whom the building is dedicated as a memorial, and the Library, with a score trial room, and eleven studios. This floor also affords access to the balcony of the recital hall which, with the first floor, gives a total seating capacity of about 1,000 persons. The third floor contains forty-seven practise rooms, and a lecture room seating about 100. All studios and practise rooms are thoroly sound-proofed and insulated from one another. Buildings for General University Use The Administration Building (erected 1914-15) is a three-story and basement fire- proof building of brick and stone. It has a one-story annex. The building contains the rooms of the Board of Trustees and the offices of the President, the Registrar, the Lomp- 52 Buildings and Grounds troUer, the Supervising Architect, the Dean of Men, the High School Visitor, the Assist- ant Dean of Foreign Students, the University Editor, the Alumni Association, the University Press, the Information and Stenographic Bureau. This building is the second unit of the Commerce Building, and will eventually be occupied by that College. The Library Building (erected 1896-97; an addition to the stack room erected 1914; further addition erected 1918) is modem Romanesque in style, with a tower 132 feet high, and is built of Minnesota sand-stone. The first floor, or basement, contains the rooms of the catalog and order departments, the bound newspapers, and the University Station post office. The second, or main floor, contains the general reference room, the periodical reading rooms, a small conference room, and the delivery room, which opens into the second story of the stack. The third floor contains the study room, lecture rooms, and office of the Library School, faculty study room, and the office of the Librarian. The five-story book stack is a rear wing to the building, separated from it by a fireproof wall. The delivery room is open to the roof and is lighted by a dome of art glass; the lunettes are decorated with frescoes symbolic of the four older colleges of the University — Literature and Arts, Science, Agriculture, and Engineering. The latest addition contains four stories of stacks. Above this, covering the entire area of the building, is a work room. This addition also contains an unpacking room, a storage room, and an elevator tower. The Auditorium (erected 1907-8) is a brick and stone building for general meeting purposes. It contains an auditorium seating about 2,000, a memorial vestibule, and a four-manual organ. All general University exercises and convocations are held in this building. The Men's Gymnasium (erected 1901) is a thrce-stoiy building of stone and pressed brick. On the first floor there is a swimming pool, lined with white enamel bricks. The water is filtered and sterilized by continuous circulation through a violet-ray sterilizer. This floor contains also the general locker room, which is fitted up with all-metal lockers, and with shower bath, and steam baths; rooms for the University Athletic teams; a room for visiting teams; a special dressing room for members of the faculty; and offices for the physical director and the instructors in athletics. The entire second floor is one room, fitted up with modern appliances for gymnastic exercises. The third floor contains an elevated running track, 15 laps to the mile, banked on the turns to secure speed and comfort in running. The Gymnasium Annex (erected 1889-90) has a clear floor space of 15,000 square feet in one hall, while the addition (erected 1918) gives an additional clear area of about 7,500 square feet. The Woman's Buildi7ig (erected 1905; addition 1912; remodeled in 1922) is in the New England colonial style of architecture, of brick and stone, the addition built in 1913 being of fireproof construction. The basement contains a large gymnasium which extends up tlirough two stories and is lighted by skylights from a court above; shower and locker rooms; a general serving kitchen and rooms for the Home Economics depart- ment. On the first floor are the large swimming pool, corrective gymnasium, office of the Director of Physical Education for Women, women's rest rooms, office of the Dean of Women, parlors, class rooms for the department of Home Economics, and the office of the Director. The second floor contains a gymnasium, parlors, the University cafeteria, class rooms, offices and laboratories for the Department of Home Economics. On the top floor there are offices for extension work, a literary society meeting room, labora- tories, and a model apartment for the Home Economics department. Women's Residence Hall The Women's Residence Hall (erected 1917) is located on Nevada Street north of and adjacent to the new athletic field for women. It is a three-story fireproof brick and stone building of colonial design, U-shaped in plan. It will accommodate 150 girls. There are both double and single rooms, a suite for the matron, an emergency hospital, and rooms for servants. The basement contains the kitchen and a large dining room in each wing overlooking the sunken garden in the court. In the center of the first floor there is a large living room with adjoining parlors. The wings on each side of the first floor are at a higher line and are occupied by student rooms. There is a large sleeping porch at the south end of each wing on each floor. Buildings and Grounds 53 The President's House The President's House (acquired in 1917) is located at 1203 W. Nevada Street, Urbana. It is a two-story stucco building in the modern English style. It contains the usual living and service rooms of a ten-room house, and is featured by a large living-porch opening into an old-fashioned trellis-walled garden. University Health Service Health Service Building (erected 1896) is a three-story frame building, in the colonial style, originally built for the President's house. In 1919 it was remodeled and equipped for use of the University Health Service. The Isolation Hospital (erected 1908; reconstructed 1914, 1917, and 1919) has been used for its present purpose since 1914. It is a substantial one-story stucco building, with a subsidiary service building providing a kitchen and additional ward space. The basement of the main building contains a supply room, a laboratory, and a complete disinfecting suite, consisting of a formaldehyde room, a septic room, a sterilizing room, and a physician's wash room, locker room, and sterile room. The first floor is divided into three separate ward units, each with a capacity of seven beds and having a nurse's room with bath, a diet kitchen, a linen closet, a bath room, and a private room for use as an oberva- tion room or for serious cases. In addition to the equipment in the basement, this build- ing is provided with all necessary sterilizing and antiseptic devices in connection with the wards. Service Buildings The Central Heai and Power Plant (old boiler house erected 1902; new boiler house, 1910 and 1914). The old boiler house, 55 by 120 feet, is no longer used as part of the power plant, but serves as a special laboratory of the College of Engineering. The new boiler house, designed to be enlarged as necessity requires, is equipped with six 500-horsepower B. & W. boilers with chain grates. A power plant containing a 250-kilowatt Allis-Chal- mers direct connected steam engine and dynamo, a 500-kilowatt Westinghouse turbo- generator, and a 100-kilowatt Curtiss turbo-generator, together with the accessories necessary to a complete power station, supplies current for light and power to all parts of the groimds. The pipe lines of the heating system and the circuits for distributing electricity are carried from the central plant to the several buildings through brick and concrete tunnels and clay and concrete conduits. The new boiler and power plant pro- vides temporary quarters for the electric test car of the department of railway engineering. The Pumping Station of the University water-works is a brick building, connected with the central heating station. Six artesian wells supply the University with water. A masonry reservoir provides for a fire-reserve supply. The pumps, tanks, and connections are arranged to give opportunities for experimental work, and also to vary the working conditions in the adjacent hydraulics laboratory. In this building is kept the equipment of the University fire department, including a hose and chemical wagon. The University Garage (erected 1922-23) is a one-story brick building housing the University automobiles. BUILDINGS IN CHICAGO The College of Medicine Building, in which are housed all the departments except that of anatomy, is a brick and stone structure five stories high, fronting on thiree streets. The building contains three lecture rooms with a seating capacity of two hundred each; a clinical amphitheatre with a seating capacity of over three hundred; an assembly hall with a seating capacity of seven hundred; besides recitation rooms. It also contains labora- tories for physiology, chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, and microscopical and chemical diagnosis, each accommodating from fifty to one hundred students at a time. A three-story annex to the main building contains the laboratories used by the depart- ments of pathology, bacteriology, and chemistry. All these laboratories have outside light and are furnished with work tables, desks, lockers, and the necessary apparatus. There is a supply of microscopes, lenses, and oil immersions, and a projection apparatus for the illustration of lectures by means of stereopticon views. There are under construction other buildings which will house the following: a General Hospital, the Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary, a Psychiatric Institute, and an Orthopedic Institute. These will be available for teaching and research purposes 54 Libraries under the cooperative plan adopted by the State Department of Public Welfare and the University of Illinois. Research Lahoratorxj Building (erected 1922-23) is a five story and basement fireproof structure of brick with limestone trimming with a three-story library wing, and is of the Gothic style of architecture. It is a unit of the Hospital and Laboratory Group being erected by the University of Illinois and the State, and houses research laboratories and the Medical Library. The basement contains photographic rooms, book stacks, locker room, and large reading room. The remaining floors are given over to offices and research rooms. This building is connected by a passage way to the Research and Educational Hospital built in 1921-22. The College of Dentistry, adjoining the College of Medicine, occupies a separate six-story building, fronting on two streets. This building contains three amphitheatres, a clinical operating room, an infirmary, recitation rooms, the laboratories of gross anatomy and of prosthetic and operative dentistry, administrative offices, three dental depots, and four special laboratories, for research in histology and pathology, for anatomical modeUng, for porcelain work, and for instructional and diagnostic work in radiography. The School of Pharmacy. — In December, 1915, the University purchased for the School the property located at the corner of Wood and Flournoy streets and comprising eight city lots with two large brick buildings, connected by a fireproof central stairway tower. The new quarters were occupied in June, 1916. The buildings include two substantial brick structures connected at each floor by a stair-tower building. Both have daylight from four sides and electric Ught throughout, and are heated by steam. The larger contains the offices, the library, the museum, the microscopical lab- oratory, the bacteriological laboratory, an auditorium, a lecture hall, a recitation room, preparation rooms and private laboratories for the teachers, students' rooms, and locker rooms. The smaller building contains pharmaceutical laboratories, the laboratory for quantitative analysis, the laboratory for qualitative analysis and several private labora- tories for the teachers, as well as store rooms and supply rooms. The stair-tower building, of fireproof construction, provides the students' entrance, stairways to each floor, corridors, toilets, and rooms for the hydrogen sulphide generator and the distilled water supply. LIBRARIES (For the Library Staff see page 30.) The University Library includes all the books belonging to the colleges and schools of the University which are situated in Urbana and also the libraries of the College of Med- icine and the School of Pharmacy in Chicago. The number of volumes, pamphlets, etc., in the several libraries on September 30, 1922, was as follows: THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Pieces of In Urbana: Volu7nes Pamphlets Maps Sheet Music General and Departmental Libraries 488,862 53,236 2,278 6,052 In Chicago: College of Medicine 25,861 2,400 School of Pharmacy 4,154 2,450 Total in University Library 518,877 58,086 2,278 6,052 Other Libraries located at the University of Illinois in Urbana: State Laboratory of Natural History Library 10,837 56,794 94 State Geological Survey 2,970 6,100 1,085 The Library is housed, for the most part, in the Library Building, and is for the use of the whole University. The officers of instruction and administration of the University, the graduate students, and the members of the senior class have direct access to the shelves: other students may have this privilege on the recommendation of their instructors. All students have the direct use of 10,700 volumes in the reading rooms, and in addition advanced students have the use of the seminar libraries. About 4,600 periodicals are currently received. Museums and Collections 55 As a part of the Library are included several special collections: Thesis collection, a file of the original copies of the thesis presented for graduation from the University, bound and filed by years: 2,200 volumes. The Dziatzko Collection of Library Economy, the entire library of Karl Dziatzko, librarian of Gottingen University: 300 volumes, 250 pamphlets, bought in 1905. The Dittenberger Collection of the Classics, the entire library of Wilhelm Dittenberger, Professor of Classical Philology in the University of Halle: 5,600 items, bought in 1907. The Heyne collection, the philological library of Professor Moritz Heyne of the University of Gottingen: about 5,000 items, principally on German philology and literature, bought in 1909. The Karsten collection, principally on French and German philology and literature, the library of the late Professor Gustaf E. Karsten, presented by Mrs. Eleanor G. Karsten. The Grober collection, the entire library of the late Professor Gustav Grober, of Strasberg: 6,300 titles, principally on the Romance languages, purchased in 1912. The Vahlen collection, the entire classical library of the late Professor Johannes Vahlen, of Berlin: 10,000 volumes, purchased in 1913. The Aron collection, the pedagogical library of the late Dr. R. Aron, of Berlin: 20,000 volumes, pur- chased in 1913. The Carl Martin James collection, 1,030 volumes relating to statistics and similar subjects, presented in 1915 by President Edmund J. James. The Rattermann collection, of German- American literature and history: 7,000 volumes, purchased in 1915. The Amanda K. Casad collection, relating to history, economics, poUtics, and education: 1,732 volumes, presented in 1916 by President Edmund J. James. The Constance Barlow-Smith collection, of musical scores: manuscript books, and portraits, presented in 1916 by Mrs. Constance Barlow-Smith. The Thomas J . Burrill collection of general and botanical literature was presented by Mrs. Burrill in 1917. The Cavagna-San Giuliana library of over 40,000 volumes and many pamphlets, purchased in 1921, in Italy. A number of departmental and college libraries and reading rooms are maintained in various buildings on the campus; these libraries do not necessarUy contain all the books in the respective subjects. In some instances they are primarily for the use of the graduate students and advanced undergraduate students in the departments using the respective buildings. The principal departmental libraries and reading rooms are the following: Name of Library Location Volumes Philosophy, Psychology, and Education Lincoln Hall 16,000 ClassicB Lincoln Hall 23,000 Modern Langiiages Lincoln Hall 27,000 English Lincoln Hall 16,400 History and Political Science Lincoln Hall 20,000 Economics and Sociology Lincoln Hall 24,000 Natural History Natural History Building 22,377 Law Law Building 30,000 Commerce Reading Room Commerce Building 2,300 Architecture, Ricker Library of Engineering Hall 4,900 Agriculture Reading Room Agricultural Building 10,000 Chemistry Chemistry Building 10,800 Physics Physics Building 1,500 Mathematics Natural History Building 5,700 Engineering Engineering Building 8,900 Mason Lihrary of Western History. The library of western history collected by Edward G. Mason, Esq., long president of the Chicago Historical Society, is in the Public Library of the city of Champaign, and is accessible to students in the University. MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Liberal Arts Group Art—A. collectionof casts, photographs, and engravings presented to the University in 1876 by citizens of the community has, for want of a suitable gallery, been placed in different buildings on the campus. Eight large statues are in the Auditorium foyer. Numerous pieces are now in the studios of the department of art and design in University Hall, and others are in the corridors and class rooms of University Hall, Lincoln Hall, Natural History Hall, and the Library. A collection of eighty-one German and Japanese prints purchased by the department of art and design from the St. Louis Exposition in 1905 is displayed in the rooms of the department of art and design. Other collections of value to art students, consisting of a number of casts of Moorish, Spanish, and German ornament and miscellaneous casts, models, prints, and drawings, are placed in the studios and corridors of the department of art and design. 66 Museums and Collections Classical Archeology and Art. — This museum is located in Rooms 402, 404, and 406 Lincoln Hall, and contains casts and photographs of Greek and Roman sculpture; colored reproductions of ancient painting; many objects from the finds of the Egypt Exploration Fund, received through the generosity of Mr. W. G. Hibbard, Jr., of Chicago; numerous ancient coins, thirty Greek papyri; and other originals of models of Greek and Roman antiquities. About 2,200 photographs exhibit important historic sites and archeological remains, and in addition there are available 1,900 slides belonging to the department of classics. This museum is open on Sunday, Wednesday, and Saturday afternoons. European Culture. — This museum is in rooms 401, 403, 405, and 409 Lincoln Hall. It contains casts of Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance sculpture; color reproductions of paintings, including the rare Pol de Mont reproductions of early Netherland master- pieces; originals and facsimiles of medieval manuscripts, early printed books, and early maps of the world; originals and reproductions of arms and armor; original Paleolithic and NeoUthic antiquities, together with selected reproductions of the Bronze and Iron Ages and of the Merovingian period; theatre models and prints of theatres and actors; peasant costumes; ship models; several historical groups made by Dwight Franklin; originals and reproductions of early wood carving, early church ivory carving and metal work; Delft ware collected by Mrs. John Milton Gregory and given by her daughter; carbon prints of cathedrals and other photographic material; about 350 coins; reproductions of runic inscriptions, early musical instruments, and other objects. The museum is open daily from 3 :30 to 5 :30, Sundays from 2 :30 to 5 :45, and Saturday mornings from 9 :30 to 11:30. Military Museum, — A collection of arms and equipment is on exhibition in the west end of the Armory. Oriental Museum. — This museum occupies temporary quarters in 410 Lincoln Hall. Among its collections are 1,700 unpublished cuneiform tablets, the majority from Drehem, Umma, and Larsa, dating from the twenty-ninth to the twentieth century B. C., the others from the period of Nebuchadnezzer; a collection of Babylonian seals; fragments of Assyr- ian and Babylonian bricks with royal inscriptions; pottery, slate pallettes, mummy case fragments, mummified sacred birds, and small objects from Egypt, the gift of Mr. W. G. Hibbard, Jr., of Chicago; a collection of Egyptian alabasters; a unique collection of squeezes or paper impressions of Hittite and Assyrian inscriptions, loaned by Dr. B. B. Charles of Philadelphia; squeezes of Phoenician inscriptions; a loan collection of pottery and pottery fragments representing the survey of two hundred ancient sites in the Near East; a loan collection of objects from Palestine, including two Hebrew manuscripts, models of domestic furniture, pottery, and prehistoric implements, a large number of unpublished photographs of the Near East. Science Group Botany. — ^The herbarium contains over 100,000 sheets of mounted specimens. It is representative of the higher plants and fungi of Champaign County and of the State, and forms a collection for the general flora of the United States. Through the acquisition of the herbaria of the late Dr. Frederick Brendel of Peoria, the late Dr. W. Welsch of Mas- coutah, the late Dr. Jacob Schneck of Mount Carmel, and Professor W. E. Andrews of Pana, and the earlier gift of the large personal herbarium of Mrs. Agnes Chase, its value for stu- dents of the Illinois flora has been largely increased. Because of the interest of the late Professor Burrill and his special students, Clinton, Earle, Seymour, and others, in the study of parasitic fungi, the part of the herbarium devoted to the representation of plants of this group is rich in material records of investigation. This group was greatly enriched by the Stevens collection of Porto Rican fungi, fourteen thousand numbers, presented by Professor F. L. Stevens in 1916. The published "exsiccatae" in this group are well represented. The gift of Mrs. Mary S. Snyder of her personal set of the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, representing over 2,000 named species, has increased the reference value of the herbarium for students of algae. Entomology. — The entomology collections of the University include a reference series of 6,400 specimens, representing 1,600 common species; and the Bolter collection, given to the University by the executors of the estate of the late Andreas Bolter of Chicago, which now contains about 120,000 specimens representing over 16,000 species. The department has access, also, to the insect collections of the State Laboratory of Natural History, which contain 330^000 pinned insects and 26,000 vials and bottles of specimens in alcohol, mainly from Illinois. Geology. — The department has adequate working collections which illustrate the princi- pal phases of geology, including 10,000 hand specimens of rocks, 3,000 thin sections for microscopic study, over 12,000 minerals, and 60,000 fossils. In the corridors of the Natural History Building are exhibits of gems and precious stones, meteorites, polished ornamental Museums and Collections 57 stones, and specimens illustrating geologic structures, and the principal tjrpes of rocks, minerals, and fossils. The collections available for advanced students include those of Tyler McWhorter, Hertzer, and the greater part of the specimens collected both privately and for the State Geological Survey by A. H. Worthen. Geography. — The geography collection consists of a complete file of the United States topographic maps; a collection of U. S. Geological Survey folios; combined contour maps representing the physiographic provinces of the United States; a collection of foreign topographic maps; rainfall and vegetation maps; reUef models of all the continents and of smaller areas; and several thousand lantern slides. Zoology. — The zoology collections illustrate the work in zoology and present a synopti- cal view of the zoology of the State. Most of them are placed in the museum room in the Natural History Building, and in adjacent corridors. The mounted mammals include a collection of the ruminants of the United States and representatives of the other orders of Mammalia except the Sirenia. The same orders are also represented by mounted skeletons. There are also a collection of mounted birds; the Barnum collection of bird's eggs; a col- lection of nests and eggs of Illinois birds; a series of mounted skins of larger species of cold- blooded vertebrates, both terrestial and marine; mounted skeletons of typical representa- tives of the principal groups; alcoholic specimens; casts; alcoholic specimens of all classes and orders of Mollusca, and dissections showing the internal anatomy of typical forms; several thousand shells, belonging to more than 2,000 species (the collection of the Illinois aquatic species is nearly complete) ; several hundred dried specimens and alco- holics, and a series of Blanschka glass models of the lower invertebrates; several sets of Ziegler wax models and series of sections and other preparations showing the embryology of vertebrates and invertebrates. In addition to the foregoing, the collections of the State Laboratory of Natural History are available for illustrative purposes, as well as for original investigation by advanced students. College of Commerce and Business Administration Commerce. — For its courses in industrial economics and commerce the University has a collection of the materials of commerce; lanterns and several hundred slides; political and industrial maps; and diagrams and stereoscopic views illustrating phases of commerce and industry. Most of the articles constituting the commercial museum are the gifts of the Philadelphia Commercial Museum and of private manufacturing and mercantile establishments. College of Engineering The several departments of the College of Engineering possess collections of historic materials drawn from their respective fields of practise. The department of railway engineer- ing maintains exhibits of track rails typifying practise since the beginning of raUway con- struction ; many details employed in car and locomotive construction, historic and modem: and an extensive collection of photographs and prints. The department of mechanical engineering is the custodian of a 600 h.p. vertical triple-expansion engine, direct connected to an electric generator, a type of machine in common use for power station service twenty years ago, and numerous machines of historical value together with a collection of exhibits of engineering apparatus. The departments of civil engineering and theoretical and applied mechanics maintain exhibits of tested specimens and structures. The department of architecture has a number of reproductions of fragments from historic architectural monu- ments. The mining museum has a comprehensive collection of models showing the methods of working coal and ore mines and both sectionalized and operating mining machines, and appliances. There is a collection of photographs and blue prints Ulustrating all phases of mining and metallurgical design and construction. Six stereoscopes with over one hundred views illustrate South African gold mining practise and Michigan copper mining. All such material occupies temporary locations. No especially appointed building designed for its reception has thus far been provided. College of Agriculture The agricultural departments maintain collections illustrative of their work. The col- lections include specimens of standard varieties of com; wax models of fruit and vege- tablesj a horticulture herbarium; specimens of breeds of live stock; a collection of 68 Museums and Collections farm machinery; and exhibits of negatives and samples showing the progress of invest- igations with fruitcrops, and soUs. See further the description of the faciUties for instruction and methods of work of the departments of agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, and horticulture, under the College of Agriculture, in Part II. Library School The School has made a collection of books and pamphlets on library science; of library reports and catalogs; of mounted samples showing methods of administration in libraries; of book-plates; and of books, photographs, and lantern slides on library archi- tecture and the history of books, printing, and libraries. ADMINISTRATION GOVERNMENT The government of the University is vested by law primarily in a Board of Trustees, consisting of eleven members. The Governor of the State and the Superintendent of Public Instruction are members ex oficio. The other nine members are elected by the people of the State for terms of six years;the terms of three members expire every second year. The administration of the University is vested by the Board of Trustees in the President of the University, the Vice-President, the Senate, the CouncU of Administration, the Facul- ties of the several colleges, the Deans of the colleges, and the Directors of the schools. The President is the administrative head of the University. The Senate is composed of all officers of full professorial rank and those other mem- bers of the faculty who are in charge of separate departments of the various colleges and schools. It is charged with the direction of the general educational poUcy of the Uni- versity. The Council of Administration is composed of the President, the Vice-President, the Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of Men and Women, and the Deans of the several colleges. It constitutes an advisory board to the President, and has exclusive jurisdiction over all matters of discipline. The Council does not determine educational policy; but when any matter arises which has not been provided for by common usage or by rule of the Senate and cannot be conveniently laid over until the next meeting of the Senate, the Coim- cil may take action according to its discretion. The Faculties of the colleges and schools of the University, composed of the members of the corps of instruction of these colleges and schools, have jurisdiction, subject to higher University authority, over all matters which pertain exclusively to these organizations. The Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of the several colleges, and the Directors of the schools are responsible for the carrying out of all University regulations within their respective departments. DEPARTMENTS AND CURRICULA For the purpose of administration the University is divided into several colleges and schools. These are not educationally separate, but are interdependent and form a single unit. The colleges and schools are as follows: I. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences II. The College of Commerce and Business Administration III. The College of Education IV. The College of Engineering V. The College of Agriculture VI. The College of Law VII. The Graduate School VIII. The Library School IX. The School of Music X. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration XI. The College of Medicine XII. The College of Dentistry XIIJ. The School of Pharmacy The College of Liberal Arts and Scie7ices offers curricula in: — (1) philosophy and arts, including (a) the ancient classical languages; (b) the Romance languages; (c) the Germanic languages; (d) the English language and literature, including rhetoric and public speaking; (e) comparative literature; (f) comparative philology; (g) mathematics; (h) the poUtical and social sciences: history, economics, political science, sociology; (i) philosophical subjects: philosophy, psychology, education; (j) art and design. (2) general science, 59 60 Departments and Curricula affording opportunity to specialize in (a) astronomy; (b) geology, including mineralogy and geography; (c) physics; (d) chemistry; (e) botany, (f) bacteriology; (g) zoology; (h) entomology' (i) physiology. By the grouping of certain subjects students in this College are also offered opportunities for specific vocational and professional training as follows: (1) journalism; (2) chemistry; (3) chemical engineering; (4) economic entomologj'; (5) home economics and household administration; (6) library administration; (7) law (com- bined course); (8) medicine (combined course); (9) engineering (combined course). The College oj Commerce and Business Administration offers curricula in: — (1) general business; (2) commercial and civic secretarial ser\'ice; (3) banking; (4) insurance; (5) accoimtancy; (6) general railway administration; (7) railway transportation: (8) commer- cial teaching; (9) foreign commerce; (10) industrial administration; (11) commerce and law. The College of Education oEers cumcuXa in: — (1) teaching and school administration (two-year professional curriculum, based on two years of college work) ; (2) athletic coaching (four-year undergraduate curriculum) ; (3) industrial education — four-year curricula for teachers of "related subjects" and for teachers of " un-vocational subjects" under the Smith-Hughes Act, and a two-year curriculum for teachers of "general continuation subjects" under tne same Act; (4) curricula in agricultural education and in home economics education, meeting the requirements for teacher-training in these branches under the Smith-Hughes Act. The College of Engineering offers curricula in: — (1) architecture; (2) architectural engineering; (3) ceramics; (4) ceramic engineering; (5) civil engineering; (6) electrical en- gineering; (7) gas engineering; (8) general engineering; (9) mechanical engineering; (10) mining and metallurgical engineering; (11) municipal and sanitary engineering; (12) general engineering physics; (13) railway civil engineering; (14) railway electrical engineering; (15) railway mechanical engineering. The College of Agriculture offers curricula in: — (1) General Agriculture, affording op- portunity to specialize in (a) agronomy; (b) animal husbandry; (c) dairy husbandry; (d) farm mechanics; (e) farm organization and management; (f) horticulture, (2) farm Organization and Management; (3) Floriculture (4) Landscape Gardening; (5) General Home Economics; (6) Nutrition and Dietetics; (7) Agricultural Education and Home Economics Education; provision is madewhereby students may take the first two years of these curricula in the College of Agriculture and the last two years in the College of Education. The College of Law offers a three-year curriculum in law leading to the degree of Bachelor of Laws, and a four-year curriculum in law leading at the end of two years to the under- graduate degree of Bachelor of Science and to the degree of Bachelor of Laws or the degree of Doctor of Law upon the completion of the curriculum. Students holding the bachelor's degree in arts or sciences may become candidates in this College for the degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.). Military Science and physical education are provided in all the undergraduate colleges in Urbana. The Graduaie School offers courses ia: — philology, including the classical languages, Romance languages, Germanic languages, and English; mathematics; political and social sciences, including history, economics, sociology, and political science; philosophy, includ- ing psychology and education; physical sciences, including physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology; biology, including botany, zoology, entomology, physiology, and bacteriology ; engineering, including architecture, architectural engineering, ceramic engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, mechanics, mining engineering, mimicipal and sanitary engineering, and railway engineering; agriculture, including agron- omy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, genetics, horticulture and floriculture, and home economics. The Library School offers to college graduates a professional curriculum of two years in preparation for librarianship, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Library Science. The School of Music offers curricula in vocal and instrumental music, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Music, and provides training in public school methods in music. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration offers curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in railway civil, railway electrical, and railway mechanical engineering; and also curricula in railway transportation and in railway administration leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Departments and Curricula 61 The College of Medicine (Chicago) requires for admission two years of college work in liberal arts and sciences, and offers a five-year curriculum; at the end of the first two years the degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred, and at the end of five years the degree of Doctor of Medicine. (For students matriculating in the College after July 1, 1917, and graduating after June 30, 1922, the completion of a year of hospital service is required for the degree of Doctor of Medicine.) The College of Dentistry (Chicago) offers a four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. Begmning January 1, 1921, the requirement for admission was changed to include one year of work in liberal arts and sciences. The School of Pharmacy (Chicago) offers a curriculum of two years leading to the degree of Graduate of Pharmacy, and a curriculum of three years leading to the degree of Pharma- ceutical Chemist. The Summer Session, of eight weeks, offered in 1922, courses in accoimtancy, agricul- ture, art and design, botany, business organization and operation, chemistry, economics, education, English, entomology, French, German, history, home economics, industrial education, Latin, library science, mathematics, mechanics (theoretical and applied), music, physical education for men and for women, physics, political science, psychology, public speaking, rhetoric, sociology, Spanish, transportation, and zoology. All the courses given in the Summer Session are of collegiate grade and may be counted toward the bachelor's degree. Certain advanced courses may be counted toward the master's degree. ADMISSION GENERAL STATEMENT An applicant for admission to any of the colleges or schools of the University must be at least sixteen years of age. Candidates for admission to the College of Dentistry (Chicago), and to the School of Pharmacy (Chicago), must be seventeen years of age. Women are admitted to all departments on the same terms as men. Students are admitted to the professional departments in Chicago (Medicine, Den- tistry, and Pharmacy) only at the beginning of the first semester (duringthe first ten days of October) ; they can enter the College of Engineering to best advantage at the opening of the school year in September. In all other cases they should enter if possible at the beginning of the semester. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT FOR ADMISSION OF NON- ILLINOIS STUDENTS An applicant for admission to the University who is not a legal resident of Illinois will be required to present with his application for admission to any of the colleges or schools of the University, except as a special student or as a student in the Graduate School, satisfactory evidence that he maintained at the school or college from which he would enter the University of Illinois a scholastic average at least ten per cent, above the pas- sing grade of such school or college. In case of records which are not kept in numerical grades but in literal or other systems of grading, this requirement will be interpreted to mean an average of one grade above the passing grade; e.g., in a system of A, B, C, and D, with D as the passing grade, the average must be C. THE UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES Fifteen imits of secondary school work in acceptable subjects must be offered by every candidate, and no quantitative conditions are -permitted. A unit represents the work of 180 recitation periods of forty minutes each, or the equivalent in laboratory or other practise. The subjects and credits required for admission to the various curricula in the un- dergraduate colleges and schools are given on the opposite page. 62 Admission 63 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Undergraduate Colleges and Schools (Expressed in terms of high school units) PRESCRIBED SUBJECTS COLLEGE OR SCHOOL, AND CURRICU LUM Liberal Arts and Sciences Commerce & Bus. Admin. Engi- neering Agri- culture Educa- tion Music General, Jour- nalism, Pre- Legal, Home Ec, Econ. En- tomology .2 il 1.^ 'aw All Curricula One of the following combinations (a) (b) (c) All curric- ula All curric- ula Athletic » Coaching Vocational Education "3 o S 3 English Composition 3 1 1 1 2 7 3 1 1 1 2 1 6 3 1 1 1 1 2 5K 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 2 8 7 8 3 1 1 1 V2 8 3 1 1 1 1 8 3 1 1 1 9 3 1 1 Physica. or chemistry, or bot- any, or zoology, or physiology, or physiography, or general science, with laboratory work 1 Solid and Spherical Geometry Chemistry (extra science) .... Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both in same) . Latin, Greek, French, or Ger- man (both in same) French or German (both in same) 2 History and Civics 2 Electives (see list below) .... 5 Total 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Whenever two units of language are required, both units must be in the same language. It is desirable that students who intend to pursue curricula involving college mathe- matics, physics, or advanced chemistry, or those in which university courses in mathe- matics are prescribed, should present for admission one-half unit of advanced algebra in addi- tion to the required unit common to all. Candidates for the curriculum in athletic coaching must pass physical and medical examinations. SUBJECTS ACCEPTED FOR ADMISSION Required of all: (Note also the special prescriptions for the various curricula as given in the preceding table). Units English (Composition and literature) 3 Algebra 1 Plane Geometry 1 Physics, or Chemistry, or Botany, or Zoology, or Physiography, or Physiology, with labora- tory work 1 Total. 6 64 Admission General Electives: Possible Cbedits bt Units Latin 1-4 Greek 1-4 French 1—4 German 1-4 Spanish 1-4 Italian (As an elective only) 1-3 Norwegian (As an elective only) 1-2 Swedish (As an elective only) 1-2 Polish (Aa an elective only) 1-2 English (4th unit) 1 Advanced algebra H~l Solid geometry J^ Trigonometry J^ Greek and Roman history 1 Medieval and modern history 1 English history H-1 American history H-1 Civics H-1 Economics and economic history H-1 Commercial geography H~l Astronomy J4 Geology H-1 Physiography J^-1 Physiology H-1 Zoology J^-1 Botany 14~1 Physics 1-2 Chemistry 1-2 General science J^-l Special Electives: Only 3 units may be chosen from this group: Agriculture 1-3 Bookkeeping 1 Business law _ H Commercial arithmetic (accepted only when preceded by one year of work in high school mathematics) H Domestic science 1-3 Drawing, art and design J^-1 Drawing, mechanical M~l Manual training 1-2 Music _. ; 1-2 Shorthand and typewriting (must be offered together) 1-2 SOURCES OF ACCEPTABLE CREDITS The credits required for admission to the undergraduate departments, as detailed above, may be secured: (a) By certificate from an accredited high school or other secondary school. (b) By examination. (c) By transfer from another university or college of recognized standing. (A) Admission by Certificate from an Accredited Preparatory School A candidate for admission by certificate must be a graduate of an accredited school. An apphcant who has attended but who has not been graduated from an accredited school must pass entrance examinations in the following subjects, amounting to 5 imits: English composition 1 unit Algebra 1 unit Additional subjects to be designated by the University authorities 3 units Total 5 units The remaining 10 imits necessary to make up the 15 units required for admission may also be made in entrance examinations or may be offered by certificate from an accredited school. Blank certificates for students wishing to enter the University by certificate from an accredited high school or academy may be had of the Registrar. They should be obtained early and should be filled out and sent to the Registrar for approval as soon as possible after the close of the high-school year in June. Certificates received at the University after September 14, (in 1923) will be held until the arrival of the students imless such certi- ficates are accompanied by an addressed envelope with a special deUvery stamp. Admission 65 Accredited Schools The High School Visitor of the University visits and inspects, on request, high schools and other preparatory schools throughout the State. On the basis of his reports, approved by the Committee on Accredited Schools and by the Council of Administration, the Univer- sity accredits all work which is found to be sufficiently well done. For a list of accredited schools, address the High School Visitor. Not all the schools named in this list, however, are accredited for the same amount of work or all for the same subjects. A student pre- senting a certificate from any one of these schools wUl be given entrance credit for all the subjects named therein for which the school is specifically accredited as shown in the certify cate of its accredited relation issued to the school by the University. Entrance credits will also be accepted on certificate from the following sources: 1. From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Second- ary Schools. 2. From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the member- ship of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, provided the certificate shows that the Illinois standard time requirements have been met. 3. From schools accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. 4. From schools approved by the New England College Entrance Certificate Board. 5. From high schools and academies registered by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. 6. From the state normal schools of Illinois and other state normal schools having equal requirements for graduation. Foreign Students Candidates for admission who come from foreign countries should bring complete official credentials. Certificates from Oriental and Slavic countries must be accompanied by certified translations. Upon arriving at the University foreign students should consult with the Assistant Dean of Foreign Students, Room 153, Administration Building. (B) Admission by Examination 7. Tlie University Entrance Examinations The University entrance examinations are given at the University in Urbana (in Room 100, Commerce BuUding) three times in each year: in September, immediately before the opening of the fall semester; in January and February, shortly before the open- ing of the spring semester; and in July, during the Summer Session. Similar examina- tions are given in Chicago five times in each year, about March 15, June 15, August 15, September 15, and December 15. These examinations cover substantially all the subjects required or accepted for ad- mission. Programs of these various sets of examinations may be obtained by addressing the Registrar. II. The Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board The certificate of the College Entrance Examination Board, showing a grade of 60 per cent, or higher, will be accepted for admission in any subject in the lists on pages 63 and 64 in the amounts there specified as being acceptable. These examinations will be held during the week of June 18-23, 1923. All applications for examination must be addressed to the Secretary of the College Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York, N. Y., and must be made upon a blank form to be obtained from the Secretary of the Board on application. Applications for examination at points in the United States east of the Mississippi River, and at points on the Mississippi River, must be received by the Secretary of the Board at least three weeks in advance of the examinations, that is, on or before Monday, May 28, 1923; applications for examination at points in the United States west of the Mississippi River or in Canada must be received at least four weeks in advance of the examinations, that is, on or before Monday, May 21, 1923; and applications for examina- tions outside of the United States or Canada must be received at least six weeks in advance of the examinations, that is, on or before Monday, May 7, 1923. 66 Admission Applications received later than the dates named will be accepted when it is possible to arrange for the admission of the candidate concerned, but only on payment of $9.00 in addition to the usual fee. The examination fee is $9.00 for all candidates examined at points in the United States or Canada, and $20.00 for all candidates examined outside of the United States and Canada. The fee should be remitted by postal order, express order, or draft on New York to the order of the College Entrance Examination Board and shoula accompany the application. A list of the places at which examinations are to be held by the Board in June, 1923, will be published about March 1. Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be transmitted to the Secretary of the Board not later than February 1. III. The New York Regents' Examinations Credits will be accepted, also, from the examinations conducted by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. (C) Admission by Transfer of Entrance Credits from Other Colleges or Universities A person who has been admitted to another coUege or university of recognized stand- ing will be admitted to this University upon presenting a certificate of honorable dismissal from the institution from which he comes and an official statement of the subjects upon which he was admitted to such institution, provided it appears that the subjects are those required here for admission by examination or real equivalents. No substitutes will be accepted for the subjects prescribed for all colleges or for individual colleges as indicated above (pages 63-64) ; except that a student who comes from a college or university rated in Class A by the Committee on Admissions from Higher Institutions, with a record of thirty hours without failures or conditions and with an average grade ten per cent, above the passing grade of the coUege, may be matriculated irrespective of deficiencies in pre- scribed subjects. Admission to Advanced Standing After matriculation, an applicant may secure advanced standing either by examina- tion or by transfer of credits. /. By examination — Advanced standing is granted only by examination unless the applicant is from an approved school. Examinations for advanced standing are given without fee if taken within 60 days after matriculation; if taken later, a fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination. 2. By transfer of credits — Credits may be accepted for advanced standing from another university or a college or a junior college of recognized standing or from a state normal school. In general it is unwise for a student to enter a specialized curriculum at the university as late as the beginning of senior year. An applicant for advanced standing by transfer must present a certified record of work done in the institution from which he comes, accompanied by a summary of his preparatory work and by a letter of honorable dismissal. Students intending to transfer to the University of Illinois should send their credentials to the Registrar as early in the summer as possible. Students in large number enter the University each year after completing one, two, or even three years at the smaller universities and the colleges of the State. In recogni- tion of this situation the University is cooperating cordially and sympathetically with the higher institutions in the State in their endeavor to coordinate their work with that of the University. In order that definite information may be had in advance in regard to the credit which may be allowed from a specific institution, the University, in conference with the colleges, has adopted certain standards for accrediting and has classified the higher institutions within the State in accordance with the manner in which they are able to meet these standards. Students from the colleges which have met these standards in full enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences with hour for hom: credit; and upon entering the more specialized curricula of the other Colleges of the University such students are given full credit for all courses which are coordinate with the requirements of the curriculum in question. The Registrar of the University will, upon application, gladly furnish full information in regard to the transfer from Illinois colleges. Admission 67 Admission on Probation on Principal's Recommendation {This provision will be discontinued, effective in June, 1923; i.e., for applicants for ad' mission beginning with the Summer Session of 1923 and thereafter.) A graduate of an accredited school, whose credits amount to fifteen units, including the six prescribed for all, but do not completely meet the requirements with respect to the selection of electives may on the special recommendation of his high-school principal be admitted to the University on trial for one semester; with the proviso that he shall be dropped automatically at the end of the first semester if he fails in more than one- third of his work; and that if his grades in more than one-fourth of his work are below C he may be dropped on the recommendation of his college faculty. Such a student during his trial period is not permitted to take part in any public exhibition, or serve on the staff of any student publication, or hold or become a candidate for any undergraduate ofiice. Admission as Unclassified Students Persons over twenty-one years of age may be admitted as unclassified students in the undergraduate colleges, provided they secure (1) the recommendation of the instructor whose work they wish to take, and (2) the approval of the dean of the college concerned. They must give evidence that they possess the requisite information and ability to pursue profitably, as unclassified students, their chosen subjects, and must meet the special re- quirements of the particular college in which they wish to enroll, as stated below. An unclassified student is not matriculated and must pay a tuition fee of $7.50 a sem- ester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $25.00 a semester if a resident of the State, or of $37.50, if a non-resident. No one may enroll as an unclassified student in any school or college of the University for more than two years, except by special permission, application for which must be made through the dean of the college. A person registered as an unclassified student in one college and desiring to take a course in another college of the University must obtain the approval of the dean of the latter college. Special Requirements of the Colleges and Schools The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences requires a written application, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the character and extent of the applicant's preparatory work, and showing honorable dismissal from the school last attended. In order that action may be taken on such applications before registration they should be presented at least one week before the beginning of the semester. The College of Engineering requires that applicants for admission as unclassified students shall satisfy the entrance requirements in mathematics and English (one and one-half years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, one-half year of solid geometry, one year of English composition, and two years of English literature). The College of Agriculture will receive non-matriculants twenty-one years old or oyer, provided that if deficient in English, as measured by the requirements for matriculation, they shall arrange to carry English as one subject until that deficiency is made good; and provided further, in the case of men, that they shall have at least two years of experience in practical agriculture. The College of Law has a regulation providing that no credit earned by an unclassified student in the College of Law may be counted toward a degree in law. Deficiencies No quantitative conditions are permitted. In other words, every student must offer at the time of admission 15 units in acceptable subjects. These must include the 6 units specifically prescribed for all the undergraduate colleges (see page 63). It is provided however, that a student who offers 15 acceptable units including the 6 prescribed units, but who is deficient with respect to laboratory work, or a student who is deficient not to exceed 2 units in subjects prescribed only for the college or curriculum which he wishes to enter, may be admitted in that college or curriculum to courses for which he is fully prepared, subject to the requirement that the deficiencies in question shall be removed before he may register for a second year's work. A student with deficiencies is not matriculated and must pay a tuition fee of $7.50 a semester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $25.00 a semester. 68 Admission Note — A complete change in the plan of admission with deficiencies will go into effect in September, 1923. Beginning at that time each student must meet in full the re- quirements for admission to the curriculum in which he desires to enroll, with the ex- ception that he may enter with a deficiency in laboratory science if the science work he has taken covers a full year but fails to meet the laboratory requirement. It is provided, however, that an applicant, otherwise clear for admission, may be allowed to count to- ward the required 15 units as many as five units in commercial and vocational subjects (heretofore the maximum has been 3 units) with the further provision that the units presented in such subjects in excess of three shall be considered an entrance deficiency to be removed by the presentation of additional work in the usual academic subjects (language, mathematics, social sciences, science) before he begins his second year at the University. No-Credit Course in Rhetoric for Deficient Students Early in the first semester the Department of English determines by a series of tests, including the writing of several compositions, the grade of each student's preparation to pursue the freshman work in rhetoric, and places those students who are found to be insufficiently prepared in a special course for which no credit is given. THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS The College of Education For admission to the two-year professional curricula in the College of Education, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in education, a candidate must be able to matriculate in one of the undergraduate colleges and must offer in addition 60 semester hours of college credit (exclusive of military science). (For the requirements for the undergraduate curricula in Athletic Coaching and Industrial Education in this College, see above). The College of Law For admission to the three-year curriculum in the College op Law as a regular stu- dent an applicant must be matriculated and have 60 hours' credit in a college of this Univer- sity; or have completed two full years of work as given at another college or university of recognized standing, as a matriculated student in such college or university; or have received by transfer 60 hours of university credit here. For admission to the four-year curriculum in the College of Law an applicant must have completed 60 hours of work, exclusive of physical education and military, in a college of this University, or at another college or university of recognized standing. The Library School Admission to the Library School is conditioned on the presentation of credentials showing that the applicant holds a bachelor's degree in arts or science from the Univer- sity of Illinois or has had other equivalent training. No entrance examinations are re- quired. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Director of the School, and these, filled out, should be filed, together with such documentary material as the candi- date may offer, showing qualifications for admission, generally not later than August 1. It is to the candidate's interest to present his application and certificates early, in order that the question of admission may be settled before he comes to Urbana. For admission as a special student to the Library School a written application is re- quired, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the character and extent of the ap- plicant's preparatory and college work. In order that action may be taken on such applica- tions before registration day, they should generally be presented not later than one month before registration days. It is the practise of this School to admit as special students only those persons who, tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are sub- stantially prepared for thoro and advanced work. Such persons must present evidence of possessing the requisite information and ability to pursue the chosen subjects profit- ably. They must also present some substitute for the lacking requirements for entrance, such as approved library or teaching experience or foreign travel. Preference will be Admission 69 given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illinois libraries. Students thus admitted are expected to take the entire curriculum prescribed for those who are candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Library Science, or failing that, as much of the prescribed work as they are prepared for. The College of Medicine — Chicago For admission to the College of Medicine, candidates must present: 1. Four years' work in an accredited high school or the equivalent, comprising not fewer than 15 units in acceptable subjects, including prescribed subjects as follows: English 3 units Algebra 1 unit Plane geometry 1 unit Latin, Greek, German, or French (both units in the same language) 2 units History and civics 1 unit Electives 7 units Total 15 units 2. Two years' work in a recognized college or university, comprising not less than 60 semester hours, and including prescribed subjects as follows: Semester Hours Cheinistry (including organic chemistry, 4 semester hours) 12 Physics (at least 2 hours of laboratory work) 8 Biology (at least 4 hours of laboratory work, see note 1) 8 English 6 German, French, Spanish, or Italian (see note 2) 6 Electives outside of the chemical, physical and biological sciences (see note 3) 6 Free electives (see note 3) 14 Total 60 Note 1: Biologt — Four of these 8 semester hours must consist of laboratory work. This requirement may be satisfied by a course of 8 semester hours in either general biology or zoology, or by courses of 4 sem- ester hours each in zoology and botany, but not by botany alone. Note 2: German, French, Spanish, or Italian. — German or French is preferred. The student is strongly urged to secure a reading knowledge of one of these languages. This will ordinarily require at least two years' work in the high school followed by at least 6 hours' work in the same language in college, or two years' work (at least 12 hours) in college if the language was not begun in the high school, or the equivalent. Note 3: Elecjtives. — 'As desirable electives the following subjects are suggested: psychology; college algebra and trigonometry; additional English; economics, history, sociology, political science; logic; Latin, Greek; drawing. Among the free electives advanced chemistry, zoology and botany may be offered. Transfer from other Colleges of the University — Students who have completed the requirements stated above and who have done in residence at the University at least two semesters of such work may transfer their registration to the College of Medicine, subject to the following conditions: 1. The student who wishes thus to continue in the University must signify his in- tention to the Registrar on a form provided by the University not later than June 15 of the year in which he purposes to begin his medical course, if the student completes this work in June. If the work is to be completed in the Summer Session, the form referred to must be filed by July 1. 2. The student must comply with the general regulations for registration in the College of Medicine. This includes the payment of fees in advance. 3. A student who is on probation in any college of the University at the time of the transfer will be continued on probation in the College of Medicine. Students who have fulfilled the foregoing conditions will be given precedence in the order of admission. No conditions are permitted. Candidates for admission who, in June 1923, will have completed the above requirements except for a few hours in collegiate subjects should plan to make up these deficiencies in full by attendance at summer sessions during the summer of 1923. The College of Dentistry — Chicago For admission to the College op Dentistry, candidates must present: 1. Four years' work in an accredited high school or the equivalent, comprising not fewer than 15 units in acceptable subjects, including prescribed subjects as follows: English 3 units Algebra 1 unit Plane geometry 1 unit Physics (with laboratory work) 1 unit Electives (see general electives, page 64) 9 unite Total 15 units 70 Admission A student who is a graduate of an accredited high school with 15 units in acceptable subjects, including 3 in English, 1 in algebra, 1 in plane geometry, and 1 in laboratory science other than physics, may be admitted with a deficiency of one unit in physics. Such a student must remove his deficiency before he may register for his second year in the College of Dentistry. 2. One year of work in an approved college of liberal arts and sciences, comprising not fewer than 30 semester hours, and including prescribed subjects as follows: Chemistry 6 semester hours Biology or Physics 6 semester hours English 6 semester hours Electives 12 semester hours Total 30 semester hours The School of Pharmacy — Chicago The requirements for the School of Pharmacy are the same as those for the imder- graduate colleges at Urbana with respect to high-school graduation, the number of units required, the acceptable subjects, and the prescribed subjects (see pages 62 and 63). The required fifteen units may be summarized as follows: I. Prescribed subjects English (composition and literature) 3 units Algebra 1 unit Plane geometry . 1 unit Physics, or chemistry, or botany, or zoology, or physiology, or physiography, with laboratory work 1 unit II. Electives (see general electives, page 64) 9 units Total 15 unit* THE GRADUATE SCHOOL Admission to the Graduate School may be granted to graduates of institutions whose requirements for the bachelor's degree are substantially equivalent to those of the Univer- sity of Illinois, and to applicants from other institutions approved by the Executive Faculty. Admission to the Graduate School does not, however, imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree, and gives no right or claim to be so admitted. Such candidacy is determined by the Faculty after the student has demonstrated by his work here, for from two to five months, that he has the ability to do major work of graduate character. A mere accumulation of "credits" or ''grades" is not sufficient. A graduate of an institution meeting the requirements of a standard college (see p. 95) may be admitted to the Graduate School, provided he satisfies the Dean and the depart- ments concerned that he will be able to proceed to the master's degree in a period not ex- ceeding two years. DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECTS ACCEPTED FOR ADMISSION The amount of work in each subject which corresponds to the minimum number of credits assigned is shown by the description of subjects below. (See statement of work required for credit of one unit, page 62.) 1. Agriculttre. — A course in agriculture may be accepted for one unit of entrance credit, and two such courses may be accepted for two units, provided the work covered by each course is so closely related in its parts as to constitute one of the generally accepted divisions now recognized in agricultural work. At least half of the time must be devoted to laboratory work, and note-books should be presented. 2. Algebra, One and one-half units. — Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, simple equations, extraction of roots, radicals, quadratic equations and equations reducible to quadratic form, surds, theory of exponents, proportion and variation, logarithms, and the analysis and solution of problems involving these principles. Algebra, One unit. — Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, simple equations, extraction of roots, radicals of second order, fractional exponents, variation and proportion, quadratics, including completing the square and simultaneous equations having one quad- ratic and one linear equation and quadratic systems of simple form. I Admission 71 3. Astronomy. — In addition to a knowledge of the descriptive matter in a good text-book, there must be some practical familiarity with the geography of the heavens, with the various celestial motions, and with the positions of the conspicious naked-eye heavenly bodies. 4. Bookkeeping. — A working knowledge of double entry bookkeeping, with parti- cular emphasis on the study of business transactions and their interpretation in the ledger accounts, through the media known as books of original entry; the making of simple trad- ing and profit and loss statements and of balance sheets, and explanation of the meanings of the items involved in both. The work must be done under the immediate supervision of a teacher, and should amount to at least ten periods in class each week for one academic year. 5. Botany. — A familiar acquaintance with the general structure of plants and of the principal organs and their functions, derived to a considerable extent from a study of the objects, is required; also a general knowledge of the main groups of plants and the ability to classify and name the more common species. Laboratory note-books and herb- arium collections must be presented. 6. Business Law. — The amount of business law which is accepted is indicated by the ground covered in any of the ordinary text-books on the subject, such as Spencer's Elements of Commercial Law, Burdick's Business law, and White's Elements of Commer- cial Law. 7. Chemistry. — Text-book and laboratory work so arranged that at least half of the time shall be given to the laboratory. The laboratory notes, bearing the teacher's indorsement, must be presented as evidence of the actual laboratoiy work accomplished. Candidates for admission may be required to demonstrate their ability by laboratory tests. 8. Civics. — The high-school course for one term should deal mainly with American government (local, state, and national), political institutions, and citizenship. Such text-books as Ashley, Forman, and Gamer indicate the field required. A full year's high school course may give attention to social problems. 9. Commercial Arithmetic. — The amount of work to be covered is represented by that found in any of the ordinary first-class texts on the subject, such as Smith's, Finney's, Bookman's, Rowe's "New Essentials," Thurston's, and Baker's. Instructions should constantly attempt to emphasize the relation of arithmetic to business customs and pro- cedures. 10 Commercial Geography. — The amount and character of the work accepted in this subject is indicated by the scope of such books as Redway's Commercial Geography, Adam's smaller book on the same subject, the text-books of Brigham, or Robinson, or Trotter's work. IL Domestic Science. — (a) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week in foods, (b) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least one recitation period a week in clothing, (c) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week on the home. (Two periods of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one period of prepared work). Either (a) or (b) or (c) will be accepted for one unit; or one-half unit may be accepted in each of these divisions. Where two years are offered, it is desirable that one semester in the second year be devoted to the home, (c) may be accepted as a third unit, providing it is given substantially as outlined in the Syllabus of Domestic Science and Domestic Art published by the University and that (a) and (b) are made prerequisite for it. The work is to be done by trained teachers with individual equipment, as determined by inspection. 12. Drawing. — Freehand or mechanical drawing, or both. Drawing books or plates must be submitted. The number of credits allowed depends on the quantity and quality of the work submitted. 13. Economics. — The principles of economics, with economic history, as given in any good elementary text-book. 14. English Composition and Rhetoric. — Spelling, punctuation, grammar, sentence structure, and paragraphing, and ability to write with considerable accuracy and effect- iveness; knowledge of the application of grammatical terms as used in a good text-book and ability to state the essential principles of grammar and to explain the grammatical structure of sentences. The student is supposed to know the elementary principles of rhetoric, the technical terms used in the subject, and the application of the principles to ordinary composition. The degree of proficiency expected in grammar, rhetoric, and com- position can hardly be acquired in less than one period each week for four years. During at least half of this time the student should have written compositions under supervision and have received individual criticism of his written work. A review of grammar and some supervised composition in the fourth preparatory year are strongly advised. The elemen- 72 Admission tary course in composition required of all students in the University is based on the as- sumption that each student has at least the degree of proficiency suggested in this para- graph. On entering the University, students are registered tentatively in the first course in composition, Rhetoric I, and are tested in their abihty to write. Those who do not show a degree of proficiency suggested in the foregoing paragraph are excluded from Rhetoric I and are assigned to a preparatory- course. 15. English Literature. — ^a") Each candidate is expected to have read certain as- signed literary- masterpieces, and will be subjected to such an examination as will deter- mine whether or not he has done so. With a %-iew to a large freedom of choice, the books provided for reading are arranged in the following groups from which at least ten vmits are to be selected, two from each group. Each unit is here set off by semicolons. I. The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief narrative episodes in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Ivings, and Daniel, together with the books of Ruth and Esther: the Iliad, with the omission, if desired, of Books XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XMI, XXI: the Odyssey, with the omission, if desired, of Books I, II, III, IV, V, XV, XVI, XVII: Vergil's Aeneid. The lUad, the Odyssey, and the Aeneid should be read in English translations of recognized literary excellence. For any unit of this group a unit from any other group may be substituted. II. Shakespeare's Merchant of ^'enice; 5lidsummer Night's Dream; As You Like It; Twelfth Xight; Heruy the Fifth; Julius Caesar. III. Defoe's Robinson Crusoe, Fart I; Goldsmith's Vicar of "Wakefield: Scott's Ivanhoe or Quentin Durward: Hawthorne's House of Seven Gables; Dicken's Da%-id Copperfield or Tale of Two Cities; Thackeray's Henry Esmond; Mrs. Gaskell's Cranford; George Ehot's Silas Mamer; Stevenson's Treasure Island. IV. Bunyan's PUgrim's Progress. Pan I: Sir Roger de Coverly Papers in the Spec- tator; Franklin's Autobiography (.condensed ' ; Irving's Sketch Book; Macauley's Essays on Lord Clive and Warren Hastings; Thackeray's English Humorists; selections from Lincoln, including the two Inaugurals, the Speec'nes in Independence Hall and at Gettj's- burg. the Last PubUc Address, and the Letter to Horace Greeley, with a brief memoir or estimate; Parkman's Oregon Trail: either Thoreau's Walden or selection from Huxley's Lay Sermons: Stevenson's Inland "\'oyage and Travels with a Donkey; the Antlwxtic's Prose and Poetr>-. V. Palgrave's Golden Treasury t^First Series\ Books II and III, with especial atten- tion to Dr\-den, CoUins, Gray, Cowper, Bums; Gray's Eleg>' in a Countrj* Churchyard and Goldsmith's Deserted Village: Coleridge's Ancient Mariner and Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal: Scott's Lady of the Lake; Bryon's Childe Harold, Canto IV, and Prisoner of Chillon: Palgrave's Golden Treasury (.First Series • Book IV, with especial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley; Poe's Raven, Longfellow's Courtship of Miles Standish, Whittier's Snow Bound: Macauley's Lay of -\ncient Rome and Arnold's Sohrab and Rus- tum: Tennyson's Gareth and L>-nette, Lancelot and Elaine, The Passing of Arthur; Browning's CavaHer Tunes: The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News from Ghent to Aix. Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident of the French Camp, Her\"e Riel, Pheidippides, ]\lv Last Duchess, L'p at a ViUa — Down in the City, (b) In addition to the foregoing the candidate will be required to present a careful, systematic study, with supplementary reading, of the historj* of either English or Ameri- can Uterature. (cj The candidate will be examined on the form and substance of certain books in addition to those named under (aj. For 1923 the books will be selected from the list below. The examination will be of such a character as to require a minute study of each of the works named. T'nelistis: Shakespeare's Macbeth: Milton's Comus, L'. Allegro, and II Penseroso; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with .America, or Washington's Farewell Address and Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns; a volume of modem short stories and a volume of modem essays. The work outlined in (a~i, (h), and (c) coimts for two tmits. (di The three units in English composition, rhetoric, and hterature, as described above are required for all students, A fourth unit may be obtained for one full year's additional work in the study of Enghsh and American authors. 16. French, First year's work. — Elementary' grammar, with the more common ir- regular verbs. Careful training in pronunciation. About 100 pages of easy prose should be read. Second year's u-ork. — Advanced grammar, with all the irregular verbs. Elemen- tar>' composition and conversation. About 300 pages of modern French should be read. Third year's icork. — Intermediate composition and conversation. About 500 pages of Admission 73 standard authors should be read, including a few classics. Fourth year's work. — Advanced composition and conversation. Standard modern and classical authors should be read and studied to the extent of 700 pages. 17. General Science. — The subject matter must be of a character such as to enable the student to interpret his obvious environment, both natural and mechanical, in terms of the fundamental principles of science involved. The work necessary to earn a full unit of credit must be conducted as a laboratory science with double periods for unprepared work. 18. Geology. — For one unit, the equivalent of a year's work as conducted in first- class high schools. Such a course includes the thoro study of one of the more abbre\'iated modem text-books of geologj', a generous amount of laboratory work on specimens, maps, models, etc., and wherever possible, several field trips. When available, laboratory note- books should be presented. 19. Geometry. — (a) Plane Geometry. Special emphasis is placed on the ability to use propositions in the solution of original numerical exercises and of supplementary theorems. (b) Solid and Spherical Geometry. Applications to the solution of original exercises are emphasized. 20. German*. — Pupils should be trained to understand spoken German and to re- produce freely in writing and orally what has been read. A thoro knowledge of grammar is expected. First year's work. — Ability to read intelligently and with accurate pronuncia- tion simple German prose, to translate it into idiomatic English, and to answer in German easy questions on the passage read. A few short poems may be memorized. Elementarj' grammar should be mastered up to the subjunctive. Easy prose composition rather than the writing of forms will be the test of the grammatical work in entrance examinations. Second year's work. — Modern %vTiters whose works have a distinctly German atmosphere, and material which lends itself to conversational treatment in the class room. The recita- tions should afford constant oral and written drill on the elmentary grammar of the pre- vious year. The beginner's book should be completed, but more importance is attached to accuracy and facility in simple modes of expression than to a theoretical knowledge of advanced syntax. Third year's work. — Most of the time should still be devoted to modem prose. There should be some work in advanced prose composition — based on German models — and the recitations should continue to afford abundant oral practise. Pupils ought by this time to understand spoken German. Fourth year's work. — Work in com- position should take the form of free reproduction of portions of the text studied rather than translation of English selections. The reading should be di^'ided about equally between modern and classical authors. 21. Greek, First year's work. — The exercises in any of the beginning books, and one book of the Anabasis or its equivalent. Second year's work. — Two additional books of the Anabasis and three of Homer, or their equivalents, together with an amount of Greek prose composition equal to one exercise a week for one year. Third year's work. — Three additional books of the Iliad, three of the Odyssey, and Books VI, VII, YIII of Herodotus, or an equivalent from other authors. 22. History. — One, two, or three units may be presented, to be chosen from the following list: Ancient historj' to 800 A. D., one unit; medieval and modern history, one unit; English histor>-, one-half or one unit; American historj', one-half or one unit. Examinations for entrance will be given in all these subjects. The examination for each unit is intended to cover one full year of high school work. 23. Latin, First year's work. — Such knowledge of inflections and sjTitax as is given in any good preparatorj' Latin book, together with the ability to read simple fables and stories. Second year's work. — Four books of Caesar's Gallic War, or its equivalent in Latin of equal difficulty; the abiUty to write simple Latin based on the text. Third year's work. — Six orations of Cicero; the ability to write simple Latin based on the text; the simpler historical references and the fundamental facts of Latin sjmtax. Fourth year's work. — Six books of Vergil's Aeneid, with historj' and mj-thology; the scansion of hexameter verse. 24. Manual Training. — The requirement for one imit is the equivalent of 361 forty- minute periods in manual training following the syllabus prepared by the manual-training section of the High School Conference. 25. Music. — Credit in harmony, historj' of music, and musical appreciation, one unit or two units, is acceptable by certificate, from schools accredited therefor, for admission to all departments of the University. To be acceptable, courses in these branches must conform to the schedule adopted by the University, as follows: Courses in harmony, historj' of music, and musical appreciation will be accredited on the same basis as other high school courses. Five hours of recitation per week without 74 Admission preparation will receive one-half unit. Written work will be required in all courses, but pre-eminently in harmony. (a) HARMO>rY, First year's work. — Elements of musical notation; Construction of major and minor scales; keys; signatures; intervals, general and specific; key relation- ships; consonances and dissonances; triads, primary and secondary; inversions of triads; chord progressions; simple melodies harmonized with tonic, dominant, and sub-dominant harmonies. Harmont, Second year's work. — Rexdew of triads; seventh chords, primary and second- ary; harmonization of simple melodies with triads and seventh chord.s; harmonic analysis; original work. (b) History of Music: A text-book course, with recitations and written work, touch- ing the beginning of music, and including a fairly comprehensive study of the development of music since 1600 and acquaintance with the lives and productions of the greatest com- posers and performers. One year. (c) Music Appreciation based upon the standard choruses and instrumental selections from the works of the great composers of each epoch, with instructions in elementary theorj', sight-singing and ear-training. One year. (d) A composite course may be offered including harmony, history of music, and musical appreciation, any two of these subjects, and subject to the same regulations, with the added specification that in such a course at least one recitation per week in harmony with written preparation, shall be included. Two years. Applied music to the extent of one unit may be accepted with the provision that one unit in theoretical music is offered at the same time and that these courses shall have been preceded by two years of high school music. For admission to the School of Music only, two units in "practical" music, i.e., piano, voice, or violin, are required. Students obtain credits in the "practical" music by examina- tion. In the examination for two units in piano, students are required to play the following or the equivalent: Simple scales and arpeggios at fairly rapid tempo; scales in double octaves at moderate speed; Kunz Canons; Czerny, Op. 299; an easy sonata of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven. In the examination for two units in voice, students are required to sing the following or the equivalent: Simple scales and arpeggios; studies selected from Concone, Sieber, Panofka, and Panseron; songs selected from Schubert, Schumann, and modem composers. In the examination for two units in violin, students are required to play the following or the equivalent: Gruenberg, Foundation Exercises, numbers 81 to 117; Kayser, Opus 20, Book 2; Wohlfahrt, Opus 74, Book 2; Allen, Polonaise, Opus 7; and Seitz, Concertino, No. 1, D major. 26. Physics. — One year's high school work covering the elements of physical science as presented in the best of the current high school text-books of physics. Laboratory practise in elementary quantitative experiments must accompany the text-book work. The candidate's laboratory note-book will be considered as part of the examination. 27. Physical Geography. — One year's work, fully covering such a text-book as those of R. S. Tarr and W. M. Davis. It is assumed that the recitations have been accompanied by several hours of laboratory work per week on various types of maps, models, etc., as well as by field excursions. Laboratory note-books must be presented lor inspection. 28. Physiology. — For one-half unit: The anatomy, histology, and phsyiology of the human body and the essentials of hygiene, taught with the aid of charts and models to the extent shown in Martin's Human Body (Briefer Course). For more than one-half unit, the course must include practical laboratory work. 29. Shorthand and Typewriting. — These subjects must be taken together; no credit is given for either one by itself. For one unit, the time requirement is two periods daily for one year and the standard of attainment is 75 words a minute in taking dictation and 25 words a minute in the transcription on the machine of such dictation. For two units, the time requirement is two periods daily for two years, and the standard of attain- ment is 100 words a minute in taking dictation and 35 words a minute in the transcription on the machine of such dictation. Accuracy in spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and paragraphing should be emphasized; and attention shoidd be given to the care of the machine, methods of copying, manifolding, etc. 30. Spanish, First year's work. — Elementary grammar, including thoro drill in the irregular verbs; careful training in prommciation, and translation of simple Spanish when spoken; reading of about 100 pages of easy prose; simple composition and dictation. Second year's work. — In addition to the foregoing, about 300 pages of modern prose; ele- mentary 83mtax; dictation, composition, and translation of spoken Spanish continued. Admission 75 31. Trigonometry. — The work should cover the field of plane trigonometry, as given in standard text-books, including the solution of right and oblique triangles. Special emphasis is placed on the solution of practical problems, trigonometric identities, and trigonometric equations. 32. Zoology. — The instruction must include laboratory work equivalent to four periods a week for a half-year, besides the time required for text-book and recitation work. Note-books and drawings must be presented to show the character of the work done and the types of animals studied. The drawings are to be made from the objects themselves, not copied from illustrations, and the notes are to be a record of the student's own observa- tions of the animals examined. The amount of equipment and the character of the sur- roundings must determine the nature of the work done and the kind of animals studied: but in any case the student should have at least a fairly accurate knowledge of the external anatomy of each of eight or ten animals distributed among the several larger divisions of the animal kingdom, and should know something of their life histories and of their more obvious adaptations to environment. It is recommended that special attention be given to such facts as can be gained from a careful study of the living animal. The names of the largest divisions of the animal kingdom, with their most important distinguishing character- istics, and with illustrative examples selected, when practicable, from familiar forms, ought also to be known. GRADUATION— FIRST DEGREES THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE A bachelor's degree is conferred on any student who satisfactorily completes the curriculum described under one of the various colleges and schools, doing either the first three years, or the last year, of his work in residence at the University. Residence Requirement If the student is in residence at the University for one year only, that year's work must be taken in the college from which the degree is expected. No person wrUl be rec- ommended for a degree by the faculty of any college in the University unless he has been a regularly registered student in that college for at least one year, during which time he shall have completed at least thirty semester hours in course. Number of Hours Required A candidate for a bachelor's degree must pass in the subjects marked prescribed in his chosen curriculum, and must conform to the directions given in connection with that curriculum in regard to electives. In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (for the A. B. degree), the College of Commerce and Business Administration, and the College of Agriculture, credit for 130 hours is required for graduation. In the curricula in chemistry and chemical engineering in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, in the College of En- gineering, in the College of Law, in the Library School, and in the School of Music, the candidate must complete the curriculum as laid down. In order to receive his bachelor's degree a student must have secured grades not lower than C in subjects aggregating at least three-fourths of the work, prescribed or elective, required for such degree. The system of grading is as follows: A, excellent; B, good; C, fair; D, poor (but passing) ; E, failure. Military Science and Physical Education The number of hours required includes, for men, four in military drill and tactics and two in physical education; and for women, one in hygiene and four in physical education. Men excused from the military requirements, and women who do not take the course in physical education, must elect instead an equivalent number of hours in other subjects. Thesis In all cases in which a thesis is required", the subject must be announced not later than the first Monday in November, and the completed thesis must be submitted to the dean of the proper college by June 1 . The work must be done under the direction of the professor in whose department the subject belongs, and must be in the line of the curric- ulum for which a degree is expected. The thesis must be presented on regulation paper; it is deposited in the library of the University. Degrees Conferred Four Times a Year The Annual commencement exercises are held in June, but degrees may be conferred at other times as follows: Students who complete their work at the end of the first semester may, on applica- tion, be recommended for their degree at the February meeting of the Senate. Students who are to complete their work for the bachelor's or the master's degree in the Summer Session, and who register in advance of the June meeting of the Senate for specified courses in that session which complete the requirements in their cases, may be recommended at the June meeting, subject to the successful completion of the specified courses in the Summer Session. 'See requirements for graduation in the various colleges. 76 Degrees 77 Students who complete their work at the end of the Sumnaer Session may, on applica- tion, be recommended at the October meeting of the Senate, All graduates are ranked as of the class of the calendar year in which their degrees were conferred, i. e., students who receive their diplomas in August or October, with the class of the preceding June, and those who receive their diplomas in February, with the class of the following June. Second Bachelor's Degree A student who has already received one bachelor's degree may receive a second bach- elor's degree, provided that all specified requirements for both degrees be fully met, and provided also that the curriculum offered for the second degree include at least 30 semester hours not counted for the first degree. LIST OF FIRST DEGREES 1. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on those who complete a curriculum in literature and arts, or certain curricula in science, in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 2. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred on those who complete a curric- ulum in the College of Engineering, in the College of Commerce and Business Administra- tion, in the College of Agriculture, or in the College of Education. This degree is conferred on a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who completes a curriculum in chemistry or chemical engineering, or a student in the College of Education who completes the requirements for graduation as stated on page 114, and it may be conferred on grad- uates from other curricula in this College on recommendation of the faculty. It is con- ferred on students who offer two years of acceptable college work for admission to the Col- lege of Medicine and complete the two years of scientific work in medical subjects and subjects preparatory to medicine which are offered in the Junior College; on the completion of the two additional years in clinical work offered in the Senior College, such students may receive the degree of Doctor of Medicme. It may also be conferred on students who complete the combined curriculum in science and dentistry which includes two years in a recognized college of Liberal Arts and Sciences, embracing certain prescribed subjects, and the first two years in the College of Dentistry of the University. 3. The degree of Bachellor op Laws is conferred on those who complete the cur- riculum in the College of Law. 4. The degree of Doctor of Law is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Law, satisfying certain special requirements additional to those for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 5. The degree of Bachelor of Library Science is conferred on those who com- plete the curriculum in the Library School. 6. The degree of Bachelor of Music is conferred on those who complete one of the curricula in the School of Music. 7. The degree of Doctor of Medicine is conferred on those who complete the cur- riculum in the College of Medicine. 8. The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Dentistry. 9. 10. The degree of Graduate in Pharmacy, or of Pharmaceutical Chemist, is conferred on those who complete the shorter and the longer curricula, respectively, in the School of Pharmacy. HONORS AND COMPETITIONS UNIVERSITY HONORS By the following system of honors, the University gives public official recognition to such students as attain a high grade of scholarship, P*reliminary Honors Preliminary Honors are assigned at the completion of the sophomore year on the basis of the average of the grades received during the freshmen and sophomore years in all studies except military and physical training. To be eligible for preliminary honors a student must have received grades of A in at least fifty per cent, and must not have received grades of C or lower in more than fifteen per cent, of the work in which honors are sought. Preliminary Honors afford an opportunity for sophomores to secure recogni- tion for high scholarship without waiting for graduation. Final and Special Honors (Candidates for the Degrees of B.S., B.Mus., LL.B., and B.L.S.) Final Honors are assigned on graduation on the basis of the average grades received during the junior and senior years. To be ehgible for final honors a student must have received grades of A in at least fifty per cent, and must not have received grades of C or lower in more than fifteen per cent, of the work in which honors are sought. Final honors are designed especially to favor students whose preparatory education has been so im- perfect as to prevent them from receiving preliminary honors. Special Honors are awarded at the close of the senior year. No student may receive such honors who has not completed, before the beginning of his senior year, at least twenty hours' work in the subject, or group of allied subjects, in which the honors are proposed; he must complete thirty hours' work in the same subject, or group of allied subjects, by the end of his senior year, must do such other work as the professor in charge may assign, and must prepare an acceptable thesis. No student is eligible for special honors who, during the senior year, has received a grade lower than C in any subject. Special honors are planned for especially brilliant students who prefer to concentrate their efforts on a special course. A student may be a recipient of both final and special honors. The Degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honors The Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences has been authorized to recom- mend candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts ivith hoiiors in a particular subject. Such recommendations will be made under the following conditions: 1. For the degree with Honorable Mention the student must have received the grade A in at least half of his work, offered in courses acceptable for his major subject, and no grade below C in the work thus offered. He must also have attained a grade not lower than B in at least three-fourths of all the other work which he presents for graduation, exclusive of courses taken during his freshman year. 2. For the degree with High Honors, constituting a recognition of work of exceptional merit, the student must have received the grade A in at least three-fourths of his work offered in courses acceptable for his major subject, and no grade below B in the work thus offered. He must also have attained a grade not lower than B in at least three-fourths of all the other work which he presents for graduation, exclusive of courses taken during his freshman year. Not later than five weeks before the end of the session in which he expects to complete the work for his degree, he must be recommended by the depart- ment in which his major subject is chosen, and either present an acceptable thesis in his major subject or pass a satisfactory examination based upon a course of study approved by the department in which he does his major work, and pursued under the direction of an instructor selected by the student with the consent of the department. 78 Prizes 79 3. The thesis or course of study in the department in which major work is done shall carry credit for at least four semester hours, irrespective of whether the student eventually receives High Honors or not; and the instructor in charge shall report to the Registrar a grade for the course at the end of each semester, based upon a test, either written or oral, of the student's progress. 4. These distinctions shall be noted upon the student's baccalaureate diploma and in the Commencement Program and the Annual Register, and the winners shall receive special consideration in departmental reconamendations for graduate scholarships and for professional positions. Freshman Honors {College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) At the close of each year a list is prepared of those members of the freshman class in the College of Liberal Art.s and Sciences who have made an especially good record in scholarship. The names of such students are announced at an assembly of the College; notice is also sent in each case to the parent or guardian, and to the principal of the high school of which the student is a graduate. List of Honors The names of the students who received honors under the foregoing regulations during the academic year 1921-22 are published in part VII of the Register, DEBATING AND ORATORY The University engages yearly in four intercollegiate debates, the teams for which are chosen in a series of competitive preliminaries to which all students are eligible. The I. M. I. Debating League consists of the Universities of Illinois, Minnesota, and Iowa. It holds a debate at each university on the first Friday in December. The Midwest Debating League consists of the Universities of Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin. It holds a debate at each university on the third Friday in March. The Northern Oratorical League, consisting of Northwestern University, and the state Universities of Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, holds an annual contest on the first Friday evening in May. The contests for 1923 will be held on May 4, at Minneapolis, Minn. The winner receives the Lowden testimonial of one hundred doUars, and the speaker awarded second place, fifty dollars. The Illinois repre- sentative is selected in competitive contests open to all undergraduates. A Freshman-Sophomore Debate and an Inter-Society Declamation Contest are held yearly. THE THACHER HOWLAND GUILD MEMORIAL PRIZE Friends and admirers of Thacher Rowland Guild, instructor and associate in English, 1904-14, have endowed the Thacher Howland Guild Memorial Prize, an annual prize of $25, to be given to the undergraduate student submitting the poem or one-act play which in the opinion of a committee appointed by the department of English shows the greatest originality and literary merit; provided that the award may be withheld in any year if no production deemed worthy of a prize is submitted. The name of the winner of this prize is printed in the commencement program. ST. PATRICK'S DAY PRIZE The Ancient Order of Hibernians offer annually a prize of $50 for the best essay by an undergraduate or a graduate student of the University on a subject connected with Ancient Irish literature, history, or archeology. The essay, not less than 5,000 words in length, must be submitted one month before Commencement Day. Contestants are requested to sign a fictitious name. THE BRYAN PRIZE In 1898, Mr. William Jennings Bryan gave to the University the sum of $250 from the interest on which a prize of $25 is offered biennially for the best essay on a topic relating to the science of government. The contest is open to all matriculated and 80 Prizes in Public Speaking undergraduate students. The essays may not be less than three thousand nor more than six thousand words in length, and they must be left at the President's office not later than the second Wednesday in May. It is suggested that the essays be on some phase of modern colonial government. The prize was offered for the first time in 1901. It is offered in 1923. ARCHITECTURE The Francis J. Plym Fellowship in Architecture By the generosity of Mr. Francis J. Plym, of Niles, Michigan, a graduate of the University of Illinois of the class of 1897, the Trustees have been enabled to establish a fellowship for the advanced study of architecture. The stipend attached to this fellow- ship is $1,000, awarded annually by competition in Architectural Design. The holder of the fellowship is required to spend a year in study abroad. For further information address the Department of Architecture. The American Institute of Architects Medal The American Institute of Architects offers annually a medal for award to the senior in the department of architecture whose development during the four years' course is the most consistent and best. In making the award the scholarship in all work is considered. The Scarab Medal in Architecture The Scarab Society of the department of architecture ofTers annually a bronze medal to be awarded during the second semester for the best solution of a problem in architect- ural design, the competition being limited to students in architecture. The Ricker Prize in Architectural History The Ricker Prize in Architectural History is awarded annually for the best presenta- tion of some phase of Architectural History, and is open to all students registered in the second year's work in this subject. This prize is given by the Alpha Pi.ho Chi society in recognition of the many distinguished contributions made by Dr. Nathan Clifford Ricker who for fifty years taught Architectural History. American Academy Prize The Prize in Architecture of the American Academy in Rome is open for competi- tion among qualified undergraduates and graduates of certain American architectural schools, including that of the University of Illinois. This prize grants three years of resi- dence and travel abroad for the study of classic and renaissance architecture. MILITARY CONTESTS AND PRIZES The University Bronze Medals Bronze medals typical of the University and its Military Department are awarded by the University to the members of the companies, troops, and batteries which shall score the greatest number of points at the annual competitive drill, held at some time between May 15 and May 31. "The members of the company, troop, and battery rifle teams making the highest score at gallery target practise are also awarded medals. The medals so awarded become the permanent property of the recipients. The University Gold Medal The Board of Trustees provides annually a gold medal which is to be awarded, at the annual competitive drill held near the close of the year, to the best drilled student, whose property the medal becomes. Each student must have matriculated in the Univer- sity and must have completed one semester's work in Military 1 with a grade not lower Prizes in Public Speaking 81 than B, and three semester's work in Military 2 with a grade not lower than A; and he must have an average standing not lower than C in all his other studies for the preceding semester. The standing shall be determined by the Registrar. The name of the winner is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. The award is made for excellence in the same details as in the Hazelton contest. The Hazelton Prize Medal Captain W. C. Hazelton provided in 1890 a medal, which is awarded, at a competi- tive drill held at some time between May 15 and May 31, to the best drilled student. Each competitor must have been in attendance at the University at least sixteen weeks of the current college year; must have had fewer than five unexcused absences from drill; and must present himself for competition in full uniform. The award is made for excellence in: 1. Erectness of carriage, military appearance, and neatness. 2. Execution of the school of the soldier, without arms. 3. Manual of arms, with and without numbers. The name of the successful competitor is pubUshed in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. He is given a certificate setting forth the fact, and may wear the medal until the fifteenth day of the May following, when he must return it for the next competition. CAVALRY MEDAL The Cavalry Unit in 1920 provided a gold medal which is awarded, at a competi- tive drill held sometime between May 15th and May 31st, to the best drilled Cavalry student of the basic course. The award is made for excellence in the use of Cavalry wea- pons, both mounted and dismounted, and for soldierly bearing and appearance. The name of the successful competitor is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. He is given a certificate setting forth the facts, and may wear the medal until the 15th day of May following, when he must return it for the next competition. Infantry and Artillery Prize To the Infantry Company and Artillery Battery which win the competition in the Infantry and Artillery respectively, is awarded a silver cup. CHI OMEGA PRIZE IN SOCIOLOGY The University of Illinois Chapter of Chi Omega offers annually a prize of twenty- five dollars for the best essay written by a woman in connection with any course in sociology. BETA GAMMA SIGMA PRIZE Alpha of Illinois chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma awards a silver cup each year to the Commerce freshman man who makes the highest scholastic average in his first sem- ester's attendance at the University. The prize winner's name and average is engrossed upon a parchment scroll and the scroll is hung in a prominent place in the Commerce Building. THE SCHAEFER PRIZE IN ENGINEERING Mr. John V. Schaefer, President of the Cement Gun Construction Company of Chicago, a graduate of the College of Engineering of the Class of 1889, offers annually a first prize of twenty-five dollars and a second prize of fifteen dollars for the two best technical papers written by students beyond the freshman year in the College of Engineering. The essay, which must be at least 1500 words and not more than 2500 words in length, must de- scribe some engineering construction or operation with which the writer has been person- ally identified in some capacity during a vacation period, and must be accompanied by photographs and by freehand sketches made by the writer. It must be submitted to the Dean of the College of Engineering early in January of each year. The prizes were offered for the first time in 1921. LECTURES AND OTHER GENERAL EXERCISES A part of the instruction afforded by the University to its students is given through the medium of lectures by distinguished men and women from outside the University and by means of exhibitions, recitals, and other exercises distinct from the regular cotirses of instruction. A partial list of these exercises for the calendar year 1922 follows. Lec- tures by members of the University faculty are excluded from this list. LECTURES AND EXERCISES Convocations March 15. In honor of Dr. Nathan Clifford Ricker, Professor of Architecture, Emeritus. Address by President Ira N. Hollis, Worcester Polytechnic Institute. April 4. Pre-Medical Convocation. Address by Dr. L. F. Heimberqer, China. Sept. 20. Freshman Convocation. Nov. 11 Armistice Day. Address by Judge Walter C. Lindlet, Danville. Nov. 28. Pre-Medical Convocation. Address by Dr. Paul W. Habrison, Arabia. Dec. 20. University Convocation. General University Jan. 20. Feb. 15, 16, 17. Feb. 20, 21, 22, 23. Feb. 26. Feb. 27, 28, March 1, 2. March 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. March 6, 7. March 7. March 14, 15. March 16. March 30, 31, April 6. April 7. April 26. Oct. 16. 17, 18, 19 Nov. 3. Nov. 15, 16, 17. Star Course Jan. 13. Feb. 17. March 31. Oct. 27. Dec. 4. Symphony Course April 1. April 28, 29. Dec. 19. Lectures Mr. George A. Shellon: Use of machinery in highway conBtruction. Dr. Charles Upson CilARk: (1) Beginnings of literature in Western Europe: Italian and Spanish; (2) Beginnings of literature in Western Europe: French; (3) Rome, the capital of the Caesars; (4) Beginnings of literature in Western Europe: English. Baron Sergids A. Korff: (1) The stoiy of the Russian revolution; (2) Bolshevism: its theory, practise and economic effects; (3) Russian foreign policies; (4) Russia in the Pacific. Miss Jane Addams: The United States and its relation to world problems. Mr. Warren K. Moorehead: Phases of American archaeology: (1) The problem of the mound builder; (2) The Cahokia mounds of Illinois; (3) The Pueblo, cliff dwellers and desert Indians; (4) The American Indian, past and present. Dr. Carl Van Doren, literary editor of the Nation: (1) International news and our foreign news service; (2) Editorial problems and types of editorials; (3) Functions of the Weekly Journals of Opinion; (4) The American Novel; (5) Book reviewing. Professor Elwood P. Cubbeblet, Leland Stanford Jr. University: State administra- tion problems in education. Mr. Wilbur Helm: Business rewards writers. Mr. Morten P. Porsild, Greenland: Greenland: the geography and history; (2) The plants of Greenland — their affinity to surrounding Arctic lands and probable history; (3) The animals of Greenland — their character and relation to the life of the people. Mr. A. D. Taylor, Cleveland: American homes and gardens. Auspices of Landscape Gardening Division. Professor Charles Cestre, University of Paris: (1) Walt Whitman, poet of the self; (2) The ideal of equality and solidarity in France in the nineteenth century; (3) The French ideal of reason; (4) La scholastique jug^e par Rabelais et par Moli^re (in French). Mr. Frank E. Webner: The factory executive and his overhead costs. Miss Elizabeth Knapp: The home library and poetry for children. Lecture under auspices of Theta Sigma Phi. Florence Finch Kelly: The importance of being a woman. Dr. A. E. Bunge, University of Buenos Ayres: (1) The Argentine people; (2) Economic resources of Argentina; (3) Contemporary Argentine problems; (4) Economic outlook of Argentina. Dr. Casey A. Wood: Some birds and reptiles I have met. Professor Claude H. Van Ttne, University of Michigan: (1) British and native life in India; (2) The conditions of political life in India; (3) The Government of India Act (1919) and how it works. Edwabd Johnson, tenor. Kennedy and Mathison, "Electra of Euripides". Vasa Prihoda, violinist. Claire Dux, soprano. Wm. Wade Hinshaw's production of "The Impresario' Barrere' Ensemble. St. Louis Symphony Orchestra. University Choral Society. Detroit Symphony Orchestra. 82 Lectures and Exercises 83 AU University Services, 192Z Jan. 8. Dr. A. J. Mc Cartney: Paganizing America. Feb. 12. Dr. Samuel Gut Inman: Inter-American Relations and the Spirit of Abraham Lincoln. March 12. Hon. J. Stitt Wilson: Constructive Christian Democracy. April 2. Rev. R. E. Vale: Four Paths to Power. May 14. Dr. Chas. W. Gilket: What is there in Religion? Oct. 8. Count Ilta Tolstoy: The Conscience of the World. Oct. 29. Dr. Chas. Foster Kent: The Religion of an Educated Man. Nov. 12. Rev. F. F. Shannon: The Secret of Souls in Action. Nov. 26. Dr. Paul W. Harrison: The Near East — What can we do about it? {Miss Jessie Dodge White Mr. H. C. Rogers: Student Fellowship for Christian Life-Service. Mr. O. T. GiLMORE. COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Special Lectures March 21. Matthew Wold, Chicago: The use of injunctions. March 28. W. F. Barnett, Springfield: Illinois Securities Act. April 7. Victor Olander, Chicago: Collective Bargaining. May 11. A. W. Douglas, St. Louis. May 14. Noel Sargent, New York City: The Open vs. the Closed Shop. Nov. 24. Richard B. Bradley, Peoria: Sidelights on Salesmanship. Nov. 27. Jay G. Mitchell, Springfield: A Career for Achievement and Service. Dec. 3. J. P. Stafford, Chicago: Worker's Representation in Industry. Dec. 6 A. W. Douglas, St. Louis: Some Marketing Problems of Today. Dec. 10. G. J. Keldat, Chicago: Job Analysis. Dec. 13. Homer J. Buckley, Chicago: Power of Letters in the Conducting of Business. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Short Courses and Conventions Jan. 23— Feb. 4. Feb. 20— Feb. 24. Short Course in Ceramic Engineering Short Course in Highway Engineering Architectural Club Jan. 18. Feb. 9. Feb. 24. Oct. 24. Mr. Alfred Granger, Chicago, Illinois: "The Design of Railroad Terminals". Mr. John V. Van Pelt, New York, New York: "Architectural Design." Mr. Anderson, Massillon, Ohio: "Pressed Steel Lumber." Mr. Frederick Lowell Laurence, New York City: "Terra Cotta in Architecture." Electrical Engineering Society Feb. 10. Professor J. C. Parker, University of Michigan: "The Economical Useful Life of Ap- paratus." Feb. 23. Mr. John Mills, New York City: "The Human Voice: Its Electrical Trans- mission." Apr. 20. Electrical Engineering Show. March 16. Mr. James Ketch, National Lamp Works, Cleveland, Ohio: ' ' The Art of Illumination." First Semester Second Semester THE STUDENT BRANCH OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS Mr. L. Dantzig, S. K. F. Industries: Ball Bearings. Mr. G. E. Moore, Johns Manville Company: The Story of Asbestos. Mr. F. K. SzEKELT, formerly Chief Engineer of Pierce Arrow Motor Company. Mr. O. K. Dyer, Assistant Sales Manager of Buffalo Forge Company: Ventilation. Mr. T. A. Mabsh, Green Engineering Company: Combustion. Heating and EXHIBITIONS Feb. 10 — Feb. 28. Architectural Exhibition — Student work in design from the Carnegie Institute of Technology. March 10 — • Architectural Exhibition — British Etchings loaned by the American Federation of March 25. Arts. April 16 — April 25. Architectural Exhibition — Drawings submitted in the ninth competition for the Francis J. Plym Fellowship in Architecture. 84 Lectures and Exercises THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Short Courses and Contentions 1922 Jan. 16-27. Twenty-first Annual Corn Growers' and Stockmens' Convention and Two Weeks' Course in Agriculture. Special Lectures Jan. 18. Professor Theodore Macklin, Department of Agricultural Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin: Why Market by Federation? Improve Marketing Through Education. Jan. 19. Professor L. W. Fohman, State College, Ames, Iowa: Iowa's Soil Improvement Pro- gram. Jan. 20. Mr. Herman W. Danforth, President Federal Land Bank of St. Louis, Missouri: Farm Finance and Farm Credits. Jan. 24. Professor F. G. King, Purdue University, LaFayette, Indiana: Beef Production in the Corn Belt. Jan. 24. Honorable Henry R. Rathbone, Chicago, Illinois: America's Opportunity. Jan. 25. Doctor R. D. Raffensperger, Chicago, Illinois: Some Facts on Round Worms Ob- tained in Field Experiments. Jan. 26-27. Conference on Illinois Agricultural Policy. (Faculty Speakers not given.) I. A Quarter-Century of Agricultural Progress in Illinois: A Review of Accomplishments. Ralph Allen: A System of Permanent Agriculture. N. W. Hepburn, Peoria: Developments in the Dairy Industry. II. Newer Phases of Agricultural Progress. Frank I. Mann, Gidman: Newer Problems in Soil Treatment. Charles A. Ewing, Decatur: Business Aspects of Farming. E. T. RoBBiNS, Farm Advisor of DeWitt County: The Farm Bureau. D. O. Thompson, Secretary, Chicago: The Illinois Agricultural Association. Harvey J. Sconce, Sidell: United States Delegate to the International Institute of Agriculture at Rome. An International Crop Reporting Service. J. D. Phillips, Chairman of the Special Committee on Farm Finance, State Division American Bankers Association, Green Valley: Financing Farming. III. Agriculture in Its Relation to Other Interests. Thomas Nixon Carver, Harvard University: The Business of Farming in Some of its Larger Aspects. IV. Next Steps in Agricultural Development in Illinois: A Program For A Better Balanced Agriculture. Charles L. Meharry, Attica, Indiana: The Introduction of New Crops. A. N. Abbott, Morrison: Farm Forestry in Illinois. W. S. CoRSA, White Hall: Can Illinois Come Back As a Stock Breeding Ground? W. N. RtJDD, Blue Island: Roadside Improvement. J. V. Stevenson, Streator: The Country Home. V. The Place of the Agricultural College and Experiment Station in an Illinois Program for Agricultural Development. M. L. Mosher, Eureka: The Agricultural Extension Service. Nov. 8. Laying of the Cornerstone of the New Agricultural Building. Addresses: Frank I. Mann, President Illinois Farmers' Institute: Howard Leonard, President Illinois Agricultural Association. Laying of the Cornerstone: Harvet J. Sconce, Sidell. Agricultural Extension Oct. 4. A. J. Bill, Bloomington: Fundamental Importance of Rhetoric to Agricultural Students. Oct. 23. J. W. Watson, Monticello: Work of the County Agent. Nov. 8. Howard Leonard, President, Eureka: The Work of the Illinois Agricultural Associ- ation. Animal Husbandry Department Oct. 20. Baby International Live Stock Show. Department of Horticulture Special Lecturet Oct. 12. Miss Grace Tabor. Exhibitions Nov. 12 — 15. Eleventh Annual Chrysanthemum Show. Nov. 12—15. First Annual Vegetable Show. Lectures and Exercises 85 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL Special Lectures March 30. Mis8 Mart Torrence, Muncie, Indiana: Public library problems. Presentation ceremonies, Katherine L. Sharp, Memorial Tablet. March 31. Mr. Adam Strohm: The new Detroit public library building. (Illustrated) May 16. Miss Louise B. Krause: Reference work in a business library; Periodicals in a busi- ness library. Nov. 13. Professor Azariah S. Root: Present problems of American Libraries; American libraries and scholarships. Nov. 21. Mr. J. Christian Bat: The history and service of the John Crerar Library. Nov. 22. Mr. J. Christian Bat: Rare and beautiful books of Illinois. THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC Nov. 25. Concert op Chamber Music: Oberling Conservatory Trio. Dec. 12. Christmas Concert: Choral Society. Jan. 12. Vocal Recitai,: Orpha Kendall Holstman, Soprano. Weeklt Vesper Organ Recitals. THE SUMMER SESSION July 20. Duo-Art Piano Recital. July 21. Coffer-Miller Platers: The taming of the Shrew. July 22. Coffer-Miller Platers: Guy Mannering. ASSOCIATIONS, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS GENERAL ORGANIZATIONS The Alumni Association The Alumni Association is the general organization of the alumni of the University. The Association maintains an office at the University and publishes a monthly periodical, the Illinois Alumni News; in this office is compiled the alumni directory, known as The Alumni Record, successive editions of which have been published approximately every five years since 1906. An edition for the Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry and School of Pharmacy, at Chicago, was published in 1921. These Chicago department graduates have alumni associations of their own, as has the Library School. Local alumni associa- tions have been organized in Illinois, in New York, Missouri, Oklahoma, Kansas, Wis- consin, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Washington, North Dakota, Iowa, Colorado, Califor- nia, Alabama, Arizona, Georgia, Kentucky, ]\Iassachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Ten- nessee, and Texas. University of Illinois Union The University of Illinois Union is an association of the men of the University, hav- ing for its general object the promotion of college spirit and good fellowship. All male students are eligible to active membership in the Union; alumni and members of the faculty may become associate members. The Woman's League The Woman's League was organized to further the spirit of unity among the women of the University and to be a medium for the stimulation and maintenance of high stand- ards. All women students are eligible to active membership in the League; all women members of the faculty and of the Graduate School are eligible to associate member- ship. The Honor Commission The Honor System was adopted by a student referendum vote June 3rd, 1919, and was approved by the University Senate. Under this system all examinations are given entirely without faculty supervision, each student certifying on his paper that he has neither given nor received aid during the examination. Freshmen are also required to write the same honor pledge on their themes. There are two honor commissions, one for men and one for women, each made up of seven students. Violations of the Honor System are reported to these commissions for trial, and the findings of the honor commis- sion are subject to final approval by the Council of Administration. The Student Council The Student Council of the University of Illinois is a student governing body in close contact through its members with every branch of student enterprise where the interests of men and women together are concerned. Students' Hospital Ftrnd The Students' Mutual Benefit Hospital Fund provides ward hospital care for mem- bers who become ill and need such care for a period not to exceed four weeks during any semester. Members pay $2.00 a semester. The Dean of Men is the Trustee of the Fxmd, 86 Associations, Societies, and Clubs 87 Literary Societies The Adelphic and Philomathean societies for men, and the Alethenai, Athenian, Illiola, Jamesonian, Gregorian, and Anoniax societies for women. The Christian Associations Membership in the Young Men's Christian Association is based onwilh'ngness to serve on some one of the eighteen committees. Every man in the University is eligible for mem- bership. The "Y" Hut is open to all students. Newspapers, magazines, books, victrola, checkers, check room, free typewriter, and stationery are at their service. The spacious lounging room makes for pleasant recreation and new friendships. Religious meetings are held on Sunday evening. Bible Discussion Groups are promoted. An extensive commu- nity program is conducted. Friendly relations with the large group of foreign students is promoted. Sunday afternoon musical programs as well as many other social gatherings are held in the Hut. An employment bureau managed by the Association endeavors to help students find work. The Y. W. C. A. is housed in the Hannah McKinley building. Dormitory space is provided for fifty young women. There are parlors on the first floor for use of the women rooming in the house, a large assembly room, pianos, organization rooms, and correspond- ence tables. A modern dining room is located in the basement. An employment bureau is maintained at the Y. W. C. A. to help University women to find employment. At the opening of the college year the Associations endeavor to help new students to find desirable rooming and boarding places. A copy of the Students' Handbook, giving information about Urbana and Champaign, the University, and the various college organi- zations and activities, will be sent free to prospective students. For this handbook or for further information address the general secretary of either Association. HONORARY SOCIETIES The honorary societies or fraternities named below are private intercollegiate organiza- tionsof students and graduates, having for their primary purpose the recognition and encour- agement of excellence in scholarship in various departments of study. Election is in all cases made by the societies themselves in accordance with their own rules. The Univer- sity assumes no responsibility for elections. Phi Beta Kappa Each year a certain number of the ranking students of the senior class in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are elected to membership in the Phi Beta Kappa Society. The number is ordinarily limited to one-fifth of the total membership of the graduating class. The Phi Beta Kappa Prize Gamma of Illinois chapter of Phi Beta Kappa offers annually a prize of $25 to that mem- ber of Gamma Chapter who at his graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences gives evidence of greatest promise as a scholar in the domain of liberal arts. The award is based on the following considerations: (a) Class room records; (b) other literary and scholarly activities in the University; (c) an essay, which may be a senior thesis or a term paper. At the discretion of the committee in charge, the award may be withheld if none of the essays appears worthy of the prize. Essays submitted in competition and all corre- spondence with reference to this prize should be addressed to the Secretary of the Phi Beta Kappa Society, University of Illinois. The committee will not be limited in its award to those who have submitted papers specifically for this purpose or have otherwise given formal notice of candidacy. Special consideration will be given to theses deposited in the College office by candidates for honors in the various departments. Sigma Xi Members of the senior class who give "promise of marked ability" in scientific in- vestigations are eligible to membership in the Sigma Xi Society, which was founded to en- courage research in pure and applied science. 88 Associations, Societies, and Clubs College Societies Societies honoring high scholastic standing in the colleges are: Beta Gamma Sigma for men, and Gamma Epsilon Pi for women in the College of Commerce; Phi Delta Kappa, College of Education; Tau Beta Pi, College of Engineering; Alpha Zeta, College of Agriculture; Order of the Coif, College of Law. Other Honorary and Professional Societies Alpha Alpha Alpha (Pre-legal); Alpha Chi Sigma (Chemistry); Alpha Kappa Psi (Commerce) ; Alpha Rho Chi (Architecture) ; Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)' Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering); Delta Sigma Pi (Commerce); Delta Sigma Rho (Oratory); Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical Engineering); Farm House (Agriculture); Gamma Alpha (Grad- uate Scientific); Gamma Pi Alpha (Women's Agricultural); Iota Sigma Pi (Chemistry); Kappa Delta Pi (Education) ; Keramos (Ceramic Engineering) ; Lambda Xi (Floricul- ture); Ma-Wan-Da (Men's Senior Society); Mu Kappa Alpha (Musical); Omega Beta Pi (Pre-medical) ; Omicron Nu (Home Economics); Mu San (Municipal and Sanitary Engineering); Mortarboard (Women's Senior Society); Phi Alpha Delta (Law); Phi Delta Phi (Law); Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemistry); Pi Delta Epsilon (Inter-publication); Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Engineering); Psi Xi (Psychology); Sachem (Men's Junior So- ciety) ; Scabbard and Blade (Military) ; Scarab (Architecture) ; Sigma Tau (Engineering) ; Theta Delta Pi (Foreign Trade); Theta Sigma Phi (Journalism); Theta Tau (Engineer- ing); Triangle (Civil Engineering); Tribe of Illini ("I" Men); U. L. A. S. (Landscape Arclutecture) ; Woman's Landscape Gardening Association ; Sigma Delta Chi (Journalism) ; Sigma Delta Phi (Women's Public Speaking) ; Gargoyle (Architecture) ; Delta Mu Epsilon (Mining) ; Alpha Sigma Nu (Women's Physical Education) ; Alpha Tau Alpha (Agricul- ture); Gamma Pi Upsilon (Chemistry); Delta Theta Epsilon (Coaching). CLUBS AUXILIARY TO COURSES OF STUDY In addition to associations and societies of a general character described above, there are in each college a number of societies and clubs devoted to outside work of a literary, scientific, or technical nature auxiliary to the work of various departments of that college. Among these are the following: In the College op Liberal Arts and Sciences: The Botanical Club, the Celtic Club, le Cercle Francois, el Circulo Espanol, the Chemical Club, the University of Illinois Section of the American Chemical Society, the English Journal Club, the Geological Jour- nal Club, Hexapoecia, the Mathematical Club, the Philological Club, the Psychology Club, the Romance Journal Club, the Scandinavian Club, the Bryce Club; the German Conversa- tion Club, the Poetry Club, the Freshman Mathematics Club. In the College of Commerce and Business Administration: The Accountancy Club, the Commercial Club, the Foreign Trade Club, the Junior Chamber of Commerce, Commercia. In the College of Engineering: The Architectural Club, the Student Branch of the American Ceramic Society, the Student Branch of the American Society of Civil Engineers, the Electrical Engineering Society, the Engineering Council, the Student Branch of the American Institute of Mining and INIetallurgical Engineers, the Student Branch of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the Student Branch of the American Associa- tion of Engineers, the Physics Colloquium, the Railway Club, the Urbana Section of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. In the College of Agriculture: The Agricultural Club, the Horticultural Club, the Home Economics Club, the Landscape Gardening Club, the Hoof and Horn Club, the Floricultural Club, the Dairy Club, the Agronomy Club, the Agricultural Educational Club, the Student Branch of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers. In the School OF Music: The University Choral Society, the University Military Band, the University Orchestra, the University Women's Glee Club. In the College of Law: The Law Club. FRATERNITIES, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS National Fraternities. — Acacia; Alpha Chi Rho; Alpha Chi Sigma; Alpha Delta Phi; Alpha Epsilon Pi; Alpha Gamma Rho; Alpha Kappa Lambda; Alpha Phi Alpha; Alpha Rho Chi; Alpha Sigma Phi; Alpha Tau Omega; Beta Delta Sigma; Beta Theta Pi; Chi Associations, Societies, and Clubs 89 Phi; Chi Psi; Cosmopolitan; Delta Kappa Epsilon; Delta Phi; Delta Sigma Phi; Delta Tau Delta; Delta Upsilon; Farm House; Gamma Eta Gamma; Gamm.a Pi Upsilon; Kappa Alpha Psi; Kappa Delta Rho; Kappa Sigma; Lambda Chi Alpha; Phi Delta Theta; Phi Delta Phi; Phi Epsilon Pi; Phi Gamma Delta; Phi Kappa; Phi Kappa Psi; Phi Kappa Sigma;Phi Kappa Tau; Phi Sigma Kappa; Pi Kappa Alpha;Pi Kappa Phi; Psi Upsilon; Sigma Alpha Epsilon; Sigma Alpha Mu; Sigma Chi; Sigma Nu; Sigma Phi Epsilon; Sigma Phi Sigma; Sigma Pi; Tau Kappa Epsilon; Theta Alpha; Theta Chi; Theta Delta Chi; Triangle; Zeta Beta Tau; Zeta Psi. Sororities. — Alpha Chi Omega; Alpha Delta Pi; Alpha Epsilon Phi; Alpha Gamma Delta; Alpha Omicron Pi; Alpha Phi; Alpha Xi Delta; Chi Omega; Delta Delta Delta; Delta Gamma; Delta Zeta; Gamma Phi Beta; Kappa Alpha Theta; Kappa Kappa Gamma; Phi Mu; Phi Omega Pi; Pi Beta Phi; Sigma Kappa; Theta Phi Alpha; Theta Upsilon; Zeta Tau Alpha, Local Fraternities. — Alpha Epsilon ; Anubis ; Beta Lambda; Chi Beta; Concordia; Delta Phi Omega; Gamma Beta; Ilus; Iota Phi Theta; Phi Lambda Pi; Sigma Tau Delta; Tau Delta Tau; Zeus. Local Sororities. — Beta Phi Epsilon; Bethany House; Congregational House; Delta Nu; Pi Delta Phi; Rho Beta Iota; Sigma Psi; Tau Alpha Theta. InterfrcUernity Organizations. — Men's Pan Hellenic Council; Girls' Pan Hellenic As- sociation; Skull and Crescent; Ku Klux Klan; Shi-Ai. OTHER ORGANIZATIONS Animal Ecology Club; Bahai Group; Chinese Students' Club; Cosmopolitan Club (Men's); Cosmopolitan Club (Women's); Japanese Students' Club; Latin American Club; Mask and Bauble (dramatic) ; Pierrots (vaudeville); Scribbler's Club; Menorah; Illinois Union; Woman's League; Daubers; American Legion; Board of Oratory and Debate; Order of Builders; Chess & Checkers Club; Daughters of the American Revolution; Sons of the American Revolution; DeMolay; Faculty Players Club; Glee & Mandolin Club; Heimskringla; Hoosier lUini Club; Kansas City lUini Club; Joliet Illini Club; Elgin Illini Club; Oak Park Illini Club; Klotho; Hindustani Ass'n of America; Russian Illini Club; Phillipine Illini Club; Quincy Illini Club; Midiron Club;Newman Club; Pennsylvania Illini Club; Scalp and Blade; Sherwood League; Sparta Illini Club; Springfield Illini Club; Square and Compass. UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS (For circulars giving more detailed information concerning scholarships, apply to the Registrar of the University.) Unless otherwise stated, a scholarship covers matriculation and incidental fees in any department of the University. County Scholarships. — One for each county. The holder is selected by competitive examination. General Assembly Scholarships. — One nomination annually by each member of the General Assembly. Scholarships in Ceramic Engineering. — One scholarship to each county in the State, awarded on the nomination of the Illinois Clay Workers' Association. Scholarships in Agriculture and Home Economics. — One to each county in the State, except Cook and Lake, and one to each of the first ten congressional districts, for students preparing for the study of agriculture in the College of Agriculture; and one for students preparing for the study of home economics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Agriculture. Scholarships in the College of Agriculture are also pro- vided for unclassified students twenty-one years of age. Thomas J. Smith Scholarships in Music. — Four scholarships annually for women, preferably from Champaign County, State Military Scholarships. — For World War Veterans. Special provision passed by the General Assembly of 1919. Ben-Hur Scholarships — Awarded by competition to members of the order. The sti- pend is five hundred dollars a year. John M. Gregory and Louisa C. Gregory Scholarships. — ^The armual stipend is one hundred dollars. Other Scholarships. — See under College of Law, Summer Session, and Graduate School. BENEFICIARY AID (For more detailed information apply to the Dean of Men.) The following loan funds have been established for the benefit of worthy students who are in need of financial aid in order to finish their courses in the University. Edward Snyder Department of Students' Aid Class of 1895 Fund Graduate Club Loan Fund Woman's League Loan Fund William B. McKinley Loan Fund Henry Strong Loan Fund Margaret Lange James Loan Fund Woman's Pharmacy Loan Fund (available for men as well as women) Library School Fund First Fund for Overseas Soldiers Dora E. Biddle Loan Fund James R. Morris Loan Fund 90 FEES AND EXPENSES GENERAL FEES All University fees are payable each semester in advance. Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Business Administration, Engineering, Agriculture, and Law, School of Music, and Library School Matriculation Fees. Each student not holding a scholarship, on satisfying the requirements for admission to the University, pays the matriculation fee of . . $10 . 00 Incidental Fee. All students in departments at Urbana other than the College of Law, residents of Illinois, excepting those holding scholarships, pay, each semester, an incidental fee of 25 . 00 All students in departments at Urbana other than the College of Law, not resi- dents of Illinois, pay, each semester, an incidental fee of 37 . 50 All students in the College of Law, residents of Illinois, excepting those holding scholarships, pay, each semester, an incidental fee of 37 . 50 AU students in the College of Law, not residents of Illinois, pay, each semester, an incidental fee of 56 . 25 Tuition Fee. Students conditioned on entrance requirements, and unclassified students (except unclassified students in agriculture or home economics hold- ing scholarships), pay, each semester, a tuition fee of 7 .50 Laboratory Fees. Each student working in laboratories, or in the drafting or en- gineering classes, is required to pay a fee varying from $0.50 to $12.50, to cover materials and apparatus used and breakages or damages. Uniform Deposits. Students taking military are required to make a deposit of $15.00 for uniform and equipment. This deposit is refunded to the student when his uniform and equipment are returned. lAstener's Fee. Persons not connected with the University who attend classes as listeners, pay for each course, each semester 7 . 50 Late Registration Fee. A former student who enters after the Registration Days in either semester must pay a late registration fee of 1 . 00 Change Fee. For every change of study-list made later than the Saturday fol- lowing registration a fee of $1.00 is charged, except that the total charge for the rearrangement authorized on any one change-slip shall not exceed $2.00. 1 .00 Special Examination Fee. For any special examination, except examinations for advanced standing taken within sixty days after matriculation, the fee is . . 5 00 Diploma Fee 10 .00 School of Music Special Fees In addition to the above general fees students registering in courses in applied music (voice, piano, violin, violoncello, organ, or band instruments) pay special fees as follows (per semester) : 1. If enrolled in the School of Music or in the curriculum in music education in the College of Education $25 .00 2. If enrolled in another College of the University For each lesson per week of collegiate grade 25 . 00 For each lesson per week of introductory grade 10.00 Practise Fees Piano for practise one hour a day each semester $ 3 . 00 Additional hours at the same rate. Organ for practise one hour a day for one semester (beginners) 20.00 For one-half semester 10 .00 Organ for practise one hour a day for one semester (advanced students) 25 . 00 For one-half semester 15 .00 For one-quarter semester 8.00 91 92 Fees and Expenses College of Medicine First Year Second Year Third Yenr Fourth Year students from students from students from students from Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Matriculation (paid but once) $ 10.00 $10.00 Tuition 130.00 165.00 $130.00 $165.00 $160.00 $195.00 $165.00 $200.00 Laboratory 35.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 5.00 5.00 Total $175.00 $210.00 $165.00 $200.00 $165.00 $200.00 $165.00 $200.00 Note. — County Hospital ticket, $5.00. Maternity Fee, Chicago Lying-in Hospital, $15.00. All students taking gross anatomy are required to make a deposit of $10.00 for the use of a disarticulated skeleton. Fees charged unclassified students are based on the amount of work taken. College of Dentistry First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year students from students from students from students from Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Illinois Non-Illinois Matriculation (paid but once) $ 10.00 $10.00 Tuition 125.00 155.00 $125.00 $155.00 $125.00 $155.00 $125.00 $155.00 Laboratory 35.00 35.00 40.00 40.00 55.00 55.00 60.00 60.00 Total $170.00 $200.00 $165.00 $195.00 $180.00 $210.00 $185.00 $215.00 Note. — Students taking gross anatomy are required to make a deposit of $5.00 for a disarticulated skeleton. Students practising in the infirmary are required to make a deposit of $5.00 for an electric engine and $1.00 for a gown. School of Pharmacy Each Year students from Illinois Non-Illinois Tuition $95.00 $120.00 Laboratory fee 30.00 30.00 Total $125.00 $150.00 Note. — A matriculation fee of $10.00 is required of students who are entering the: University for the first time. A laboratory deposit of $15.00 each year is required to cover breakage or damage to. apparatus furnished by the University. From this deposit will be deducted the chargesl for apparatus broken, missing or not returnable, and the locker fee of $1.00 if the student uses a locker in the coatroom. AVERAGE ANNUAL EXPENSES The following are estimated average annual expenses for undergraduate students attending at Urbana, exclusive of clothing, railroad fare, and laboratory fees, if any. This includes only the immediate and fundamentally necessary expenses. Books and Equipment $ 25.00 to $ 75.00 Fees' 50.00 to 75.00 Room rent for one (two in a room) 81 .00 to 150. OC Single rooms 108.00 to 180. OC Board at Clubs, etc 260.00 to 360. OC Washing 30.00 to 45. OC Total $554.00 to $885. 0( Other necessary expenses will need to be taken into consideration. For all the neces sary expenses of the year the average student is likely to need not less than $600.00 t( $800.00. Most students spend more than this amount. For information in regard to scholarships which cover the matriculation and inci dental fee, see page 90. 'Students of law, music, unclassified students, and conditioned students must make needed changes i the amount given for "semester fees. ' ' I Fees and Expenses 93 WOMEN'S RESIDENCE HALLS The University operates three residence halls for women, The Woman's Residence Hall, The Woman's Residence Hall Annex, and the Davenport Residence Hall, Only residents of Illinois can be accommodated. Women students and their parents are invited to correspond with the Dean of Women in regard to other suitable places. The Woman's Residence Hall has accommodations for ninety-eight women students. A flat rate is charged per year of thirty-eight weeks for room, laundry of sheets and pillow cases, and board in the Residence Hall as follows: Single room $432.00 Double room, each occupant 414.00 Double room, each occupant $360.00, $396.00, and $414.00 Double room (fourth floor), each occupant 378.00 Double room with private bath (two available), each occupant 432.00 The Woman's Residence Hall Annex and the Davenport Residence Hall accommodate respectively fifteen and twenty-six. The rooms accommodate from two to four students and the price varies from $360.00 to $396.00 for each occupant. Half the amount must be paid to the Bursar before the close of the registration period at the opening of the first semester, and the balance before the close of the registration period at the opening of the second semester. Applications for rooms will be received by the Bursar after April 1 for the following college year. Applications are registered in the order of their receipt, but no application will be registered unless accompanied by a deposit of ten dollars, which will be credited on the payment for the second semester. After May 1 rooms are assigned in the order of application, the women living in the hall having preference. After all the rooms have been assigned the names of those who are unsuccessful will be put on a waiting list if the deposit has not been withdrawn, and as vacancies occur, assignments will be made to them in order. Application cards and further information may be secured by writing to the Dean of Women. ' PART II THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES For a description of the buildings used by this College, see page 47; for museums and collections belonging to it (classical art and archeology, oriental, European culture, botany, entomology, geology, and zoology), see pages 55-57; for a summary of its courses see page 59; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its curricula see page 88; for/ees see page 91. GENERAL STATEMENT The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, offers to its students a liberal education including both the humanities and the sciences; it furnishes preparatory to later profes- sional and technical studies especially arranged curricula by which good students may ordinari- ly obtain in six years both the degree in arts and a professional degree in law or medicine, or a technical degree in engineering; and it provides certain highly specialized curricula in applied science (particularly chemistry), journalism, and home economics. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on the completion of all these curricula, except those in appUed science for which the degree of Bachelor of Science is given. Under the modified elective system a student who desires to prepare for teaching may specialize to a considerable exJtent in the subject which he wishes to teach and may also find time for courses in education and related subjects of interest to teachers. Such students should, as a rule, continue their preparation in the Graduate School. Students who desire to devote a considerable part of their undergraduate study to specific preparation for some calling other than teaching may select courses in law, medi- cine, dentistry, journalism, applied chemistry, or household administration, in accordance with curricula given in detail in the following pages. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 62-77. Unclassified Students For a statement of the regulations of the University in regard to unclassified students, see page 67, It is the policy of this College to admit as unclassified students only a select group of mature and serious persons who,tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are substantially prepared for work of college grade and have a specific and clearly defined purpose in their study. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS A. University Requirements. — Each candidate must meet the general university re- quirements with respect to registration and residence, and must also secure credit in ap- proved courses amounting to one hundred thirty hours, an hour being one class period a week for one semester. Each class period presupposes two hours of preparation by the student, or the equivalent in the laboratory or drawing room. 95 96 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. B. Prescribed Subjects. — Rhetoric 1-2; Physical Education 1-2 and Hygiene 1 for men; Physical Education 7a-7b, 8a-8b, and Hygiene 2 for women; Military Science, a total of 4 hours for men, C. Group Requirements. — ^Every candidate must offer the minimum of work specified in each of the following groups: I. English. — The offering in this group must include at least a one-semester course in literature. II. Foreign Languages and Literatures (exclusive of courses in translation). If a student has received credit for but two units of a foreign language for entrance to the University, he must pursue the study of foreign language through two year courses or the equivalent. If he has received credit upon entrance for three or more units of for- eign language, he must continue the study of foreign language through one year of his college course. Note. — Candidates for the degree who have not offered Greek or Latin or French or German for entrance must offer one of these languages for graduation. III. History, Political and Social Science. — History, economics, political science, sociology: 8 hours. IV. Mathematics and Physical Science. — Mathematics, astronomy (courses with col- lege mathematics as prerequisites), physics, chemistry: a minimum of 5 hours, with a minimum total of 15 hours in Groups IV and V. Note. — Not fewer than 4 laboratory hours a week for one semester, or the equivalent, shall be offered in some one department. V. Botany, bacteriology, entomology, geology, physiology, zoology: a minimum of 5 hours, with a minimum total of 15 hours m Groups IV and V. See note under IV. VI. Education, pliilosophy, psychology: 6 hours, of which 3 shall be in philosophy or psychology. D. Major Subjects. — ^Each candidate must select some subject as his major. A major consists of courses amounting to 20 hours chosen from among those designated by a department and approved by the faculty of the college. Such courses are to be exclusive of those elementary or beginning courses which are open to freshmen, and inclusive of some distinctly advanced work. At least five hours of the work acceptea for major must have been done in residence at this University and included within the maximum credits allowed in any one division. See the statements regarding majors under departmental announce- ments in Part III. The subjects at present recognized as majors in this college are: English, French, German, Greek, Latin, Spanish, classics, Romance language, mathematics, astronomy, physics, chemistry, bacteriology, botany, entomology, geology, physiology, zoology, home economics, education, economics, history, political sciences, sociology, philosophy, psychology. E. Minor Subjects. — Each candidate must offer, in addition to his major, a minor of 20 hours in one or more alUed subjects designated by the major department and ap- proved by the faculty of the college. At least 8 hours must be offered in one subject. See the statements regarding minors under departmental announcements in Part III. F. Elective Subjects. — 1. Not more than 40 hours in any one subject may be counted for graduation, except: (a) in special curricula approved by the faculty of the college; (b) when a student is writing a thesis, he may coimt, in addition to the 40 hours, the hours of the course in which he does his thesis work; (c) in the department of English a student may take 40 hours in addition to Rhetoric 1-2. Note. — The total credit in Art and Design is limited to 20 hours. 2. No credit is granted in any subject unless the student pursues it for the full time required in the shortest course offered in that subject. For example, if the student elects a course which yields two hours for one semester, he must stay in the class during the semester in order to get any credit at all. In order to secure any credit in a beginning course in a foreign language, a full year's work must be completed. 3. A limited amount of credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts is ordinarily given for courses offered in other colleges and schools of this University, as follows: Requirements for Graduation 97 Electives in other Colleges and Schools College of Agriculture. — Agronomy 9 (SoU Physics), 11 (Soil Biology), 12 (Soil Fertility), 22 (Plant Breeding). Animal Husbandry 7 and 31 (Animal Nutrition), 30 (Genetics). Dairy Husbandry 10 (General Dairy Bacteriology); 20 (Economic Problems of Dairy Farming). Horticulture 9 (Forestry), 36 (History of Landscape Gardening), 37a (City Planning), 42 (Landscape Design). The total credit allowed in agricultural courses may not exceed 14 hours, except that students taking their major work in entomology may take 20 hours in the preceding agricultural courses with the addition of Agronomy 7 and 25, and Horticulture la, lb, 2, 3, 6, and 7. College of Commerce and Business Administration. — Accountancy la-lb (Principles of Accoxmting), 12a-12b (Grovernment Accounting). Business Organization 1 (Business Organization), 9 (Commercial and Civil Organizations); 10 (Newspaper Advertising). Business Law la-lb (Commercial Law — no credit given to students in the combined arts- law curriculum). Economics, all courses. Transportation 1 (U. S. Transportation System), 2 (Transportation Policy). College of Education. — All courses in the department of Education (exclusive of courses in Educational Practise and course 1-7 in Industrial Education). College of Engineering: Architecture 13, 14, 15, 16 (History of Architecture), 31, 32, (Architectural Drawing). Civil Engineering 27 and 28 (Surveying), 94 (Highway Administration). Drawing, General Engineering, 1 (Elements of Drafting), 2 (Descriptive Geometry-) • Electrical Engineering 4 and 64 or 8 and 68. Mechanical Engineering, 10, 13 (Thermodynamics), 31 (Mechanics of Machinery). Mining Engineering 19 (Ore and Coal Preparation); 21 (Mining Examination and Valua- tion). Mechanics, Theoretical and AppUed, all courses. The total credit allowed in engineering courses may not exceed 24 hours. College of Law. — A student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, who earns at least 30 hours in this college, may take and count towards the A.B., degree not to exceed 30 hours of work in the College of Law, provided that at least two courses amounting to five hours are taken per semester, under the advice of the Dean of the College of Law as to the courses to be taken. Courses in law may not be taken before the junior year by students enrolled in this college. Law 14 (Carriers), 24 (Mimicipal Corporations), and 34 (Public Utilities) are open to students of this college offering political science or economics as a major subject who have had a previous course in law or political science involving the study of cases. Library School. — Library Science 2a-2b or 12 (Reference), 7 (History of Libraries), 9 (Book-making), 13a and 42 (Public Documents). School of Music. — The total credit allowed for courses in music may not exceed 16 hours. At least half the credit must be taken in courses in the history and theory of music (1-16 inclusive). Credit may be allowed in practical music for courses preceded by Music 3 and 4- and ex- clusive of courses open to freshmen to an amount not to exceed half of the total allowed any student. No credit will be allowed for courses in public school music. Physical Education and Hygiene. — Not to exceed 5 semester hours for men and 8 semester hours for women. Military Science and Tactics. — Military Science not to exceed 8 semester hours. 98 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences F. Bachelors^ Theses: A bachelor's thesis is not generally required in this College. Students of high standing, especially those who try for the A.B. degree with High Honors, are encouraged to write theses in connection with their major studies. Credit toward the degree is given for thesis work only as part of the work in some course for which the student is registered. G. Optional degree of Bachelor of Science: Students who do major work in one of the subjects in Group IV or Group V or in Home Economics, and who have credit for 60 semester hours or more in these groups or in Home Economics, on recommendation of the faculty of this College, may be graduated with the degree of B.S.,instead of A.B. Such recommendation must be secured by a petition presented not later than 10 days after the opening of the last semester or Summer Session preceding the granting of the degree. JOURNALISM Students who are preparing for reportorial, literary, or editorial work in journalism should take their major work in English, or in journalism, and make up their study sched- ules from the following suggested curriculum. With the consent of the adviser, other studies may, for purposes of specialization, be substituted for those suggested. A program which satisfies the group and major requirements may, for instance, be so modified in the third and fourth years as to lay emphasis on any one of the social sciences. Students in journalism for the degree of bachelor of arts are subject to the requirements in Liberal Arts and Sciences. Suggested Curriculum in Journalism FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Hours' Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 12 — Gymnasium and Hygiene. ... 1 Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Theoretical Instruction 34 Total 5 Suggested Electives Engl. 10 — Introduction to Literature 3 Science 5 Foreign language 4 Hist, la — Continental European History ... 4 Lib. Sci. 12 — General Reference 2 SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Hours' Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 2. — Gymnasium 1 Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Theoretical Instruction yi Total 5 Suggested Electives Engl. 11 — Introduction to Literature 3 Science 5 Foreign language 4 Hist, lb — Continental European History ... 4 SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Military — Practical Instruction Military — Theoretical Instruction . . Phys. Ed. 8a — Practise (for Women) Prescribed Subjects }4 Military — Practical Instruction yi Military — Theoretical Instruction . . I Phys. Ed. 8b— Practise (for Women) Suggested Electives Engl. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 Science Engl. 12 — •American Literature 2 Foreign language continued 4 Hist. 3a — History of the United States 3 Pol. Soi. 1 — American National Government 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Journalism 1 — Collecting and Writing of News 3 Suggested Electives Engl. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Engl. 23— Shakespeare; or English 13; Amer- ican Literature 3 or 4 Foreign language continued 4 Hist. 3b — History of United States 3 Journalism 2 — The Newspaper 3 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government ... 3 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. *Young women who elect this curriculum will take Physical Education 7a-7b, 8a-8b, and Hygiene 1, in place of these subjects. Home Economics 99 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Study lists for these years should be arranged from the following Ust with regard to proper sequence. Economics Hours* 4 — Financial History of U. S 3 12a — -Labor Problems 3 English 27 — History of Journalism 2 21 — Literary History of the Bible 3 45 — Development of the Modern Drama . 3 History 21— The United States since 1877 ... 3 26 — History of Latin-American Colonies . . 3 Journalism 3 — Copy-reading and Head-writing 2 5 — Problems of Reporting 2 7 — Making a Country Newspaper 2 9 — Editorials and Special Articles 3 Language 4 Philosophic 1 — Logic 3 9 — Political and Social Ethics 3 7— Ethics 3 Political Science 5 — Constitutional Law 4 — Municipal Constitution , 6 — International Law Psychology 1 — Introduction to Psychology 4 Rhetoric 6— Short Story Writing 3 Sociology 1 — Principles of Sociology Economics Hours' 12b — Labor Problems 3 13 — Economic History of Europe 3 English 3— Milton 3 5 — Shakespeare 3 24 — Victorian Period 3 28 — Magazine in America 2 52— Novelists of 19th Century 3 History 17 — History of Illinois 2 27 — Latin-America 3 29— Far East 3 Journalism 4 — Make-Up and Editorial Practise 2 6 — Newspaper Policies 2 10 — Editorials and Special Articles 3 32— Law of the Press 2 Language 4 Philosophy 2 — Introduction to Philosophy 3 Political Science 12 — National Administration in U. S. 14 — Political Parties and Methods . . 34 — Municipal Problems Psychology 2 — General Psychology 4 Rhetoric 7— Short Story Writing 3 17 — Advanced Composition 3 Sociology 9 — Criminology 3 HOME ECONOMICS The courses of instruction given in the Department of Home Economics are planned to meet the needs of four classes of students: (a) those who desire a knowledge of the general principles and facts of home economics; (b) those who wish to make a specialty of home economics for the purpose of teaching the subject in secondary schools and colleges; (c) those who wish a knowledge of the principles underlying household administration and institutional management; (d) those who are interested in work in nutrition and dietetics. Students who hold scholarships in home economics must make this subject their major along one of the lines indicated and take each semester at least four hours in home econo- mics or in subjects required for admission to courses in home economics. Students whose major is home economics must also satisfy the requirements for the degree of bachelor of arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in so far as these are not covered in the suggested curricula given below. Suggested Curriculum in General Home Economics FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours' A and D. 1 — Freehand Drawing 3 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 5 or 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Foreign Language 4 Phys. Ed. 7a — Practise 1 Hygiene 2 — Hygiene (Women) 1 SECOND SEMESTER Home Econ. 7 — Textiles Chem. 2a — Qualitive Analysis . Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes Foreign Language Phys. Ed. 7b— Practise Hours' . 3 5 3 4 1 Total 17 or 15 Total 16 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 100 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences SECOND YEAR Engl. 1 or Foreign Language 4 Engl. 2 or Foreign Language 4 Home Econ. 1 — Selection and Preparation of Home Econ. 6 — Economic Uses of Food 3 Food 4 Physiol. 1 — <3eneral Physiology 2 Physiol. 4 — Physiology of Digestion 3 Home Econ. 29' — Clothing 3 Chem. 9, 9c — Organic Chemistry 5 A. and D. 12— Applied Design 2 Phys. Ed. 8b— Practise 1 Phys. Ed. 8a— Practise 1 Total 15 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Engl. 1 — (if not included in 2nd yr.) 4 Engl. 2 — (if not included in 2nd yr.) 4 Econ. 1 or 2 — Principles of Economics 5 or 3 Home Econ. 10 — Home Management 3 Home Econ. 5 — Dietetics 4 Bact. 5a, 5b — Introductory Bacteriology ... 5 Home Econ. 2 — Home Architecture 3 Sociol. — Principles of Sociology 3 FOURTH YEAR During the third and fourth years, students will complete the group requirements for the degree of bache- lor of arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Science. Electives will be chosen in accordance with the interests of the student from options 1, 2 and 3. 1. Students interested in nutrition and dietetics should include in their curriculum Chemistry 5a, Home Economics 4, 39a, 39b, and one or more of the following courses: Home Economics 20, 33, 41. 2. Students interested in textiles, clothing and household art, should include Home Economics 3, 19, 30, 31. 3. Students interested in economics, in household or institutional management, should include Home Eco- nomics 14, 18, 28, and additional courses in economics. Suggested Curriculum in Nutrition and Dietetics FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours' Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 6 or 3 Chem. 2a — Qualitative Analysis 5 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 French or German 4 French or Gorman 4 Hygiene 2 — Hygiene (Women) 1 Physiol. 1— General Physiology 2 Phys. Ed. 7a— Practise 1 Phys. Ed. 7b— Practise 1 Total 14 or 12 Total 15 Elective A. and D. 1 — Freehand Drawing or Botany 1 General Botany 3 or 5 SECOND YEAR Engl. 1, French or German 4 Engl. 2, French or German 4 Home Econ. 1 — Selection and Preparation of Home Econ. 6 — Economic Uses of Food 4 Food 3 Chem. 9, 9c — Organic Chemistry 5 Physiol. 4 — Physiology of Digestion 3 Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 3 Zool. 1 — General Zoology 5 Phys. Ed. 8b — Practise 1 Phys. Ed. 8a— Practise 1 Total 16 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Engl. 1 (if not included in 2nd year) 4 Engl. 2 (if not included in 2nd year) 4 Chem. 5a — Elementary Quantitative Analysis 5 Bact. 5, 5a — Introductory Bacteriology 5 Home Econ. 5 — Dietetics 4 Sociol. 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Total 13 Total 12 Electives 3 or 4 Electives 3 or 6 FOURTH YEAR Home Econ. 39a — Seminar 1 Home Econ. 39b — Seminar 1 Home Econ. 4 — Food and Nurtition 5 Electives 15 or 16 Electives 10 or 1 1 Suggested Curriculum in Economic Entomology For students wishing to prepare for state or national service in economic entomology or as teachers of entomology in agricultural colleges or univer3ities,the following curric- ulum has been arranged to include the entomological, agricultural, and horticultural courses most essential to the end in view, together with the required subjects and the group electives necessary for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The principal features of the prescribed part of this curriculum are 25 hours of ento- mology, 15 hours of other biological subjects, 17 hours of agriculture and horticulture, 'Students expecting to enter the College of Education are advised to register for Psychology 1 instead of Home Economics 29 the .second year. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Suggested Curriculum in Economic Entomology 101 10 hours of chemistry, and 46 hours of courses required for graduation, group electives, and other miscellaneous courses. Seventeen hours of free electives remain after the courses of this prescribed list are provided for. FIRST YEAR FIRST 8EME8TEB Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes French la' — Elementary French, or German 1 — Elementary German Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology Bot. 1 — General Botany Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory . Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium Practise Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) Hours' 3 4 3 5 H SECOND SEMESTER Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes French lb' — Elementary French, or German 3 — Narrative Prose Ent. 2 — General Entomology Zool. 1 — General Zoology Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 52a and 52b— Military Drill and Theory . Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium Practise Hours* 3 4 3 5 Total 17 Total 17 SECOND YEAR Engl. 20— Chief English Writers of the Nine- teenth Century 4 Ent. 8a — Pests of Special Groups 3 Hort. la — Elements of Horticulture 2 Lib. Sci. 12 — General Reference 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, or 53a and 53b— Military Drill and Theory . 1 Total 12 Electives Recommended German 4' — Prose Reading Zool. 16 — Economic Ornithology Bot. 4d — Trees and Shrubs of the Campus Geol. 14 — Weather and Climate Pub. Sp. 1 — Oral Expression Ent. 8b — Pests of Special Groups 3 Agron. 25 — Farm Crops 4 Ag. Ext. 3 — Agricultural Extension Teachings 1 Hort. lb — Elements of Horticulture 2 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b. or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Total 11 Electives Recommended Ent. 22 — Entomotaxy 5 German 6' — Scientific German 4 Ent. 16 — Apiculture 2 Zool. 4 — Invertebrate Morphology 3 Pub. Sp. 2 — Extemporaneous Speaking 2 THIRD YEAR Hist. 3a — History of the United States 3 Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 4 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 5 or 3 Ent. 7a — Insect Morphology 3 Total 15 or 13 Electives Recommended Pol. Sci. 1 — .American National Government 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Bot. 23— Plant Ecology 3 Photog. 1 — The Principles and Practise of Pho- tography . Ent. 14 — Medical and Veterinary Entomology 4 Phys. 4 — General Physiology, Chemical and Experimental 6 Hist. 3b — History of the United States 3 Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 3 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- tive Analysis 5 Ent. 7b — Insect Morphology 3 Total 14 Electives Recommended Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government ... 3 Hist. 17— The History of Illinois 2 Zool. 9 — Animal Ecology 3 Photog. 2— The Principles and Practise of Photography FOURTH YEAR Bot. 7a— Plant Pathology 5 Chem. 8 — Elementary Quantitative Analy- sis 5 Ent. 10a — Taxonomy of Immature Insects . . 3 Total 13 Electives Recommended Ent. 20— Insect Control 4 Ent. 6a — Thesis Investigation 5 Zool. 11 — Experimental Ecology and Geog- raphy 2 or 4 Bact. 5 — Introductory Bacteriology 5 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Philos. 1 — Logic 3 Hort. 7 — Spraying 3 Agron. 12— Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, and Ro- tations 5 Total 11 Electives Recommended Ent. 10b — Taxonomy of Imnaature Insects . . Ent. 6b — Thesis Investigation Zool. 5 — Heredity and Evolution Math. 23 — Averages, etc Philos. 9 — Political and Social Ethics 'Semester hours. For definition see page 209. 'If the student has offered two units of French for entrance and has elected German 1 and German 2 or 3 m bis freshman year, he should elect a second year of German at this time. 102 Th( College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Suggested Pre-Medical Curriculum The requirements for admission to the College of Medicine are stated on page 69. The following suggested two-year curriculum covers the entrance requirement of the College of Medicine and includes additional courses in science which it is considered desirable for those who are planning to study medicine to take. FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOKD SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours' Chem. 1 or la — General Chemistry 5 or 3 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry 5 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Zool. 2 — Vertebrate Zoology 5 Zool. 1 — General Zoology 5 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gj-mnasium 1 Phys. Ed. 1— Gymnasium H Military — Practical Instruction J^ Hygiene 1 yi Military — Theoretical Instruction >^ Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Total 17 or 15 Total 15 SECOND YEAR Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis 5 Chem. 9, 9c — Organic Chemistry 5 French or German 4 French or German 4 Physics 7a — General Physics 2H Physics 7b — General Physics 2H Physics 8a — Laboratory 2J^ Phj-sics Sb — Laboratory' 2}^ Zool. 3 — Miscroscopical Technics 3 Zool. 6 — Vertebrate Organogeny 3 Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Militarj' — Theoretical Instruction J^ Total 18 . Total 18 CURRICULA IN CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Students who follow the general curriculum in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences with Chemistn.' as a major subject are eUgible for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. For the more specialized training of the chemist, the following curricula, largely pre- scribed, have been arranged. Each requires a maximum total of 136 hours and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science. Attention is called to the fact that the schedules for the first and second years in both chemistry and chemical engineering are the same. Preliminary' preparation in German or French equivalent to two years of high school work or one year of university work is prescribed. The total language requirements for graduation including courses offered for entrance must be equivalent to two years of University German or French. Students are adN"ised to offer one unit in physics as a part of the general electives. Students registering either in the curriculum in chemistry or in the curriculum in chemical engineering must offer 1 unit of high school chemistrj' and J4 imit of advanced algebra for admission to these curricula. University credit in Chemistry 1 (five hours) is acceptable in lieu of one unit of entrance chemistry. FIRST YEAR. BOTH CURHICULA FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hoursi Hours' Chem. la — Inorganic Chemistry 3 Chem. 3a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 tive Analysis 5 Math. 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 Math. 6a — Anah-tical Geometry 4 German or French 4 German or French 4 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J.^ Ph>-s. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Hyg. — Hygiene (Men) 3^ Military — Practical Instruction '^ Military — Practical Instruction >i Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Military — Theoretical Instruction H Total 17 Total 18 SECOND ■iT;AR. BOTH CURRICULA Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis 5 Chem. 5b — Advanced Analytical Chemistry . 5 Math. 8a — Differential Calculus 3 Math. 8b — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. la — General Physics 3 Phj-s. lb — General Physics 2 Phys. 3a — Physical Measurements 2 Phys. 3b — Phj-sical Measurements 2 Geol. 20« — General Mineralogy or Hist. 3a or Engl. 20 or Hist. 3b or Geol. 20» or T. and A. English 20 3 or 4 M. 20> 3 or 4 Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Practical Instruction 3^ Military — Theoretical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction H Total 17 or 18 Total 16 or 17 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. KSeology 20 must be taken either in the first or second semester. »T. and A. M. 20 required for curriculum for Chemical Engineers. Curricula in Chemistry and Chemical Engineering 103 Cxuriculum in Chemistry, Third and Fotirth Years In the following schedule of courses, after the second year there are offered certain prescribed subjects required of all students and in addition five group options, the last four of which are outlined for the purpose of affording systematic training along certain im- portant lines of applied chemistry. The first option. A, is intended for those students who wish to place chief emphasis on the fundamental branches of chemistry as a science and for those students who desire a combination of subjects not outlined in the other four groups. Students in option A must submit to their adviser at the beginning of the junior year an outline of their proposed program for the junior and senior years. Approval of such an outUne must be secured from the adviser before registering. At least 12 hours of the electives \mder option A must be in Chemistry, and it is recommended that they be selected as far as possible from more advanced courses in inorganic, analytical, organic, and physical chemistry. In all groups in the junior and senior years the subjects to be taken outside of the department, including electives, must amount to at least ten hours including a course in the theory of economics. Students who have presented German for entrance should take French la and lb among the electives of the junior year; those who have offered French should take German 1 and 3. The groups provided for, with the letter used to designate each group, are as follows: General Electrochemical Industrial D. Food and Sanitation E. Physiological F. Sanitation Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 14a — Organic Chemistry Chem. 14c — Organic Synthesis Chem. 92a — Journal Meeting Chem. 31 — Physical Laboratory Chem. 33— Phys. Chem. Lab THIRD YEAR Chem. 14b- Prescribed for all Groups -Organic Chemistry 3 Total 11 Group Options A' — General Electives 8 B — Electrochemical E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Apparatus 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 1 Electives 4 C — Industrial E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Apparatus 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 1 Electives 4 D, E, and F — Food, Physiological, and Sanita- tion Bact. 5 — Introductory Bacteriology 5 Electives 3 FOURTH YEAR Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 11a — Thesis or Approved Chem. Elec' 5 Chem. 93a — Journal Meeting 1 Chem. 95 — History of Chemistry 2 Chem. 14d — Organic Synthesis Chem. 92b — Journal Meeting . . . . Chem. 90 — Inspection Trip Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics . Chem. 65 — Gas and Fuel Analysis Total 12 Group Options A — General Electives 4 B — Electrochemical, Electives 4 C — Industrial, Electives 4 D and El— Food and Physiological, Electives 4 F. Sanitation Chemistry 10a 3 Total 8 Group Options A' — General Electives 9 B — Electrochemical Chem. 35 — Electrochemistry 3 Chem. 37 — Experimental Prob, in Phys- ical and Electrochemistry 4 Phys. 4a — Electrical and Magnetic Meas- urements 2 C — Industrial Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. 35 — Electrochemistry 3 Chem. 69 — Met. Lab. and Assaying .... 2 Electives 1 D— Food Chem. 25 — Food Analysis 5 Chem. 21 — Qual. Organic Analysis 2 Electives 2 E — Physiological Chem. 15 — Physiological Chem 5 Chem. 21 — Qual. Organic Analysis 2 Electives 2 F — Sanitation Chemistry 110 3 Electives 8 Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Chem. lib — Thesis or Approved Chem. Elec.' 5 '" ' ' ■ 1 Chem. 93b — Journal meeting Chem. 91 — Inspection Trip. . Total 9 Group Options A — General, Electives 8 B — Electrochemical, Electives 8 C — Industrial Chem. 61 — Industrial I/aboratory 3 Chem. 78 2 Electives 3 D— Food Chem. 26 — Pharmaceutical Chemistry 3 Electives 5 E — Physiological Chem. 15a 2 Electives 6 F — Sanitation Electives 8 >12 hours of the total electives of the third and fourth years. Group Option A must be in chemistry; 10 hours must be taken outside of the Department. 'Subject to the approval of the departmental committee on undergraduate theses. 104 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Curriculum in Chemical Engineering, Third and Fourth Years The work of the technical chemist or superintendent is frequently so closely associated with mechanical and other branches of engineering as to make a knowledge of these sub- jects essential. To meet these conditions, the following four-year curriculum in chemistry and related engineering subjects has been arranged. The degree given is that of Bachelor of Science in chemical engineering. It is advised that students intending to take this curriculum be prepared to offer for entrance two units of Manual Training, including mechanical drawing, or arrange to take equivalent courses in the University. THIRD YEAR Chemistry 14a — Organic Chemistry 3 Chemistry 14b — Organic Chemistry 3 Chemistry 14c — Organic Synthesis 2 Chemistry 14d — Organic Synthesis 2 Chemistry 92a — Journal Meeting 1 Chemistry 31 — Physical Chemistry 3 E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Apparatus .. 3 Chemistry 33 — Physical Chem. Laboratory. . 2 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 Chemistry 92b — Journal Meeting 1 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 Chemistry 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Chemistry 65 — Gas and Fuel Analysis 3 Chemistry 90 — Inspection Trip V2 Chemistry 61 — Industrial Chemistry Lab. . . 3 or Chemistry 10a — ^Water Chemistry 3 Total 17 Total n]4 FOURTH YEAR Chemistry 7a — Metallurgy of Iron and Steel 3 Chemistry lib — Thesis or App'd. Chem. Elec* 6 Chemistry 11a — Thesis' or App'd. Chem. Elec.i 3 Chemistry 93b — Journal Meeting J^ Chemistry 35 — Electrochemistry 3 M. E. 61, 62, or 64 — Mechanical Engineering Chemistry 69 — Assaying 2 Laboratory or Cer. Eng. 20, G. E. D. 2 . .2 or 3 Chemistry 93 — Journal Meeting J^ Chemistry 91 — Inspection Trip H M. E. 1, 2, or 3 — Steam Engineering or Cer. Electives 9 or 8 Eng. 1, G. E. D. 1, M. E. 11 3 Electives 2 Total I614 Total 18 Curriculum in Pharmaceutical Chemistry For the benefit of students who are graduates of recognized colleges of pharmacy a new option in pharmaceutical chemistry leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is offered. The credits to be allowed on transfer are based on the curriculum of the University of Illinois School of Pharmacy. For entrance to the School of Pharmacy fifteen units of high school work are required. For the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy, the students attend for two years of thirty-six weeks each. The course of study is the equivalent of fifty-eight university hours. For the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist, an additional year of thirty-six weeks is taken and the course of study for this year is equivalent to twenty-five university hours. The following option in pharmaceutical chemistry leads to the degree of B. S. in Chemistry. 1. Persons holding the degree of Graduate of Pharmacy from a college of pharmacy holding membership in the American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties, who can present fifteen units of high school work for entrance, will be allowed forty hours of uni- versity credit in the chemistry curriculum. 2. In addition to the forty hours of credit to qualify for the work of the third year a student must offer the following subjects from the University of Illinois or elsewhere: College Algebra 3 hours Trigonometry 2 hours Analytical Geometry 4 hours Calculus 6 hours Physics 9 hours Rhetoric and Composition 6 hours French or German (preceded by two units' entrance credit in the same language) 8 hours Total 38 hours ^Subject to the approval of the departmental committee on undergraduate theses. 'Pre-requisite Chem. 78 is required for Chem. 11a in metallurgy and must be completed in junior year. Curriculum in Pharmaceutical Chemistry 105 Such students will have junior standing. 3. The work of the junior and senior years should include the following courses: Chemistry 14b, Advanced Organic Chemistry Lectures 3 hours Chemistry 14c and 14d, Organic Preparations 4 hours Chemistry 5b, Advanced Quantitative Analysis 5 hours Chemistry 31, Physical Chemistry 2 hours Chemistry 33, Physico Chemical Measurements 2 hours Chemistry 95, History of Chemistry 3 hours Chemistry 6, Industrial Chemistry 3 hours Chemistry 92a, 92b, 93b, Journal Meeting 4 hours Chemistry 11a, lib. Thesis or App'd. Chem. Elect.' 10 hours Electives in Chemistry 12 hours Non-chemical electives 5 hours Military Training and Physical Education or electives 6 hours Total 58 hours Students holding the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist will be allowed eighteen hours of advanced standing in lieu of the eighteen hours chemical and non-chemical electives of the last two years. THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION For a description of the building used by this College, see page 48; for museum and collections belong to it, see page 57; for societies and clubs auxiliary to its curricula, see page 88; for/ees see page 91. GENERAL STATEMENT The purpose of the College of Commerce and Business Administration is to give its students a knowledge of the principles underlying business, with special training for partic- ular business callings. The College does not attempt to prepare students for clerical and similar occupations as employees, but it does endeavor to lay a broad foundation on which successful careers in managerial and administrative positions and as proprietors may be built. To this end courses in economics, accountancy, business organization and operation, banking, commerce, railway administration, and industry are offered in combina- tion with courses in language and literature, the social sciences, law, mathematics, and the natural sciences. The work of the college is divided into three separate departments as follows : econom- ics, including finance and statistics; business organization and operation, including ac- countancy and business law; and transportation. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 62-77. Unclassified Students See the statement of the general regulations of the University in regard to unclassified students, page 67. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Students who graduate from the College of Commerce and Business Administration are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science. The requirements for graduation are as follows : 1. University requirements. A candidate must comply with the University require- ments as to residence and registration, and secure credit amounting to 130 hours, including credit in the following subjects prescribed by general University regulations for all students: Rhetoric 1-2, 6 hours; and Physical Education 1, 2 and Hygiene 1, 2 hours, for men, and 7a-7b and 8a-8b and Hygiene 2, 5 hours, for women; and Military Science, 4 semesters, 4 hours, for men. Students who elect the Reserve Officers' Training Corps must also take Military Science, 4 additional semesters, 4 hours. 2. Study Methods. All freshmen students are required to attend the lecture course on study methods during the first semester. The class meets once a week on Tuesday, at 2 p. m., in the University Auditorium. 3. Prescribed Subjects. A candidate must also secure credit in the other subjects listed as prescribed in his chosen curriculum. 4. Language Group. Of the electives allowed, 8 hours must be either in English literature or in a foreign language in all curricula, but prescribed courses in either of these subjects may be counted in meeting this requirement. In order to secure any credit in a beginning course in a foreign language, a full year's work must be completed. 5. Social Science Group. Twelve hours of the electives allowed must be chosen from the following group of subjects: History, political science, philosophy, psychology, and sociology, provided tha,t not fewer than six hours in any one subject maybe counted in ful- filling this requirement; but prescribed courses in any of these subjects may be coimted in meeting the requirement. 106 General Business Curriculum 107 This requirement (5) applies to This requirement (5) does not curricula in: apply to curricula in: General Business Railway Transportation Banking Commercial Teachers Insurance Foreign Commerce Accountancy Industrial Administration Railway Administration Commerce and Law Commercial and Civic Secretaries 6. Science Group. In all curricula ten hours of the electives allowed must be chosen from the following groups of subjects: Chemistry, mathematics, (Math. 22 and Math. 23 excepted) and physics^ provided that not fewer than 5 hours in any one subject may be counted in fulfiling this requirement; but prescribed courses in any of these subjects may be counted in meeting the requirement. 7. Free Electives Group. Free electives sufficient to make the 130 hours required for graduation may be selected from any department in the College of Commerce, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, or the Library School. All other electives must have the approval of the Dean of the College at the time of registration. THE CURRICULA The curricula in commerce and business administration are: General business, com- mercial and civic secretarial service, banking, insurance, accountancy, general railway administration, railway transportation, commercial teaching, foreign commerce, industrial administration, and commerce and law. The subjects prescribed for graduation in each curriculum are listed in the following outlines. These subjects are in general arranged in sequence and should be taken in the order given. In addition to the prescribed subjects sufficient electives must be taken each semester to make up a minimum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours of work. In choosing electives the attention of students is called to provisions 4, 5, and 6 of the preceding statement of the requirements for graduation. It is required that a sufficient number of hours from the subjects enumerated in groups 4 and 6 above be taken during each semester of the first year to make up, together with the prescribed subjects, a schedule of not fewer than 15 hours. Attention is specifically called to such elementary courses as carry only part credit for seniors. General Business Curriculum FIRST YEAR PIHST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hoursi Study Methods (Auditorium, Tu. 2) Acc'y lb or le — Principles of Accounting 3 or 4 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting^ 3 Econ. 22 — ^Economic History of the United Econ. 27 — Economic Resources 3 States 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium ^ Phys. Ed. 2— Gymnasium 1 Hygiene 1 i^ Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Practical Instruction }4 Military — Theoretical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives 3-7 Electives 4-7 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 SECOND YEAR Acc'y 2a — Intermediate Accounting 3 Acc'y 2b — Intermediate Accounting 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Rhet. 10— Letters 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 1 3 Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Military — Theoretical Instruction H Electives 4-7 Electives 5-8 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 THIRD YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 2 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Trans. 1 — Transportation System of the Finance 3 United States 3 Trans. 12— Freight Shipment 3 Electives 6-9 Electives 6-9 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 •Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'Accounting la is not to be taken if one unit of bookkeeping is offered for entrance credit. 108 The College of Commerce and Business Administration FOURTH YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 2 Boon. 51, or Econ. 41, or Econ. 61 3 Econ. 42, or Econ. 24, or Econ. 31 3 Electives 10-13 Electives 10-13 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Ciirriculiun for Commercial and Civic Secretaries FIRST YEAR Same as General Business SECOND YEAR Pol. Sci. 1 — State gov't 3 Rhet. 10— Letters 2 Psych. 1 — Principles 4 Psych. 2 — Principles 4 Otherwise same as General Business THIRD YEAR FIBST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Business Organization Econ. 10 — Cprporation Management and and Operation 3 Finance 3 Pol. Sci. 4 — Municipal gov't 3 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 3 Sociol. 8 — Charities 3 Electives 9-12 Trans. 1 3 Electives 3-6 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 51, Econ. 41, or Econ. 43 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 2 Hort. 37a — City Planning 3 Hort. 37b — City planning 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 9 2 Hort. 10b — Town Improvement 2 Electives 4-7 Electives 5-8 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculum in Banking The first and second years are the same as in the General Business Curriculum ex- cept that Mathematics 2 — College Algebra (3) — is prescribed in the first semester of the first year. THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Business Organization Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 and Operation 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Finance 3 Econ. 51 — Public Finance 3 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment 3 Electives 6-9 Electives 6-9 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Econ. 8 Econ. 31 Electives 11-14 Econ. 9 — Practical Banking 2 Econ. 8 — ^The Money Market 2 Electives 13-16 Econ. 36 — Investments 2 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculiun in Insurance FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Required Subjects Required Subjects Math. 2 or 3 — Algebra 3 or 5 Math 4 — •Trignometry 2 Math. 6 — Analysis 5 Otherwise same as general business 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Curriculum in Railway Administration 109 SECOND YEAR Math. 8a — Calculus 3 Math. 8b — Calculus 3 Rhet. 10 — Letters 2 Otherwise same as general business THIRD YEAR Bus. Law la — Com. Law 3 Bus. Law lb — Com. Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 3 Econ. 10 — Corp. Finance 3 Econ. 51 — Pub. Finance 3 Math. 23 — Math, of Investments 3 Electives 6-9 Electives 6-9 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 2 Econ. 55 — Insurance 2 Math. 31 — Actuarial Math 3 Math. 30 — ^Actuarial Math 3 Electives 10-13 Electives 8-11 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculum in Accountancy The first and second years are the same as in the General Business Curriculum ex- cept that Mathematics 2 — College Algebra (3) — is prescribed in the first semester of the first year. THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hourgi Hours' Acc'y 3a — Advanced Accounting 3 Acc'y- 3b — Auditing 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Mercantile Distribution 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Electives 9-12 Finance 3 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment 3 Electives 6-9 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Acc'y 5a— C. P. A. Problems 3 Acc'y 5b— C. P. A. Problems 3 Acc'y 4a — Cost Accounting 2 Acc'y 4b — Systems 2 Econ. 11 — Industrial Consolidations 2 Acc'y 20 — Income Tax 2 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Electives 5-8 Electives 5-8 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculum in General Railway Administration The first year of this curriculum is the same as the first year of the Curriculum in Insurance. The second year is the same as in the General Business Curriculum. THIRD YEAR Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law ib — Commercial Law 3 Trans. 1 — Transportation System of the Trans. 2 — Transportation Policy in Europe United States 3 and the United States 3 Electives 9-12 Trans . 12 — Rates and Regulations 3 Econ. 10 — Corp. Finance 3 Total 15-18 Electives 3-6 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Econ. 41 — 'Labor Problems 3 Trans. 8 — Railroad Organization and Working 3 Trans. 7 — Railroad Finance 3 Econ. 42 — Labor Legislation 3 Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Management . 3 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Locations Trans. 22 — Ocean Shipping 3 and Maintenance 3 Electives 3-6 Electives 6-9 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209 110 The College of Commerce and Business Administration Curriculum in Railway Transportation A curriculum designed for those planning to enter the transportation department of the railways. FIRST FIRST BEMESTEB Hours* Study Methods (Auditorium Tu. 2) Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting. YEAR SECOND BEMESTEB Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trignometry 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J^ Hygiene 1 J^ Military — Practical Instruction 3^ Military — Theoretical Training J^ Electives 0-1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting G. E. D. 2 — -Descriptive Geometry Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes . . . . Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium . Military — Practical Instruction . . . . Military — Theoretical Instruction Hours* 3 4 . 3 5 1 Electives 0-1 Total 17-18 Total 17-18 SECOND YEAR Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics Math. 8a — Differential and Integral Calculus Physics la — General Physics Physics 3a — Physical Measurements Military — Practical Instruction Military — Theoretical Instruction Rhet. 10— Letters Electives 2 0-2 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Math. 8b — Differential and Integral Calculus 3 Physics lb — General Physics 2 Physics 3b — Physical Measurements 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 1 3 T. and A .M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction H Electives 0-1 Total 16-18 Total 17-18 THIRD YEAR Bus. Law la — Commercial Law Trans. 1 — Transportation System of the Unit- ed States Econ. 41 — Labor Problems Electives Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 C. E. 76— Surveying 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 Trans. 2 — Transportation Policy in Europe and the United States 3 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 3 Electives 1-4 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Trans. 7 — Railroad Finance 3 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory 1 M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Management . 3 Trans. 22 — Ocean Shipping 3 Electives 0-3 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus . . 3 E. E. 62 — Alternating Current Laboratory . . 1 Trans. 8 — Railroad Organization and Working 3 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Location and Maintenance 3 Electives 5-8 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculum for Commercial Teachers The first and second years are the same as in the General Business Curriculum except that foreign language is prescribed in the first year, Psychology 1 — Introduction to Psy- chology (4), and Psychology 2 — General Psychology (4) — in the second year. THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours* Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Educ. 25 — Educational Psych 3 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Trans. 1 — Tran.sportation System of the United States 3 Electives 3-6 Total 15-18 SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Fi- nance 3 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government ... 3 Trans. 12 — Rates and Regulations 3 Electives 3-6 Total 15-18 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Curriculum in Industrial Administration 111 Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 2 Educ. 6 — Principles 3 Educ. 10 — Technique 3 Electives 7-10 FOURTH YEAR Total 15-18 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 2 Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce or Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Commerce 3 Electives 10-13 Total 15-18 Curricxilum in Foreign Commerce The first and second years of this curriculum are the same as in the General Busi- ness Curriculum except that foreign language is prescribed throughout both years. THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hoursi Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Mercantile Distribution 3 Foreign Language 3 or 2 Hist. 3a — History of the United States 3 Trans. 1 — Trans. System of the United States 3 Electives or 4 SECOND SEMESTER Hours > Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Fi- nance 3 Foreign Language 3 or 2 Hist. 3b — History of the United States 3 Trans. 12 — Rates and Regulations 3 Electives or 1 Total 15-18 Total 17-18 FOURTH YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 2 Advanced History 3 Pol. Sci. 6 — International Law 3 Electives 7-10 Econ. 8 — The Money Market Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Commerce Econ. 24 — Economic Hist Advanced History Pol. Sci. 7 — American Diplomacy Electives 0-3 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 Curriculum in Industrial Administration The following curriculum is intended to meet the needs of commerce students plan- ning to enter the administrative or selling departments of industrial plants. To the usual courses in economics, accountiag, etc., are added certain groups of technical courses offered by other colleges of the University. Four such groups have been arranged, as follows: Group A, for those interested in the machine industries; Group B, the electrical industries; Group C, the building trades; Group D, the chemical industries. The student may select the one of these groups that will be most advantageous to him in his future work, but he is required to take all the courses listed in the chosen group. A student electing the chemical industries group is required to take Econ. 27 — Econo- mic Resources (3) and Econ. 22 — Economic History of the United States (3), instead of G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Draftmg (4) and G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry (4), in the first year; and Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry (5 or 3), instead of T. and A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics (3), and Rhetoric 10 — Letters (2) in the second year. Rhetoric 10 is deferred until the third year. One year of Foreign Language or English Literature must be included among the electives. FIRST SEMESTER Hours* Study Methods— (Auditorium Tu. 2) Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium H Hygiene 1 J^ Military — Practical Instruction ji Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives 0-1 FIRST YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry 5 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Military — Practical Instruction }4 Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives 0-1 Total 17-18 Total 17-18 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 209. 112 The College of Commerce and Business Administration SECOND YEAR Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Math. Sa — Differential and Integral Calculus 3 Math. 8b — Differential and Integral Calculus 3 Phys. la — General Physics 3 Phys. lb — General Physics 2 Phys. 3a — Physical Measurements 2 Phys. 3b — Physical Measurements 2 Acc'y 2a — Factory Accounting 3 Rhet. 10 — Letters 2 Military — Practical Instruction J^ T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Military — Theoretical Instruction H Bws. Org. and Op. 1 3 Electives 0-1 Military — Practical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Total 17-18 Total 19 THIRD YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Mercantile Distribution 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Trans. 12 — Rates and Regulations 3 Trans. 1 — Transportation System of the Prescribed Technical Courses, Group A, B, C, United States 3 or D 6-3 Prescribed Technical courses, Group A. B. C, Electives 3-9 or D 6-2 Electives 0—7 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 2 Econ. 43 — Personnel Admin 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Prescribed Technical Courses, Group A, B, C, Finance 3 or D 7-3 Prescribed Technical Courses, Group A, B, C, Electives 3-10 or D 10-2 Electives 0-11 Total 16-18 Total 15-18 Optional Groups of Technical Cotirses GROUP A — Machine Industries: THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTEB Hours' Hours* T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics .... 2 M. E. 88 — Machine and Forge Work 3 M. E. 85 — ^Pattern and Foundry Work 3 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 FOURTH YEAR FIRST SEMESTER 8EC0KD SEMESTER M. E. 61 — Power Management 2 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus . . 3 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 62 — Alternating Current Laboratory . . 1 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory 1 GROUP B — Electrical Industries: THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTEB T. and A. M. 21 — 'Analytical Mechanics .... 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 FOURTH YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus . . 3 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 62. — Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 E. E. 61 — Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 E. E. 90— Lighting 1 GROUP C— Building Trades: THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Arch. Eng. 43 — Working Drawings 2 T. and A. M. 26 — Analytical Mechanics and T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 Hydraulics 4 Arch. Eng. 44 — Working Drawings 2 FOURTH YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Arch. Eng. 45 — Graphic Statics 3 C. E. 36— Surveying 2 •Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Curriculum in Commerce and Lavj 113 GROUP D — Chemical Industries: THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- Chem. 5a — Elementary Quantitative Analysis 5 tive Analysis 5 FOURTH YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 9c — Organic Synthesis 2 Chem. 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Chem. 14a — Organic Chemistry 3 Chem. 31 — Elementary Physical Chemistry . 4 Chem. 92a — Journal Meeting 1 Chem. 33 — Elementary Physical Chemistry . 2 Chem. 92b — Journal Meeting 1 Curriculum in Commerce and Law (A six-year combined curriculum) The following curriculum is provided for students who wish to combine commercial and legal studies and secure both the degree of Bachelor of Science and the degree of Bache- lor of Laws or of Doctor of Law in six years. Students who elect this curriculum must meet all the requirements for graduation from the College of Commerce and Business Administration; but, in exercising their privileges of election, they are urged to select as many hours as possible from the following subjects: Hist. 2a-2b, English History (6); Hist. 3a-3b, United States History (6); Hist. 4a-4b; English Constitutional History (6); Pol. Sci. 1, American Government (3); and Pol. Sci. 3, State and Local Government (3). Students expecting to study law should devote at least 12 hours to work in history and poUtical science. A course in English liistory is regarded as one of the most essential pre- legal subjects. The law courses in the curriculum may be taken only in the fourth year, and are count- ed for 30 hours of credit toward the degree, instead of hour for hour, provided the full year's work is completed. In their fourth year, students will be regularly registered in the College of Law, but must file copies of their study-lists in the office of the Dean of the College of Commerce and Business Administration at the beginning of each semester. FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Study Methods — (Auditorium Tu. 2) Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Acc'y 1 — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of the United Econ. 27 — Economic Resources 3 States 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J^ Phys. Ed. 2— Gymnasium 1 Hygiene 1 J^ Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Practical Instruction }^ Military — Theoretical Instruction H Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives 4-7 Electives 4-7 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 SECOND YEAR Acc'y 2a — Intermediate Accounting 3 Acc'y 2b — Intermediate Accounting 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Philos. 1 — Logic 3 Miljtary — Practical Instruction }4 Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — 3 MiUtary — Theoretical Instruction i^ Military — Practical Instruction H Electives 4-7 Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives 2-5 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 THIRD YEAR Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Mercantile Distribution 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Finance 3 Econ. 5 — PubUc Finance 3 Electives 12-15 Electives 9-12 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Law la — Contracts 6 Law lb — Contracts 2 Law 2a — Torts 2 Law 2b — Torts 5 Law 5 — Criminal Law 2 Law 3 — Real Property 3 Law 6 — Personal Property 2 Law 5 — Criminal Law 2 Law 44 — Actions 2 Law 11 — Agency 3 Law 45 — Bibliography 1 Total 15 Total 15 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION GENERAL STATEMENT In June, 1918, the College of Education was organized to supersede the School of Education. It now includes, besides the general education courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Education), curricula in Agricultural Education, Athletic Coach- ing and Physical Education, Home Economics Education, Music Education, and In- dustrial Education. It is the aim of the College of Education to prepare its students as completely as possible for positions in the educational profession. It is, therefore, in its general plan and organization considered as one of the professional schools. In the case of Industrial Education, and Athletic Coaching and Physical Education, four-year curri- cula are offered. ADMISSION In general, for the year 1922-23, a student must complete two years (60 hours ex- clusive of military) of a curriculum in the colleges of Agriculture, Commerce and Busi- ness Administration, Engineering, or Liberal Arts and Sciences, or the School of Music, before being admitted to the College of Education. The exceptions to this are: Athletic Coaching and Physical Education, and Industrial Education. To the former, admission is granted upon the fulfilment of aamission to the University and the passing of a medical and physical examination; to the latter, admission is granted upon the fulfillment of the requirements of admission to the University. Juniors entering the College of Education through the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should have completed the prescribed subjects and the first five group require- ments for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Juniors entering through the other colleges should select some curriculum in the col- lege chosen, and complete the first two years. Juniors entering from other institutions must present 60 hours of a curriculum pur- sued in that institution. Students who enter with more than 60 hours of credit will be given advanced standing in the College of Education to the amount which the credit is in excess of 60 hours. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Students who graduate from the College of Education are awarded the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Education), Bachelor of Science (Agricultural Education), Bachelor of Science (Industrial Education), Bachelor of Science (Physical Education), Bachelor of Science (Music Education), or Bachelor of Science (Home Economics Education). The requirements for graduation are the following: 1. A curriculum of 70 hours, except in Athletic Coaching and Physical Education, in which 136 hours are required, and in Industrial Education, in which 130 hours are required. 2. A major of 20 hours in education, including the following courses taken after admission to the College of Education: educational psychology, 3 hours; technic of teach- ing, 3 hours; a teachers' course in the subject of specialization, 3 hours; principles of second- ary education, 3 hours; and educational practise, 3-5 hours. During the year 1922-23, the teachers' courses offered in the departments of the Col- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the School of Music may be substituted for the teachers' courses which will later be given in the College of Education. 3. A subject of specialization, which the student expects to teach, must be selected. Twenty hours of approved courses must be completed, except that in Agricultural Educa- tion, 52 hours, Home Economics Education, 36 hours. Athletic Coaching and Physical Education, 47 hours, and Industrial Education, 25 hours must be completed. 114 Agricultural and Home Economics Education 115 In computing the hours in the subject of specialization, courses taken in other col- leges prior to admission may be counted. 4, The remainder of the curriculum may be elected from a list of courses approved by the faculty of the College of Education. TEACHER'S DIPLOMA Graduates of the College of Education who have satisfied the faculty with regard to their qualifications as teachers will be granted a Teacher's Diploma to apply toward the fulfilment of the requirements for certificates issued without examination. CURRICULA IN EDUCATION Because of the variety of curricula which the student may offer for admission to the College of Education none is presented in any department except agricultural education, home economics education, industrial education, music education, and athletic coaching and physical education. Students preparing to teach other subjects should follow the requirements stated under "Requirements for the Degree." AGRICULTURAL AND HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION The College of Education offers courses for the preparation of teachers, supervisors, and administrators of Vocational Agriculture, and of Home Economics designed to meet the requirements of the section of the Smith-Hughes Act relating to teacher-training institutions. Courses in teaching include practise in the departments of Vocational Agriculture and Home Economics in the high schools near the University. Opportunity is offered to graduate students to carry on investigations in the field of Agricultural Education. Suggested Curricula in Agricultural Education Meeting the requirements of teacher training under the Smith-Hughes Act. Prerequisite: Sixty hours in some curriculum of the College of Agriculture. FIRST YEAR (Third year of the Curriculum in Agricultural Education) Required: Educ. 25 — Educational Psychology 3 Educ. 10 — Technic of Teaching 3 Educ. 6 — Principles of Secondary Education 3 Electives in Technical Agriculture and Education SECOND YEAR (Fourth year of the Curriculum in Agricultural Education) Required: Educ'l. Practise 5 — Teaching of Agriculture . 3-5 Educ. 51 — Teachers' Course in Agriculture . 3 Electives in Technical Agriculture and Education HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Home Economics Education) Prescribed Subjects Hours Home Economics 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 29 23 Art and Design 1, 12 5 Chemistry 1 or la, 2a 10 or 8 Chemistry 9, 9c 5 or 3 Economics 1 or 2 5 or 3 Physiology 1,4 5 List A, a minimum of 13 List A (a minimum of 13 hours) Home Economics 3, 4, 14, 18, 19, 20, 28, 39a, 39b, 41, 30, 31, 33 116 The College of Education (Home Economics Education) — Smith-Hughes Students expecting to meet the requirements for teacher-training under the Smith- Hughes act shoiild include the following subjects in their four-year ciuriculum. Hours Art Design 1 — Freehand Drawing 3 Art and Design 12 — Applied Design . . . ._ 2 Bacteriology 5a. 5b — Introductory Bacteriology 5 Chemistry 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 5 or 3 Chemistrj' 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis ... 5 Chemistry 9 and 9c — Organic Chemistry 5 Economics 2 — Principles of Economics 3 Education 6 — Principles of High School Education 3 Education 10— Technic of Teaching 3 Education 14 — Practise Teaching in Home Economics 5 Education 25 — Educational Psychology 3 English 1, 2 — Survey of English Literature 8 Home Economics 1 — Selection and Preparation of Foods 3 Home Economics 2 — Home Architecture 3 Home Economics 3 — Home Decoration 3 Home Economics 5 — Dietetics 4 Home Economics 6 — Economic Uses of Foods 4 Home Economics 7 — Textiles 3 Home Economics 10 — Household Organization and Management. 3 Home Economics 11 — Teachers' Course 3 Home Economics 13 — Teachers' Course 3 Home Economics 14 — Practise House 3 Home Economics 19 — Dress Design 3 Home Economics 29 — Clothing 3 Home Economics 30 — Clothing 3 Hygiene 2 — Essentials of Hygiene and Sanitation 1 Physical Education 7a, 7b, 8a, 8b — Gymnasium Practise 4 Ph>-siology 1 — General Physiology 2 Physiology 4 — Physiology of Digestion 3 Psychology 1 — Introduction to Psychology 4 Rhetoric 1, 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 6 Sociology 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Electives 16 or 18 Total 130 Curriculum in Public School Music Education First and second years follow the curriculum of the same years in the School of MusicJ with piano as a major subject and voice as a minor subject. THIRD YEAR FIRST SEMESTEB Hours^ Music 25a — Public School Methods 4 Music 47e or 57e — Piano or Voice^ 2 Music 67a, 77a, or 92a— Orchestral Instru- ment 2 Music 7— Counterpoint 3 Music 13 — Appreciation 1 Music 15 — Instrumentation 1 Educ. 25 — Educational Psychology 3 Total 16 SECOND SEUEBTER Hours' Music 25b — Public School Methods 4 Music 47f or 57f — Piano or Voice 2 Music 67b, 77b, or 92b — Orchestral Instru- ment (different) 2 Music 8 — Counterpoint 3 Music 14 — Appreciation 1 Music 16 — Instrumentation 1 Educ. 10 — Technic of Teaching 3 Total 16 FOURTH YEAR Music 26a — Public School Methods Educ. 6 — Principles of Secondary Education . Educ. Practise 20 Electives Total 15 Music 26b — Public School Methods Educ. Practise 20 Electives Total 14 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'To be decided by the adviser. Industrial Education 117 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION The Department of Industrial Education of the University of Illinois has been estab- lished as an aid in the promotion of the welfare of industry. This it aims to do largely through the better training of teachers. The department is also concerned with the train- ing of manual training teachers of shop work and drafting in the field of general education, and with the training of administrators for industrial education. While the Department is organized as a part of the College of Education, like all other departments of the University, it makes use of such courses in other colleges and departments as serve its purposes. This makes possible a wealth of material for use by students specializing in Industrial Education. Suggested Curricula in Industrial Education I. Curriculum for Supervisors and Directors of Industrial Education. For Heads of Departments and High School Teachers of Manual Arts. FIRST YEAR FIBST SEMESTER SECOND 8EMESTEB Hours* _ Hours* G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Art and Design 1 — Freehand Drawing 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Indus. Educ. 1 — Manual Arts, First Course . 4 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium (Men) }^ Indus. Ed. 2 — Advanced Manual Arts 4 Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) J^ Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium (Men) 1 Phys. Ed. 7a — Practise (Women) 1 Phys. Ed. 7b — Practise (Women) 1 Mil. la and lb. 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 52a and 52b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Hyg. 2 — Hygiene (Women) 1 Electives 0-3 Electives 0-3 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 SECOND YEAR Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Educ. 3 — Survey of Modern Educational M. E. 85 — Forge and Pattern Work (Men) . 3 Problems 3 Home Econ. 1— Selection and Preparation of Indus. Educ. 62 — History and Organization Food (Women) 3 of Manual Arts 3 Indus. Ed. 2a — Advanced Manual Arts 4 M. E. 86 — Foundry Work (Men) 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, or Home Econ. 7a — Textiles (Women) 2 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Econ. 27— Econ. Records 3 Electives 0-2 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Phys. Ed. 8b — Practise (Women) 1 Electives 0-2 Total 16-18 Total 16-18 THIRD YEAR Educ. 25 — Educational Psychology 3 Indus. Ed. 54 — Problems Part-time Teaching 3 Indus. Educ. 50 — Problems of Indus. Educa- Educ. 10 — Technic of Teaching 3 tion 3 Econ. 41 — Labor Problems 3 M. E. 87— Machine Work (Men) 3 M. E. 88— Machine Work (Men) 2 Home Econ. 19 — Dress Design (Women) .... 3 Home Econ. 12 — Clothing (Women) 3 Electives 3-6 Electives 4-7 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 FOURTH YEAR Educ. 2 — History of Education 3 B. O. and O. 4 — Industrial Organization .... 3 Indus. -Educ. 57 — Organization of Shopwork 3 Educ. 41 — Survey of Vocational Education . 3 Sociol. 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Educ. 6 — Principles of Secondary Education. 3 Electives 6-9 Educ. Practise 16 — Supervised Teaching .... 3-5 Electives 1-6 Total 15-18 Total 15-18 II. Curriculum for Teachers of Related Subjects and General Continuation Teachers. Same as I. Electives to be chosen with advice of instructor. III. Two-year Curricula for Teachers of Related Subjects and General Continuation Subjects. Students over 21 years of age who are graduates of accredited high schools, may, with the approval of the dean of the college and the head of the department, select two years of work from the curricula under I. Students over 25 are not required to take Phys- ical Education or Military Training. IV. Curriculum for Teachers of Shop Work in Vocational Schools and Classes Oper- ating under the State Board for Vocational Education. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 118 The College of Education FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Psychological basis of trade teaching. Analysis of teaching material in trades. Lesson- planning. Observation of trade teaching. Reports on Observations. (Such study of mathematics, science, drawing and English as may be needed by shop teachers wiU be included). SECOND SEMESTER Further work in trade analysis and observation of teaching. Special study of evening school problems. Analj'sis of the evening school student. Intensive study of methods of teaching. Organization of teaching material. Organization of related subjects. Course- planning. Practise teaching. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER History of trade and industrial education. Place of industrial education. Types of industrial schools and classes. Problems of administration of industrial education. SECOND SEMESTER Early American legislation on vocational education. The Smith-Hughes law. Other modem laws and movements. State vocational education laws. The Illinois plan. Ob- servation and practise teaching. SUGGESTED CURRICULUM IN ATHLETIC COACHING '^1.1'\^ll FIRST YEAR FIBST SEMESTEB SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' A. C. 30— Football (1st half sem.) 2 A. C. 3— Calisthenics 4 A. C. 40— Basketball (2nd half sem.) 2 Anatomy 2 3 Anatomy 1 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Military — Practical Instruction J^ Military — Practical Instruction J^ Mihtary — Theoretical Instruction }^ Mihtary — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives (academic) 7 Electives — (academic) 7 Total 18 Total 18 SECOND YEAR A. C. 31— Football (1st half sem.) 2 A. C. 31— Football (2d half sem.) 2 and and A. C. 7 — Boxing (2d half sem.) 1 A. 0. 7— Boxing (1st half sem.) 1 and and A. C. 8— Wrestling (2d half sem.) 2 A. C. 8— Wrestling (Ist half sem.) 1 or or A. C. 50— Baseball 4 A. C. 50— Baseball 4 Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 Physiol. 2 — Physiology of Circulation 3 Physiol. 1 — General Physiology 2 Journalism 22 — The Newspaper 3 Journalism 21 — The Collecting and Writing Military — Practical Instruction H of News Military — Theoretical Instruction ]^ Military — Practical Instruction J^ Electives (academic) 7 Military — Theoretical Instruction J^ Electives (academic) 4 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR A. C. 16— Training 1 A. C. 32— Football 2 A. C. 17 — Organization and Administration 2 A. C. 41 — Basketball 2 A. C. 20— Field and Track 4 A. C. 60— Swimming 2 Educ. Practise 1 2 Educ. Prac. 2 2 Pub. Sp. — 1 Oral Expression 2 Hygiene 10 3 Electives (academic) 4 Psychology 25 3 Public Speaking 2 2 Total 18 Electives (academic) 2 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR A. C 15 — Playground Methods and Games. 3 A. C. 9 — Orthopedics 2 Educ. Prac. 3— (6 hours) 2 Educ. Prac. 4— (6 hours) 2 Educ. 6 — Prin. of Secondary Education ... 3 A. C. 5 — Physical Diagnosis 3 Educ. 25 — Educational Psychology 3 A. C. 32— Football (1st half sem.) 2 Electives (acadenuc) 7 A. C. 42 — Basketball (2nd half sem.) 2 Educ. 10 — Technic of Teaching 3 ToUl 18 Educ. 43— Physical and Mental Tests 3 Total 17 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Certification Requirements 119 GRADUATE WORK IN EDUCATION Graduate work in education is offered to qualified students in the following fields: educational administration; history of American education; educational psychology, in- cluding mental tests and cUnical psychology; educational statistics, educational measure- ments; educational theory. The facilities of the University, including the library, labora- tories, and the Bureau of Educational Research, are such as to make possible the investiga- tion of all kiads of problems connected with the development of educational practise, theory, and administration. The major purpose of graduate work in education is to train students for administrative positions or for work as educational specialists in connection with city and normal schools, colleges, and universities. THE UNIVERSITY HIGH SCHOOL The laboratory work of the College of Education centers around the work of the University High School. This school, limited to 250 students, offers the customary high school curriciUa. The courses in educational practise are conducted by the instructors of the high school in connection with their high school teaching. In this way, through observation of skilled teaching and participation, both in the student and the teacher activities, the college senior secures an unusual type of educational practise. It is believed that these courses will add materially to the strength of the professional work of the Col- lege of Education. BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH The Bureau of Educational Research is equipped for the following purposes: (a) the investigation of educational problems; (b) state service through the dissemination of in- formation by correspondence with those making inquiry concerning the problems of educa- tion; and (c) the publication of research circulars and bulletins. The Bureau also offers a curriculum designed to prepare students for directing educa- tional research in public schools. This curriculum is planned for three classes of students: (1) superintendents and other supervisors who are directing educational research, (2) supervisors and teachers who desire to advance professionally by preparing themselves to direct educational research, and (3) graduate students in education. COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENT OF TEACHERS The Committee on Appointment of Teachers recommends qualified graduates of the University for positions as teachers or supervisors in public schools, colleges, and technical schools in response to requests from the school authorities. The Dean of the College of Education is chairman of the Committee, and the Principal of the University High School is its secretary. CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS IN ILLINOIS A student who expects to teach in the Illinois high schools should bear in mind that all teachers must be duly certificated. County high school certificates are granted upon examination by county superintendents, and State high school certificates upon examina- tion by the State Superintendent. For county high school certificates issued without an examination the new certificating law makes the following provision: "At the option of the county superintendent, a high school certificate may be issued without examination to graduates of a recognized normal school, college, or university, who present within three years after gradua- tion, certified credits in English, pedagogy and six high school subjects (chosen from a list published by the Examining Board), accompanied by faculty recommendations of ability to teach in the high school." (Sec- tion 6.) The educational courses required for the official recommendation of the University, are Education 10, 25, and elective courses in Education amounting to six hours. State high school certificates are granted under the following conditions: "A four-year high school certificate valid in any high school in the State, for which the requirements shall be: (1) Graduation from a recognized college or university, or the completion of an equivalent prep- aration; (2) three years' successful teaching, two of which shall have been in the State on a first grade, a high school, or a supervisory county certificate; (3) a successful examination in English, educational psychology, and the principles and methods of teaching; and (4) the preparation of a thesis on one or more secondary school problems, the subject or subjects of which shall be selected from a list prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction." Education 10 and 25 embody the materials usually covered by the State examina- tions in educational psychology and in methods of teaching. REQUIREMENTS OF THE NORTH CENTRAL ASSOCIATION Students who anticipate teaching in high schools accredited to the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools should complete courses in education ag- gregating at least fifteen semester hours. This requirement of the Association is effective for new teachers after 1923, but is not retroactive. MILITARY SCIENCE Under the Morrill Land Grant of 1862 (see page 42), military training is required; and under the Act of Congress of June 3, 1916, there are at the University of Illinois six units of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps. All male students who are citizens of the United States and physically fit, except (1) students over twenty-five years of age when entering the University and (2) students entering the University with Junior standing, are enrolled during their first two years in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps courses cover four consecutive years of work. The basic course consists of the first two years, and students in this course are required to devote three periods a week of not less than one hour each to military science and train- ing. For each semester of work in the basic course one hour of credit toward graduation is granted. Students of the basic course may attend a summer camp of six weeks. No university credit is allowed for this camp. The final two years in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps are called the advanced course. Students who have completed the basic course may elect to take the advanced course, and, if selected by the President of the University and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, they will be eligible to sign the contract with the Government to pursue the course for two years for which they will receive the payment of commutation of rations provided by law. Students of the advanced course are required to devote five hours a week to military science and training for the two years of the coiu^e, and the completion of this work becomes for them a prerequisite for graduation; they are also required to attend one summer camp of six weeks duration. From the beginning of the advanced course until the conclusion thereof, except for the time spent in camp, such students receive commutation of rations at a rate determined by the Secretary of War: the rate at present is thirty cents per day. At camp, rations in kind are furnished and payment of seventy cents a day is made each student. For each semester of work in the advanced course, students receive 13^ hours' credit toward graduation. Students who have been members of units of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps may take advanced work, provided they present certificates signed by the professor of military science and tactics under whom they served indicating that they have satisfactorily completed courses in military science. If such certificates indicate that students have completed two years of the junior Reserve Officers' Training Corps training or one year of senior Reserve Officers' Training Camps training such students will, if they elect to take infantry, register for sophomore infantry. Such students may enter the advanced course their second year and, if selected by the President of the University and the Professor of Mihtary Science and Tactics, they will be eligible to sign the contract with the Government to pursue the course for two years for which they will receive the payment of conunutation of rations provided by law. Students who present certificates of completion of three years' work of the junior course and of especial proficiency, or of completion of two years of the senior course, will, if they select to take infantry, register for junior infantry thus entering the advanced course at once. Such students if, selected by the President of the University and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, are eligible to sign the contract with the Government to pursue the course for two years for which they will receive the payment of commutation of rations provided by law. Requests to take advanced work in courses other than infantry by students who have had previous training in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps will be determined on the merits of the individual cases; for two years or more of work in the Junior Reserve Officers' Training Corps students may be authorized to take work one year advanced, and such students will be eligible for selection to enter the advanced course their second year. Students who have had training in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps should present to the professor of military science and tactics, a detailed record of the courses which they have pursued. A student who completes the elective advanced course is eligible for appointment by the President of the United States as a reserve officer of the United States Army for a period of five years; and he is eligible also, in time of peace, for appointment as a temporary second lieutenant of the regular army, for purposes of instruction, with the allowances 120 Military Science 121 provided by law for that grade and pay at the rate of $100 a month for six months. On the expiration of this period of service with the regular army he reverts to the status of a reserve officer. Students who complete the basic course of the first two years are eligible for appointment as sergeants in the enlisted reserve corps of the United States Army; those who complete one year of advanced course work are eligible for appointment as war- rant officers in the enlisted reserve corps. The military instruction is under the direction of officers of the United States Army. The courses have special reference to the duties of officers. The equipment for military instruction is furnished by the War Department and includes : for Infantry, United States magazine rifles, automatic pistols, revolvers, machine guns, trench mortar, and 37 milli- meter guns; for Artillery, four American three inch guns and complete equipment for battery and battalion headquarters, also one each of the following: 155 mm. Howitzer (Schneider), 155 mm. gun (Filloux), 4.7 inch American gun, 75 mm. French gun, 75 mm. British gun, 75 mm. American gun, engineer and signal equipment, tractors, reconnais- sance car and trucks; seventy-five horses, saddles, bridles; for Cavalry, 60 horses with full field equipment, rifles, pistols, sabres, automatic rifles, and machine guns; for Engineers, engineer instruments used for military sketching, surveying and making of maps; demoli- tion equipment, map reproduction and photographic equipment, tools and supplies for field fortification, bridge material and heavy ponton equipment; for Signal Corps, radio telephone and telegraph instruments, field telephones, telegraph instruments, heliographs, flags, wire-carts, storage batteries, etc.; for Air Service, airplanes, airplane engines, aerial machine guns, aerial bombs, motor test block, radio code and buzzer sets, etc. Ammuni- tion and supplies for demonstrations and practise are furnished. Students in each arm of the service are given instruction in the functions and equipment of the other arms. The Cadet Brigade consists of an Infantry Brigade of two regiments, a Field Artillery Brigade of two regiments, one regiment of Cavalry, one battalion of Engineers, one Signal Corps Battalion, one Observation Group of Air Service. The training in each of these courses is directed by an army officer of the appropriate arm of service. A student is free to choose any branch for which his aptitude and course of study fit him. Appoint- ments as cadet officers in the Brigade are made on the nomination of the Commandant of Cadets, confirmed by the President of the University. There shall be as many student assistants in military science as are deemed necessary, to be selected from the field officers and captains of the brigade, on the recommendation of the professor of military science and tactics, and approved by the proper authority. They shall receive $100 a year, pay- able at the rate of $10 a month from September 1. Certain senior cadet officers are awarded Military Scholarships of the value of $50 per year, payable at the end of the year. A committee appointed by the President of the University examines candidates for nomination to the Governor of the State for commissions as brevet captains in the State Militia. Candidates must be members of the senior class in full standing; must have completed the course of military studies; must have served two semesters as commissioned officers; and must be approved by the Council of Administration as having good reputa- tions as scholars, officers, and gentlemen. The University military band is composed of students, and every full term of service therein is counted as one term of drill. Those who play in the band after having earned the four military credits necessary for graduation are paid for this additional service an amount equal to the term fees for the year, as required from students who are residents of Illinois. Besides giving several concerts during the year, the band furnishes the music for regimental formations and ceremonies and other occasions as required by the Presi- dent of the University. Membership is decided by competitive examination. PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN The purpose of the work in the Department of Physical Education is to place the emphasis on the educative values of the various physical activities in developing function, perfecting nervous control, and on mental and moral improvement. The courses are so administered that the following benefits are likewise attained: Hygienic — Development of organic vigor, improvement of health, and the creation of good physical habits. Corrective — Correction of posture and carriage and of undeveloped or deformed parts. Recreative — Giving an opportunity and incentive for physical recreation. Physical Education is compulsory for all freshmen. Regular classes are formed in boxing, wrestling, fencing, swimming, and for class and individual proficiency on the various gymnasium appliances. Lectures are given on personal hygiene. All competitive athletic games are under the direct supervision of the Director of Physical Education, and an examination is required to show that membership on any team will not cause injury, but will tend to improve the physical condition of the participant. No student whose class work is unsatisfactory is allowed to play on a University team. For a description of the Men's Gymnasium, see page 52. FOR WOMEN The purpose of the work of this department is to improve and maintain the health of the individual. The physical condition and motor ability of each student is determined on her entrance to the University by a medical examination and motor efficiency tests given by the Department of Health Service and the Department of Physical Education. Exer- cise is prescribed which will best meet her individual need. Further examination is given whenever necessary. The class work embraces corrective, hygienic, and recreative exercise, including gymnas- tics, apparatus, marching, folk dances, and games. Tennis, hockey, basketball, volley- ball, baseball, soccer football, archery, quoits, and bowling are played in season. The gymnasium is open at certain hours and under suitable restrictions to all women of the University. The uniform consists of black serge bloomers, white middy blouse, black tie, and gynmasium shoes. The swimming pool is open daily, except Saturday, from 10 to 12 a. m., and from 2 to 5:30 p. m. The regulation swimming suit of one piece must be made of cotton jersey or other cotton material. For a description of the Women's Gymnasium, see under Woman's Building, page 52. 122 THE SUMMER SESSION David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University Charles Ernest Chadsey, Ph.D., Litt.D., Dean of the College of Education, and Director of the Summer Session. GENERAL STATEMENT The Summer Session of the University of IlHnois for 1922 opened June 19, and closed August 12, making a term of eight weeks, or half a semester, for all students except grad- uate students who are candidates for a master's degree, for whom the prescribed term is nine weeks, and except students taking only courses in library science, physical educa- tion for men, athletic coaching, for whom the term was six weeks from June 19. The Summer Session of 1923 will open on June 18 and close on August 11. All the courses, except those in library science and physical education for men, will extend through the eight weeks. Students who wish to remain for only six weeks, however, may obtain from the Director of the Summer Session a certificate for such attendance, but university credit will not be given for six weeks' courses except for those in physical education for men and in athletic coaching. Students may register for courses aggregating eight hours or less. PURPOSE The Summer Session is an organized integral part of the University year. Tho its organization is not subdivided into colleges, numerous courses are offered by departments in the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce, Agriculture, Engineering, Educa- tion, and in the School of Music and the Library School. Unless otherwise specified, all courses may be counted toward an A.B. or B.S. degree, or toward a master's degree. By two Summer Sessions a regular student may reduce the eight semesters to seven, thus securing his degree a half year earlier than he would otherwise have done. Students who have just graduated from an accredited high school may matriculate in the Summer Session and obtain credit for a half-semester. Pre-medical students are strongly urged to do this and to register for chemistry or zoology, mathematics, rhetoric, or other prescribed pre-medical subjects. One of the primary purposes of the Summer Session is to meet the needs of the teachers in the public schools who wish to spend part of the summer vacation in serious study or investigation. Numerous courses are designed particularly for high school teachers, super- vising officers, teachers of special subjects (agriculture, art, manual training, music, in- dustrial education, etc.), and coaches of athletic teams; graduate courses are offerea for college instructors, school supervisors, and principals who are working for advanced degrees. ADMISSION Admission in regular status to courses in the Summer Session for which university credit is granted is limited to students who could be regularly admitted into the colleges of the University (Liberal Arts and Sciences, or Commerce, or Engineering, or Agricultiu-e) in which they would be registered in the winter session. In order to meet in full the entrance requirements for any one of these colleges, a student must be a graduate of an accredited high school (or in lieu of such graduation, must pass entrance examinations in five units, includiag English composition, 1 ; algebra, 1; and three others to be designated by the University authorities in each case), and must obtain credit, either by passing entrance examinations or by presenting certificates of work completed in accredited secondary schools or other recognized schools, for 15 units of high school work, or the equivalent, in subjects accepted for admission to the University, including in the case of each college certain subjects especially prescribed for admission to that college. (See pages 62-75). Admission to courses which give university credit, as unclassified students, not candi- dates for a degree, may be granted to persons 21 years of age or over, subject to the general regulations of the University relating to unclassified students. 123 124 The Summer Session A student who transfers from another college or university must present a letter of honorable dismissal, and a transcript of record, from the institution previously attended. REGISTRATION Students will present themselves for registration on Monday, June 18, 1923. FEES All fees are due upon registration. An incidental fee of twenty dollars ($20) is required of all residents of Illinois in regular attendance at the Session, and of thirty dollars ($30) for students not residing in the State. This entitles one to admission to regular courses and to all special lectures. An extra laboratory fee is charged in some courses for materials used. Any single course, counting not more than two and one-half credit hours, may be taken by Illinois students for a fee of ten dollars ($10), fifteen dollars ($15) by students not residing in the State, and the laboratorj' fee, if there be any in connection with the course taken. Fees in addition to the above general fees are required for practical courses in music. SCHOLARSHIPS By ruling of the Board of Trustees of the University, all high school teachers in Illinois, and all other teachers in the State who are qualified to matriculate in the University as regular students, are entitled to Summer Session scholarships of twelve dollars ($12), reducing for them the incidental fee from twenty dollars ($20) to eight dollars ($8). Similar scholarships are granted librarians and library assistants employed by Illinois libraries and persons under appointment to such positions. To matriculate regularly in the Univer- sity, one must either pass the entrance examinations, or present a certificate from an accredited high school or other evidence of having completed the requisite amount of pre- paratory work. The Board of Trustees has extended the scholarship privileges also to persons grad- uated from the Illinois State Teachers' Colleges during the academic year preceding the session in which the scholarship is desired, and to persons (otherwise qualified) who have not been teachers, but who are under contract to teach in the State during the coming year. Application blanks for scholarships may be obtained by addressing the Registrar. GRADUATE WORK IN THE SUMMER SESSION The Summer Session places emphasis on graduate courses leading to the master's degree. The departments related to high school teaching and to educational administra- tion have been selected as the centers of this emphasis. An attempt is made to vary the graduate offerings from year to year so that advanced students each year may find accept- able work in their chosen fields. The normal requirement for the master's degree is full work of graduate grade, satis- factorily completed, through one year of residence. This means a residence of thirty- six weeks at the University. Qualified graduate students may fulfil this residence require- ment in four summer sessions of eight weeks each and an additional four weeks' study at the University under the direction of the person in charge of the major work. Thus a student, by working at the University for one week before or after each session under the direction of the professor in charge of his major subject, may earn the master's degree in four summers. In certain cases it will be possible for the graduate student to complete the last fourth of his residence requirement under a leave of absence. This privilege may be granted in the event that the student is able to take advantage of opportunities for research and investigation that are not alforded in the University community. Superintendents, princi- pals, and class room teachers frequently find it possible to carry on investigations in con- nection with their school work. There are, for example, numerous problems of school administration and of teaching for which the public school itself forms the only available "laboratory." Where the investigation of such problems is prosecuted with the coopera- tion of a department of the University, it may be possible to coimt the work toward the master's degree. Description of Courses 125 COURSES IN LIBRARY SCIENCE Beginning Monday, June 19, 1922, and continuing for six weeks, the Library School conducted courses to which were admitted only high school graduates actually employed as librarians, or library assistants, or as teacher librarians, or under definite appointments to serve in such positions. The curriculum met especially the needs of workers in college, public, and high school libraries of Illinois. Summer Session scholarships of twelve dollars ($12) reduced the incidental fee from twenty dollars ($20) to eight dollars ($8) for stu- dents entering from a library in this State; students entering from libraries in other states paid a tuition fee of thirty dollars ($30). The work was under the general direction of the faculty of the Library School, and the instruction was given by members of the faculty, supplemented by lectures by neighboring librarians. No credit toward the B. L. S. degree is given for the work. Courses of the regular two-year curriculum were also offered to college graduates who satisfied the entrance requirement. These courses extended over eight weeks, and were accepted for credit to the B. L. S. degree. Admission to these courses was conditioned on the presentation of credentials showing that the applicant held a Bachelor's degree in Arts or Science from the University of Illinois or had other equivalent training. Application blanks for admission must be secured, and these should be filled out and sent to the Director of the School together with such additional statements as the candidate may offer, showing his qualifications for admission. The application must be filed suffi- ciently early to enable the School to receive replies from librarians and others who have personal knowledge of the applicant. COURSES FOR ATHLETIC COACHES Courses for Athletic Coaches under the general direction of George A. Huff, Director of Physical Education for Men, meet the growing demand, not only from high schools, but from colleges and other institutions as well, for trained men to direct and coach ath- letics. They are designed to assist both the high school teacher or principal who desires to become proficient in coaching one or more athletic teams and the man who intends to take up the directing of athletics or coaching as a vocation. The courses occupy the first six weeks. All the courses are taught by the men who coach the athletic teams of the University of Illinois. The athletic plant of the Univer- sity is turned into a laboratory and the larger part of the instruction is given on Illinois Field. Students may devote either their whole time, or part of their time to these courses. Detailed information regarding the courses for Athletic Coaches may be found in a special circular which wUl be sent on application to George A, Huff, Director, Gymnasium, Urbana, Illinois. ATHLETICS Altho both the men's and women's gymnasiums are used in some parts of the regular class work in Physical Education, they are nevertheless open for the purpose of general recreation and exercise to students not registered in those courses. Both of the gymnasiums contain swimming pools, shower baths and other forms of bath, lockers, and dressing rooms. Students are charged a small sum for a locker. The tennis courts, general athletic fields, and golf courses on the University campus are open to the student body. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES For a description of the courses offered in the Summer Session, see the General De- scription of Courses, beginning on page 209. THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING For a description of the buildings used by this College, see page 48; for collections belonging to it, see page 57; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its curricula, see page 88; for/eea see page 91; for honors, see page 78; for honorary societies, see page 88. GENERAL STATEMENT The purpose of the College is to train men for the profession of engineering. In ar- ranging its curricula, cultural subjects are interwoven with the theoretical subjects of the several departments. The instruction of the class-room and the practise afforded by the library, the drafting room, and the laboratory are correlated. Throughout his course the student works on problems and proceeds by methods similar to those which arise in the experience of the practising engineer. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 62-75. Unclassified Students See the statement of the regulations of the University in regard to unclassified students, page 67. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Each cxirriculum in the college requires the completion of 142 credit hours. With the exception of the curricula in Ceramics, Ceramic Engineering, General Engineering, and General Engineering Physics no less than 130 hours of the 142 are specified and re- quired for the degree. Six or nine hours of non-technical work are elective in the junior and senior years of each curriculum. DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS The College of Engineering comprises the following departments: Department of Architecture, with curricula in — Architecture Architectural Engineering Department of Ceramic Engineering, with Curricula in — Ceramics Ceramic Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Mining Engineering Department of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Department of Physics Department of Railway Engineering, with curricula in — Railway Civil Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering The curriculum in General Engineering is administered by the office of the Dean of the College. The curriculum in Gas Engineering is administered by the Department of Mining Engineering. 126 Architecture 127 ARCHITECTURE The Department of Architecture offers two curricula leading to the first degree, the curriculum in architecture and the curriculum in architectural engineering. The aim of these curricula is to give preparation for the practise of architecture. The curriculum in architecture aims primarily to train the student to produce cor- rect, thoughtful, and beautiful works of architecture. The schedule includes liberal and scientific subjects to supply the background for creative work and to give a knowledge of the principles involved in the processes of safe and economical construction; also free- hand drawing for the purpose of training the eye to recognize correct proportion and train- ing the hand to skillful and rapid drawing. The curriculum, however, consists mainly of the study of architectural forms and principles and their application in architectural design. From time to time the problems of the Society of Beaux Arts of Architects are given and the student drawings sent to New York for judgment. The curriculum in architectural engineering gives a groundwork in mathematics and applied mechanics, and includes such studies as strength of materials, mill, and tall build- ing construction, reinforced concrete, etc. The principles of these subjects are applied to all forms of building construction in courses given in the senior year, known as architect- ural engineering. While specializing in construction, this curriculum includes also the study of the forms and principles of architecture through such subjects as free hand draw- ing, architectural history, architectural drawing, and architectural design. Both curricula in architecture prepare the student for the examinations of the Illinois State Board of Examiners of Architects, and graduates are exempt from examinations required for entrance into the American Institute of Architects, and from the preliminary examination for the prize in Architecture of the American Academy at Rome. The Plym Fellowship in Architecture is awarded annually to a graduate of the de- partment. This prize, which is awarded by competition, amounts to $1,000 to be used toward the defraying of expenses for one year in Europe for the study of Architecture. The American Institute of Architects offers annually a medal to be awarded to the graduate of the department whose work throughout the four years has been adjudged the most consistent. In making the award the scholarship in all work for the entire curric- ulum is considered. The Scarab IMedal in Architecture is awarded annually to a student of the depart- ment. This prize is a bronze medal which is awarded by competition. The Ricker Prize in Architectural History is awarded annually for the best presenta- tion of some phase of architectural history and is open to all students who are registered in the second year's work in this subject. Students intending to take up the study of architecture should take freehand and architectural drawing and general history in high school. Equipment The equipment of the department includes plaster casts of architectural detail and ornament; lantern slides of architectural subjects and of painting and sculpture; a col- lection of 300 examples of American woods, shown in three sections each; and collections of architectural drawings and of specimens of building materials, fittings and appliances. A balopticon is used for direct projection of photographs and colored plates, and a double electric lantern for projecting two pictures on the screen at once for comparative study. Geometrical and architectural models are lighted by a light properly adjusted for demonstration of the subjects of shades and shadows and conventional rendering. Wall space in the corridors of the department and in all drafting rooms has been prepared for exhibition purposes, and collections of drawings are constantly displayed. The depart- ment occupies the fourth floor of Engineering Hall, and part of the third; its quarters include drafting rooms for undergraduate and graduate work, lecture rooms, studios for freehand drawing, and the Ricker Library of Architecture. The Ricker Library of Architecture, occupying the entire north wing of the fourth floor of Engineering Hall is open every week day from 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Large tables are provided for the examination of books, photographs, and drawings. The books representing a collection of several thousand on architecture, engineering, and allied arts, are all books for reference in history, design, and construction. There are also over 15,000 lantern slides, 15,000 moimted photographs and drawings, and an interesting collection of stereoscopic views of several of the principal countries of the world. 128 The College of Engineering CERAMIC ENGINEERING The Department of Ceramic Engineering offers courses of instruction relating to the fabrication of clay products, cement and glass, and enamels for metals. In addition to the fundamental engineering courses, work is offered in the physical and chemical principles of the production of silicate products, the winning and prepara- tion of raw materials, their shaping, drying, and burning, or fusion, the composition and application of the various glazes, glasses, enamels, and colors, the planning and construction of industrial plants, and the various machines, apparatus, kilns, and furnaces used in these plants. Industrial cooperation and research are prosecuted, and a series of bulletins on ceramic subjects is being published. Equipment The Department of Ceramic Engineering is housed in a three-story brick building providing lecture rooms, classrooms, and laboratory facilities. The ceramic laboratories contain apparatus for the testing of clays and the prepara- tion of cements, enamels, and glasses; machinery for grinding the raw materials, for shaping bricks, tile, saggers, pottery and refractories; a gas producer; kilns and furnaces; pyro- meters, potentiometers, electric furnaces, recording instruments, and all other accessories for exact scientific and technical work. A library pertaining to the silicate industries is available; also there are sets of working drawings representing the construction of important plants. CIVIL ENGINEERING The purpose of the Department of Civil Engineering is to make possible a systematic study of the principles of engineering and to give the students an opportunity for practise in the survey, design, and construction of public and other engineering works. The prime object is to bring about the development of the mental faculties of the student, particu- larly his initiative, and to help him to obtain a good grasp of the needs and opportunities afforded by engineering in general. Equipment For the surveying courses there is a full equipment of engineers' transits, levels, plane- tables, and other instruments in use not only in ordinary and railroad surveying, but also in more precise work. In a building set apart for the purpose is a well equipped highway laboratory contain- ing machines for testing bituminous and non-bituminous road materials, including brick, stone, and other road-making substances. The cement laboratory occupies a room in this building. It is provided with facilities for testing hydraulic cement, sand, and other ag- gregates used in concrete. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The Department of Electrical Engineering provides a curriculum in the theory and application of electricity. The first two years of work are substantially the same as in the other engineering curricula, including work in drafting room and shop, and instruction in the principles of mathematics and physics. In the third year a course in djTiamo machin- ery is followed by the theory of alternating currents, while laboratory and design courses emphasize principles. Technical courses cover the generation, transmission, and distribu- tion of electric power, and its various applications. In the laboratory a study of dynamos is followed in the fourth year by experiments in the operation of electrical machinery. Investigation of problems of power distribution is made in advanced laboratory and thesis work. Equipment The 850 kilowatt power plant of the University supphes the electrical engineering laboratory with power for its operation. The power equipment in the electrical engineering laboratory includes one himdred direct-current machines with a total capacity of 600 kilowatts, forty alternating current Mechanics^ Theoretical and Applied 129 machines with a total capacity of 400 kilowatts, and sixty-three transformers with a total capacity of 380 kilowatts. Experimental switchboards containing a total of 30 panels afford distribution and control. The instrument room contains standards for the calibration of commercial instru- ments of all types, 250 portable instruments for experimental work, and a 240 ampere- hour storage battery. The graduate laboratory contains apparatus for research including four oscillographs, one 2,000-cycle alternator, one 200,000- volt transformer, one 1,000- ampere direct current generator, and apparatus for high voltage direct current investiga- tions. The photometer room contains apparatus for tests of the various light sources. Two special 100-line switchboards are connected with cables and apparatus for experi- ments in telephony. The equipment for electrometallurgical work includes one 30-kilowatt induction furnace, one 25-kilowatt arc furnace, two 30-kilowatt resistance furnaces, one 15-kilowatt vacuum furnace for melting, one 3-kilowatt vacuum furnace for annealing and one 1.5-kilowatt muffle furnace. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The courses in the Department of Mechanical Engineering are planned to present the theory and practise of the generation and transmission of power, and of the design, construction, operation, and testing of machinery of all kinds. In the laboratories emphasis is given to the engineering and economic principles of machine construction and to prob- lems of scientific shop management. Equipment The Designing Rooms are supplied with drawing tables, reference books, files of trade catalogs, gear charts, and collections of blue prints. A collection of kinematic models, sectional steam specialties, lantern slides, and photographs is also available. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory is equipped with machines and testing instru- ments for instruction in steam engineering, gas power engineering, refrigeration, heating and ventilation. The equipment includes a 210-horsepower experimental boiler, with chain-grate stoker, fuel economizer, and induced draft: a separately fired steam super- heater; types of throttling, high-speed automatic, and Corliss steam engines; steam con- densors; a compound two-stage air compressor; a large compound duplex steam pump; a Kerr steam turbine; a 200,000-pound Lea water-flow; a 10-ton ammonia compression refrigerating machine; a 10-ton ammonia absorption refrigerating machine; typical gas, gasoline, and oil engines; a 50-horsepower suction gas producer, house-heating boilers and furnaces; a 1 50-horsepower electric absorption and transmission dynamometer; and apparatus for instruction in heating and ventilation and the mechanical equipment of buildings. The central heating and power plant contains types of boilers, stokers, pumps, and engines in commercial service. The Shop Laboratories are provided with machinery and apparatus to illustrate the process of the manufacture of machinery. The laboratories include the Pattern Laboratory with an equipment of benches, lathes, machinery, and small tools needed in pattern con- struction; the Foundry Laboratory equipped with cupola, brass furnaces, core ovens, mould- ing machines, and facilities for bench and floor moulding; the Forge Laboratory equipped with forges, anvils and small tools, a steam hammer, a power-driven punch and shear, and with gas and electric furnaces; and the Machine Laboratory with an equipment of lathes, planers, shapers, milling machines, grinders, boring mills, drill presses, and with typical small tools and fixtures used in manufacturing. MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED The courses in theoretical and applied mechanics are designed to meet the needs of students of engineering. The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics comprises the materials testing laboratory and the hydraulics laboratory. The equipment of the Materials Testing Laboratory includes testing machines and apparatus for making physical tests of materials of construction, such as tension, compression, flexure, shearing, torsion, hardness, and impact tests, and tests under repeated load. The laboratory contains machines of capacity for testing full size structural and machine members. Among these there is a universal machine of six hundred thousand pounds capacity. Facilities are provided for making, curing, and test- ing concrete and reinforced concrete test specimens. The Hydraulics Laboratory has facili- ties for furnishing water under a range of pressures and volumes. There is an equipment 130 The College of Engineering of devices for measuring and recording the flow of water, including measuring pits, water meters, weir channels, nozzles, pitometer, and Venturi meters. In the equipment are pumps, a stand-pipe, water motors, and a turbine water wheel for testing purposes. A supply of pressure gauges, weighing scales, and other auxiliary apparatus is provided. MINING ENGINEERING The Department of Mining Engineering offers courses of instruction in mining and metallurgical engineering to train men for the various phases of the mineral industry. The work of the department adds to the preliminary courses in mathematics, lan- guages, chemistry, physics, and general engineering, that are common to all courses in engineering, specialized work in mine surveying, mining methods, geology, prospecting, mine examination and valuation, ventilation, mining machinery, coal washing and ore concentration, metallurgy, utilization of fuels, administration ana organization of mines, mining law, and the design of mining and metallurgical structures. There are three distinct options, coal mining, ore mining, and metallurgical engineering, and by means of the electives offered, a student can also specialize along the geological phases of mining, including work in oil prospecting and development. In addition to its work of instruction, the department concerns itself with the develop- ment and dissemination of scientific facts of service in improving the practise of mining with reference to efficiency in operation, the security of life in the mines, and the conserva- tion of the mineral resources of the State. Equipment The drawing room contains the catalogs of the manufacturers of mining machinery with a complete card index, the standard reference books on mine and mill design, and an unusually complete collection of photographs, blue-prints and drawings of mines, mine structures, and ore and coal preparation, and metallurgical plants. The mine-gas and safety lamp laboratory contains safety lamps of different types, electric and magnetic locking appliances, a photometer, a dark room for photometric work, Ryan, Oldham, and Hailwood safety-lamp testing apparatus, appliances for gas and dust analysis and explosibility tests, and a Bacharach hydro volume and pressure recorder. A centrifugal fan 3-feet in diameter is connected to 500-feet of ventilating ducts ar- ranged in three parallel lines so that the effects of splitting the air in various ways may be demonstrated. The same equipment is used for experimental work in mine ventilation. The coal washing and ore dressing laboratory contains for crushing, rolls, gyratory and jaw crushers, and a 500-pound 3-stamp battery; for screening and sizing, trommels, shaking and vibrating screens, and classifiers; for concentrating and cleaning, pan, piston and pulsating jigs, bumping table, vanner, sand, concentrating tables and slimer. These machines can handle 3 to 5 tons of coal and one ton of ore an hour. There are also a complete sampling and drying equipment, a cyandide testing plant, a Huff electrostatic machine, flotation units, a magnetic separator and other appliances used for preliminary testing. Adjoining this laboratory is a chemical and assay laboratory equipped for the analytical work required in connection with coal washing and ore concentration. The explosives and drilling laboratory contains types of rock and coal drills, an air meter, a diamond drill, chain and puncher, coal cutters, and a complete outfit for demon- strating the use of explosives. MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING The curricvdum in the Department of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering is designed to train students for the duties of the engineer employed on the design, construction, and operation of public works and public utilities, and for general engineering work. The methods of training are intended to develop power to take up and solve new problems connected with municipal public works, as well as to design and to superintend the ordinary constructions. Surveying, structural materials, and structural design are taught as in the civil engineering curriculum. Chemistry and bacteriology of water supply and sewage disposal are given; and there is instruction in mechanical and electrical engineering in the generation and transmission of power. The hydrauhc laboratory is well equipped with apparatus illustrating the laws of hydraulics as appUed in waterworks and sewerage practise, and it also contains a small rapid sand filter, a small slow sand filter, several arrangements of dosing siphons. Re- search equipment in plumbing devices and installations is provided. Opportunities for Railway Engineering 131 practise and study are provided at the filter plant of the Champaign and Urbana Water Company, and at the University experimental sewage treatment plant. PHYSICS The Department of Physics occupies the Laboratory of Physics. This building sup- plies facilities and equipment for instruction and investigation in physics. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents are avail- able in all parts of the building. There is a collection of over 4,000 pieces of apparatus, and only a small part of the equipment is antiquated. New investigations can usually be started with the apparatus on hand. There are two workshops, one for advanced stu- dents and instructors, and one for the mechanicians of the department. The students' shop is equipped with lathes, drill press, and bench tools. The mechanicians' shop con- tains lathes, milling machines, drill press, and other facilities for fine machine work. The University Library contains sets of journals of physics and the related sciences in English, French, and German. The recent volumes of the physical journals, together with a collection of text-books, encyclopedias, dictionaries, and other reference books, are in the special library of the Laboratory. RAILWAY ENGINEERING The Department of Railway Engineering is organized to train students for service in the technical departments of railways. It offers curricula in railway civil engineering, railway electrical engineering, and railway mechanical engineering, all three of which are substantially the same as the corresponding civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering curricula to the end of second year, after which is given in each course a group of sub- jects relating to the technical problems of steam or electric railways. The curricula in railway civil and railway mechanical engineering are designed for those who wish to enter steam railway service in the engineering and motive power departments respectively, while the curriculum in railway electrical engineering is intended for those who will serve on electric railways or in the electrical departments of steam roads. The special subjects of the curriculum in railway civil engineering concern the location, design, construction, and maintenance of railway track and equipment, and the design of railway structures. The courses in railway electrical engineering deal with the design and construction of electric railway equipment, the operation and performance of electric cars and locomotives and with the problems which arise in the electrification of steam lines. The curriculum in railway mechanical engineering adds to the fundamentals of the general mechanical engi- neering curriculum special railway courses on the design of locomotives and cars, the resist- ance of trains, the performance and tests of locomotives, and tests of railway equipment. Equipment A locomotive testing plant, built from the original designs of the department, is de- voted exclusively to making tests to determine the performance of locomotives. The loco- motives tested have, for the most part, been furnished by certain railroad companies. Permanent arrangements are contempla,ted under which it may be possible to maintain in the plant a locomotive of the latest design. For purposes of instruction a light freight locomotive is permanently available in this laboratory. This locomotive, donated to the department by the Illinois Central Railroad, is of the mogul type with simple cylinders using saturated steam. The department owns and operates, jointly with the Illinois Central Railroad, a railway test car designed for experimental work on steam roads. It is equipped for making train resistance and locomotive performance tests, and during the last twenty years has been in frequent operation in carrying on resistance and tonnage rating tests on the Illinois Central Railroad and on several eastern roads. For work on electric roads the department owns an electric test car, of the interurban type, designed and built for the University. It is equipped with four 50-horsepower direct current motors and with the Westinghouse multiple control system, and is provided with instruments for recording power, speed, acceleration, and the other data needed in road tests, and for measuring and recording the electric resistance of rail bonds. Through the courtesy of the Illinois Traction System this car is operated on its lines, which enter the campus of the University. The department laboratory equipment includes a drop-testing machine and a brake- shoe testing machine, both constructed in accordance with the standards of the Master 132 The College of Engineering Car Builders' Association. The drop-testing machine is designed for use in testing the strength of railroad rails, car axles, car couplers, and draft gears; and may be used in studies of the physical properties of structural materials of any sort. The brake shoe- testing machine supplies means for determining the wearing properties and frictional qualities of brake-shoes, such as are employed in regular service on railroad trains. Much of the work in the railway courses is given in the departments of civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering, and the shop and laboratory equipment of these departments is available for students in the railway department. Three steam roads — the Illinois Central, the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis, and the Wabash railroads; and two electric interurban roads — the Illinois Traction System and the Kankakee and Urbana railway — enter Champaign and Urbana. The department is afforded by them opportunities for practical road tests and field work. ENGINEERING FOUNDATION AND NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL COOPERATIVE FUNDS FOR INVESTIGATION OF FATIGUE OF METALS A fund has been given to the University by the National Research Council and the Engineering Foimdation to be used for an investigation on the fatigue phenomena of metals. GENERAL ENGINEERING LECTURES FOR FRESHMEN One general lecture, sufficiently popular in character to interest and inspire young students, will be given each week. All freshmen engineering students are required to attend this lecture. TRIPS OF INSPECTION Students in the College of Engineering are required to make a trip of inspection dur- ing their senior year. Such trips supply an opportunity to inspect the work of industrial establishments and of engineering enterprises. They usually occupy from three to foiu* days, and are taken during term time, under the supervision of University authorities. They involve an expense of approximately $25 to $30 to each student. For the year 1922- 23, the trips occurred on October 26-28, 1922. No student not in line for graduation shall be permitted to go on the annual inspection trip of the College of Engineering without the approval of the General Committee on Inspection Trips. NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives for students in the College of Engineering are subject to the following restrictions: 1. They are restricted to courses offered in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and in the College of Commerce, and courses 1 to 10 in Music. 2. Such courses must not be open to freshmen students. 3. The courses must be approved by the head of the department in which the student making the election is registered. 4. Students in the College of Engineering electing the third and foiu^h years' work in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps may substitute the hours of credit thus received for a corresponding number of hours of the required non-technical electives. RHETORIC PREREQUISITE FOR JUNIOR STANDING Rhetoric 1 and 2 are prerequisites for junior standing in the College of Engineering, and no student in this College shall be permitted to register in more than eight hours of prescribed junior work without having passed or being registered in Rhetoric 1 or 2. THESES Theses are required of students in the Department of Ceramics and may be elected by students in other departments with the approval of the head of the department con- cerned. Only students of high standing are allowed to elect theses. Curriculum in Architecture 133 CURRICULA AND DEGREES The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of Engineer- ing are given herewith. Each of the twelve curricula given may ordinarly be completed in a period of four years. A graduate of the University of Illinois in architectural, ceramic, civil, electrical, mechanical, mining, municipal and sanitary, or railway engineering may receive the degree of an allied curriculum on the completion of from thirty to thirty-six semester hours of work approved by the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in one academic year. A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences of the University of Illinois, or of any college of equal standing, whose mathematical training includes the calculus, who has had an acceptable course in physics, and sufficient training in mechanics to enable him to begin the mechanics of the junior year, may receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering on the completion of sixty-eight credit hours of work in engineering under the direction of the faculty. This work may be ordinarily done in two academic years. Candidates for the degree in the department of architecture are not required to be pre- pared in calculus or mechanics, but should have special preparation in drawing. Curriculum in Architecture FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours ' Arch. 31 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing .... 4 Arch. 32 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing .... 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 T. and A. M. 14 — Elementary Mechanics ... 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Rhet. 2 — -Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium }4 Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, 32a Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) 3^ and 32b, or 52a and 52b — Military Drill and Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, 31a Theory 1 and 31b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Eng. Lecture Theory 1 Eng. Lecture Total 18 Total 16-17 SECOND YEAR Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 14 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 23 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 24 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 33 — Design 3 Arch 34 — Design 3 Arch. 43 — Technology of Materials 3 Arch. 44— Technology of Materials 3 Phys. 9a — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 9b — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 10a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 10b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 1.5 — Strength of Materials 3 T. and A. M. 16— Strength of Materials 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Arch. 15 — ^History of Architecture 2 Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 25 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 26 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 35 — Design 5 Arch. 36 — Design 5 Arch. 45 — Graphic Statics 3 Arch. 46 — Roofs 3 Arch. 65 — Theory of Architecture 1 Arch. 55 — ^Building Sanitation 1 E. E. 90— Building Illumination 1 Arch. 66 — Theory of Architecture 1 French or German 4 French or German 4 Totel 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Arch. 27 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 18 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 37 — Design 7 Arch. 28 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 68 — Specifications 3 Arch. 38 — Advanced Design or Thesis 7 Arch. 99 — Inspection Trip Arch. 60A — Special Lectures 2 M. E. 25— Heating and Ventilation 2 Arch. 67 — Theory of Form and Color 2 Non-technical Elective 3 Non-technical Elective 3 Total 17 Total 18 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 134 The College of Engineering Curriculum in Architectural Engineering FIRST FIRST SEMESTER Hours* Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — -Trigonometry 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J^ Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) H Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib. 21a and 21b, 31a and 31b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Eng. Lecture YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, 32a and 32b, or 52a and 52b— Military Drill and Theory Eng. Lecture Total 17-18 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 33 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing .... 3 A. E. 43 — Technology of Materials 2 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 63b— Military Drill and Theory 1 Arch. 14 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 34— Design 3 A. E. 44 — Technology of Materials 2 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. lb — Phy.-?ics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b— Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Arch. 15 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 3.5 — Design A. E. 45 — Graphic Statics Language* T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Metals Non-technical Elective* Total 18 Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 36— Design 3 A. E. 46 — Graphic Statics 3 Language* _ 4 T. and A. M. 26 — Analytical Mechanics and Hydraulics 4 Non-technical Elective^ 2 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR A. E. 47 — Architectural Engineering A. E. 57 — Fireproof Construction A. E. 99 — Inspection Trip E. E. 92 — Lighting and Wiring M. E. 23 — Mechanical Equipment of Build- ings Non-technical Elective' Total 16 A. E. 48 — Architectural Engineering. . . A. E. 58 — Fireproof Construction A. E. 67 — Building Sanitation . ....... A. E. 68 — Estimates and Specifications Approved Technical Elective ToUl 18 Curriculum in Ceramics This curriculum is designed for the training of ceramic chemists. FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours' Chem. la or lb— Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 German or French 4 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J^ Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) J^ Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, 31a and 31b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Eng. Lecture SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 3a — Qualitative Analysis Math. 6a — Analytical Geometry German or French Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, 32a and 32b, or 52a and 52b — Military Drill and Theory Eng. Lecture Hours' 5 4 4 3 1 Total 17 or 18 Total 18 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'French, German, Spanish or English. »Any approved non-technical course. See page 132. Curriculum in Ceramic Engineering 135 SECOND YEAR Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis 5 Math. 8a — Differential Calculus 3 Phys. la — Physics Lecture 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Cer. 1 — Ceramic Materials 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Chem. 5b — Quantitative Analysis 8 Math. 8b — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lecture 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Cer. 2 — Winning and Preparation of Clays or (Elective') 3 Mil 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Elective^ 3 Total 17 Total 19 THIRD YEAR Cer. 12 — Designing and Shaping 3 Chem 65 — Gas and Fuel Analysis 2 Geol. 20 — General Mineralogy 3 Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 E. E. 8 — Electric Currents (or elective') .... 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engr. Lab. (or Elective') 1 Electives' 3 Cer. 3 — Industrial Calculations 3 Cer. 5 — Ceramic Bodies 5 Chem. 9 — Organic Chemistry 3 Chem. 9c — Organic Chemistry Lab 2 Chem. 31 — Physical Chemistry 3 Chem. 33 — Physical Chemistry Lab 2 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Ceramic 4c — Drying and Burning 5 Cer. 6— Glazes 6 Cer. 17a — Selected Ceramic Problems 1 Cer. 99 — Inspection Trip Elective' 6 Chem. 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Chem. 61 — Industrial Chemistry Lab 3 Thesis 4 or 5 Elective' 6 or 5 Total 18 Total 16 Curriculum in Ceramic Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTEB Cer. 1 — Ceramic Materials Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis Math. 7 — Differential Calculus Phys. la — Physics Lecture Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory Hours* 3 6 5 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Cer. 2 — Winning and Preparation of Clays Chem. 5b — Quantitative Analysis Math. 9 — Integral Calculus Phys. lb — Physics Lecture Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics . . . . Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory Hours > 3 5 3 2 2 3 1 Total 19 Total 19 THIRD YEAR Cer. 12 — Designing and Shaping 3 Chem. 65 — Gas and Fuel Analysis 2 French or German 4 T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics .... 2 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 Elective* 3 Cer. 3 — Industrial Calculations Cer. 5 — Ceramic Bodies C. E. 36— Surveying French or German Elective' Total 18 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Cer. 4c — Drying and Burning 5 Cer. 6 — Glazes 6 Cer. 17a — Selected Ceramic Problems 1 Chem. 31 — Physical Chemistry 3 Cer. 99 — Inspection Trip Elective' 3 Cer. 9 — -Ceramic Construction 4 M . E. 62 — Power Measurement 3 Thesis or (with the approval of the Depart- ment) Technical Elective 3-5 Elective' 5-3 Total 18 Total 15 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. •At least 6 hours of these electives must be in approvedlnon-technicfkl courses. See page 132. 136 The College of Engineering Curriculum in Civil Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours' C. E. 27 — Plane Survej-ing 3 Laneu3g:e' 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Ph>-s. la — Physics Lecture 3 Phvs. 3a — Ph\-sics Laboratorv 2 Mil. 33 and 3b. 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 533 and 53b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 SECOXD SEMESTER Hours* C. E. 25 — Topographic 3 Language* 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lecture 2 Phys. 3b — Ph>-sics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — AnaK-tical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 4a and 4b. 14a and"l4b, 24a and 24b. 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total IS C. E. 51 — Railroad Survej-ing M. E. 1 — Steam Engines and Boilers T. and A. M. 21 — Anahtical Mechanics . . T. and A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials. Xon-technical Elective^ THIRD YEAR Total IS Xon-technical Electives' C E. 54— Roads and Pavements C. E. 60 — Stnictural Stresses . . . C. E. 62 — Structural Details . . . . C. E. 70 — Seminar T. and A. M. 10— Hydraulics Total 17 FOURTH YEAR The student must elect one of the three options. 7. General Option* C. C. c. c. c. c. M. and S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering E. 57— Hydrology E. 75 — Masonrj- Construction E. 81 — Theory of Reim'orced Concrete E. S5 — Bridge Design E. 95 — Plain Concrete , E. 99 — Inspection Trip . C. E. 7S — Drainage Engineering ...... C. E. SO — Contracts and Specificationa C. E. S2 — Reinforced Concrete Design C. E. S4 — Valuations and Rates M. and S. E. 3 — Sewerage Xon-technical Electives^ Total 18 Total 17 II. Structvrai Option* C. E. SI — Theory of Reinforced Concrete . . C. E. S4 — Valuations and Rates C. E. 9.5— Plain Concrete C. E. So— Bridge Design C. E. 91 — -Advanced Bridge Analysis C. E. 99 — Inspection Trip M. and S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering Total 18 C. E. SO — Contracts and Specifications C. E. 75 — Masonrj- Construction C. E. S2 — Reinforced Concrete Design C. E. 92 — -Advanced Bridge Analysis . . E. E. 4 and 64 — Electric Engineering . Xon-technical Electives' Total 17 III. Highway Option* C. E. 57 — Hydrology C. E. SI — Theory of Reinforced Concrete . . C. E. 8.5 — Bridge Design C. E. 93 — Highway Design C. E. 95 — Plain Concrete C. E. 99 — Inspection Trip M. and S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering Total 18 C. E. SO — Contracts and Specifications C. E. S2 — Reinforced Concrete Design C. E. 94 — Hiehwav Administration . . . C. E. 06 — Road M'aterials Min. 2 — Mining Principles Xon-technical Electives* Total 17 ^Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'French, German, Spanish or English. 'Any approved non-technical course. See page 132. *C. E. 97-9S (Thesis) may be substituted for a technical subject in any of the three options of the senior year upon approval of the Head of the Department. Only students of high standing are permitted to take a thesis. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Civil Engineering. I, (1); II, (2 or 3). Curriculum in General Engineering 137 Curriculum in Electrical Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Language' Math. 7 — Differential Calculus M. E. 85 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory IPhys. la — Physics Lectures Phys. 3a — -Physics Laboratory Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, 43a and 43b, or 53a and 53b — Mili- tary Drill and Theory Total 18 Hours' 4 5 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Language' 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. S6 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, 44a and 44b, or 54a and 54b — Mihtary Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 E. E. 25 — Direct Current Apparatus E. E. 75 — Elec. Eng. Laboratory Math. 9a — Integral Calculus M. E. 87 — Machine and Forge Laboratory Phys. 44a — Elec. and Mag. Measurement T. and A. M. 25— Resistance of Materials. THIRD YEAR E. E. 26 — Alternating Currents E. E. 76 — Elec. Eng. Laboratory >L E. 10 — Thermodj-naroics Phys. 44b — Elec. and Mag. Measurement . . T. and A. M. 26 — Anal. Slechanics and Hy- draulics Non-technical Electives' Total 18 Total 18 E. E. 99 — Inspection Trip E. E. 95 — Seminar E. E. 35 — Alternating Current Apparatus E. E. 85 — Elec. Eng. Laboratory E. E. 5.5 — Electrical Design M. E. 61 — Power Measurement M. E. 3 — Steam Engineering Non-technical Elective' FOURTH YEAR E. E. 96 — Seminar E. E. 36 — Alternating Current Apparatus E. E. 86 — Elec. Eng. Laboratory E. E. 56 — -Electrical Design E. E. 98 — Thesis* or Elective Non-technical Elective* Total 17 Total 17 Curriculum in General Engineering The curriculum in general engineering is intended for .students who do not wish to pursue the more specialized engineering curricula, but who, however, wish to secure funda- mental training in engineering principles. Its object is to fit men for executive or adminis- trative positions in large organizations where questions of organization, production, and distribution noay be considered the chief functions of the executive. This curriculum furnishes an excellent foundation for work with the technical press, or sales work in^oreign countries. It also forms an excellent basis for work in engineering organizations of insur- ance, banking, and sirmlar companies. The degree of Bachelor of Science in General Engineering is awarded on its completion. FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours' Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 M. E. 85 — Pattern and Foundr>' Laboratory 3 Phys. la — Physics Lecture 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory 1 BECOXD SEMESTER Total 19 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking Math. 9 — Integral Calculus C. E. 34 — Plane and Topographic Surveying Phys. lb — -Physics Lecttire Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory T. and A. M. 20 — Analytic Mechanics Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b-^Military Drill and Theory Total 17 Hours' 3 3 3 2 2 3 '.Semester hours. For definition, see page 209 'French, German, Spanish or English 'Any aoproved non-technical course. See page 132 •Only high grade students are allowed to take a Thesis. 138 The College of Engineering THIRD YEAR Eoon. 35 — Corporations 3 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory 1 Language' or Approved Elective' 4 M. E. 87 — Machine and Forge Laboratory . . 3 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 Total 18 Bus. Law 2 — Contracts, etc 3 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus . . 3 E. E. 62 — Alternating Current Laboratory . . 1 Language' or Approved Elective' 4 M. E. 10 — Thermodynamics 3 T. and A. M. 26 — ^Analytic Mechanics and Hydraulics 4 Total 18 Chem. 7 — Metallurgy of Iron and Steel Econ. 41 — Labor Problems or Econ. 43 — Personell Administration . . . , Language' or Approved Elective' M. E. 3 — Steam Engineering C. E. 88 — Stresses in Structures C. E. 99— Inspection Trip FOURTH YEAR Total 17 Math. 23 — Averages and Mathematics in In- vestments or Geol. 43 — Engineering Geology 3 Econ. 42 — Labor Legislation or Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce 3 M. E. 64 — Power Measurement 3 Language' or Approved Elective' 4 C. E. 90 — Structural Design 4 Total 17 Curriculum in Mechanical Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Language' Math. 7 — Differential Calculus M. E. 85 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory Phys. la — Physics Lectures Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory Total 18 Hours' 4 5 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Language* 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. 86 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b. 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 THIRD YEAR M. E. 13 — Thermodynamics , M. E. 31 — Mechanics of Machinery M. E. 87 — Machine and Forge Laboratory . , T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics . . . . T. and A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials . . Total 18 M. E. 4 — Steam Engineering 3 M. E. 14 — Thermodynamics 3 M. E. 40 — Mechanical Engineering Design . 3 M. E. 64 — Steam Power Laboratory 3 M. E. 88 — Machine and Forge Laboratory . . 3 Non-technical Elective* 3 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR E. E. 11— D. C. Apparatus 3 E. E. 61— D. C. Laboratory 1 M. E. 5 — Steam Engineering 3 M. E. 17 — Refrigeration Engineering \ M. E. 33 — Aeronautical Engineering > 3 M. E. 37' — Principles of Management ....■' M. E. 41 — Mechanical Engineering Design . 4 M. E. 65 — Heat and Power Laboratory .... 3 M. E. 99— Inspection Trip Total 17 E. E. 12— A. C. Apparatus 3 E. E. 62— A. C. Laboratory 1 M. E. 28 — Heating and Ventilation 4 M. E. 15 — Heat Engineering \ M. E. 34 — Aeronautical Engineering . . . . f 3 M. E. 376 — Principles of Management . . . . f Chem. 16 — Engineering Chemistry ) M. E. 52— Power Plant Design 3 Non-technical Elective* 3 Total 17 'French, German, Spanish, or English. 'Any course of Sophomore grade in the College of Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences, or Commerce; and Accountancy la and lb. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. *Any approved non-technical course, ^e page 132. •M. E. 37 is required of all students. Curriculum in Mining Engineering 139 Curriculum in General Engineering Physics (Leading to the Degree of B.S.) The object of the curriculum in general engineering physics is to fit persons for in- vestigations of general engineering problems calling for a knowledge of physics and mathe- matics. Students who expect to teach physics and allied subjects in engineering schools will also find this curriculum of interest. FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours > German 1 — ^Elementary German or Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 French la 4 German 3 — Narrative Prose — or French .... 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 6 Chemistry (Elective) 3 Chem. 5d — Elementary Quanitative Analysis 4 Phys. lb — Physics Lecture 2 Phys. la— Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, 33a Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Theory 1 Total 19 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Math. 9a — Advanced Calculus 2 Phys. 44b — Elec. and Mag. Measurements . . 2 Phys. 44a — Elec. and Mag. Measurements . . 3 Phys. 17 and 37 — Light or Phys. 23 and 33— Sound 3 Phys. 16 and 36 Heat 3 E. E. 25— D. C. Theory 4 M. E. 62— Power Measurement 3 E. E. 75 — D. C. Laboratory 2 E. E. 26— Alternating Current Theory 4 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 E. E. 76 — Alternating Current Laboratory . . 2 Electives' 4 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Phys. 14a — Dynamics 3 Math. 17— Differential Equations 3 Phys. 31a — Special Investigation 3 Phys. 24 and 27 — Properties of Matter or Math. 16 — Adv. Cal. and Diff. Equations .. 3 Phys. 30 — -Introduction to Theoretical Electric- M. E. 13— Thermodynamics 3 ity 3 Physics Colloquium Phys. 31b— Thesis' 3 Electives^ 5 Chem. 31 — Physical Chemistry 4 Elective^ 4 Total 17 Total 17 Curriculum in Mining Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours* Language* 4 Language* 4 Math. 7— Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Min. 1 — Earth and Rock Excavation 3 T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a Geol. 20— Mineralogy 3 and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Mil. 4a and 4b. 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a Theory 1 and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Coal and Ore Option Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis 5 Min. 4 — Mining Methods 3 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 T. and A. M. 26 — Analytical Mechanics and Geol. 43 — Engineering Geology 3 Hydraulics 4 Min. 61 — Elementary Mine Surveying 3 C. E. 58 — Graphic Statics 2 Min. 10 — ^Electrical Engineering of Mines .. 3 M. E. 62 — Power Measurements and Steam Engines 3 Min. 62 — Mine Surveying 3 Non-technical Elective' 3 Total 18 Total 18 •Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'At least nine hours of electives must be non-technical, and the number selected should be such as to give a total of 141 or 142 semester hours, depending upon whether Chem. la or lb is taken. 'Only students having high grades may elect a thesis. ♦French, German, Spanish or English. 'Any approved non-technical course. See page 132. 1-iO The College of Engineering THIRD YEAR Metallurgical Option Chem. 5a — Quantitative Analysis 5 Min. 14 — Non-Ferrous Ore Treatment 3 Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. ob— Quantitative Analysis 5 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 T. and A. M. 26 — Analj-tical Mechanics and Geol. 43 — Engineering Geology 3 Hydraulics 4 Min. 61 — Elementary Mine Sur\-ej-ing 3 C. E. 5S— Graphic Statics 2 M. E. 62 — Power Measurements and Steam Engines 3 Total IS Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Coal Mining Option Chem. 7 — Metallxirgy 3 Min. 13 — Utilization of Fuels 2 Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel Analysis 2 Min. 15a — Ventilation 2 Min. 9 — Coal and Ore Preparation 3 Min. 64 — Coal and Ore Preparation Labor- Min. S — Mine Law, Adm. and Accounts ... 3 atory 3 Min. 41 — Principles of Mining Design 3 Min. 42 — Mining Design 2 Min. 99 — Inspection Trip Min. 21a — Examination, Valuation and Re- Xon-technical Elective' 3 porting 3 Min. 17 — Mining Problems 1 Min. 90— Mining and Metallurgical Reports. 1 Min. 6 — Mechanical Engineering of Mines . . 3 Total IS Total 16 FOURTH YEAR Ore Mini7ig Option Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Min. 21a — Examination, Valuation and Re- Min. 69 — Metallurgical Laboratory and Assay- porting 3 ing 2 Min. 15a — Mine Ventilation 2 Min. 9 — Coal and Ore Preparation 3 Min. 42— Mining Design 2 Min. S — Mine Law, Adm. and Accounts .... 3 Min. 64 — Coal and Ore Preparation Labor- Min. 41 — Principles of Mining Design 3 torj- 3 Min. 99— Inspection Trip Min. 90 — Mining and Metallurgical Reports. 1 Non-technical Elective* 3 Min. 6 — Mechanical Engineering of Mines . . 3 Geol. 96 — Economic Geology (Ore Deposits) 3 Total 17 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Metallurgical Option Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel Analj"sis 2 Chem. 7S — Metallography 2 Chem. 69 — Metallurgical Laboratory and As- Min. 13 — L'tilization of Fuels 2 saying 2 Min. 64 — Coal and Ore Preparation Labor- Min. 9— C:)oal and Ore Preparation 3 tory 3 Min. 10 — Electrical Engineering of Mines .. 3 Min. 90 — Mining and Metallurgical Reports. 1 Min. 99 — Inspection Trip Min. 42 — Mining Design 2 Min. S — Mine Law, Xdm. and .Accounts .... 3 Min. ITT) — Metallurgical Problems 3 Min. 41 — Principles of Mining Design 3 Non-technical Elective^ 3 Non-technical Elective' 3 Total 19 Total 16 Ctirriciilxira in Gas Engineering The curriculum in gas engineering combines many of the items of the course in Chemi- cal Engineering and a number of the more distinctly engineering subjects from Mechanical, Electrical and Mining Engineering. It is intended to fit men for operating positions about a gas or coke plant rather than for positions in the laboratory- where the work is more distinctly of a chemical nature. The degree of Bachelor of Science is given upon com- pletion of the curriculum. FIRST "iTEAR FIBST SEMESTEB 8EC0XD SEMESTEB Hours' Hours' Chem. la or lb — General Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 3a — Inorganic and Qualitative 5 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Math. 6a — Anal>-tic Geometry 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 German 6 — Advanced 4 G. E. D. 1 4 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phvs. Ed. 2 1 Phys. Ed. 1— Gymnasium H Mil- 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b. 22a and 22b, 32a Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) J^ and 32b, 42a and 42b, or 52a and 52b — Mil. la and" lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, 31a Militarj- Drill and Theory 1 and 31b, 41a and 41b, or 51a and slb — Eng. Lecture Military- Drill and Theory- 1 Eng. Lecture Totol 17 or 18 Total 18 'Any approv-ed non-technical course. See page 132. 'Semester hours. For definition see page 209. Curriculum in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 141 SECOND YEAR Chem. 5a — Quantitative 5 Math. 8b — ^Integral Calculus 3 Math. 8a — Differential Calculus 3 Phys. lb — General Phy,sics 2 Phys. la — General Physics 3 Phys. 3b — Physical Measurements 2 Phys. 3a — -Physical Measurements 2 Chem. 9 — Organic 3 Ger. 4 — -Prose Reading 4 Chem. 9c — Organic Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a T. and A.M. 20 — Analytic Mechanics 3 and 33b, 43a and 43b, or 53a and 53b — Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a Military Drill and Theory 1 and 34b, 44a and 44b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 16 THIRD YEAR T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 T. and A. M. 26 — Analytic Mechanics and E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Apparatus . . 3 Hydraulics 4 E. E. 68 — Elec. Eng. Laboratory 1 Chem. 31 — Physical Chemistry 3 M. E. 1 — Steam and Air Machinery 3 Chem. 33 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory. . 2 M. E. 13 — Thermodynamics 3 M. E. 15 — Heat Engineering 3 Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. 65b — Gas Analysis 3 Chem. 14d — Organic Chemistry Laboratory . 2 Phys. 16 — Heat Phenomena 3 Phys. 36 — Heat Measurements 1 Total 19 Total 19 FOURTH YEAR Special — Gas Engineering! 6 Special — Gas Engineering' 7 Min. 9 — Coal Preparation 3 Cer. 20 — Refractory Materials 2 Chem. 77 — Classification and Theory of Car- Min. 64 — Coal Mining Laboratory 3 bonization 2 Chem. 76 — Tars and Oils 3 M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 Non-technical Elective* 3 Non-technical Elective' 3 Inspection Trip Total 16 Total 18 Curriculum in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' C. E. 27— Plane Surveying 3 C. E. 28— Higher Surveying 3 Language* 4 Language* 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb— Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a T. and A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 and 33b, or 53a and 53b— Military Drill and Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a Theory 1 and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Bact. 6 — Bacteriology 2}4 C. E. 52 — Roads and Pavements 3 Chem. 10b— Water Analysis 2}4 C. E. 60 — Structural Stresses 4 C. E. 53 — Railroad Surveying 3 C. E. 62 — Structural Details 2 T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics .... 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 T. and A. M. 29— Resistance of Materials. . . 5 T. and A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 Non-technical Elective* 2 Non-technical Elective* 3 Total 17 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR C. E. 75 — Masonry Construction 3 C. E. 80 — -Contracts and Specifications .... 2 C. E. 95 — Cement Laboratory 2 E. E. 4 — Elementary Electrical Engineering 2 C. E. 81 — Reinforced Concrete 2 E. E. 64 — -Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 M. and S. E. .3 — Sewerage 3 M. and S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering .4 M. and S. E. 6b — Water Purification and Sew- M. and S. E. 6a — Water Purification and Sew- age Disposal 2 age Disposal 3 M. and S. E. 9 — Hydraulic Design and Con- M. and S. E. 99 — Inspection Trip struction 2 Non-technical Elective* 2 M. and S. E. 98 — Thesis or Approved Elective 3 Non-technical Elective* 2 Total 18 Total 17 'The time allotted to special Gas Engineering in the Senior year will be divided among such subjects as the Design of Gas Plants and the Manufacture, Distribution, Utilization and Economics of Gas. 'Any approved non-technical course. See page 132. •Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. ♦French, German, Spanish, or English. 142 The College of Engineering Curriculiim in Railway Civil Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, sec Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIKST SEME8TEB Hours* C. E. 27 — ^Elementary Surveying 3 Language* 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Ph>-s. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phj-s. 3a — Phj-sics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b. 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory 1 8EC0XD SEMESTEB Hours' C. E. 28 — Topographic Survejdng 3 Language' 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Ph\-s. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. and A. M. 20 — AnahTical Mechanics .... 3 Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and" 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and o4b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 C. E. 51 — Railroad Surveinng M. E. 1 — Steam and Air >Iachinery R. E. 25 — Railway Development T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics . . T. and A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials. THIRD YEAR C. E. 60 — Structural Stresses . . . C. E. 62— Structural Details R. E. 32 — Railway Construction R. E. 36 — Railway Maintenance T. and A. M. 10— Hydraulics Non-technical Elective' Total 18 Total 18 C. E. 73 — Bridge Design C. E. 75 — Masonry Construction C. E. 81 — Reinforced Concrete Theory C. E. 9.5 — Plain Concrete R. E. 31— Ry. Yards and Terminals . . R. E. 35 — ^Railway Signaling R. E. 37 — Railway Maintenance R. E. 99 — Inspection Trip FOURTH YEAR C. E. SO — Contracts and Specifications 2 E. E. 4 — ^Elem. Electrical Eng 2 E. E. 64 — Elec. Engineering Laboratory .... 1 R. E. 33— Railway Location 4 R. E. 51 — Seminar 1 R. E. 9S — Thesis (or technical elective) .... 3 Non-t«chnical Elective' 4 Total 17 Total 17 Curriculum in Railway Electrical Engineering FIRST "i'EAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTEB Hoursi Language' 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 M. E. 85 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory 3 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phy^. 3a — Phvsics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 2.3a and 23b, 33a and 33b, or 53a and 53b— Military Drill and Theory 1 SECOND SEMESTEB Language' Math. 9 — Integral Calculus M. E. 86 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory Phys. lb — Physics Lectures Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory T. and A. M 20 — -Analj-tical Mechanics . . . . Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a and 34b, or 54a and .54b — Military Drill and Theory HourB* 4 3 3 2 2 3 Total IS Total 18 E. E. 25 — Direct Current Apparatus 4 E. E. 75 — Electrical Laboratory 2 Phj-s. 44a — Elec. and Mag. Measurement ... 3 R. E. 25 — Railway Development 3 R. E. 59 — Electric Railway Principles 2 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . . 4 THIRD YEAR Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 3 E. E. 26 — Alternating Currents E. E. 76 — Electrical Laboratory M. E. 10 — Thermodynamics Phys. 44b — Elec. and Mag. Measurement R. E. 60^Electric Railway Principles .... T. and A. M. 36 — Analytical Mechanics . . Total 18 Total 18 M. E. 3 — Steam Engineering 3 M. E. 61 — Mechanical Laboratory 2 R. E. 3-5 — Railway Signaling 1 R. E. 62 — Electric Railway Laboratory .... 2 R. E. 64 — Electric Railway Practise 3 R. E. 67 — ^Seminar 1 R. E. 71 — Electric Railway ^Iachinery 2 R. E. 99 — Inspection Trip" Non-technical Elective' 3 FOURTH YEAR C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications . E. E. 56 — Electrical Design R. E. 63 — Electric Railway Laboratory R. E. 74 — Electric Railway Economics . R. E. 98 — Thesis (or technical elective) Non-technical Elective' Total 17 Total 17 iSem-;ster hours. For definition, see page 209. 'French, German, Spanish or English. 'Any approved non-technical course. See page 132. Curriculum in Railway Mechanical Engineering 143 Ctirriculum in Railway Mechanical Engineering FIRST YEAR For the first year's work, see Curriculum in Architectural Engineering. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours' Language* 4 Language' 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. 85 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory 3 M.E. 86 — Pattern and Foundry Laboratory 3 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phvs. 3b— Physics Laboratory 2 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, 33a T. and A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics 3 and 33b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, 34a Theory 1 and 34b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory 1 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR M. E. 13 — Thermodynamics 3 M.E. 4 — Steam Engineering 3 M. E. 87 — Machine and Forge Laboratory . . 3 M. E. 14 — Thermodynamics 3 R. E. 3 — Locomotives 2 M.E. 40 — Mechanical Engineering Design . 3 R. E. 25 — Railway Development 3 M.E. 64 — Steam Power Laboratory 3 T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics .... 2 M. E. 88 — Machine and Forge Laboratory . . 3 T. and A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials. . . 5 R. E. 4 — Locomotives 3 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR E. E. 11 — Djrect Current Apparatus 3 C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications 2 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory 1 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus . . 3 M. E. 37 — Principles of Management or E. E. 62 — Alternating Current Laboratory . . 1 R. E. 31 — Railway Yards and Terminals ... 3 R. E. 7 — Advanced Design 3 R. E. 2 — Locomotive Design 3 R. E. 8 — Railway Laboratory 2 R. E. 5 — Railway Laboratory 3 R. E. 61 — Electric Traction 3 R. E. 9 — Seminar 1 Non-technical Elective' 3 R. E. 99 — Inspection Trip Non-technical Elective' 3 Total 17 Total 17 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'French, German, Spanish or English, 'Any approved non-technical course. See page 132 THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE For the buildings used by this College, see page 49; for a list of its curricula, page 60; for clubs, auxiliary to its curricula, page 88; for honors, page 78; for honorary societies, page 88, ior fees and expenses, page 91. GENERAL STATEMENT The College of Agriculture offers, to both men and women, curricula designed for four different purposes: First, and mainly, to train for the profession of farming. Second, to train for the teaching of agriculture in the public schools. Third, to train for the profession of landscape gardening. Fourth, to train for the profession of floriculture. The curricula offered by the department of home economics have two purposes in view: First, and mainly, to train young women in the science of household affairs. Second, to prepare teachers for giving instruction in domestic science in high schools, and, in connection with the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, to fit for college and university positions. In the case of both men and women the great purpose is to prepare for the practical affairs of life. In order that technical knowledge and skill may not be developed at the expense of those things which tend to the production of cultured and versatile men and women, the technical work is closely associated with the related sciences, and students are required to divide their time fairly between those subjects that develop general knowl- edge and breadth of view. The College offers over one hundred sixty courses of instruction in technical sub- jects, besides opportunity to elect from the scientific and literary offerings of the other colleges of the University. The elective system prevails; and, with a few exceptions, the student is left free to select those subjects which meet his needs, always under the ad\'ice and guidance of the faculty. Credit is given for all work accomplished; this credit counts toward graduation if the student desires a degree. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 62-75. Admission to Graduate "Work in Agriculture Applicants for admission to the Graduate School should have had an undergraduate course in scientific and technical agriculture equivalent to that of the University of Illinois; yet students who are otherwise eligible for admission to the Graduate School may be ad- mitted to graduate standing in agriculture, if they have had a thoro training in the fimda- mental sciences, even tho their undergraduate curriculum may have lacked to some ex- tent the amount and kind of technical work included in our course. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Students who have satisfied the University requirements as to registration, residence and diploma fee, and have maintained throughout their course a satisfactory record of scholarship and moral character will, on completion of the studies of the prescribed list and sufficient electives to make a total of 130 semester hours, be graduated with the de- gree of Bachelor of Science. 144 Animal Husbandry 145 A thesis is not required for graduation, but any student who has completed not fewer than 90 hours of credit before the senior year may then elect a thesis course in any de- partment, provided he has done at least 20 hours' work in courses pertinent to the thesis problem, subject to the approval of the head of the department. Graduates of approved colleges may expect to secure a degree in agriculture from the University on completion of the technical and scientific requirements. This will ordinarily require approximately two years of residence work; a minimum of one year is required. In physical education not more than five semester hours for men and seven semes- ter hours for women are accepted toward graduation. SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE AND HOME ECONOMICS For information concerning scholarships in agriculture and home economics, see page 90. FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION AND METHODS OF WORK The affiliation of the College with the Agricultural Experiment Station enables the University to support a larger faculty than would otherwise be possible, and permits a higher degree of specialization. For the most part, those who teach in the College conduct experiments in the same subjects in the Station. The methods of instruction vary with the nature of the courses. In general the labora- tory method prevails. Text-books are used when good ones are available. Laboratory and text are supplemented by lectures and reference readings. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Agricultural extension work serv'es as the intermediary between the College of Agri- culture and the Agricultural Experiment Station and the local community and the farm. Each department does extension work, and so far as possible provides special men for such work. The responsibility for the work of these men lies with their own department. For this reason not all of the extension effort issues from one office. For administrative purposes and for the coordination of these activities through a regular channel, agricultural extension is administered as a separate department, con- ducting all extension enterprises which do not deal with technical subjects and cooperating with other departments in diff'using the results of their work in the State. Some of the general extension enterprises are: Agricultural extension schools and demonstrations in different localities; Farmers' Week conducted annually at the College in January; helping at farmers' institutes and similar gatherings, with special railway lecture trains, at the boys' state fair school, and in educational exhibits at fairs and else- where; welfare work in rural communities; and excursions to the College. (See also under University Extension, Part V.) AGRONOMY The Department of Agronomy gives instruction in those subjects which relate to the field, such as field crops; the chemistry, physics, and biology of the soU; manures, and rotation in their relation to fertility; plant breeding. The department possesses equip- ment and facilities for instruction in these subjects, and, in addition, affords opportunities for contact with the research work of the Agricultural Experiment Station, especially in crop production, soil fertility, soil biologj', and plant breeding, in the analytical and pot- culture laboratories on the soil bins on the experiment fields at the University and in other parts of the State. Attention is called to the fact that, if circumstances prohibit a regular four-year cur- riculum, it is possible for a student who has had sufficient preparatory^ training to arrange his studies so as to obtain the necessarj^ prerequisites and complete a general course in soil physics and soil fertility in two years. (See Agronomy 9 and 12). ANIMAL HUSBANDRY The Department of Animal Husbandry offers courses covering the study of sheep, swine, poultry, and beef cattle and their products; heavy and light horses, with their care and training; the management of herds, flocks, and studs; feeding, breeding, general sanitation, hygiene and disease control, and marketing; and the chemical and phj'sio- logical phase of animal nutrition. 146 The College of Agriculture The University herds, flocks, and studs contain about six hundred pure-bred cattle, swine, sheep, and horses, and several hundred fowls, ducks, and turkeys, which are avail- able for class purposes. These animals are also used for investigations in feeding and breeding, and for illustration of breed types and characteristics. The breeds represented are Shorthorn, Hereford, and Aberdeen Angus cattle; Poland-China, Berkshire, Duroc Jersey, Chester White, Large Yorkshire, and Hampshire swine; Shropshire, Oxford, South- down, Hampshire, Rambouillet, and Corriedale sheep; and Percheron, Hackney Pony, and American Saddle horses. In addition to this pure-bred live stock, a large number of grade animals of the various classes of live stock furnish material for judging practise. In this practise, standard market classes and grades of Uve stock are illustrated, and in- struction is given in the selection of animals according to feed-lot and market requirements. The stock pavilion offers opportunity for show and judging work. (For description, see page 50). The lectures of the various courses are supplemented by 1,000 or more lantern slides, charts, diagrams, models, and photographs. Work on pedigree and breed is facilitated by 75 sets of the different herd, stud, and flock register, and complete files of the leading American and British journals. The equipment for instruction and investigation in the feeding, breeding, and manage- ment of live stock consists of modem buildings for the housing of beef cattle, swine^ sheep, horses, and poultry and a feed storage barn, with various forms of grinaing mills and other machinery for the preparation of feed. The laboratories of the department afford facilities for both undergraduate and advanced study in animal nutrition, genetics, and » animal diseases. ■ DAIRY HUSBANDRY The Department of Dairy Husbandry furnishes instruction in the production and » care of milk and in the manufacture of dairy products. It also furnishes instruction in fl diary bacteriology and dairy chemistry. * The various courses cover the application of science to dairy problems, approved methods in dairy operations, and the economic significance of these operations. In addition to laboratories and lecture rooms, its equipment includes a farm of 160 acres with buildings; about 150 mUch cows, bulls, and young stock, including a herd crossed between the Guernsey and Holstein-Friesian breeds, and typical representatives of the Ayrshire, Guernsey, Jersey, and Holstein-Friesian breeds; a manufactory with modem equipment for handling city milk and making butter, cheese, ice cream, and condensed milk; and facilities for the distribution of milk on the University milk route. FARM MECHANICS The Department of Farm Mechanics offers courses covering the principles of engi- neering as applied to the various phases of agriculture, including the subject of elementary farm mechanics, drainage, farm buildings, concrete construction, farm machinery, tractors, harvesting machinery, dairy machinery, and farm home equipment. This department has a large assortment of tractors, gas engines, and a full equipment of farm machinery for student use. Lighting units, water systems, etc. are provided in the home equipment laboratory. Drafting room is provided for work in farm buildings, and adequate facilities for concrete construction. Students who would specialize in this field should supplement the courses mentioned above with higher mathematics, mechanics, and other basic engineering courses as given in the College of Engineering. FARM ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT The Department of Farm Organization and Management offers instruction in that field of study which is concerned with the application of the principles of economics and accounting to the business of farming. It deals with both the problems of farm organization and farm operation. The work is based not only upon the literature available on the subjects, but upon the detailed farm management and cost accounting studies carried on with a considerable number of farmers located in several sections of the state. Field trips will be conducted to some of the cooperating farms, and other farms in Champaign County, which serve as good demonstrations of certain farm management practises and furnish the basis for laboratory work. Such trips will constitute a part of the regular work in each of the farm management courses. General Curriculum in Agriculture 147 Special problems on systems of farming, the organization of individual farms, and land ownership and tenure are pursued by advanced students. A special curriculum in which economics, accounting, business organization and farm management occupy an important place is provided for agricultural students. HOME ECONOMICS The courses of instruction given in the Department of Home Economics are planned to meet the needs of four classes of students; (a) those who desire a knowledge of the general principles and facts of home economics; (b) those who wish to make a specialty of home economics for the purpose of teaching the subject in secondary schools and col- leges; (c) those who wish a knowledge of the principles underlying household administra- tion and institutional management; (d) those who are interested in work in nutrition and dietetics. The department is housed in the Woman's Building where laboratories, lecture rooms, and an apartment for home management are provided. A cafeteria serves as a teaching laboratory for students interested in institutional work. HORTICULTURE The Department of Horticulture offers courses in the five divisions of horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, landscape gardening, and forestry), and also in sub- jects dealing with all the divisions, such as plant propagation, spraying, the evolution of horticultural plants, and experimental horticulture. For instruction in pomology, use is made of the fruit plantations maintained by the department. The orchards of different ages afford opportunities for practise in priming and for studies of tree types, while the products furnish materials for practise in the grading and packing of fruits and the study of systematic pomology. A collection of fruit pack- ages illustrates the types used in commercial packing. There is also a collection of wax models of fruits representing the principal varieties grown in Illinois. For olericulture, or vegetable gardening, certain areas of ground are reserved on which garden operations are illustrated and various crops are grown. The equipment also includes a greenhouse, hotbed frames and sash, and an assortment of seed drills, and wheel hoes, hand tools, markers, planters, and other appliances for the growing and hand- ling of vegetables. The equipment in floriculture includes ten glass houses and a service building. Six of the houses, including the palm house, are used for instructional work exclusively, and the other four, while intended primarily for experimental purposes, add to the facilities for instruction in floriculture as conducted on a commercial basis. Besides roses, carna- tions, and chrysanthemums, the houses contain a selection of plants representing all the forms used in commercial and decorative or conservatory work. The service building contains laboratories, class rooms, offices, and potting, storage, and work rooms. An as- sortment of florists' supplies is maintained. Floricultural periodicals, reference books, and a series of over eight hundred slides add to the equipment. The ornamental gardens maintained by the department furnish illustrative materials for students in floriculture and landscape gardening. The equipment in landscape gardening includes four drafting rooms with desks for individuals, modern filing devices for office practise, seminar rooms, lecture rooms, offices and a library. The library contains a complete collection of books, periodicals, pamph- lets, photographs of examples of foreign and American landscape gardening, and works on civic design, all carefully indexed. There is a collection of representative drawings and blue-prints from the offices of practising landscape architects, and one of city maps. The collection of trees and shrubs growing on the campus and about certain residences near the University furnishes material for plant studies in the courses in planting design. The herbarium of the division is also available for reference. A series of 3,500 lantern slides is used in lectures. Instruction in forestry is facilitated by a collection of native woods and a forest tree plantation of about twenty acres, containing Scotch pine, white pine, Norway spruce, European larch, green ash, black walnut, hickory, bur oak, white elm, and other species. General Curriculum in Agriculture (Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture) All students except those in the special curricula in home economics, floriculture, and landscape gardening are required to take the same work during the freshman year 148 The College of Agriculture and part of the sophomore year. This work gives the student a correct conception of the fundamental farm practises and an insight into the technical branches of agriculture, such as animal and dairy husbandry, horticulture, farm crops, soils, farm mechanics, and buildings. The junior and senior years are open for elective studies. One hundred thirty hours are required for graduation, as follows: Agriculture prescribed first two years 2.3 hours Agriculture prescribed as electives 36 hours Total agriculture required 59 hours Non-agriculture prescribed 42 hours Non-agriculture as prescribed electives 15 hours Total non-agriculture required Open electives 57 hours 14 hours FIRST SEMESTER Agron. 25 — Farm Crops Chem. 1 — Inorganic Chemistry 130 hours FIRST YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Hours ' Agron. 25 — Farm Crops 4 Hours* 4 5 A. H. 5 — Live Stock Judging 3 D. H. 24 — Elements of Dairy Husbandry ... 3 Chem. la— Inorganic Chemistry 3 and Ag. Ext. 4 — -Elementary Agricultural Extension 1 Hort. la — Elements of Horticulture 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium ]^ Hyg. 1— Hygiene (Men) 3^ Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 A. H. 5 — Live Stock Judging D. H. 24 — Elements of Dairy Husbandry . . . and Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- tive Analysis Hort. lb — -Elements of Horticulture Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 52a and 52b— Military Drill and Theory. . Total 17 Total 16-18 A. H. 8 — Principles of Breeding A. H. 21 — Principles of Feeding. Bot. 1 — General Botany SECOND 2 3 5 Farm Mech. 1 — Elementary Farm Mechanics Chem. 8 — Quantitative Analysis with Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 2.3a and 23b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory. 1 Electives 7-11 YEAR Farm. Mech. 1 — Elementary Farm Mechanics 3 Chem. 8 — -Quantitative Analysis 3 or A. H. 8 — Principles of Breeding 2 A. H. 21 — Principles of Feeding 3 Bot. 1 — General Botany 5 Chem. 9 — Organic 3 with Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 Electives 4-11 Total 18 Total 18 In addition to the prescribed subjects, students will take the following: Agriculture, electives 36 hours Non-agriculture, electives 15 hours English 20 4 hours Science, elective 5 hours Open electives 14 to 17 hours Curriculum in Farm Organization and Management FIRST SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Agr. Ext. 4 — Elementary Agricultural Ex- tension Agron. 25 — Farm Crops Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry Hort. la — Elements of Horticulture Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium Hyg. 1— Hygiene (Men) Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory. . FIRST YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects An. Husb. 5 — Live Stock Judging 1 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- 4 tive Analysis 5-3 D. Husb. 24 — Elements of Dairy Husbandry 2 Hort. lb — Elements of Horticulture 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 14 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium 14 Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 52a and 52b— Military Drill and Theory . . Total 15-17 Total 18 ^Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. Curriculum in Floriculture 149 SECOND YEAR An. Husb. 8 — Elementary Principles of Breed- ing An. Husb. 21 — Principles of Feeding Bot. 1 — General Botany Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics Econ. 26 — Econonaic Resources Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory . . Hours' 2 3 5 5 3 Chem. 8 — Elementary Quantitative Analy- sis An. Husb. 2a — Swine Judging An. Husb. 2b — -Swine Management Farm Mech. 1 — Elementary Farm Mechanics Engl. 20— Chief English Writers of the 19th Century Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 54a and 54b — ^Military Drill and Theory. . Electives Hours 1 Total 19 Total 18 In addition to the courses above, the following are prescribed: Chemistry 9 3 hours Accountancy 11 4 hours Economics 3 3 hours Economics 16 3 hours Elective Econonaics, a minimum of 6 hours Business Law 2 3 hours Farm Management 1 3 hours Farm Management 4 2 hours Farm Management 5 3 hours Philosophy 1 3 hours Elective Agriculture, minimum of 22 hours Open Electives 5-3 hours Total 130 hours The following general sequence of courses is suggested: Suggested Courses Chem. 9 — Organic Agron. 9 — Soil Physics and Management . Acc'y- 11 — Farm Accounting Econ. 16 — Economics of Agriculture . . . . Electives THIRD YEAR Suggested Courses Agron. 12 — Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rota- tions 5 An. Husb. 4a — Judging Horses and Mules. . . 2 An. Husb. 4b — Horse Production 3 Econ. 14— Cooperation in Agriculture 2 Econ. 3 — Money and Banlcing 3 Farm Management 1— Elementary Farm Management 3 Total 18 Total 18 Suggested Courses An. Husb. 11a — Beef Cattle Judging An. Husb. lib — Beef Production. . . . Econ. 13 Phil. 1 Bus. Law 2 Farm Management 4 FOURTH YEAR Suggested Courses Farm Management 5 Econ. 15 Agron. 7 Total 15 Total Curriculum in Floriculture (Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Floriculture) The object of the floriculture curriculum is to fit men and women for the profession of floriculture. The laboratory exercises in the technical subjects consist of practical work in the greenhouses and gardens and give the students a working knowledge of the best methods now in use. Of the 130 hours required for graduation, 104-106 are provided for in the prescribed list. The other 26-24 hours of credit necessary for graduation are electives. Students registered in Floriculture will be required to make at least one inspection trip before graduation. The annual trip costs about $25.00. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 150 The College of Agriculture FIRST YEAR P1H8T SEMESTER SECOND 8EME8TEB Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Hours' Hours' Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 5-3 Chena. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualita- Hort. 5 — Plant Propagation 3 tive Analysis 5 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Hort. 4 — Plant Houses 3 Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium J^ Bot. 1 — General Botany 5 Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) J4 Phys. Ed. 2— Gymnasium 1 Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib. 21a and 21b, or Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 51a and 51b— Military Drill and Theory . 1 52a and 52b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Total 14-16 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Agron. 9 — Soil Physics 5 Hort. 15a — Greenhouse Management 3 Bot. 27a— Plant Physiology 5 Hort. 24a2 — Trees and Shrubs 3 Engl. 20— Chief English Writers 4 Hort. 312— Garden Flowers 3 Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, or Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory . 1 Total 15 Total 10 THIRD YEAR Bot. 7a— Plant Pathology 3 Hort. 7— Spraying 3 Hort. 15b — Commercial Crops 3 Hort. 15c— Commercial Crops 3 Hort. 24b»— Trees and Shrubs 3 Hort. 42^ — Landscape Design 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Acc'y. la 3 Total 14 Total 12 FOURTH YEAR Hort. 43 — Greenhouse Fertilizers 3 Hort. 32b — Floral Decoration 3 Hort. 32a — Floral Decoration 3 Hort. 45 — Plant Nutrition 3 Acc'y. lb 3 Hort. 30— Tender Bedding Plants 3 B. O. and O. 1 3 I Total 9 Total 12 Suggested Eleclives Hort. 26b' — Planting Design 3 Hort. 26a' — Planting Design 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Bot. 3a — Plant Anatomy 5 Sociology 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Bot. 4a — Taxonomy of Cormophytes 5 Chem. 9 and 9c — Elementary Organic Chem- istry 5 HOME ECONOMICS Students who hold scholarships in home economics must take each semester at least four hours in home economics or in subjects required for admission to courses in home economics. To satisfy the requirements for graduation, students transferring from other in- stitutions must take five hours in residence from the following: Home Economics 4, 28, 31, 33, 39a, 39b, 41. Students may choose the general curriculum in home economics or the curriculum in nutrition and dietetics as suggested below. Each leads to the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Home Economics. Curriculum in General Home Economics Prescribed Subjects Art and Design 1, 12 5 Bacteriology 5a, 5b 5 Botany 1 or Zoology 1 5 Chemistry 1 or la, 2a 10 or 8 Chemistry 9, 9c 5 or 3 Economics 1, or 2 5 or 3 English 1,2 8 Home Economics 1, 2. 5, 6, 7, 10, 29 23 Hygiene 2 1 Physiology 1,4 5 Physical Education 7a. 7b, 8a. 8b 4 Rhetoric 1.2 6 Sociology 1 3 List A — a minicQum of 6 List B — a minimum of 10 101 or 95 Open Electives 29 or 35 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'Horticulture 26a and 26b may be taken by students in floriculture after having completed the work of courses 24a, 24b, 31, and 42 in horticulture. Curriculum in Nutrition and Dietetics 151 Elective! List A (a minimum of 6 hours) History la, lb. 3a. 3b Sociology 2, 3, 7, 8, Economics 3. 41. 44 Psychology 1 List B (a minimum of 10 hours) Home Economics 3, 4, 9, 14, 18, 19, 20, 28. 33, 35, 39. 41, 30. 31 Suggested Curriculum in General Home Economics FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours* A. and D. 1 — Freehand Drawing 3 A. and D. 12 — Applied Design 2 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry 5-3 Chem. 2a — Qualitative Analysis 5 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Home Econ. 7 — Textiles 3 Bot. 1 or Zool. 1 — -General Course 5 Hyg. 2 — Hygiene (Women) 1 Phys. Ed. 7b — Practise 1 Phys. Ed. 7a— Practise 1 Total 14 or 16 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Engl. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 Engl. 2 — Survey of English Literature 4 Home Econ. 1— -Selection and Preparation of Home Econ. 6 — Economic Uses of Food .... 4 Food 3 Physiol. 4 — Physiology of Digestion 3 Physiol. 1 — ^ Total 15}4 SECOND YEAR C. E. 31 — .Surveying 3 Hort. 21a — Landscape Design 4 Arch. 43 — Working Drawings 3 Bot. 1 — Introductory Course 5 Hort. 39a — Special Lectures H Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, or 53a and 53b— Military Drill and Theory. . 1 C. E. 32— Surveying Hort. 21b — Landscape Design Arch. 44 — Worliing Drawings Hort. 24a — ^Trees and Shrubs Hort. 39b— -Special Lectures Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 54a and 54b — MiUtary Drill and Theory. . H Total 161^ Total 14>^ 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. ^French, German, Italian, or Spanish. Tractor and Gas Engine Short Course 153 THIRD YEAR Hours' Hours > Hort. 23a — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 23b — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 24b — Trees and Shrubs 3 Hort. 26a— Planting Design 3 Hort. 27a — Landscape Construction 3 Hort. 27b — Landscape Construction 3 Engl. 20— English Writers of the 19th Century 4 Pub. Sp. 2 or 10— Public Speaking 2 Pub. Sp. 1— Public Speaking 2 Hort. 31— Garden Flowers 3 Hort. 39a — Special Lectures J^ Hort. 39b — Special Lectures H Total 161^ Total 153^ FOURTH YEAR Hort. 25a — Landscape Design 5 Hort. 25b — Landscape Design 5 Hort. 26b — Planting Design 3 Hort. 38 — Contracts and Specifications 1 Hort. 37a— City Planning 3 Hort. 37b— City Planning 3 Hort. 39a — Special Lectures ]/i Hort. 39b — Special Lectures H Hort. 40— Care of Plant Materials 2 Total 13J^ Total QVs Note: Registration in Horticulture 39 is required of professional students in each semester. Transfer students are not required to make this work up during the course though they are required to offer an equiva- lent number of hours of horticulture for graduation. Suggested Electives FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 14 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 15 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 Bot. 4d — Taxonomy 3 Soc. 7 — The Social Problems of the Rural Com- Geology l^jeneral Geology 5 munity 2 C. E. 55— Roads and Pavements 2 Zool. 16 — Economic Ornithology 2 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 A. and D. — -Sketching 1 Rhet. 10— Business Writing 2 TEACHER TRAINING COURSE (Smith-Hughes) Students graduating with the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture may qualify to teach under the Vocational Act if they have credit for 14 to 20 hours of Education, including one semester's teaching. Students applying for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Education must take the first two years in the College of Agriculture, as required for the degree of B.S. in Agriculture, and the last two years in the College of Education. FARMERS' WEEK The meeting formerly known as the Corn Growers' and Stockmens' Convention, is now conducted as Farmers' Week, held January 22-26, 1923. The program for this meeting is especially arranged to meet the needs of farmers and young men who can spend but a few days away from home, the farm as a unit being considered. Fundamental topics are discussed such as factors determining systems of farming, physical layout of the farm- stead, location of buildings, garden and lawn. The maintenance of soil fertility, plant relationships, means of reducing cost of farming operations, importance of accounting, relations of the farmer to his farm organizations, and community standards, are some of the problems studied. Intensive class work is given in animal husbandry, poultry, dairying, farm crops, soils, farm mechanics, farm management, and horticulture. No entrance examinations are required or fees charged for this course. It is important that everyone should be here at the opening of the session. On arrival at Champaign or Urbana, application should be made at the University Young Men's Christian Associa- tion, where information concerning board and room may be obtained. TRACTOR AND GAS ENGINE SHORT COURSE Jan. 8- Jan. 13 Jan. 29-Feb. 3 "The Department of Farm Mechanics of the College of Agriculture offers each year a series of one week short courses on Farm Tractors and Gas Engines. These courses are given before and after the regular Farmers' Week in January, extending into February. The work given is of a very practical nature and as such is valuable to tractor owners and operators. Eight hours a day are spent on lecture and laboratory work taking up the operation, care, adjustment, and repairs on tractors. Ignition, magnetos, carburetors, transmission systems, clutches, and lubrication systems, are some of the special phases taken up. Only a limited number can be accommodated, and a small fee is charged. Announce- ment is made through the Agriculture papers in December, and those desiring to come should get their applications in early. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. THE COLLEGE OF LAW For the faculty of the College of Law and for the courses in law, see under "Law" in the Description of Courses, Part III; ioT fees and expenses, see page 91. GENERAL STATEMENT The College of Law offers a three-year curriculum in law, based on an entrance require- ment of two years of college work and leading to the degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.); and a four-year curriculum, based on an entrance requirement of two years of college work and leading, at the end of two years, to the undergraduate degree of Bachelor of Science in law (B.S.) and to the professional degrees of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) or of Doctor of Law (J.D.) upon completion of the course. The degree of Doctor of Law is also open to students in the three-year curriculum who fulfil the conditions hereinafter specified. ADMISSION Three-Year Curriculum. — For admission to the three-year curriculum as a regular student, an applicant must be matriculated and have 60 hours of credit in a college of this University; or have completed two full years of work as given at another college or univer- sity of recognized standing, as a matriculated student in such college or university; or have received by transfer 60 hours of university credit here. Thirty hours of law may be credited toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of Commerce and Business Administration. In this manner students may secure in six years both a degree in arts or commerce and a degree in law. This combination of curricula is known as the three-three combined curriculum: see the statement about electives in law in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (p. 97) and the curriculum in Commerce and Law (p. 113). A candidate for both degrees must in his fourth year register in the College of Law, and also register or file a copy of his study-list in his other college, as that college may require. Four-Year Curriculum. — In addition to the three-year curriculum, a four-year curric- ulum in law is offered which leads to a first degree of Bachelor of Science in law, and a second degree of Bachelor of Laws or of Doctor of Law. The purpose of this course is to provide a broader and more extensive training for students preparing to enter the legal profession, and to offer an opportunity for correlating work in the College of Law with advanced courses in the social sciences. This combination of curricula is known as the two-four combined curriculum. The admission requirement is 60 hours of credit (not including military and physical education) in a college of this University, or equivalent credit from another col- lege or university of recognized standing. Students in this curriculum will normally be candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in law in two years and for the professional degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) or of Doctor of Law (J.D.) upon the completion of the curriculum. Unclassified Students In exceptional instances, persons over twenty-one years of age may, with the approval of the Dean, be admitted as unclassified students. In determining whether a person may be admitted as an unclassified student, consideration is given to the applicant's age and experience, as bearing upon his ability to pursue law study successfully, and to the likeli- hood of his being able to complete the requirements for admission as a regular student. An unclassified student is not a candidate for a degree, and credit earned by one who is an unclassified student at the time he receives the credit may not be counted toward a degree in law. Neither admission nor attendance as an imclassified student in the College of Law in one semester gives a right to continue as an unclassified student in any subsequent 154 Degree of Bachelor of Science in Law 155 semester. If an unclassified student's record has been in any respect unsatisfactory, the Dean may refuse permission to register as an unclassified student in any subsequent sem- ester. An imclassified student is not a member of the first, second or third j^ear classes in the College of Law, or of any class in the University. Advanced Standing Students from law schools of approved standing who comply with the requirements for admission to this school may receive by transfer not to exceed two years of credit. Students from other schools may in special cases be given advanced standing upon examina- tion on subjects taken by them in such schools; but no credit wUl be given for private reading or correspondence study. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Degree of Bachelor of Science in Law The degree of Bachelor of Science in law is not a professional degree. Candidates for this degree must offer 130 hours of university credits; but courses open to university freshmen and sophomores will not, when taken by juniors or seniors, coimt for the degree, except by special recommendation of the CoUege of Law. The required credits must in- clude the following courses or their equivalents: (a) Required 0/ all candidates: Rhetoric 1, 2, 6 hours; University Latin, one year, for students not offering two years of high school Latin for entrance; Mathematics, or the Physical or Natural Sciences, 10 hours; Psychology or Philosophy, (a course in Logic being required), 6 hours; Law, not less than 30 or more than 40 hours. (b) Additional requirements for students entering from a College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: Foreign Language (including the Latin prescribed above), English, Rhetoric, (not coimting Rhetoric 1 and 2), or Public Speaking, 20 hours (but in the case of a student offering for entrance three or more high school units of foreign language this requirement will be 12 hours). Two minors of at least 12 and 8 hours, respectively, in History, Political Science, Economics, Philosophy, Sociology, or Public Speaking. (c) Additional requirements for students entering from a College of Commerce and BuMness Administration: Accoimtancy la, lb, 6 hours; Business Organization and Operation 1, 3 hours; Economics 1, 3, 51, and 10, 14 hours; Additional advanced courses in Economics or Accountancy (Economics 55 being for this purpose an advanced course), 6 hours; History, Political Science, Philosophy or Sociology, 9 hours; Foreign Language (including the Latin prescribed above), English, Rhetoric (not counting Rhetoric 1 and 2), or Public Speaking, 10 hours. A candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in law who, at the beginning of an academic year, has attained sixty college credits, exclusive of Military' Drill and Physical Training, and so is entitled to admission to the four-year curriculum in law^ must register in the College of Law. If he does not so register, he wUl not be permitted to mclude courses taken during that year in making up the total of 130 hours required for the degree. How- ever, in order to satisfy subject or group requirements for the degree, he may substitute for credits previously acquired credits obtained that year in courses falling within these requirements. A candidate who, during an academic year, increases his college credits from under 60 hours to over that number, exclusive of Military Drill and Physical Education, may offer them all toward the 130 required hours, subject to the other requirements for the degree. All candidates in their first year of work in the College of Law must take Contracts and Torts. 156 The College of Law Degree of Bachelor of Laws The degree of Bachelor of Laws in the three-year curriculum will be conferred on students who complete eighty-four hours of law work distributed over a period equal to three academic years. The degree of Bachelor of Laws will also be granted to students in the four-year curric- ulum who shall have complied with the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in law and in addition shall have received credit for 56 hours in legal or other courses; provided that their total credits in law courses shall be not less than 86 hours, and pro- vided that credits allowed in law courses in excess of 86 hours shall be confined to courses in public law or in the legal aspects of economic problems. In either case the candidate must have pursued the courses of the first year and the second year course in Equity Jurisdiction and have secured grades not lower than C in subjects aggregating at least three-fourths of his law work at the University of Illinois. Degree of Doctor of Law The degree of Doctor of Law will be granted to students in the three-year curriculum who comply with the following conditions: 1. Secure a Bachelor's degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Commerce and Business Administration at least two academic years prior to the completion of the courses for the degree of Doctor of Law. 2. Complete the work required for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 3. Obtain a minimum average grade of B in the College of Law. If the grade is below B, the degree conferred is Bachelor of Laws. 4. Present a thesis approved by the faculty of the College of Law, in accordance with the requirements hereinafter set out. The degree of Doctor of Law will be granted to students in the four-year curriculum who comply with the following conditions; 1. Complete the work required for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Law. 2. Complete the work of the four-year law curriculum with a minimum average grade of B. If the grade is below B, the degree conferred is Bachelor of Laws. 3. Present a thesis approved by the faculty of the College of Law, in accordance with the requirements hereinafter set out. Rules Concerning Theses The following are the rules concerning theses presented for the degree of Doctor of Law: The thesis must be on a subject approved by the Dean of the College of Law after consultation with him as to the proposed method of treatment; it should contain not less than 4,000 nor more than 10,000 words; the student is expected to exhaust the cases decided during the period covered by this thesis, and to state the period for which the cases have been examined; the subject of the thesis must be filed with the Secretary to the Dean on or before December 20 and the thesis must be deUvered to the Secretary of the Faculty not later than May 1. The thesis must also satisfy minor and detailed requirements re- specting form which will be made known to students at the time their subjects are approved. The thesis may be returned to the writer for revision or, if unsatisfactory, it may be rejected altogether. If returned for revision it may be rejected after being revised. If accepted it will be filed in the Law Library, and it may be published by the College of Law or by the University. Certificates for Bar Examination Any student who has taken in the College of Law at least ten hours a week of law work for the period of three academic years is entitled to a certificate of that fact from the University, which certificate is accepted as evidence of compliance with requirements as to legal study prescribed by the Supreme Court of Illinois as a prerequisite for admis- sion to the bar examination. * 4 Suggested Curriculum for Students from a College of Liberal Arts 157 Three-Year Curriculum in Law Fifteen hours of law work should be enough to occupy a student's full time. A student may not register for more than 16 hours without special permission. FIRST YEAR (Prescribed) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' Law la — Contracts 6 Law lb — Contracts 2 Law 2a — Torts 2 Law 2b — Torts 6 Law 5a — Criminal Law 2 Law 5b — Criminal Law 2 Law 6— Personal Property 2 Law 3 — Real Property I, Rights in Land .... 3 Law 44 — Actions 2 Law 11 — Agency 3 Law 45 — Legal Bibliography 1 Total 15 Total 15 SECOND YEAR The student is required to take the course in Equity in his second year, and is advised to include in the courses of that year Common Law Pleading, Evidence, Real Property II (Titles), and Equity Pleadmg. THIRD YEAR The student is advised to include in the courses of his third year Private Corpora- tions, Conflict of Laws, Illinois Procedure, and the Practise Court. Suggested Two-Four Combined Curriculum Students are urged to plan their work from the beginning, bearing in mind depart- mental prerequisites for individual courses, the subject and group requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in law, and also the rule regarding courses open to freshmen and sophomores when taken by students of more advanced standing. The following tabular statement may aid students in planning their studies. The electives listed are more than sufficient to meet the maximum requirement for any student in English, Economics, History, Philosophy, Political Science or Sociology. It is not intended to exclude a wider choice, within or without the departments named, but only to call attention to those courses most likely to meet the student's needs; the faculty of the College of Law believe in allowing the student wide freedom of choice, but they particularly recommend those courses (in whatever departments given) which deal with the origin and development of society, with economics, and with government. Suggested Curriculiun for Students from a College of Liberal Arts and Sciences FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory . . 1 52a and 52b — Military Drill and Theory . . 1 Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium ]/2 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) J^ Rhet. 2 — -Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Mathematics or Science 5 Mathematics 5 Latin llb'^ — Beginning Latin, or Modern Latin 1 la'' — Beginning Latin, or Modern Language 4 Language 4 Acc'y- lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Acc'y. la — Principles of Accounting 3 Total 17 Total 17 'Semester hours. For definition see page 209. ^For students not offering two years of High School Latin for entrance to the University. 158 The College of Law SECOND YEAR Hours' Hoursi Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b. 23a and 23b, or Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics (5) and Philos. 1 — Logic 3 Pub. Sp. 1— Oral Expression (2) 7 Engl. 20— Writers of the 19th Century (4) or and Pub. Sp. 2 — Extemp. Sp. (2) Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics (3) and and 6 hours chosen from:' 12 Engl. 1 — Survey of English Literature (4) Econ. 3 — Money and Banking (3) Hist. 2a — English History 3 Hist. 3b— History of the United States (3) Hist. 3a— History of the United States 3 Pol. Sci. 3— State and local Gov. (3) Pol. Sci. 1 — American Nat. Government .... 3 or' Engl. 2 — Survey of English Literature (4) Econ. 3 — Money and Banking (3) 13 Hist. 3b. — History of the United States (3) Pol. Sci. 3— State and Local Gov. (3) Total . 17 Total 16 or 17 THIRD YEAR Law la — Contracts Law 2a — Torts Law 44 — ^Actions 4 . 3 2 ". 3 . 3 Law lb — Contracts Law 2b — Torts .. 4 .. 4 3 Hist. 4a — Constitutional Hist, of England . Hist. 4b — Constitutional Hist, of England. Other electives — see below Total .. 3 3 Total . 15 .. 17 The courses in Contracts and in Torts must be taken in this year. As electives for this year, other than those specified above, attention is invited to the following courses. For the first semester, English 21, 23, 52, 54; History 14a, 14c; Public Speaking 3; Sociology 1; Political Science 9. For the second semester, English 22, 23, 49, 54; History 14b, 14d; Philosophy 2; Public Speaking 4; Sociology 1, 3. FOURTH YEAR Law 6 — Personal Property 2 Law 3 — Real Property I 3 Law 5 — Criminal Law 4 Law 11 — Agency 3 Law 12a — Equity Jurisdiction 1 4 Law 45 — Legal Bibliography 1 Law 22a — Constitutional Law 3 Law 22b — Constitutional Law 2 Other electives — see below 3 Other electives — see below 6 Total 16 Total 16 As electives for this year attention is invited to the courses suggested as electives for the third year, and also to the following courses, of which some must and the rest well may be postponed to the fourth year. For the first semester. Economics 41, 51; Political Science 6a. For the second semester, Economics 42, 52; History 42; Philosophy 5, 7; Political Science 6b; Sociology 9, 25. Fifth and Sixth Years Sufficient work in law must be taken in these years to bring the student's total credits in law courses in these and in previous years to 86 hours. Credits in law courses in excess of 86 hours will be confined to courses in Public Law or in the legal aspects of economic problems. Courses other than law courses which may well be taken in the fifth and sixth years include: Economics 10, 11, 44, and 55, and PoUtical Science 4 and 18. •Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 'For students who take Econ. 1 and Pub. Spk. 1 in the first semester. 'For students who take Econ. 2 and Engl. 1 in the first semester. Practise Court 159 Suggested Ciirriculum for Students from a College of Commerce and Business Administration FIRST YEAR The same as for students from a college of Liberal Arts and Sciences. SECOND YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours' Hours' Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, or Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 53a and 53b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 64a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory. . 1 Acc'y- 2a — Intermediate accounting 3 Acc'y- 2b — Intermediate accounting 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3a — History of the United States 3 Business Organization and Operation 1 3 Philos. 1— Logic 3 Engl. 20— Writers of the 19th Century^ 4 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Nat. Government .... 3 Hist. 3b — History of the United States 3 Total 18 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Law la — Contracts 4 Law lb — Contracts 4 Law 2a— Torts 3 Law 2b— Torts 4 Law 44 — Actions 2 Anglo-American Legal Institutions 3 Acc'y- 3a — Advanced Accounting 3 Acc'y- 3b — Auditing or Acc'y. 4b— Systems .3 or 2 Hist. 4a — Constitutional Hist, of England .. 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management and Finance Totel 15 Total 16 or 17 FOURTH YEAR Law 5 — Criminal Law Law 3 — Rights in land or or Law 14 — Carriers and Public Utilities 4 Law 9 — Sales 3 Law 6 — Personal Property 2 Law 11 — Agency 3 Law 12 — Equity Jurisdiction 1 4 Law 22b — Constitutional Law Law 22a — Constitutional Law or or Law 19 — Partnership 3 Law 15 — Bills and Notes 3 or Econ. 51 — Public Finance 3 Law 28 — Insurance Law 45 — Legal Bibliography Philos. 2 — Introduction to Philosophy or Philos. 7 — Ethics Philos. 9 — Political and Social Ethics or Advanced Economics or Accountancy Total 16 Total 16 FIFTH AND SIXTH YEARS The same as for students from a College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The Law Library The Law Library contains over 30,000 volumes, including all the reports of the courts of last resort of all the states; the United States Supreme, Circuit, and District Court reports; the National Reporter System; the English reports; the Irish reports; the Scotch appeal cases; the current Canadian and Australian reports, and complete reports of several of the Canadian provinces; the statutes of the various states; several sets of selected cases, such as the American reports, American State Reports, American Decisions, Lawyers Reports (Annotated), and American and English encyclopedias and digests; and a full collection of standard text-books and legal periodicals. Practise Court The sessions of the Practise Court are open to members of the third year class. The court is presided over by Judge O. A. Harker, who has had an experience of twenty-five years as a judge of the Circuit and Appellate Courts of Illinois. It is the purpose to have the proceedings of the Practise Court conform to proceedings in the various courts of the state. Students are trained in the preparation of pleadings, brief making, legal investiga- tion and argument, the preparation of legal documents, and in the trial of cases, both civil and criminal. 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. •If Philosophy is taken in the second semester instead of the first, it will be feasible to substitute Public bpeaking 1 and 2 for English 20. 160 The College of Law Scholarships Eight scholarships are open to matriculated students of the first and second years, to be awarded at the end of each year, four of §37.50 each semester and four of $18.75 each semester, available in discharge of incidental fees. Illinois Law Quarterly The Illinois Law Quarterly is devoted to the scientific study and investigation of the law, and gives particular attention to problems of interest to the Bar of Illinois. It is edited by the faculty and a board of student editors, the members of which are chosen primarily on the basis of scholarship. The pubHcation of the Quarterly and its use in connection with various courses are a part of the educational program of the College of Law. Order of the Coif Each year ten percent, of the senior class (or a minimum of three) are eligible to the Order of the Coif, a national honorary law society organized to promote scholarship in law, which was established at the College of Law, University of Illinois, in the year 1904. Elections of seniors to the Order of the Coif are held at the beginning of the second semester. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL THE EXECUTIVE FACULTY David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy and Dean of Graduate School Roger Adams, Ph.D., Professor of Organic Chemistry William Leonidas Burlison, Ph.D., Professor of Crop Production Edward Herbert Cameron, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Psychology Albert Pruden Carman, A.M., D.Sc, Professor of Physics Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor of History William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor of Classics Henry Perley Rusk, M.S., Professor of Beef Cattle Husbandry Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., L.H.D., Professor of English Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., D.Sc, D.Eng., Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering and in charge of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Mathematics Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Zoology Gordon S. Watkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Professor of Heating and Ventilation HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION The University of Illinois offered facilities for advanced study and research in various lines as early as 1872. Organized graduate instruction, however, under the name of the Graduate School, was first undertaken in 1892. In 1894 the administration of the school was vested in the Council of Administration, and the Vice-President of the University beCiame Dean of the School. In 1906 the Graduate School was organized as a separate faculty, consisting of a dean and members of the University faculty assigned to this duty by the President. By action of the Trustees the teaching faculty of the Graduate School includes all members of the University faculty who give instruction in approved graduate courses. The affairs of the School, however, are in charge of the Executive Faculty appointed each year by the President. ADMISSION Admission to the Graduate School may be granted to graduates of institutions whose requirements for the bachelor's degree are substantially equivalent to those of the Uni- versity of Illinois, and to applicants from other institutions approved by the Executive Faculty, as hereinafter provided. Admission to the Graduate School does not, however, imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree, and gives no right or claim to be so ad- mitted. Such candidacy is determined by the Faculty after the student has demonstrated by his work here, for from two to five months, that he has the ability to do major work of graduate character. A mere accumulation of "credits" or "grades" is not sufficient. Admission to graduate courses may be granted only to students who have had the requisite undergraduate work in those courses or departments; but a student of mature age who satisfies the Dean and the department concerned of his ability to pursue gradu- ate work in a given line may be enrolled in particular graduate courses, without reference to a degree, and permitted to carry on such study or investigation under the direction of a department of the University as the department shall recommend and the Dean approve. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Registrar of the University. Every applicant must submit with his application for admission an official transcript of his college record. 161 162 The Graduate School CHARACTER OF GRADUATE WORK The principal aim of graduate study is the development of the power of independent work and the promotion of the spirit of research. Each candidate for a degree is expected to have a wide knowledge of his subject and of related fields of work; for the graduate student is not expected to get from lecture and laboratory courses all the knowledge and training necessary to meet the requirements for his degree. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM OF STUDY The following regulations concerning registration and program of studies are laid out primarily for first-year graduate students. Second-year and third-year graduate students fill out their programs irrespective of the unit value of courses, according to their needs, under the advice of their instructors. Registration. — Each graduate student must register at the beginning of each semester. The registration of a new student may be accepted at any time, provided the student is prepared to take up courses actually under way. Credit toward the fulfillment of the residence requirement dates, however, from the time of registration and not from the beginning of the semester or year in which the student enters. Registration will not be permitted later in the year than April 1, except in the case of students who expect to con- tinue through the summer session, or are returning to complete a year's work which has been broken into by illness or other unavoidable interruption. A new student must fill out in dupUcate an application for admission and submit it to the Registrar, from whom, after the approval of his application, he will receive a card of admission and a study-list which will give details of procedure in registering. He should fill out the study-list after consultation with his advisor, or the person in charge of his major work, and also with the instructors whose courses ne wishes to elect. In all cases, registration must be completed within two weeks. Otherwise it is subject to a fee of one dol- lar. Changes in Study-Lists. — A graduate student is expected to plan his work so care- fully that changes in his study-list during the semester will not be necessary. When a change seems advisable, however, it may be permitted without fee if made within three weeks of the date of registration. After that date a fee of one dollar is charged for each change, except that the total charge for rearrangement authorized on any one change slip shall not exceed two dollars. Advanced Undergraduate Courses Open to Graduate Students — 1. Courses not open to students below senior standing. Unless otherwise specified on the student's program by the department concerned, such courses listed for four or five hours of undergraduate credit are treated as unit courses for graduate credit; or as half -unit courses when fisted for fewer than fovu" hours of undergraduate credit. 2. Courses open to students of junior standing. Unless otherwise specified on the student's program by the department concerned, such courses listed for four or five hours of imdergraduate credit are treated as half-unit courses for graduate credit, or as quarter- unit courses when Usted for two to three hours of undergraduate credit. Courses to which sophomores are regularly admitted may not be taken for graduate credit, either major or minor. Transfer of Undergraduate Credit. — No credit earned during the undergraduate course may be transferred for graduate credit, unless such credit was earned in time additional to the time normally required for the bachelor's degree, in the second semester of the senior year, and then only for minor subjects, and on petition. When undergraduate courses with variable semester hours are counted for graduate credit, the transfer is made on the basis of one unit for four semester hours. Seniors and Graduate Study. — If at the end of the first semester of his senior year a student has so far completed his work for the bachelor's degree that his program for the second semester is not full, he may elect one or more graduate courses; but such election must be in accordance with Graduate School rules and must be approved by the Dean at the time of registration. In no case, unlhout petition, may courses be counted for graduate credit on a program which requires more than twelve formal class, lecture, or laboratory exer- dses a week. Miscellaneous and Listeners^ Courses. — Graduate students are permitted under proper circumstances to attend classes as listeners, and to elect miscellaneous subjects, that is. courses which do not count toward an advanced degree. Listeners' cards may be obtained Degrees 163 at the Dean's office. Under the authority conferred by the faculty on the Dean no student with a full minimum program will be permitted by the Dean to visit more than one class or to take more than one miscellaneous subject, nor is any subject open as a listener's or miscellaneous course unless it has a specific educational bearing on the student's major or minor subjects of study. A student who elects a miscellaneous course is required to register in it, do the work, and pass the semester examinations, unless he is permitted to withdraw according to rule. A student who has a listener's card is not permitted to participate in the classwork or the examination. No student may register for a full minimum program of work for graduate credit if it is necessary for him to carry at the same time more than one miscellaneous subject and to visit one course. Students on the Staff. — Assistants and others on the University staff who undertake to do graduate work are permitted to take an amount of work determined by the terms of their employment. Such a student, if required by his engagements to teach more than five classes a week or to have laboratory work or supervision exceeding ten hours a week, may not receive his master's degree at the end of one year, or his doctor's degree at the end of three. Residence and Work Done Elsewhere. — Continuous residence and study are required of all members of the Graduate School, unless they are granted leave of absence by the Dean, upon recommendation of the professor in charge of their work, for the purpose of carrying on elsewhere studies or investigation in the line of work of their degrees. Graduate Study in the Summer. — Graduate students in the summer session are subject to the same scholastic requirements as those in the regular University year. Their study lists must be approved by the Dean of the Graduate School, or his representative. At- tendance on four summer sessions, or one semester and two summer sessions, is considered the equivalent of one year in residence. If in these sessions the required amount of work is properly done a master's degree may be earned in this way. The faculty is unwilling to accept summer-session work beyond the master's degree toward the doctor's degree, except in the case of a student who works in a summer session preceding or following a regular year's attendance at the University. In no case may the last year's work for the doctorate be done in disconnected summer sessions. No course offered in the summer session may be taken for credit toward a higher degree unless it is specially described in the summer-session circular as accepted for that purpose. Summer Work in Medical Sciences. — Graduate courses in medical sciences are offered in the summer quarter between June and September at the College of Medicine of the Uni- versity of Illinois in Chicago. Circulars describing the courses offered and conditions of admission and work may be obtained from the Secretary of the College of Medicine, Con- gress and Honore Streets, Chicago. Failures. — A graduate student who fails in any covu-se in his major subject cannot secure his degree in the same year in which the failure occurred. No condition examina- tions are given graduate students. Withdrawal. — If after registration a graduate student wishes to withdraw from any coiirse or to add other work, he must first secure the necessary papers from the Dean's office. See the regulations concerning changes in study lists, page 162. If he wishes to withdraw from the University he must get clearance papers at the Dean's office. DEGREES Masters' Degrees Character of Masters' Degrees. — The master's degree conferred depends upon the character of the bachelor's degree. The usual practise is that A.M. shall follow A.B., that M.S. shall follow B.S. However, this practise may be departed from in cases where the undergraduate course of study of the candidate was of a kind for which some reputable institutions in this country give A.B., while others give B.S. Such departure from the regular practise is permitted, however, only on individual petition duly approved. Amount of Work Required. — Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science are required to do at least one full year's work in residence, including a thesis. By this is meant from four to five unit courses each semester, or their equivalent. A unit course is one which requires 10 hours of time a week through one semester, or a minimum of 180 hours, irrespective of the mode of distribution of that time in class work, laboratory work and private study. Four such courses or their equivalent constitute a full minimum 164 The Graduate School program for one semester, and eight such courses, or their equivalent, constitute the mini- mum formal year's work accepted for a master's degree. Only first-rate students are per- mitted to secure a degree with this minimum program. Unless otherwise permitted, on indi^ddual petition duly approved, every student mast take each semester at least one com-se open to graduate students only (courses num- bered 100 and upward). In the first year of his graduate study each student is required to attend a minimum of four formal class, lecture, or laboratory exercises a week. In no case during his course is he allowed to attend more than twelve exercises a week, without permission. Work Done Elsewhere. — Members of the staff and high school teachers residing and employed in Urbana or Champaign who have done graduate work in approved institutions elsewhere may, by passing examinations in that work, secure credit not to exceed four units toward the master's degree. They may complete the work for the degree by secur- ing at least four units more while registered in the Graduate School for not less than one academic year. Students in zoology who take work in a marine or fresh-water biological laboratory or station are permitted to offer not fewer than six weeks nor more than nine weeks of such work in partial fulfilment of the requirement for the master's degree.' This privilege is granted only when the work is done with the permission of the faculty (secured in ad- vance), in an approved laboratory, and under instructors accepted by the faculty. Credit for such work may be secured by examination after the student has submitted an official certificate of attendance at the laboratory or station, together with a full written report of the work done there. No candidate for the master's degree may avail himself of this provision who is not registered in the Graduate School for one full academic year, during which he shall do the rest of the work necessary for his degree. Similar arrangements are made, vmder similar conditions, for students of geology in connection with Geological Surveys. Majors and Minors. — -A candidate for a master's degree may do all his work in one subject, or he may select a major and one minor, or a major and two minors. A major or minor denotes the field of knowledge of a department, or such part thereof as consti- tutes a separate and independent division of that field. For a master's degree a major is at least half the work, or a minimum of four units, for one year. Less than one unit may not be counted as satisfying the requirements of a minor without the approval of the department concerned. Foreign Language. — The ability to use one or more of the modern languages ordinarily studied in the undergraduate curriculum is expected of all candidates for the master's degree, and in some lines of study is required. On this matter students should consult the heads of the departments in which their major subjects lie. Master's Thesis. — ^Each candidate for a master's degree is required to present a thesis on some subject approved by the professor in charge of his major work and by the Execu- tive Faculty of the Graduate School. Such approval, except in case of students working for a master's degree in simamer sessions only, must be secured not later than six weeks from the time when the student begins his year of residence. Students working for a master's degree exclusively in summer sessions must announce their thesis subjects not later than the beginning of their third session in residence. The requirement of a thesis may be waived, however, upon the recommendation of the head of the department in which the student is doing his major work and with the approval of the Dean, provided application to waive the thesis is made at the time for announcing thesis subjects. A student excused from writing a thesis must replace it with additional courses of instruction. No one will be excused from writing a thesis unless one-half of his program of studies consists of courses numbered 100 and upward. The thesis required from a candidate for a master's degree ordinarily will demand one-fourth of the student's time and may not exceed one-third of it. The thesis must be typewritten, on "thesis paper, "^ and the title page must be printed. The thesis in its final form, together with a certificate of approval by the proper officer, must be left by the professor in charge at the Dean's office at least two weeks before the date on which the degree is to be conferred. No article prepared for another use, or previously published, wiU be accepted as a thesis. •The experience at a marine laboratory which, as indicated above, is optional with the candidate for the master's degree, is required of all candidates for the doctorate in zoology. ^No other will be accepted by the Dean. ' ' Instructions for the preparation of theses " may be obtained at the Dean's office. I Second Degrees in Engineering 165 Thesis Work on Leave of Absence.— Under proper conditions a student may be per- mitted to complete the last fourth of his work, if devoted to his thesis, under leave of ab- sence. To get such permission the student must have secured credit for at least six units; must petition for the privilege; must submit to the Dean an outline of the proposed in- vestigation, approved by the head of his major department; and must present satisfactory evidence that adequate facilities are available to him at the place where he intends to do the proposed work. Approval on all these points must be obtained one collegiate year before the thesis is due. Grades. — While the system of grading is the same as for undergraduates (see page 76), the master's degree will not be awarded to any student who does not secure a grade of B or higher in three-fourths of the work (number of units) for the degree, including his thesis. A failure or absence from examination in any course may prevent the conferring of the degree; and, as already indicated, failure in any course in the major field precludes the conferring of the degree in the same year. SECOND DEGREES IN ENGINEERING Two classes of second degrees are open to graduates of the College of Engineering, namely, academic and professional. The academic second degree in engineering is Master of Science, following Bachelor of Science, in architecture, architectural engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, etc. This degree is conferred in accordance with the regulations described above for acade- mic work in residence only. The professional second degrees in engineering are as follows: Master of Architecture, after B.S. in architecture. Architectural Engineer, after B.S. in architectural engineering. Ceramic Engineer, after B.S. in ceramic engineering. Civil Engineer, after B.S. in civil engineering or B.S. in municipal and sanitary engi- neering. Electrical Engineer, after B.S. in electrical engineering. Mechanical Engineer, after B.S. in mechanical engineering. Engineer of Mines, CivU Engineer, Electrical Engineer, or Mechanical Engineer, after B.S. in mining or railway engineering, according to the course. Professional degrees are conferred on two classes of candidates: (1) graduates of the College of Engineering of the University of Illinois who have been engaged in ac- ceptable professional work away from the University at least three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science; (2) graduates of the University of Illinois, or of institu- tions of equal standing who have been engaged in acceptable professional work in resi- dence at the University for three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science. In "acceptable professional work" may be included contributions to technical litera- ture, activity in professional societies, investigation of engineering problems, and the teach- ing of engineering subjects. A candidate must declare his candidacy and file with the Dean of the College of Engi- neering, as chairman of the committee in charge, a detailed statement covering his pro- fessional study and experience, not later than the first Monday in November preceding the commencement at which he proposes to qualify. Prior to December 31 next succeed- ing, he must submit for approval an outline of his proposed thesis and he must file his com- pleted thesis not later than April 1. If the statement of professional experience and study and the thesis are accepted, the candidate must present himself at commencement in order to receive the degree. Candidates for professional engineering degrees who already hold the degree of Master of Science may qualify for the professional degree after two years of professional work. A candidate for a professional engineering degree must pay the incidental fee of fifty dollars on being notified that his professional study and experience are accepted as quali- fying him to enter as a candidate for the degree. No one will be enrolled as a candidate for the degree at the following commencement who does not pay his fee at this time. When a candidate for a professional engineering degree has once been accepted and has paid his fee, he is eligible on completion of the requirements to receive the degree at any time within five years, without additional fee; provided, however, that unless he completes the requirements within two years his name will be dropped from the list of candidates and that in order to receive the degree within the five-year period he must register once more. 166 The Graduate School THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Majors and Minors. — Each student who is seeking the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is expected to choose for study and final examination a major subject, or field of study, and a first and a second minor. The major subject is the field in which the student ex- pects to become expert and an authority. One minor must be a subject closely related to the major and may, under certain conditions and with proper approval, be a division of the major field of study. The re- maining minor must be taken from a department of study other than that of the major. For the doctor's degree no definite division of a student's time among major and minors can be made, to hold in all cases. In general the faculty approves an arrangement which, distributing the student's time through the required three years, apportions it equally among his three subjects in his first year of graduate study; in the proportion of two to one, as between his major and first minor, in the second year of graduate study (his second minor being finished and dropped at the end of the first year); and gives all his time to his major during his third year. While "full-time work" in the first year of graduate study, leading usually to a master's degree, is at least eight units for the two semesters, full-time work after the first year is not reckoned in units. The student is simply required to devote all his time to his work. Nor is there any necessary correspondence between the number of courses taken and the number of units required in the first year, or full-time work in any year. A first-year stu- dent might possibly secure all the credit necessary in two or three courses; and a second- year or third-year student might conceivably be devoting all his time to one course and his research or to his research alone. Period of Study. — The minimum period of study required for securing the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is three years, during which the student is required to devote all his working time to his studies. All three years must be spent in residence at some accredited educational institution and either the first two or the last one of the three must be spent at the University of Illinois. The degree is conferred, however, not for residence during a certain period, but for scholarly attainments and power of investigation, as proved by thesis and examinations. Credit for work done in other universities is not "transferred". The candidate is examined here on the subjects offered by him for the advanced degree. However, his period of residence at another institution of proper grade may be accepted, so far as it goes, in fulfilment of the residence requirement of the University of Illinois. Examinations Preliminary. — A. In major and minors. — Toward the end of his second year of study, or by special permission, at the beginning of his third year, the candidate for the degree must submit to a preliminar>' examination, in order to determine whether he will be accepted as a candidate for the degree in the following year. This examination is intended to test the student's knowledge of the fields of his major and minor subjects of study only. It is partly oral, and may be whoUy so. The student will not be admitted to his preliminary examination until the faculty is satisfied that he has finished substantially the equivalent of two years of graduate work. He must do a full year of graduate work between his preliminary examination and the completion of his work for the doctorate. jB. In Languages. — The candidate will be required to demonstrate his ability to read French and German and other languages needed in his work. This test of proficiency in the use of French and German must be passed before the student is admitted to the preliminary examination in major and minor subjects. Final Examination. — At least two weeks before the time when the degree is conferred, the candidate must submit to a final examination, given by a committee appointed by the Dean. This examination is primarily on the research work of the student, as embodied in his thesis, but it is not confined to that. It extends to the whole field of study of the candidate. It will not be confined to the courses which the candidate has attended in the University of Illinois only, if he has done part of the work elsewhere, or even to the field covered by the courses specifically taken in this or other universities; but it will be so conducted as to determine whether the candidate has a satisfactory grasp of his major subject as a whole, and a general acquaintance with the fields of knowledge represented by his course of study. Scholarships and Fellowships 167 The final examination may not be divided. The examination must be taken all at one time even tho it requires several sessions. If, after having passed his preUminary examination, he fails in the third year of his study to meet the expectations of the professors in charge of his work, or in any way fails to maintain the standard of scholarship and power of research expected of him, he may be refused admission to the final examination. Other Examinations. — Before the candidate is admitted to the final examination and the defense of his thesis, he may be required to take any other examination, oral or written, that is thought proper by the various departments in which he has stuaied. These ex- aminations are in addition to those in the courses for which the student is registered. They must be taken at the times for which they are set in the examination schedule. Thesis. — The power of independent research must be shown by the production of a thesis on some topic connected with the major subject of study. The candidate is ex- pected to defend his thesis or dissertation before the members of the faculty, or as many of them as may wish to question him about it, in connection with his final examination. The subject of the thesis should be chosen not later than the end of the second year of residence and must be submitted for formal approval by the faculty not later than six weeks from the beginning of his third year of residence. A typewritten copy of the complete thesis, on thesis paper\ and in final form, must be deposited in the office of the Dean for presentation to the examining committee not later than two weeks prior to the final examination and not later than four weeks before the time when the degree is conferred. At the same time, the candidate must deposit with the Dean a manuscript of the essential part, or an abstract, or a digest of his thesis, in condition for publication at a cost not to exceed seventy-five dollars ($75). The manuscript must be sufficient to show the method followed, the evidence used and the conclusions reached in the investigation, and must bear the approval of the department and the Executive Faculty of the Graduate School. The candidate must pay to the Comptroller before graduation the sum of seventy-five dollars ($75) out of which the University will print at least one hundred copies of this manuscript for circulation by the University, unless the thesis entire or in abbreviated form is published by the author or is accepted for publication by a standard journal or publisher within a year from the date of graduation. In the latter event, and after one hundred copies have been presented to the University by the writer, the cash deposit shall be returned to him. The typewritten and printed forms of the thesis must comply with the regulations given in "instruction for the preparation of masters' and doctors' theses", copies of which may be obtained at the Dean's office on application. Doctor^ s Degree in Engineering. — The degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering is offered for academic work of a high scholastic type in engineering science to students who wish to prepare themselves as teachers, investigators, and experts. The general requirements for this degree, as to preliminary education, linguistic at- tainments, etc., are the same as in other departments. The following branches of engineering science are open as majors: engineering mechanics, steam engineering, hydraulic and sanitary engineering, electrical engineering, heating and ventilation engineering, railway engineering, masonry construction and structural engineering, and coal-mining engineering. The first minor may be any of the sciences mentioned above or one of the following or an authorized combination of two of them: theoretical mechanics, mathematics, thermodynamics, chemistry, geology, physics (experimental or mathematical), zoology, botany and economics. The second minor should be in other than engineering subjects. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS Several scholarships and fellowships have been established by the Trustees of the University. To first-year graduate students of ability and promise there are open a num- ber of scholarships with a stipend of $300 each and freedom from tuition, incidental, and laboratory fees." To second-year and third-year graduate students, that is, those who have had one or two years of graduate study, there are open fellowships with a stipend varying 'No other will be accepted by the Dean. 'Up to a certain amount. 168 The Graduate School from S350 to S500, with freedom from the above-mentioned fees. The larger stipends are given only to students who are expected to take their degrees within the year. Unless he holds a first degree from the University of Illinois, each holder of a fellowship or scholar- ship must pay the matriculation fee of ten dollars, and also the diploma fee of ten dollars on receiving his diploma. Candidates for these scholarships and fellowships must be graduates of the Univer- sity of Illinois, or of colleges or universities having equivalent requirements for bachelors' degrees. Application must be made on blanks to be obtained from the Dean of the Graduate School. These application forms should be sent to the Dean of the Graduate School as early as possible in February of the acadernic year preceding that for which the fellow- ship is desired. No application will be considered if received later than March 1, until after April 15, the date when appointees from the first list of applicants must accept or refuse their appointments. Persons appointed are notified on April 1 and must send the Secretary of the Board of Trustees notice of their acceptance or refusal by April 15; and they must agree that, if accepted, the appointment will not be resigned to take a similar one in any other institu- tion during the year for which it is awarded. Nominations to fellowships are made on the grounds of worthiness of character, scholastic attainments, and promise of success in the principal field of study or research to which the candidate proposes to devote himself. Scholarships and fellowships are not given to candidates who are over thirty years of age at the time when the appointment is to be made. For second-year fellowships, adequate preparation in French, and for third-year fellowships, adequate preparation in French and German is required. An appointment as honorary fellow, without stipend, may be made as specified for paid fellowships in the case of any one who has shown distinguished merit in his work. The Cart Fellowship in Chemistry The Honorable Robert F. Carr, of the class of 1893, gave in 1919 the sum of ten thou- sand dollars, the income of which is to be used as the stipendium of a fellowship in chemistry or chemical engineering. Research Graduate Assistants in the Engineering Experiment Station The Engineering Experiment Station is devoted entirely to research. Its purposes are the study of problems of special importance to engineers and to manufacturing, rail- way, mining, and industrial interests, and the stimulation and elevation of engineering education. Fourteen research graduate assistantships have been established in the Engineering Experiment Station. These graduate assistantships are open to graduates of approved technical schools and universities. There is a stipend of $500 a 3'ear for each. AppUcants to whom these graduate assistantships are awarded are required to agree to hold them for two years, devoting one-half of their time to the work of the Engineering Experiment Station. At the expiration of this period, if all requirements have been met, the degree of Master of Science will be conferred. Applications for these graduate assistantships should be made to the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station not later than February 1. Candidates must present with their applications full information concerning themselves, including any written or published papers or results of investigation. Coming Glass Works Fellowships In June, 1920, the National Research Council created a fellowship in the Department of Ceramics with funds given it by the Coming Glass Works. The appointees to this fellowship have the status of fellows or half-time research assistants; they are given the use of the University's laboratories, under the condition that they pay for the materials used and the equipment damaged. Graduate Work in the Summer Session 169 Social Hygiene Board Fellowships In January, 1920, the U. S. Interdepartmental Social Hygiene Board gave to the University $3,500, of which $3,000 has been used to establish three fellowships of $800 and one fellowship of $600 in chemistry. The holders are given the same privileges as the persons holding Carr Fellowsliips in Chemistry. DuPont Fellowships DuPont de Nemours and Company gave the University in 1918 the sum of $750.00 with which to establish a fellowship in chemistry. They have repeated the gift in the succeeding years. THE ILLINOIS HISTORICAL SURVEY The Illinois Historical Survey is a department of the Graduate School established in 1910 to conduct research in the history of the State of Illinois. It possesses extensive col- lections of source materials for western history and is continually adding to them. It assists the Illinois State Historical Library in the publication of these and other materials in the Illinois Historical Collections. It also offers to graduate students direction in the preparation of theses or monographs based on its collections. The following persons constitute the staff of the Survey for the year 1922-1923: Laurence M. Larson, Ph.D., Professor of History, Director; Theodore Calvin Pease, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History, Assistant Director; Ameda R. King, Assistant. GRADUATE WORK IN THE SUMMER SESSION The Summer Session places emphasis on graduate courses leading to the master's degree. The departments related to high school teaching and to educational administra- tion have been selected as the centers of this emphasis. An attempt is made to vary the graduate offerings from year to year so that advanced students each year may find accept- able work in their chosen fields. The normal requirement for the master's degree is full work of graduate grade, satis- factorily completed, through one year of residence. This means a residence of thirty-six weeks at the University. Qualified graduate students may fulfill this residence require- ment in four summer sessions of eight weeks each. In certain cases it will be possible for the graduate student to complete the last fourth of his residence requirement under a leave of absence. This privilege may be granted in the event that the student is able to take advantage of opportunities for research and in- vestigation that are not afforded in the University community. Superintendents, prin- cipals, and class-room teachers frequently find it possible to carry on investigations in con- nection with their school work. There are, for example, numerous problems of school administration and of teaching for which the public school itself forms the only available '^laboratory". Where the investigation of such problems is prosecuted with the coopera- tion of a department of the University, it may be possible to count the work toward the master's degree. THE LIBRARY SCHOOL For a description of the Library Building, see page 52, for an account of the libraries themselves, see page 54; for the collection in library economy, see page 58; ior fees, see page 91. GENERAL STATEMENT The Library School offers a two-year curriculum to college graduates who wish to enter librarianship as a profession, and certain library courses to students in other schools and colleges of the University who may wish to elect them as a part of their course of train- ing. The instruction in the first or junior year covers the generally accepted methods and practises in library work; students who complete this year's work are prepared to accept positions in library service. In the second or senior year emphasis is placed on historical and comparative methods of treatment; new subjects are introduced to give the student the necessary outlook and equipment for more responsible positions. Altho stress is laid on simpUcity and economy, methods are taught to enable students to work in large libraries where bibliographic exactness is required. Emphasis is laid on the extension of the activities of the public library, and on the importance of cooperation between the library and the schools and other educational and social agencies. A member of the senior class in any other school or college of the University may, with the approval of the Director of the Library School, elect any course for which he is prepared. The school also offers to freshmen and sophomores a course on the use of the University library and the ordinary reference books. ADMISSION Admission to the Library School is conditioned on the presentation of credentials showing that the applicant holds a bachelor's degree in arts or science from the University of UUnois or has had other equivalent training. No entrance examinations are required. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Director of the School, and these, filled out, should be filed, together with such documentary material as the candidate may ofier, showing qualifications for admission, generally not later than August 1. It is to the candidate's interest to present application and certificates early, in order that the question of admission may be settled before he comes to Urbana. Recommended Preliminary Curriculvmi Undergraduates who intend, on the completion of their college work, to apply for ad- mission to the Library School, are requested to select their courses so as to conform in general to the following recommended program of studies preparatory to library work. English literature, 10'; Rhetoric, 6. Latin, 8, in addition to four years of high school Latin. German, 12, in addition to two years of high school German. French, 8, in addition to two years of high school French. German and French begun in college instead of in high school should be continued for a longer period. Medieval and Modern European history, 6; history of England, 6; history of the United States, 6. Economics, 6; political science, 4; sociology, 6. Philosophy, 4; general psychology, 4. Zoology, 6; botany, 4; chemistry or physics, 6. The total of this work is 102 semester hours, leaving the equivalent of about one year of a four-year course free for work in other subjects or for more work in the subjects named. Advanced Standing College graduates who have had approved library experience or who have attended other library schools may be accorded advanced standing by securing credit for some of the 'The figure after each subject denotes the minimum number of semester hours which the student should devote to that subject. 170 I Curriculum 171 courses required for graduation. After satisfying all entrance requirements and after matriculation, the applicant for advanced standing may secure such credit either by exam- ination or by transfer of credits from an approved institution offering courses in library economy. (See page 68.) Unclassified Students It is the practise of this School to admit as unclassified students only those mature persons who, tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are prepared for thoro and advanced work. Such persons must present e\'idence of possessing the in- formation and ability to pursue profitably, as unclassified students, the chosen subjects, and some substitute for the regular requirements for entrance, such as the completion of part of a college course, approved library or teaching experience, or foreign travel. Prefer- ence will be given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illinois libraries. Students thus admitted are expected to take the entire curriculum prescribed for those who are candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Library Science. PREPARATION FOR SPECIAL LIBRARIES For the benefit of students who plan to work in special libraries, a modification of the senior course may be permitted. A student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the junior year may petition for such modification, provided he intends to work in a busi- ness, technical, agricultural, or other special library, and proAdded his undergraduate courses included a sufficient number in the field in which he expects to specialize. In such instances, the faculty may permit the student to substitute for certain of the Library School courses, such electives in the various colleges of the University as vhH fit the student for special library work in the subject selected. LIBRARY VISITS AND FIELD WORK Each year all the students in the School visit the libraries and certain of the book binderies, book stores, and printing establishments of either Chicago and vicinity or St. Louis and vicinity. During this visit, which occupies one week, the students are accom- panied by members of the faculty. The estimated expense of this visit is about $30 for each trip. Students are required to present a written report of the week's visit on their return to the University, as the work forms part of Library 23 and Library 26. In order to assure a varied library experience, each student in the senior year is re- quired to spend one month in an assigned library, usually a public library, working, as far as practicable, under the same conditions as a member of the staff of that library, but with- out compensation. Written and oral reports of the month of field work are required, as the work forms part of Library 26. The estimated ex^^ense for the month of field work has been about $50. CURRICULUM The curriculum is two years in length. For graduation a student must receive credit for all courses except those marked with an asterisk (*), which are elective. The degree of Bachelor of Library Science is conferred on a student who has completed the required work in the two years' curriculum, and has received credit in courses amounting to 62 semester hours. JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Hours' Lib. Sc. 2a — Reference 3 Lib. Sc. 2b — Reference 3 Lib. Sc. 3a — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 3b — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 16 — Order and Accession 2 Lib. Sc. 30 — Practise 3 Lib. Sc. 17 — Classification 3 Lib. Sc. 7 — History of Libraries 2 Lib. Sc. 18— Cataloging 3 Lib. Sc. 19— Trade Bibliography 1 Lib. Sc. 20 — Loan Department 1 Lib. Sc. 21 — Printing, Binding, Indexing ... 2 Lib. Sc. 23a — Library Administration 1 Lib. Sc. 22 — Library Extension 3 Lib. Sc. 23b — Library Administration 1 Total 15 Total 17 ^Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. 172 The Library School SENIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTEB Lib. Sc. 41a — Subject Bibliography ♦Lib. Sc. 8 — Advanced Reference Lib. Sc. 40a — Practise Lib. Sc. 13a — Public Documents Lib. Sc. 15a — Seminar Lib. Sc. 24a — Selection of Books Lib. Sc. 26a — Library Administration . . . ♦Lib. Sc. 27 — Bibliographical Institutions Hours* 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 1 SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Lib. Sc. 41b — Subject Bibliography 1 Lib. Sc. 9 — History of Printing 2 Lib. So. 40b— Practise 3 ♦Lib. Sc. 42 — Public Documents 3 Lib. Sc. 15b — Seminar 2 Lib. Sc. 24b — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 26b — Library Administration 3 *Lib. Sc. 28— Practise 1 to 4 *Lib. Sc. 29 — Advanced Classification 2 ♦Lib. Sc. 43 — High School Library Adminis- tration 2 Total 16 Total 21 to 24 LIBRARY CLUB Any member of the Library School faculty or of the staff of the University Library and any student in the Library School may become a member. Six meetings are held each year. ALUMNI LOAN FUND The University of Illinois Library School Association has voted to make all surplus funds in its treasury available for loan to senior library school students. About $1,000 are available for that purpose on the vote of the School faculty. In addition to the courses of the regular two years' curriculum, the School also offers to its students the advantages of hearing lectures by men and women prominent in biblio- graphical and library fields. From eight to ten such additional lectures on subjects con- nected with librarianship are given each year. ^Semester hours. For definition, see page 209. THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC For admission to the School of Music, see the general statement of entrance require- ments of the University, pages 62-75. For fees, see page 91. For the faculty of the School of Music and description of the courses in music, see under "Music" in the "Description of Courses", Part III. GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Music offers regular courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Music. In conjunction with the College of Education the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education is offered to students completing the curriculum in Public School Music (see page 116). All students majoring in a practical subject are required to take Music 94 (Recital) in the Junior and Senior years. Students of the School of Music are not allowed to participate in any musical activity outside the University without the consent of the Director of the School of Music. All courses in History, Theory, and Appreciation of Music are open to students free of charge. The University Choral Society and the University Orchestra are open to qualified per- sons from any College. The faculty of the School of Music give recitals and lectures on musical subjects during the year. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 62 to 75. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music must offer credit for 130 semester hours, including the prescribed subjects named below, together with an acceptable thesis on a topic related to music. All music students are expected to attend the concerts and recitals which are given under the auspices of the School of Music. Public performance being part of the course of study in a practical subject, all students are required to participate in a program when sufficiently prepared. The Course in Public School Music Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education will enter the College of Education at the beginning of the third year. For the curriculum see page 116. 173 174 The School of Music Curriculum in Music Leading to the degree of Bachelor of Music FIRST FIRST SEMESTER Hours* Music 3 — Harmony 2 Music 42a, 52a, 62a or 81 — Piano, Voice, Vio- lin or Organ (Major subject) Music 46a, o6a, 66a, or 83a — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Minor subject) Music 21 — -Ear Training and Sight Singing . Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes Foreign Language — French, German, Italian, or Spanish Phys. Ed. 7a — Gymnasium (Women) Hyg. 2 — Hygiene (Women) Phys. Ed. 1 — Gymnasium (Men) Hyg. 1 — Hygiene (Men) Mil. la and lb, 11a and lib, 21a and 21b, or 51a and 51b — Military Drill and Theory . YEAR SECOND SEMEBTEB Hours Music 4 — Harmony 2 Music 42b, 52b, 62b, or 82— Piano, Voice, Vio- lin, or Organ (Major subject) 4» Music 46b, 56b, 66b, or 83b— Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Minor subject) 2' Music 22 — Ear Training and Sight Singing . 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Foreign Language — French, German, Italian, or Spanish 4 Phys. Ed. 7b— Gymnasium (Women) 1 Phys. Ed. 2 — Gymnasium (Men) 1 Mil. 2a and 2b, 12a and 12b, 22a and 22b, or 52a and 52b— Military Drill and Theory . 1 Total, Men 18 Total, Women 18 Total, Men 18 Total, Women 17 Music 1 — History of Music Music 5 — Advanced Harmony Music 43a, 53a, 63a, or 84 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) Music 46c, 56c, 66c, or 83c — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Minor subject) Music 23 — -Ear Training and Sight Singing . Foreign Language, or Elective* Phys. Ed. 8a (Women) Mil. 3a and 3b, 13a and 13b, 23a and 23b, or 53a and 53b— Military Drill and Theory . SECOND YEAR 2 Music 2 — History of Music 3 Music 6 — Advanced Harmony Music 43b, 53b, 63b, or 85 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) Music 46d, 56d, 66d, or 83d — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Minor subject) Music 24 — Ear Training and Sight Singing . Foreign Language, or Elective* Phys. Ed. 8b (Women) Mil. 4a and 4b, 14a and 14b, 24a and 24b, or 54a and 54b — Military Drill and Theory . Total 17 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Music 7 — Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue . . 3 Music 44a, 54a, 64a, or 86 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) 5" Music 46e, 66e, or 83e — Minor subject 2 Educ. 25 — Educational Psychology 3 Engl. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 Music 8 — Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue . . 3 Music 44b, .54b, 64b, or 87 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) 5* Music 46f, 56f , 66f, or 83f— Minor subject . . 2 Music 94a — Recital 2 Engl. 2 — Survey of English Literature 4 Total 17 Total 16 FOURTH YEAR Music 9 — Analysis, Musical Form 2 Music 15 — Instrumentation 1 Music 45a, 5.5a, 65a, or 88 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) 5^ Music 46g. 56g, 66g, or 83g — Minor subject . 2 Educ. 10— Technic of Teaching 3 Engl. 23 — Introduction to Shakespeare 3 Music 10 — Analysis, Musical Form 2 Music 16 — Instrumentation 1 Music 45b, 55b, 65b, or 89 — Piano, Voice, Violin, or Organ (Major subject) 5* Music 46h, 56h, 66h, or 83h— Minor subject 2 Music 94b— Recital 2 Total 16 Total 12 MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The University Choral Society is conducted by the Director of the School of Music, and gives two choral concerts during the year. The chorus meets once a week. Faculty, students of the University, and singers of the community are admitted by examination or conference with the Director. The University Orchestra is conducted by the Director of the University Bands, and meets for rehearsal once a week. Concerts are given throughout the year. It is open to all students who qualify for membership. iSemester hours. For definition, see page 209. ST wo lessons each week, with two hours or practise required daily. 'One lesson each week, with one hour of practise required daily. 'Elective may be taken only if the student has offered three or more units of foreign language for en- trance to the University. 'Two lessons each week, with three hours of practise required daily. THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND ADMINISTRATION GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Railway Engineering and Administration has been established to pre- pare men for the technical and administrative departments of railroads. The work offered is arranged in five different curricula, any one of which is designed to occupy four years' time. The curricula are: Railway Civil Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering Railway Administration Railway Transportation The first three of these curricula are administered by the College of Engineering, and a description of them appears with that of other cvuricula offered by this College. Students are admitted to them under the same conditions as to other curricula of the College of Engineering, and they have available for their use all of the library, drafting- room, and laboratory facilities which constitute the equipment of this College. The last two curricula are administered by the College of Commerce and Business Administration; they are described in detail in connection with the other curricula of this College. Stu- dents are admitted to them under the same conditions as to other curricula of the College of Commerce and Business Administration. It is the purpose of each of these curricula to add to a foundation of general discipline and specialized training for those who look forward to careers in railway service. 175 THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE For the faculty of the College of Medicine, see page 31 ; for a description of the build- ing, see page 53; for fees, see page 92; for scholarships, see pages 90 and 177. GENERAL STATEMENT The College of Medicine of the University of Illinois is in Chicago, located in the city block bounded by Harrison, Congress, Honore, and Lincoln streets ADMISSION For the requirements for admission, see page 69. Unclassified Students The general rule of the University with reference to unclassified students applies to the College of Medicine: "Persons over twenty-one years of age, not candidates for a degree, may, on approval of the Dean, be admitted to classes for which they are prepared. Advanced Standing The University will accept scholarship and time credits for work done in medical col- leges having standards equal to those of the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois, in so far as this work coincides with or is the full equivalent of the courses prescribed by the University. The pre-medical work of the applicant must meet in full the admission requirements for the class which he desires to enter. This will be determined by the evaluation of his credits on the basis of transcripts obtained directly from the schools where they were earned. The applicant must present a letter of honorable dismissal from the college in which he pursued his medical studies and be eligible for promotion therein. He must further be able to comply with the requirements for such promotion in the University of Illinois. (See page 179.) Moreover, his record must be of such a character as to give evidence of a high grade of scholarship. Irregularities due to differences in the curricula must be satisfactorily adjusted dur- ing the first year ot the student's attendance. Registration Students are required to register in the office of the Secretary immediately upon the opening of the term for the work of that term, and credit will be allowed only in the branches in which they are registered. Students will be registered in the order in which their fees are paid. Owing to limited space the number of students in each class is limited to one hundred. Students entering the University for the first time will be registered in the order in which their fees are paid. FEES AND EXPENSES All fees are payable in advance. The entire matriculation fee and laboratory' fee are due and must be paid during the registration days of the first semester, together with half of the general fee. The remainder of the general fee is due and payable on the registration days of the second semester. Exceptions to this rule will be made only with the approval of the proper administra- tive officer. 176 Requirements for Graduation 177 There are no fees for special courses or quizzes. No members of the instructional staff are allowed to accept special fees. Fees charged special students are based on the amount of work taken. Alumni are admitted to all regular courses, without charges, except in laboratory work, in which a charge is made for material actually used. Each student is required to provide himself with a compound microscope of such a quality as to meet the requirements of the work of the curriculum. Living Expenses The expense of living in Chicago is less than in most other large cities. From forty to fifty dollars a month may be regarded as adequate for the ordinary living expenses of a student exclusive of books, clothing, railroad fare, and miscellaneous needs. The expense for books varies between $25.00 and $50.00 a year. The instructors at the beginning of each course direct their students in regard to the purchase of text-books. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS Rea Scholarships Through the generosity of the late Professor R. L. Rea a fund has been provided for four scholarships each year for worthy students. These scholarships are awarded annually by the officers of the Faculty. For the season of 1921-22, they were granted to the following students: Julius Adler Azor Victor Nasatir Abraham Ettleson Johannes Nielsen Isaac Karlin Herman Pilka Jacob Klein Evsay Prilla For information concerning other scholarships available to students in the College of Medicine, see page 90. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation from the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois must meet the following requirements: 1. He must have presented acceptable evidence of good moral character. 2. He must have paid all indebtedness to the college. 3. He must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed curriculum of the College of Medicine, comprising four years, of thirty-four weeks each, and in addition must have satisfactorily completed a hospital course of not less than twelve months' duration in a hospital approved by the University of Illinois. A year of research or graduate work will be accepted in lieu of the hospital year. In order to be eligible for an internship in an approved hospital in Illinois a candi- date must pass the regular examination of the Illinois State Board of Health and receive from the Board a "limited license", authorizing him "to practise medicine or surgery in a hospital approved by the Illinois State Board of Health and in no other place whatso- ever in this State, said limited license to remain in force and effect for a period not ex- ceeding eighteen months from date of issue of same." (Schedule of Minimum Requirements for Medical Colleges in good standing with the Illinois State Board of Health as amended January 27, 1917.) Students admitted to advanced standing from other medical schools will not be given full time credit for any year of less than thirty-two weeks of actual work. The fourth year of the curriculum must have been taken in the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. The diploma for the degree of Doctor of IVIedicine will be issued upon the presenta- tion of satisfactory evidence that the fifth year has been acceptably completed. The rules of the Illinois State Board of Health make the following provision for the issuance of the permanent license: "At the expiration of the limited license and surrender of same, or upon the com- pletion of the twelve-months' hospital com-se and the surrender of the limited license, and upon presentation of satisfactory evidence that the hospital course has been completed within eighteen months subsequent to the date of completion of the fifth year of the medi- 178 The College of Medicine cal course, and further that the candidate presents a diploma of graduation by the medi- cal college, school, or institution in which he or she completed the fifth year of the medical course, the State Board of Health may then issue to the holder of said temporary or limited license a regular permanent certificate, without further examination or fee, provided that all other requirements prescribed by the Act regulating the practise of Medicine in the State of Illinois and by the rules of the Illinois State Board of Health relating thereto have been satisfactorily complied with." CURRICULA AND DEGREES The student is offered his choice of the following combinations: 1. A nine-year curriculum — ^four years in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, followed by five years in the College of Medicine in Chicago, leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine. This course of study is recommended students who can afford the time for it, and who are of the average age of graduation from the public high schools. 2. An eight-year curriculum — -three years in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana, followed by five years in the College of Medicine in Chicago. Students taking this course are permitted, at the end of their first year in the College of Medicine, to trans- fer credits in the medical sciences to complete the requirements for graduation of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts. On the completion of the remaining four years in the College of Medicine they receive the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 3. A seven-year curriculum — two years in a recognized College of Liberal Arts and Sciences followed by five years in the College of Medicine. The work of the first two years must include certain prescribed subjects. On the completion of the first two years in the College of Medicine, these students receive the degree of Bachelor of Science; and on the completion of the five years in the College of Medicine, they receive the degree of Doctor of Medicine. The two years of work in Arts and Sciences required for admission to the College of Medicine may be taken in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana. GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION The course of study extends over five years. During the first two years the work is, in the main, confined to the sciences funda- mental to practise medicine, and the time of the student is largely devoted to laboratory work; during the first year, this consists of work in anatomy, chemistry, embryology, histology, and physiology. During the second year the study of anatomy and physiology is continued, and in addition the student takes up bacteriology, laboratory diagnosis, operative surgery, pathology, materia medica, pharmacologj', therapeutics, and hygiene. During the third and fourth years the time is largely devoted to the various clinical branches, emphasis being given to practical instruction in dispensary and hospital clinics. The fifth year consists of a twelve months' interne service in a hospital approved by the faculty of the college, or a year of research or graduate work. Students are prohibited from doing work that interferes in any way with the ful- filment of the requirements of the curriculum. Unofficial clinical work may not be sub- stituted for the official clinical requirements of the curriculum. Electives The student is required to select from a number of courses offered for this purpose two hours of work in the third year and six hours of work in the fourth year. Optional Work Optional courses supplementary to the required work of the regular curriculum are offered in many departments. Students may be permitted to register for such courses after completing the work of the first year with the consent of the committee. No credit toward the degree in medicine is allowed for this work. General Plan of Instruction 179 Examinations General examinations are held in all subjects at the end of each term during the week set apart for this purpose. Absences from examinations count as failures unless they occur for satisfactory reasons, in which case the student may be examined subsequently, provided permission for such examination be granted by the Dean of the College of Medicine. Grades The system of grading is as follows: A, excellent; B, good; C, fair; D, poor (but pass- ing); E, failure. A "failure" can be removed only by repetition of the subject in course in an approved institution. No "conditions" are allowed. Promotions Failures to the extent of 100 hours may be carried from the first (Freshman) year into the second (Sophomore) year or from the second (Sophomore) year to the third (Junior) year. No failures of the third (Junior) year may be carried into the fourth (Senior) year. No failures may be carried from the fourth (Senior) year into the fifth (Interne) year. Failures must be made up in course, and the number of hours of such failures shall be deducted from the total number of hours of the regular work for the period. Refusal of Further Registration on Account of Poor Scholarship A student who in any semester receives failures in one-half the total number of hours in his course, shall be refused further registration in the College of Medicine. Grades for Degree of Bachelor of Science No student having grades below C in subjects aggregating twenty-five per cent, of the work of the first two years will be recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science. Reports Reports on scholarship and attendance are mailed to all students as soon as possible after the end of each term. CLINICAL FACILITIES Dispensary The Dispensary occupies the first floor and part of the second floor of the College Building. It is divided into ten departments: medicine, surgery, pediatrics, orthopedics, laryngology, dermatology, ophthalmology, gynecology, neurology, and genito-urinary diseases. Twenty-nine thousand seven hundred forty-four treatments were given in 1921- 1922. Seven thousand four hundred sixty-eight new patients were registered dming the same period. Opportunities are afforded the student to examine the cases personally under the guidance of instructors. As far as possible, the student is required to make laboratory examinations pertaining to his own cases. Such examinations as the Wasserman reaction are made by the instructors in the laboratory but the student has an opportunity to follow these and to learn the technic involved. Clinics In addition to those in the dispensary more than 600 clinics in various hospitals are open to students. The great majority of diseases seen in the temperate zone are demon- strated, and most of the operations of surgery are performed in these clinics. Fourth-year students are required to examine and diagnose many cases, and under certain conditions may assist in operations. 180 The College of Medicine The Cook County Hospital is located within half a block of the College. This institution is the largest charity hospital in America. During the past year, it has cared for 51,569 patients. In this hospital is conducted much of the clinical instruction of the College. Medical appointments in this institution are made each year by the Civil Service Board. The internes, 64 in number, are selected each spring by competitive examination. Only graduates of medical colleges of Cook County are eligible for these examinations. The internes serve eighteen months. The County Morgue is located in the hospital grounds, and daily postmortems are held by the pathologists of the hospital. The hospital tickets cost $5.00 each. They are for sale at the office of the Warden. They admit the holders to all clinics and autopsies and to all public operations and lectures. The University Hospital is located at the corner of Congress and Lincoln streets, oppo- site the College. The Directors of the hospital are members of the faculty of the College. Bedside instruction is given, under certain conditions, to small groups of students. No students, excepting those of the College, ' were admitted to clinical instruction in the hospital during the year 1921-22. There is no charge for admission to these clinics. The selection of internes for this hospital is limited to graduates of the College. Clinical instruction to students in small groups, and bedside instruction to those serving as externes, may be given in the following hospitals: Augustana Hospital St. Joseph's Hospital Michael Reese Hospital West Side Hospital St. Luke's Hospital Grant Hospital Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear St. Elizabeth's Hospital Infirmary Chicago Policlinic Hospital St. Mary's of Nazareth Hospital New Hospital Facilities The General Assembly of 1919 appropriated $300,000 for the construction of aCluiical Building. This building will be devoted to the investigation and treatment of those diseases which belong in the fields of general medicine, surgery, obstetrics, and gynecology. The General Assembly of 1919 also appropriated about $1,000,000 to the State Depart- ment of Public Welfare for the construction of a group of Educational Hospitals in the city of Chicago. This group is to begin with the construction of the Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary, a Psj'^chiatric Institute, and a Surgical (Orthopedic) Institute for Children. The last General Assembly supplemented the above appropriation by $1,000,000 to complete and equip the buildings under construction, and $500,000 for research labor- atories and library. On the 5th day of July, 1919, the State Department of Public Welfare and the State University agreed to a plan of cooperation and differentiation with the following objects in view: to construct and maintain a great group of hospitals and institutes in the medical center of Chicago where laboratories, libraries, and medical skUl could be readUy obtained; to provide medical treatment for the indigent sick of the State; to give young men and women a medical education and training such that they would become active soldiers in the warfare for the prevention as well as the cure of disease; to help practising physicians of the State to keep in touch with the latest and best methods of preventing and curing human ailments; to tell the people of the State tlirough special lectures and bulletins how to keep themselves physically efficient. The object is to determine the cause of sickness and on the basis of this knowledge institute preventive measures. ■ By this plan of cooperation the College of Medicine will present clinical advantages, the value of which cannot be over- estimated. LIBRARY FACILITIES The Quine Library is housed on the second floor of the medical building. It contains 26,311 bound volumes and a number of reprints and separates. The collections of the library include the standard text-books, works of reference monographs, and journal files in the fields of medicine, dentistry, and pharmacy. The John Crerar Library, containing files of journals, monographs, separates, and standard texts, covering practically the entire field of medicine, is easily accessible from the College. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES* ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, EMBRYOLOGY Professor Eycleshymer; Professor Emmel; Associate Professor Moodie; Assistant Professor Cooper; Dr. Nadeau, Dr. Crile, Dr. Dunn, Dr. White, Mr. Jones, Miss Meakin, Mr, Beolio, Mr. Miller, Mr. Hammer. General Statement The laboratories for gross anatomy comprise two dissecting rooms and a number of smaller rooms for embalming, storing, and prosecting. A plastic studio is situated adjacent to the dissecting room and is available for anatomical reconstruction work and the use of models for teaching purposes. The laboratories for histology and embryology, together with the offices and research laboratories, are situated on the third and fourth floors of the Medical Building. The equipment includes apparatus for embalming, section- ing, macerating, corroding, and digesting; microtomes, microscopes, parafi'in ovens, draw- ing apparatus, chemicals, glassware, and Grubler stains. A small museum contains special dissections, osteological preparations, and models; sets of histological, neurological, and embryological slides; charts, lantern slides, and other teaching accessories. The depart- mental library contains the standard texts and about 2500 special monographs. All the English, German, and French anatomical journals are received. The Crerar Library is readily accessible and makes it possible to consult practically the whole literature of anat- omy, biology, and zoology. Required Courses — First Year 22. Embryology. — Ovogenesis and spermatogenesis, maturation, ovulation, and its relation to menstruation, fertihzation, segmentation, gastrulation, formation and signifi- cance of germinal layers; formation of foetal envelopes and placenta; organs, and systems of organs; congenital malformations. Lectures and recitations; 2: laboratory; 2 two- hour periods. I {first half). Associate Professor Moodie and assistants 23. Cytology, Histology and Microscopic Anatomy. — Animal cells; modified cells in blood and lymph, epithelial, connective, muscular, and nervous tissues, and their re- lationships in the body. Lectures and recitations; 3: laboratory; 3 three-hour periods. I. Associate Professor Moodie and assistants 26. Neurology. — The gross and microscopic anatomy of the brain, spinal cord, and organs of special sense. Lectures and recitations; 2: laboratory; 2 two-hour periods. I {second half). Associate Professor Moodie and assistants 27-28. Regional and Systematic Anatomy. — Complete dissection of the human body: (1) Superior and inferior extremities, (2) thorax and abdomen, (3) the head and neck. Anatomical structure, functional significance, regional relationship of surgical and clinical importance, and structural variation of the component organs and systems. Lectures, recitations, and laboratory; 3 three-hour periods. II. Professor Emmel, Assistant Professor Cooper and assistants Required Courses — Second Year 3L Topographical Anatomy. — Topography and relations of the various regions, systems, and organs of the body. Lectures and recitations; 2: laboratory; 2 three-hour periods. I. Professor Emmel and assistants Applied and Surgical Anatomy. — (See department of surgery.) iThe Arabic numerals preceding the captions indicate the number of the courses. Courses numbered with the letter X following the numeral, are optional subjects in which 1 hour of work per semester is required in the third year and 3 hours in the fourth year. Unless otherwise specifically stated, the Arabic numerals following the descriptions of courses indicate the number of one-hour periods. The Roman numerals I and II indicate the number of semesters over which the course extends. 181 182 The College of Medicine Optional Coiirses SO. Microscopical Technic. — Preparation of objects; injecting blood vessels and lymphatics; maceration, digestion, and corrosion; decalcification, fixation of tissues, em- bedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting. Mr. Boelio 53. Medical Illustrating. — Drawing, including perspective; values and their adapta- tion to the representation of medical subjects; normal and pathological specimens, both gross and microscopic; media adapted for representing certain conditions and structures, and for special methods of reproduction, such as line work, half tone, and lithography. Mr. Jones 56. Embryology and Histogenesis. — The structural changes in the principal tissues and their cellular elements during growth; changes in the structure of cells during senes- cence. Professor Eycleshymer 59. Neurology. — The relation of the nervous system to body growth. Assistant Professor Moodie Courses Preparatory to Specialization (Special Fee) 62. a. The Eye. b. The Ear. c. Mouth, Nose, and Throat. d. The Thorax and Abdomen. e. The Genito-Urinary System. f . Pelvic Anatomy. g. The Extremities, especially the joints and their mechanism. h. The Brain and Spinal Cord. Research. — Physicians who desire to do research and students who have had three years of university training are invited to begin research work in this department. A reading knowledge of French and German is essential. 65-66. Seminar. — Critical reviews of recent anatomical literature; preparation of bibliographies and of scientific papers for publication. Presentation and discussion of the results of investigations. Courses for Graduates 101. Histogenesis. — The structural changes in tissues and their elements which are directly correlated with normal processes, such as growth, activity, rest, fatigue, senility. One imit. Professors Eycleshymer, Emmel; Associate Professor Moodie 103. Individual Research in Embryology and Histogenesis. — One or two units. Professors Eycleshymer, Emmel; Associate Professor Moodie DERMATOLOGY Assistant Professor Senear; Dr. Fink, Dr. Wien Required Courses — Fourth Year 1. Practise. — Lectures, 1. I. Assistant Professor Senear 5. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital, 1. II. Assistant Professor Senear 9-10. Clinic— College Dispensary. In sections, 3 one-hour periods {three weeks). II. Assistant Professor Senear, Dr. Fink, Dr. Wien HYGIENE, SOCIAL HYGIENE, CRIMINOLOGY, AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE Professor Adler; Dr. Levy, Mr. Brothers, Mr. Mills Required Course — Second and Fourth Years 4. Hygiene and Public Health. — General etiology, immunity, contagious diseases, epiderniology, and preventive medicine; organization of health departments and the work of divisions of the same; vital statistics, inspection of schools and factories; sanitation; food supply and control; public welfare. Lectures and practical work. 3J^ hours per week. I. Professor Medicine 183 Required Course — Third Year 6. Medical Jurisprudence. — The principles of law governing individual and pro- fessional rights and obligations; responsibilities arising from the relation of physician and patient; confidential character and inviolability of such relation; medical laws of various states. Lectures, 1. I. Mr. Brothers LARYNGOLOGY, RHINOLOGY AND OTOLOGY Professor Pierce; Associate Professor Beck; Dr. Edward Francis Garraghan, Dr. Walter Henry Theobald, Dr. Jacques Holinger, Dr. Charles Francis Yerger, Dr. Maxtrice H. Cottle. General Statement The fundamentals of diseases of the nose, throat, and ear based on anatomy, phy- siology, and pathology of these organs, and the clinical manifestations of their more common diseases furnish the basis of the work in this department. Stress will be laid on the re- lationship of these special organs to the body as a whole in health and disease. Teaching will be facilitated by laboratory studies by Bezold's large models of the ear, macerated specimens of the nose, throat and ear 'by lantern slides and stereoptic demonstrations, as well as by actual examination of individuals in the out-patient department and in the hospital. Required Courses — Third Year 3. Practise. — The surgical anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the ear, nose, and throat. 1. I. Professor Pierce and Associate Professor Beck 7. Clinic. — Illinois Eye and Ear Infirmary. Diseases of the ear, nose, and throat. In sections; 2. I. {eight weeks). 11. Practise. — The diseases of the throat and nose. 1. I. 14.-15. Clinic. — College Dispensary. In sections; 3 {three weeks). II. Dr. Garraghan, Dr. Theobald, Dr. Yerger MEDICINE Professor Williamson Division of Internal Medicine Professors Williamson, Tice, Goodkind, Patton, Elliott; Associate Professors Smithies, Heintz, Lewison, Weatherson, Strauss, Moore, Chauvet; Assistant Pro- fessor Quiglet; Dr. Krasa, Dr. Metcalf, Dr. Wilson, Dr. Jirka, Dr. Ely, Dr. Jacob- BON, Dr. Mosley, Dr. Wittelle, Dr. Sawyer, Dr. Schick, Dr. Cipriani, Dr. Propst. General Statement The work in internal medicine begins in the second year and extends through the third and fourth years. In the second year the student begins his work in internal medi- cine with the study of physical diagnosis on the normal subject. This is followed by the study of pathological cases. The class is divided into small groups, so that the instruction is individual. Coincident with this work, the student takes up the study of laboratory diagnosis which lays the foundation for the practical clinical work in the dispensary, be- ginning in the third year and extending through the fourth year. In the third year instruction is carried on partly by means of conferences and recita- tions and partly by clinics. This division of work enables the student not only to obtain systematic instruction in the fundamentals of internal medicine but also to see clinical cases presented, bearing directly on this systematic instruction. At the same time he has opportunity to come into intimate contact with patients and to examine them in the dispensary imder supervision. Stress is laid upon the student's personal examination and treatment of the cases. In the fourth year instruction is carried on partly by means of conferences, with group quizzes on the topics covered. This is a continuation of the work of the third year. A large part of the work, however, is clinical and is given not only in the College but in the Cook County, University, St. Luke's, and Augustana Hospitals. In addition, practical work in the various medical specialities is given in the dispensary. Special emphasis is laid upon the clinical work in small groups. Required Course — Second Year 2a-2b. Physical Diagnosis. — (a) Lectures; 1. I. (b) Practical drill on normal sub- jects; given to small sections of the class. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Lewibon, Associate Professor Chauvet 184 The College of Medicine Required Courses — Third Year 9. Practise. — General survey of the important diseases as a working basis pre- paratory for the clinical courses. Conferences and recitations. 4. II. Associate Professor Heintz; Dr. Kjjasa, Dr. Cipriani, Dr. Sawyer, Dr. Propst, Dr. Shick 13. Clinic. — University Hospital Amphitheater. Selected topics. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Heintz 15. Clinic. — Cook Coimty Hospital Amphitheater. Selected topics. 1 two-hour period. I. Assistant Professor Quigley 23. Physical Diagnosis Clinics. — Cook County Hospital, tuberculosis wards. To small groups. 1. I. Associate Professor Lewison, Associate Professor Chatjvet 27-28. Clinic. — Dispensary. Practical work on out-patients. Practically every variety of disease of an ambulatory nature common to the temperate zone may be seen here. In sections, 3 two-hour periods {three weeks). II. Associate Professor Moore; Dr. Metcalf, Dr. Wilson, Dr. Mosley, Dr. Jirka, Dr. WiTTELLE, Dr. Jacobson. Required Courses — ^Fourth Year 31-32. Practise. — Continuation of course of study of previous year; subject elab- orated and amplified in conjunction with the clinical work. Lectures illustrated by patho- logical specimens, charts, and lantern slides; conferences; 4, I; 2, I. Lectures, Professors Williamson, or Tice Conferences and recitations, Associate Professor Weatherson 35. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital Amphitheater. Selected topics. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Williamson 37. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital Amphitheater, Selected topics. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Tice 39. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital Amphitheater. Selected topics. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Strauss 41. Clinic. — St. Luke's Hospital. 1 two-hour period. Professor Elliott 47. Clinic. — Augustana Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Smithies 49-51. Seminar. — Work in cooperation with the departments of surgery and ob- stetrics. The student receives 48 hours of credit, 16 in each department, altho the work is done only in one department. The entire class is divided into three groups and each of these again into five sub-groups. During the first semester the groups meet in- formally and abstracts are prepared and submitted for criticism. During the second sem- ester each group is assigned one hour in which to present its work before the entire class. Professors Williamson, Hess; Associate Professor Moore Optional Courses — ^Third Year 1-X. Tuberculosis. Associate Professor Chatjvet 2-X. Tuberculosis of the Lymphatic System. Dr. Metcalf Optional Courses — ^Fourth Year 3-X. Diseases of the Blood. {Eight Weeks). Associate Professor Moore 4-X. Tuberculosis. {Eight Weeks). Associate Professor Moore 5-X. Diseases of the Heart. Associate Professor Strauss 6-X. Diseases of Pancreas and Intestines Associate Professor Smithies 7-X. Principles of Medicine, Review Course. Division of Pedriatics Professor Hess; Associate Professors Irish, Blatt; Assistant Professor Bower; Dr. Goldberger, Dr. Levin, Dr. Calvin, Dr. Rosenblum, Dr. Borovsky, Dr. Furby, Dr. Strause, Dr. Gerty, Dr. Sherry, Dr. Schlueter. General Statement The work in pediatrics is given in the third and fourth years. So far as possible the course is one of individual instruction, the class being divided into small groups for clinical work. Description of Courses 185 Required Coxirses — Third Year 1. Practise and Clinic. — Nutrition and nutritional disturbances in infancy. Lec- tures; clinical conferences; 1. I. Professor Hess 4. Practise. — Recitations,!. I. Associate Professor Irish and assistants 7. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Physical diagnosis and demonstration of cases. In groups; 2 {four weeks). I. Associate Professor Irish 9. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Contagious diseases. In groups; 2 (/owr wjee/cs). I. Assistant Professor Bower Required Courses — Fourth Year 11. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Contagious diseases. In groups; 2 (Jour weeks). I. Assistant Professor Bower lS-16. Clinic. — Dispensary. In sections; 3 two-hour periods {three weeks). II. Dispensary Staff 19. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. In groups; one two-hour period. I. Professor Hess 21. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. In groups; two-hour periods (Jour weeks). I. Associate Professor Blatt 23. Clinic. — Michael Reese Hospital. In groups; one-hour periods {eight weeks). I. Professor Hess Divisions of Neurology and Psychiatry Professor Singer; Associate Professors Hassin, Davis; Assistant Professors Read, Truitt; Dr. Hulbert, Dr. Diamond. 3-4. Practise and Clinic. — Dispensary and Cook County Hospital. Lectures, demon- strations, examination and diagnosis; in sections; 6 two-hour periods {seven arid one-half weeks) I, and 1 two-hour period, I. Professor Singer; Associate Professor Hassin; Assistant Professors Read, Truitt; Dr. Hulbert. Division of Roentgenology Assistant Professor Hartung; Dr. Litschgi. Required Course — Fourth Year 4. Practise and Demonstration. — College. The use of the X-Ray in medicine and surgery. 4 one hour periods. I. Assistant Professor Hartung Division of History of Medicine Dr. CiGRAND Optional Course — Fourth Year 51. Lectures; 1. I. OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY Professors Bacon, Lewis; Associate Professors Yarros, Roiirlack; Dr. Hammond, Dr. Barron-Harrison, Dr. Nachtigall, Dr. Cary, Dr. Stetler, Dr. Crawford, Dr. Blair, Dr. Hayes, Dr. Fitzgerald, Dr. Plice. General Statement Instruction is given in both the third and fourth years. The equipment consists of manikins, demonstration pelves, malformed pelves, and other pathological specimens, charts, obstetrical instruments, and prepared fetuses. The clinical work is given in the University Hospital and the Chicago Lying-In Hospi- tal and Dispensary. Bedside and dispensary clinics, in which students examine and study the patients, are given to small groups in the University Hospital. Students are required also to assist in the delivery of twelve parturients. Reports of these cases are kept by students and form the basis of conference discussions. An amphitheater clinic is given to the fourth-year class. All fourth-year students are required to take a course of two weeks in residence in the Chicago Lying-In Hospital and Dispensary. The Dispensary, located in the heart of a densely populated part of the city, cares for poor women during their confinement at their homes. A physician, a student, and a nurse are sent to care for the patient during her labor. A student and nurse visit ner daily for ten days afterward. The fee for the course is $15.00 payable in advance at the Dispensary. 186 The College of Medicine Required Courses — Third Year 5-6. Physiology of Pregnancy, Labor, the Puerperium, and the New Bom Infant. — Lectures and recitations; 3. I. Associate Professor Yarros; Dr. Hammond, Dr. Cart, Dr. Stetler 9. Clinic. — University Hospital. Instruction at bedside and in the dispensary. To small groups, 6 one-hour periods {two weeks). Professor Bacon; Associate Professor Rohrlack; Dr. Barron-Harrison, Dr. Blair 12. Clinic. — University Hospital. The class is divided into groups. The work covers attendance upon the delivery of six parturients. Required Courses — Fourth Year 15-16. Pathology of Pregnancy, Labor, and the Puerperium. — Lectures and recita- tions; 3. I. Professor Bacon; Associate Professor Rohrlack; Dr. Nachtigall (a) Laboratory work in pathological anatomy and histology. To small groups, 1 two-hour period {eight weeks). Dr. Nachtigall (b) Manikin work. To small groups; 1 two-hour period {eight weeks). Professor Lewis, Dr. Hates 19. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. To small groups (Jour weeks). Professor Lewis 22. Clinic. — University Hospital. Demonstrations and operations, 1. I. Professor Bacon 25. Clinic. — University Hospital. To small groups. The work covers attendance upon the delivery of six parturients. 26. Clinic. — Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dispensary. Residence, two weeks; at least six cases. 47-48. Seminar. — This work is done in cooperation with the Departments of Medi- cine and Surgery. For this work the student receives 48 hours of credit, 16 in each depart- ment altho the work is done only in one department. The class is divided into three groups, and each of these again into five sub-groups. The purpose of this seminar is to give the student a working knowledge of medical literature, and to acquaint him with the methods of looking up the work which has been done on any special subject. During the first semester the groups will meet informally; but abstracts will be prepared and submitted for criticism, and the student will be graded on the basis of these abstracts. During the second semester each group will be assigned one hom* in which to present its work before the entire class. Professor Lewis; Associate Professor Rohrlack; Dr. Nachtigall, Dr. Cart Optional Courses — Third Year 1-X. Review Course in Obstetrics. 1. I. Dr. Fitzgerald, Dr. Plicb 2-X. The Relation of the Endocrine Glands to Obstetrical Affections. 1. I. Associate Professor Rohrlack Optional Courses — Fourth Year 1-X. Oxytocics. 1. II. Professor Bacon 2-X. Review Course in Obstetrics. 1. I. Dr. Fitzgerald, Dr. Plice 3-X. Puerperal Infections. 1. I. Associate Professor Rohrlack Division of Gynecology Professor Barrett; Assistant Professors Lang, Fischmann; Dr. Schoenberg, Dr. Stone, Dr. Jtihnke, Dr. Hoffman. ■ General Statement The subject of Gynecology is presented in the fourth year in the form of didactic teaching, recitations, quizzes, clinics, conferences and laboratory and class room study of pathology of the pelvic organs. Required Courses — ^Fourth Year 3. Practise. — Lectures, recitations, lantern sUde demonstrations, exhibition of fresh and preser\'ed pathological tissue and illustrations by means of charts and models. 1 . II. Professor Barrett; Assistant Professor Fischmann; Dr. Stone 7. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. One two-hour period. I. Professor Barrett ophthalmology 187 15-16. Clinics. — Dispensary. Students in small groups have opportunity to study cases in detaU. Students are required to make examinations, study cases and write reports. As far as the students' time permits, the dispensary cases will be followed through the operative course. In sections. 3 two-hour periods {three weeks). II. Assistant Professor Lang; Assistant Professor Fischmann; Dr. Schoenberg, Dr. Stone, Dr. Juhnke, Dr. Hoffman. Optional Courses — ^Fourth Year 1-X. Course on Pelvic Histology and Microscopic Pathology. Dr. Stone OPHTHALMOLOGY Professors Brown, Lane, Woodruff; Assistant Professor Gradle; Dr. Beard, Dr. Moncreiff, Miss Heath, Dr. Bothman. Required Courses — Fourth Year 3-4. Clinic and Practise. — Dispensary, clinic and laboratory course. This includes 16 to 20 hours on the normal and pathological anatomy of the eye, 8 to 12 hours of prac- tise in the use of ophthalmoscope, perimeter, focal light and test charts. Of the 48 re- quired hours those remaining are spent in the study of eye diseases which the general practitioner most frequently encounters. Professor Browt^; Dr. Beard, Dr. Moncrieff, Miss Heath 5. Didactic Ophthalmology. — Diseases of the eye. 1 two-hour period (Jour weeks). Assistant Professor Gradle Optional Courses — ^Fourth Year 1-X. Surgery of the Eye. The more important eye operations. 4 two-hour periods. Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary. Professor Woodruff Optional Courses — Fifth Year 1-X. Ophthalmology. 1. Methods of Clinical Examination (9-12 a.m. daily )^ 12 months. 2. Methods of Laboratory Examination (2-5 p.m. daily), 8 months. 3. Surgical work in the University Hospital (12-1 p.m. daily), 12 months. 4. Study of classical monographs and preparation of 25 case-histories for "The Board of Ophthalmic Examinations" (2-5 p.m. daily), 4 months. Physicians' Extension Courses in Ophthalmology 1. Clinical Course. — Designed to train graduates for staff positions. The course affords individual training in standardized methods. The work is of a practical case- study nature. A given method or process, such as retinoscopy or perimetry, is first explained and demonstrated. The physician is then assigned a case in which the data have been pre- viously determined by the instructor. The process is continued until a reasonable degree of accuracy has been attained. Only one process is studied at a time; cases as a whole are not assigned until all processes are completed. Processes taught are: Determination of Central Visual Acuity, Neutralization of Lenses, Retinoscopy, Refraction with Cy- cloplegia and without. Tonometry, Perimetry, Determination of Degrees of Strabismus or Paralysis, Types of Discs (Elschnig's Classification), Measurement of Disc Levels, Ob- jective Findings in External and Fundus Disease, and Case-History Writing; cases as a whole, and diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of particular cases. The course extends over one year. The first four months cover work in the first four processes, the second four months cover the next five, and the third four months complete the course. Pathology is taken with undergraduate students. In the third period classical monographs are ab- stracted. Hours: 9 to 12 a.m., 6 days per week. The fee for each period of fom- months is $50.00 The Staff 2. Pathology of the Eye. — Four months. Hours to be arranged. I. Professor Brown, Professor Lane 188 The College of Medicine PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY Professor Davis; Associate Professor Petersen; Dr. Nuzum, Dr. Pilot, Dr. H'DouBLER, Dr. Levinson, Dr. Hall, Dr. Pickoff, Dr. Rudolph, Mr, Lepak, Mr. Moore. Required Courses — Second Year 11. General Bacteriology and Protozoology. — Pathogenic bacteria and protozoa. Immunity. Lectures, demonstrations; 3: laboratory; 2 three-hour periods. I. Professor Davis, Dr. Pilot, and assistants Required Courses — Second Year 18. General Pathology and Pathological Histology. — General pathology; gross and microscopic study of fresh and preserved pathological material. Lectures, recitations, demonstrations; 4: laboratory', 4 two-hour periods. I. Associate Professor Petersen; Dr. Levison, Dr. Pickoff, Dr. H'Dotjbler 22. Clinical Pathology. — Microscopic, bacteriologic and chemical examination of blood, urine, sputum, faeces, stomach contents, exudates, etc. 2 two-hour periods. I. Dr. Pilot, Dr. Hall, and assistants Required Courses — Third Year 26. Special Pathology and Autopsies. — Gross and microscopic examination of organs, autopsies, post-mortem bacteriology, and experimental pathology. Three two-hour periods. I. Professor DA^^;s, Dr. Pilot, Dr. Hall Optional Courses 50. Advanced Work and Research in Bacteriology. — Limited to properly qualified students. Professor Davis, Associate Professor Petersen 51. Advanced Work in Special Diagnostic Laboratory Methods. — Limited to a few qualified students. Dr. Pilot 55. Diagnosis of Tumors. — Open to students who have had courses in general and special pathology. I. Associate Professor Petersen Courses for Graduates 101. Advanced Pathogenesis. — Etiology and pathogenesis of certain diseases; lower animals in the transmission of human diseases. {One unit). Professor Davis 105. Individual Research. — One or two units. Professor Davis PHARMACOLOGY, MATERIA MEDICA, AND THERAPEUTICS Professor IMcGuigan; Dr. Atkinson, Mr. Snow, Dr. Cohen, Mr. Heinekamp, Mr. Ets, Mr. Nilson, ISIr. Schleck. Required Courses — Second Year 8. Pharmacology. — Lectures and recitations; 3: laboratory; one three-hour period. I. Professor McGttigan, Dr. Atkinson and assistants 10. Pharmacy and Materia Medica. — Lectures and recitations; 1: demonstrations and laboratory; 3. I. Professor McGuigan, Mr. Snow, and assistant. 12. Pharmacology and Toxicology. — Lectures and recitations; 2: laboratory; 2. I. Professor McGuigan, Dr. Atkinson, and assistants Required Course — Third Year 20. General Therapeutics. — 2. I. Professor McGuigan, Mr. Nilson Optional Course Research. — The laboratory is open at all times for those qualified to engage in re- search work. Professor McGuigan Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 189 Courses for Graduates 101. Advanced Pharmacodynamics. — Laboratory work. — One unit. Professor McGuigan 103. Research Work in Pharmacodynamics. — One or two units. Professor McGuigan PHYSIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Professors Dreyer, Welker; Mr. Tracy, Dr. Albrecht, Dr. Cutting, Mr. Groot, Mr. BoRSAK, Mr. Bollman, Dr. Stephan, Mr. Marsh, Mr. Saelhof, Dr. Kelly, Dr. Reichert, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Long, Mr. Smith. General Statement The course in physiology is articulated with the other subjects in the curriculum to secure the maximal degree of correlation, and duly emphasizes the laboratory work. The standard equipment, as ordinarily provided for the fundamental experiments of the science, is supplemented by special apparatus for the study of clinical problems relating to circula- tion, respiration, vision, and the nervous system. The laboratory exercises are selected not only to illustrate and to vitalize the subject- matter of the didactic course but also to supply useful technical training and to develop interest in the methods and problems of original investigation. Facilities and equipment are available for those who desire to take advanced work or to engage in research. For the work in chemistry, two laboratories are equipped for routine instruction and one for original work. Additional rooms for the preparation of class work and for meta- bolism experiments are connected with these laboratories. For the use of advanced students and investigators the nucleus of a chemical library, embracing the principal works of ref- erence, is kept in the laboratory. The main library contains complete files of the more important journals of biochemistry. Required Course — ^First Year 20. Physiology. — Blood and lymph, muscle and nerve, circulation, and respiration. Lectures and recitations, 3 ; demonstration and laboratory, 2 two-and-one-half-hour periods. I. Professor Dreyer, Dr. Cutting, and assistants 27. Physiological Chemistry and Toxicology. — Lectures, demonstrations, conferences 3; laboratory, 8 hours. I. Professor Welker, Mr. Marsh, Mr. Saelhof, and assistants Required Course — Second Year 29. Physiology. — Digestion; secretion; metabolism; the special senses; the central nervous system. Lectures, recitations, demonstrations, 5; Laboratory, 1 four-hour period. I. Professor Dreyer, Dr. Cutting, and assistants Optional Courses 51. Advanced Laboratory Work. — Physiological demonstration and research; graphic methods. Professor Dreyer 53. Quantitative Urinary Analysis. — Lecture; 1: laboratory; 6. I. Professor Welker, Mr. Tracy 54. Sanitary Chemistry. — Water and sewage analysis; purification. Lecture; 1: laboratory; 6. I. Professor Welker 59. Food Analysis. — Composition, adulteration, preservation. Lecture; 1: labora- tory; 6. I. Mr. Tracy Research. — The laboratories are open to persons with the requisite scientific training for the conduct of original investigations under the direction of the members of the staff. 63-64. Seminar. — The members of the teaching staff and all advanced workers in the department meet weekly to discuss results of recent researches in physiology and biological chemistry. Prerequisite for optional courses: In physiology, courses 20 and 29, and in chemistry, course 27. Courses for Graduates 103. Advanced Biological Chemistry. — Biochemical methods of research; biological colloids; enzyme action; metabolism. One or two units. Professor Welker 107. Biochemical Research. — One or two units. Professor Welker 190 The College of Medicine SURGERY Professor Davison Division of General Surgery Professors Davison, Ochsner, Halstead, Harsha, Humiston, Percy; Associate Professors Thompson, Meyer, Dyas, Thomas, Rogers; Assistant Professors Harger, Phifer, Lounsbury, Culver, McNealy, Davenport; Dr. Bamberger, Dr. Nadeau, Dr. Baker, Dr. Post, Dr. Ford, Dr. Sullivan, Dr. Meyerovitz, Dr. Harris, Dr. Gott- SCHALK, Dr. Christopher, Dr. Ford, Dr. Carley, Dr. Counsellor, Dr. Pond, Dr. Gainer, Dr. H'DouBLER. Required Courses — Third Year 3-4. Practise. — Surgery and surgical pathology. Conferences, recitations. In sections; 2, II. Assistant Professor Phifer, Dr. Post, Dr. Bamberger, Dr. Sullivan 7-8. Clinic. — Dispensary. Diagnosis, bandaging, surgical dressings and appliances. Three two-hour periods {three weeks). II. Assistant Professor Harger, Dr. Bamberger, Dr. Post, Dr. Harris 9. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Assistant Professor McNealy 10. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Thompson 11. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Dyas 12. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Assistant Professor Davenport 19. Anesthetics. — Practical demonstrations to individual students in the adnainis- tration of anesthetics at Cook County Hospital. Associate Professor Meyer Optional Coxirses — Third Year 1-X. Anesthetics, Surgical Dressings, and Bandaging. — Individual instruction and demonstration of the application of surgical dressings. 1. I. Dr. Baker 2-X. Surgical Diagnosis. — 1. I. Assistant Professor McNealy 3-X. Principles of Surgery. — A review course. 1. I. Associate Professor Meyer, Dr. Ford, Dr. Carley, Dr. Gainer 4-X. Special Fractures. — Lectures, recitations, conferences. 1. I. Assistant Professor Davenport 5-X. Operative Surgery of the Abdomen on Animals. — 1. I. Dr. Graham, Dr. Braude 6-X. Preoperative and Postoperative treatment. — 1. I. Dr. Nadeau Reqxiired Courses — ^Fourth Year 23-24. Practise. — ^Regional surgery. Conferences, recitations. In sections. 1. I. Professor Humiston; Associate Professors Moore, Rogers; Assistant Professor Lounsbury. 29. Clinic. — University Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Davison, Dr. Meyerovitz 31. Clinic. — St. Mary's Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Percy 32. Clinic. — Augustana Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Ochsner 33. Clinic. — St. Luke's Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Professor Halstead, Professor Harsha 34. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Associate Professor Thompson 35. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two hour period. I. Assistant Professor McNealy 36. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period. I. Assistant Professor Davenport 37-a. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Bedside conference in surgical diagnosis. 1. I. Associate Professor Meyer Surgery 191 37b. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Individual Bedside Instruction in Sxirgical Diagnosis. Record writing, symptoms, physical examination, roentgenogram interpreta- tion, laboratory examination of materials from the patients secured in the ward, operating room, or morgue. One two-hour period. I. Professor Davison, Dr. Gottschalk 41. Surgical Pathology. — Laboratory. In sections. One two-hour period {eight weeks). Dr. Nadeau 43-44. Surgical Seminar. — Work done in cooperation with the departments of medi- cine and obstetrics. For this work the student receives 48 hours of credit, 16 in each department, altho the work is done in one department only. The purpose is to give the student a working knowledge of the medical literature and to acquaint him with the methods of looking up the work which has been done on any special subject. During the first semester, the groups will meet only informally, and abstracts will be prepared and submitted for criticism. During the second semester, each group will be assigned one hour in which to present its work before the entire class. Assistant Professor Habger, Dr. Counsellor Optional Courses — ^Fourth Year 6-X. Surgery of the Abdomen. — Lectures, conferences, recitations. 1. I. Associate Professor Thompson 7-X. Surgical Tuberculosis. — Lectures, conferences, recitations. 1. I. Associate Professor Thomas 8-X. Regional Surgery. — A review course. 1. I. Prerequisite: 3-X. Associate Professor Meyer, Dr. Ford, Dr. Carley, Dr. Gainer 9-X. Surgery of the Brain and Spinal Cord. — Lectures, conferences, recitations. 1. I. Associate Professor Rogers 10-X. Surgery of the Thorax. — Lectures, conferences, recitations. 1. I. Dr. Ford 11-X. Surgical Diseases of the Kidneys. — 1. I. Assistant Professor Culver Division of Orthopedic Surgery Associate Professor Thomas; Dr. Sprague, Dr. Hobart, Dr. Sullivan, Jr., Dr. Crile, Dr. Murphy. Required Courses — Third Year 3. Practise. — Conferences, recitations. In sections. 1. I. Associate Professor Thomas, Dr. Sprague, Dr. Hobart, Dr. Sullivan, Dr. Crile 7. Clinic. — St. Luke's Hospital. 1. I. Associate Professor Thomas 8. Clmic. — St. Mary's Hospital. 1. I. Dr. Crile 9. Clinic. — University Hospital. 1. I. Dr. Sprague 15-16. Clinic. — Dispensary. In sections; three two-hour periods (three weeks). II. Associate Professor Thomas, Dr. Hobart, Dr. Sullivan, Dr. Sprague Division of Genito-Urinary Surgery Associate Professor McKenna; Assistant Professor Culver; Dr. Smejkal, Dr. Herrold, Dr. O'Conor, Dr. Gernon. Required Courses — ^Third Year 3. Practise. — Conferences, recitations. In sections. 1. I. Associate Professor McKenna, Assistant Professor Culver, Dr. Herrold, Dr. O'Conor 7-8. Clinic. — Dispensary. In sections. Three two-hour periods {three weeks). II. Associate Professor McKenna, Dr. Smejkal Required Courses — Fourth Year 11. Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Individual instruction in the diagnosis of genito- urinary diseases, including cystoscopy, catherization of the ureters, interpretation of roentgenograms and of chemical and microscopical urinalyses. In sections; 2 two-hour periods {three weeks). Assistant Professor Culver 14. Clinic. — St. Joseph's Hospital. In sections; 1 two-hour period. I. {eight weeks) . Associate Professor McKenna 192 The College of Medicine Division of Operative Surgery Assistant Professor Lounsbury; Dr. Graham, Dr. Metz, Dr. Browning, Dr. Braxtde. Required Course — Second Year 3. Operative Surgery. — Regional surgical anatomy. Individual operations on the cadaver and on animals. In small sections; one two-hour period. I. Assistant Professor LouNSBxmY, Dr. Metz, Dr. Browning SUMMARY OF HOURS First Year Subjects First Semester Second Semester Total Didactic Laboratory Didactic Laboratory Anatomy: Gross Microscopic Chemistry: Physiological Physiology 32 32 48 112 160 128 32 32 48 112 64 80 228 288 176 128 112 400 112 256 880 Second Year Subjects First Semester Second Semester Total Didactic Laboratory Didactic Laboratory Anatomy: Topographical 32 48 48 80 96 96 48 64 32 48 64 ie 80 128 64 32 32 128 Bacteriology Hygiene Pharmacology and Pharmacy 144 32 224 192 Clinical Pathology 64 Physical Diagnosis Physiology Surgery (Operative) 48 144 32 208 304 160 400 1072 Third Year First Semester Second Semester Subjects Didactic Clinical & Laboratory Dispensary Didactic Clinical & Laboratory Dispensary Total Autopsies ie 64 16 32 48 32 ie 16 ie 48 8 32 32 9 18 is 18 18 io 64 16 16 16 32 16 ie 32 32 48 8 i2 36 '9 18 is 18 18 32 Oto-Laryngology Internal Medicine Medical Jurisprudence . 60 244 16 64 Pediatrics . 48 Pharmacology and Therapeutics Obstetrics 32 60 General Surgery Orthopedic Surgery . . . . Genito-Urinary Surgery Electives 168 84 52 32 240 136 81 186 168 81 892 Summary of Hours Fourth Year 193 First Semester Second Semester Subjects Didactic Clinical & Laboratory Dispensary Didactic Clinical '. One lecture or recitation and one laboratory period of two hours each week. Both semesters. Professor Snow, Mr. Terry, Mr. Martin, Mr. Bochner 206 Chemistry 207 Third Year 11. Operative Pharmacy. — Determination of physical constants. Manufacture of preparations of the United States Pharmacopoeia and National Formulary; application of tests for purity and identity; extra-official preparations employed in this country and abroad. One lecture or recitation and three laboratory periods of three hours each week. First semester. Professor Snow, Mr. Terry 12. Manufacturing Pharmacy. — Preparation of potent tinctures, fluid-extracts, resins, alkaloids, and other active principles; application of commercial assay processes. One lecture or recitation and three laboratory periods of three hours each week. First, half, second semester. Professor Snow, Mr. Terry 13. Manufacturing Pharmacy. — Commercial and industrial methods for the manu- facture of pills, tablets, ointments, effervescent salts, extracts, and dermatological prep- arations. An opportunity is afforded the student to use commercial labor-saving machin- ery. Manufacture and testing of organic preparations. One lecture or recitation and three laboratory periods of three hours each week. Second half, second semester. Professor Snow, Mr. Terry CHEMISTRY Professor Clark, Mr. Weaver, Miss Dyniewicz, Mr. Webster First Year 1. Theoretical Chemistry. — General principles of chemistry in connection with the non-metallic elements; nature of acids, bases, and salts from the standpoint of the modem theories of ionization and dissociation. Two lectures, one recitation each week. First semester. Professor Clark, Mr. Weaver 2. General Chemistry. — A study of the metals, in which the theories and principles of chemistry learned in course 1 are applied. Two lectures, one recitation each week. Second semester. Professor Clark, Mr, Weaver 3. Qualitative Analysis. — Identification of the various inorganic acid radicals and the more common metals; the examination of about thirty unknown mixtures; the special qualitative tests of the United States Pharmacopoeia; examination of medicinal chemicals for identity and purity. One lecture and one laboratory period of two hours each week. First semester. Mr. Weaver, Mr. Webster 4. Qualitative Analysis. — A continuation of Chemistry 3. One lecture and one laboratory period of three hours each week. Second semester. Mr. Weaver, Mr. Webster Second Year 5. Organic Chemistry. — A systematic course in the study of the carbon compounds . Simple hydrocarbons and their derivatives; alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, acids, esters, and carbohydrates. Two lectures and one recitation each week. First semester. Professor Clark, Mr. Weaver 6. Organic Chemistry. — Aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives; synthetic remedies and alkaloids. Two lectures, one recitation each week. Second semester. Professor Clark, Mr. Weaver 7. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. — Typical. examples of gravimetric analysis as appUed to the determination of the purity and strength of medicinal substances. Two lectures or recitations and two laboratory periods of three hours each week. First semester. Professor Clark, Miss DYNiEwacz 8. Quantitative Analysis. — Volumetric processes of the United States Pharma- copoeia. Analysis of organic substances and alkaloids. Two lectures or recitations and two laboratory periods of three hours each week. Second Semester. Professor Clark, Miss Dyniewicz Third Year 9. Organic Chemistry. — Organic methods. Qualitative detection of elements. Synthesis of typical compounds. One lecture or recitation and two laboratory periods of three hours each week. First semester. Professor Clark, Miss Dyniewicz 208 Thf School of Pharmacy 10. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. — A continuation of Chemistry 7. Urinalysis is included. One lecture or recitation and two laboratory periods of three hours each week. First semester. Professor Clark, Miss Dyniewicz 11. Food Analysis. — Alcohols, carbohydrates^ oils, fats, flavors, colors, preservatives. One lecture or recitation and two laboratory penods of four hours each week. Second semester. Professor Clark, Miss Dtniewicz 12. Alkaloids. — Alkaloidal assay methods of the United States Pharmacopoeia to- gether with a general survey of the constitution and behavior of alkaloids. One lecture or recitation and two laboratory periods of three hours each week. Second semester. Professor Clark, Miss Dtniewicz MATERIA MEDICA AND BOTANY Professor Day, Assistant Professor Gathercoal, Mr. Wirth, Mr. Groot, Mr. Dorjahn First Year 1. General Botany. — A general course dealing chiefly with the flowering plants. Two lectures, one recitation and one laboratory period of one hour each week. First semester. Professor Day 2. Plant BUstology. — The microscopic structure of plants; the technic of the micro- scope; the operations of lighting. focusing, drawing, measuring, cutting, mounting objects; the application of micro-chemical tests, staining, etc. One laboratory period of two hours each week. First semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal, Mr. Wirth, Mr. Dorjahn 3. Plant Histology. — A continuation of Botany 2. One laboratory period of two hours each week. Second semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal, Mr. Wirth, Mr. Dorjahn 4. Physiology and Hygiene. — A general course with instruction in caring for emerg- ency cases. Two lectures and one recitation each week. First semester. Mr. Groot 5. Materia Medica. — General principles of materia medica; classification of medicines based on therapeutic action; incompatible drugs, posology, and toxicology. Two lectures, and one recitation, each week. Second semester. Professor Day 6. Pharmacognosy. — A laboratory study of crude drugs including their recognition, description, and characteristic features. The drugs derived from the cryptograms, the gymnosperms, and the monocotyledons. One hour recitation and one hour laboratory each week. Second semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal, Mr. Wirth, Mr. Dorjahn Second Year 7. Materia Medica. — Plant drugs in botanic sequence ; animal drugs ; titles, synonyms, collections, preservation, standardization, therapeutic use, dose, and preparations. Two lectures and one recitation each week. Both semesters. Professor Day 8. Pharmacognosy. — A laboratory study, a continuation of Pharmacognosy 6. Drugs derived from the dicotyledons, and including in addition thereto methods employed for detection of adulterations in powdered drugs. One laboratory period of three hours and one recitation each week. One and one-half semesters. Mr. Wirth, Mr. Dorjahn 9. Bacteriology. — Characteristics of bacteria; morphology, structure, and classi- fication; chemical composition, vital phenomena, and chemical effects. Relation of bacteria to disease; theories of infection and immunity; ferments, ptomaines, toxins and anti- toxins. Action of antiseptics, disinfectants, and bactericidal substances. Preparation of culture media and staining solutions; methods of cleaning and sterilizing glassware; methods of making plate cultures and colonies; technic of cover-glass slips. One lecture or recitation and three laboratory periods of three hours each week. Two-thirds semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal Third Year 10. Applied Misroscopy. — A study of important powdered drugs and spices, with their substitutes and adulterants; practise in technical methods employed in their examina- tion; micrometry, use of the micropolariscope, application of special reagents, etc.; the microscopic examination and identification of hairs, fibers, and textiles, urinary sediments, blood, pus, tubecasts, and crystalline substances. One lecture or recitation and two labora- tory periods of three hours each week. First semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal, Mr. Wirth Third Year 11. Bacteriology. — A course in sanitary bacteriology, and the mycology and bacteriol- ogy of foods and drugs. Causal relation of microorganisms to disease; methods of determin- ing the bacteria of milk and water; valuation of disinfectants; the methods of steriliza- tion and diagnosis by means of bacterial cultures. Two hours of lectures and recitations, seven hours of laboratory each week. Second half, second semester. Assistant Professor Gathercoal PART III DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EXPLANATION The arrangement of subjects in the following Description of Courses is alphabetical. The connections of allied departments are indicated by cross references. Following the description of each course of instruction will be found the require- ments, if any, for admission to that particular course. The sequence indicated by these prerequisites must be followed. For instance, under Art and Design 7a, Still-life in Oil Colors, the prerequisites given are Art and Design 1 and 2. These two courses must be completed before Course 7a may be taken. If a course not required for graduation is selected by fewer than five students it may be withdrawn for the semester. Graduate courses are numbered upward from 100. Credit is reckoned, far undergraduate students, in semester hours, or simply hours. An hour is one class period a week for one semester or the equivalent in laboratory, shop, or drawing room. The semester and the number of hours each semester for which the course counts are shown after each course, thus: I, II; (2). The Roman figures indicate semesters; the Arabic numaerals in parentheses indicate hours of credit for each semester for under- graduates. Credit for first-year graduate students, candidates for the master's degree, is counted in units. A unit course is one which requires ten hoiu-s of time a week through one semester, irrespective of the distribution of that time in class work, laboratory work, and private study; four such courses or their equivalent constitute a full minimum program for one semester. The unit values of graduate courses (numbered 100 and upward) are indicated in the following pages. Courses of the intermediate groups "for graduates and advanced undergraduates," are in general (unless otherwise specified by the department concerned) evaluated as follows for graduate credit: (a) courses open only to students having at least senior standing, 1 unit for a 4-hour or 5-hour course, J^ unit for a 1-hour, 2-hour, or 3-hour course; (b) courses open to juniors, J^ imit for a 4-hour or 5-hour course; M unit for a 1- hour, 2-hour, or 3-hour course. For second-year and third-year graduate students, candidates for the doctor's degree, no record of imits is kept. The omission of a course for the current year is indicated by enclosing the entire description of such a course in brackets. Courses given in the summer session of 1922 are indicated by the initial letter S pre- ceding the number and are grouped by departments after the courses given during the winter. ACCOUNTANCY (See Business Organization and Operation) AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE EXTENSION Professor Rankin, Mr. Hieronymus, Mr. Young, Mr. Gates. 4. Elementary Agricultural Extension. — Introduction to agricultural college and university work; methods of study; scope and application of agricultural teaching and investigation. Lectures. Required of first-year students. I; (1). (Credit given to agricultural freshmen only). Assistant Dean Rankin and other lecturers Note. — For former courses offered under Agricultural College Extension, and other related courses, see Agricultural Education. 209 210 Agronomy AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION (See Education) AGRONOMY Professor Bitrlison; Assistant Professors DeTurk, Smith, Snider, Woodworth, Sears, Wimer; Mr. Richmond, Mr. Dung an, Mr. Spencer, Mr. Vander Veen, Mr. Harland, Mr. Crane, Mr. Carney, Mr. Iftner, Mr. Lawson, Mr. Winter, Mr. Jones. [7. Advanced Farm Crops. — Climatic and soil factors in relation to crop produc- tion; meadows and pastures; rotation; distribution of labor; cost of production; pure seed production; supply and consumption of products and by-products of farm crops; storage and marketing. Lectures; assigned reading; laboratory; demonstrations. II; (3). Not given in 1922-23. Professor Burlison Prerequisite: Agronomy 25, Chemistry 13a or 8, and either Botany 27a or an ap- proved equivalent in science (consult instructor).] 8. Special Farm Crops. — Special crops in which the student is interested. Reading; experiments by pot culture in the greenhouse or by plots in the field. Under special ar- rangement part of this work may be done during summer vacation. II; (2 to 5)' Professor Burlison, Mr. Dungan Prerequisite: Agronomy 7. 9. Soil Physics and Management. — Origin of soil material and formation and classification of soils; organic matter of soils; moisture, its movement and control; drainage and dry land agriculture; irrigation; temperature; aeration; tillage; soil erosion; rotation. Lectures; laboratory; quiz. I or II; (5). Assistant Professor Wimer, Mr. Harland Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, and one unit of entrance or university physics. 10. Special work in Soil Physics. — The problems, methods, and literature of soil physics are treated in lecture; laboratory work, if taken, is arranged to meet the needs of each student. II; Lectures (2), laboratory^ (1-3)'. Assistant Professors Smith, Wimer Prerequisite: Agronomy 9 and approval of the Soil Physics Division. 11. Soil Biology. — Quantitative studies of the biochemical activities of soil micro- organisms with respect to fertility; factors influencing action on insoluble mineral plant food; fermentation of crop residues, green and farm manures, nitrogen fixation, assimila- tion, and preservation, and similar studies of the other essential elements. Lectures; quiz; laboratory. II; (5). Assistant Professor Sears, Mr. Richmond Prerequisite: Agronomy 12 and Bacteriology 5a and 5b, or 20, or the equivalent. 12. Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rotations.' — The influence of fertility on yield; effect of different crops on the soil and on succeeding crops; different rotations, ultimate effect of different systems of farming on fertility and productivity; composition and value of manures and fertilizers, soils cropped continuously with different crops and with a series of crops; the fertility of soils of dUferent types from different sections of Illinois. Lectures, quiz, laboratory.* II; (5). Assistant Professors DeTurk, Sears, Mr. Crane, Mr. Jones Prerequisite: Chemistry 13a or 8. [12a.Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rotations. — The same as Agronomy 12 for advanced students. Lectures; quiz; II. (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor DeTurk Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or advanced undergraduate standing with the ap- proval of the division]. 13. Special Work in Soil Fertility. — The chemistry of plant growth as related to the utilization of plant food materials; relation of solubility to availability; special methods of analysis and special problems in laboratory and greenhouse work. I; (3). Assistant Professor Sears Prerequisites: Agronomy 12, junior standing. iln registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 'Laboratory and quiz section will be filled in alphabetical order. 'A required inspection trip to certain soil experiment fields or farms will be arranged in May or early June, in connection with courses 12 which will require an expense of about $15.00 on the part of the student. •The student is advised to collect in advance a representative composite sample of surface soil (at least six pounds) from land in which he is interested (see page 44 of the Soil Fertility Laboratory Manual, or Illinois Experiment Station Circular 150). Agronomy 211 [14. Seed Inspection and Grain Standardization. — (For advanced students who in- tend to enter the grain or seed business). Advanced work in the inspection of samples of small seeds for purity and germination; sampling, judging, grading of seeds, grains and hays. Seed and grain laws and their application; transportation, marketing, centers of population. Lectures; laboratory. I: (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Prerequisite: Agronomy 7, or simultaneous registration therein.] 18a-18b. Thesis: Soil Fertility. I, II; (5) Assistant Professor DeTtjrk 18c-18d. Thesis: Soil Physics. I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Smith 18e-18f. Thesis: Soil Biology. I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Sears 18g-18h. Thesis: Plant Breeding. I, II; (5), Assistant Professor Woodworth 18j-18k. Thesis: Field Crops. I, II; (5). Professor Burlison Prerequisite: 90 hours credit before the senior year; 20 hours credit in subjects perti- nent to the thesis problem and the approval of the head of the department. 19a-19k. Research Work in Agronomy. — Consult instructor regarding time and re- quirements. 19a-19b. Research Work in Agronomy. — Soil Fertility. I, II, (3-5) .^ Assistant Professor DeTurk 19c-19d. Research Work in Agronomy. — Soil Physics. I, II; (3-5).' Assistant Professor Smith 19e-19f. Research Work in Agronomy. — Soil Biology. I, II; (3-5).' Assistant Professor Sears 19g-19h. Research Work in Agronomy. — Plant Breeding. I, II; (3-5).' Assistant Professor Woodworth 19j-19k. Research Work in Agronomy. — Field Crops. I, II; (3-5).' Professor Burlison Prerequisite: Approval of the head of the division. 22. Plant Breeding. — The improvement by breeding of field crops, including grains, grasses, and legumes; general principles involved, with practical applications. Lectures, assigned reading, demonstrations, and laboratory. I; (3). Assistant Professor Woodworth Prerequisite: Agronomy 25; Botany I; Chemistry 13a; Animal Husbandry 8; junior standing. 25. Farm Crops. — Plant growth; structure; principles governing the production and harvesting of common farm crops; habits; characteristics, requirements, means of improvement; common diseases, insects, and their control' weed seed identification; methods of weed control; seed testing for purity and germination; market grades of grain; grain judging. I or II; (4). Mr. Carney, Mr. Iftner, Mr. Lawson Courses for Graduates 101. Soillnvestigations. — Methods of soil investigations; sources of error andmethods of control; interpretation of results. Twice a week. I, II; (1 unit). Assistant Professor DeTurk [104. Seminary in Anatomy. — Critical study by graduate students, faculty, and staff members of current literature on subject of soils and crops. Once a week. I, II; {l^unit). Not given in 1922-1923. 111. Soil Biology. — Critical study of the biochemical methods of soil investigations; interpretations of experimental results and applications of statistical methods; outUning new methods of attack for research problems. Once a week. I; (3^ to 1 unit)} Assistant Professor DeTurk 112. Plant Breeding. — Genetics of crop plants; genetic interpretation of inheritance of size, yield, disease resistance, and of eifects of selection; linkage and correlated characters; multiple allelomorphs. Twice a week. II; (^ unit). Assistant Professor Woodworth 114. Crop Production. — Crop Ecology, methods and results of crop production in- vestigations. Once a week. 1, 11) {]/2 to 2 units). ^ Professor Burlison 118. Research. — A special problem is chosen by each student; consultation one to two times a week for different students. When registering for a thesis, the work is pur- sued under this course. I, II; (i to 4 units).^ Heads of Divisions >In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In the 19 courses the minimum number of credits which may be taken during a given semester is 3 hours and the maximum 6 hours. 212 Animal Husbandry ANATOMY (See Zoology). ANIMAL HUSBANDRY Professors Rusk, Mumford, Grindley, Edmonds, Detlefsen', Graham, Card; Associate Professor Mitchell; Assistant Professors Snapp, Roberts, Bull; Mr. Rice, Mr. Kammlade, Dr. Boughton, Mr. Crawford, Mr. Hamilton, Mr. Laible, Mr. Mac- key, Mr. Knox, Mr. Carman, Mr. Clark, Mr. Luhnow. Cotirses for Undergraduates Animal Pathology: Animal Husbandry 34, 35. Beef Cattle: Animal Husbandry 11a, lib. Breeding, Feeding, Management, and Marketing: Animal Husbandry 8, 21, 28, 29, 30, 32. General Judging: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 5, 11a, 22. Genetics: Animal Husbandry 30. Horses: Animal Husbandry 4a, 4b. Meat: Animal Husbandry 10, 24, 36. Nutrition: Animal Husbandry 7, 31. Poultry: Animal Husbandry 37. Sheep: Animal Husbandry la, lb, 27. Swine: Animal Husbandry 2a, 2b, 26. Note. — Students registered in advanced courses such as 10, 29, and 32, are required to participate in tours of inspection of representative markets, farms, herds, flocks, and studs. la. Sheep: Breeds and Market Classes. — Breeds used for mutton and wool pro- duction; types, characteristics, and adaptability; market classes and grades of sheep and wool. Lectures; judging. I; (2). Mr. Kammlade, Mr. Mackey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lb. Sheep: Breeding, Feeding, and Management. — Pure bred and grade flocks; feeding, housing, and shepherding. Lectures, references reading, quizzes. I; (3). Mr. Kammlade, Mr. Mackey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take la and lb the same semester. 2a. Swine: Judging. — History of the leading breeds; types, characteristics, and adaptability; market classes and grades; market reports. Lectures; judging. II; (2). Mr. Rice, Mr. Laible Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. 2b. Pork Production. — Economic production of market and breeding hogs. Breed- ing, feeding, housing, care, sanitation, common diseases, and marketing. Lectures; as- signed reading; quizzes. II; (3), Mr. Rice, Mr. Laible Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 2a and 2b the same semester. 4a. Market Classes of Horses and Mules and Breeds of Horses. — Market classes, grades, and requirements. History of the leading breeds; types, characteristics, and adapt- ability. Lectures; judging. II; (2). Professor Edmonds, Mr. Crawford Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. 4b. Breeding, Feeding, and Management of Horses. — Care of stalUons, mares, and foals; of work horses and drivers at labor and idle; fattening horses for market. Lectures; assigned reading. II; (3). Professor Edmonds, Mr. Crawford Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 4a and 4b the same semester. S. F*rinciples of Live Stock Judging. — Elementary course in the selection of farm animals for market, feed lot, work, and breeding purposes; nomenclature of external parts; the use of the score card, and the comparative judging of the various types of live stock; characteristics of the important breeds of beef cattle, hogs, horses, sheep, and poultry. Required in freshman year. I or II. (3). Assistant Professor Snapp and others >0n leave of absence. Animal Husbandry 213 7. Principles of Animal Nutrition. — Composition of feeding stuffs and the chemistry of food nutrients; digestion and the determination of digestibiUty; absorption and metal)- olism of organic and inorganic nutrients; the function of fats, carbohydrates, proteins, and ash constituents in nutrition; energy, metabolism, and the fuel value of the feeding stuffs; regulating factors in metabolism; food requirements and feeding standards; the specinc value of different feeds in nutrition. Lectures; recitations. I; (5). Associate Professor Mitchell Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 21 ; Chemistry 13a or 8. 8. Principles of Breeding. — Elemental facts of evolution and genetics; origin of do- mesticated animals and plants; the relation to genetics of different systems of plant and animal breeding. Required in the sophomore year. I or II; (2). Assistant Professor Roberts 9. Thesis. — Open to any student who has completed 90 hours of credit before the senior year provided he has done 20 hours of work in courses pertinent to the thesis problem. Subject to the approval of the instructor. I or II. (5). Time to be arranged. Members of the Department 12. Investigation. — Open to students who have completed 90 hours of credit before the senior year provided that 20 hours of work have been done in courses perti- nent to the problem. Consent of the instructor necessary. I or II. (5). Time to be arranged. Members of the Department 10. Meat. — Farm butchering, curing, and care of meats; yield, quality, and values of meat and by-products, as related to breeding, feeding, and health of animals; classes, grades and cuts of meat in wholesale and retail markets. The class will visit a Chicago packing house. The cost of the trip will be about S15. II; (3). Assistant Professor Bull Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 36. 11a. Beef Cattle Judging. — Breeds and market classes; history of the leading breeds; beef type from the standpoint of the butcher, the feeder, and the breeder; classification and value of each grade according to current market reports. Judging; lectures; quizzes; assigned readings. I; (2). Professor Rusk, Assistant Professor Snapp, Mr. Clark, Mr. Knox Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lib. Beef Production. — History of beef industry in the United States; importance of beef in international trade; sectional differences in methods of beef production; relation of beef cattle to general farming; breeding and management of pure-bred herds; breeding for the market; economic factors in cattle feeding; influence of age, grade, condition, and sex; preparation of feeds; financial aspects of cattle feeding; equipment; fitting cattle for show and sale. Lectures; quizzes; assigned readings (text book). I; (3). Professor Rusk, Assistant Professor Snapp, Mr. Knox, Mr. Clark Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 11a and lib simultaneously. 21. Principles of Feeding. — Classification, digestibility, and functions of feed nutri- ents; classification and values of feeding stuffs; feed requirements and calculation of balanced rations for farm animals. Required in the sophomore year. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Bull, Mr. Luhnow, Mr. Carman, Mr. Hamilton Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 or la; Chemistry 2; Animal Husbandry 5; and registra- tion in Animal Husbandry 8. 22. Advanced Stock Judging. — Animal conformation, quality, and condition with reference to market and show yard requirements; selection of horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine, for feed lot, market, and exhibition; judging at live stock shows. I; (3). Heads of divisions Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 11a, or their equivalents. [24. Meat. — Influence of type, condition, age, sex, and feeds on the yield and market grade of meat products. II; (2-5).' Time to be arranged. Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Bull Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 10, and la or 2a or 11a; three years' work in the University, or its equivalent.] [26. Pork Production. — Special problems. I; (2). Time to be arranged. Mr. Rice Prerequisite: Animal Husbandrj' 2a, 2b, and senior standing. Not given 1922-1923. 'In registering for a course with variable hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the pos- sible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 214 Animal Husbandry 27. Sheep Husbandry. — Factors determining the importance of the industry in leading sheep growing countries, particularly different parts of the United States. II; (2-5).' Time to be arranged. Mr. Kammlade Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, lb; three years' work in the University, or the equivalent. 28. History of Breeds of Live Stock. — Origin and establishment of the leading breeds of horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Methods of the most influential breeders; per- formance and pedigrees of famous animals. Lectures, assigned readings and problems. II. (3). Heads of divisions Prerequisite: Junior standing. 29. Systems of Live Stock Farming. — The physical and economic factors which tend to determine the types of farming. The economic organization of the various types of live stock farming with special reference to the proportions of land, labor, and capital em- ployed in the production of the various classes of live stock. Planning systems of live stock farming. The class will visit some of the live stock farms included in the cost accounting investigations conducted by the department of animal husbandry and the department of farm organization and management. This trip will cost about $25.00. II; (2). Assistant Professor Case Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, 21, and 6 hours' credit from lb, 2b, 4b, or lib; Farm Management 1. See note at the beginning of description of Animal Husbandry courses. [30. Genetics. — Heredity, variation, elements of biometry, and their practical appli- cation to breeding. Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory. Laboratory fee, $1.00. I; (5). Not given 1922-1923. Professor Detlefsen, Assistant Professor Roberts Prerequisite: Two years of university work. Before registering, students must se- cure the approval of the instructor.] 31. Advanced Course in Animal Nutrition. — Some of the more advanced phases of the chemistry and physiology of nutrition; recent developments of the nature of growth, the factors affecting metabolism, and the food requirements of animals under different conditions; nutrition investigations of agricultural experiment stations in this and other countries. Lectures; quizzes; assigned readings. II; (3). Time to be arranged. Associate Professor Mitchell Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 7; an elementary knowledge of organic chemistry is also desirable. [32. Marketing Live Stock. — Markets and methods of marketing live stock and their products. Advertising and sale of surplus pedigreed live stock. Certain inspection trips will be required of the class. The expense of these trips wiU be about $15.00. II; (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Prerequisite: Two years of university work. At least 4 credits in Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, and 11a. See note at the beginning of description of animal husbandry courses]. 34. Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals. — The structure and function of the animal economy (horse and cow) in health, supplemented by a discussion of the common malformations and non-specific diseases affecting the various organs and systems of the animal. Lectures; assigned readings; quizzes. I; (3). Dr. Boughton Prerequisite: Sixty hours of university work. 35. Contagious Diseases of Farm Animals. — The causes, symptoms, and methods of prevention of the common diseases of animals transmissable to man. A discussion of anti- serums, vaccines, antitoxins, and bacterins,as well as other biological products as related to the prevention, cure, and diagnosis of animal diseases. Lectures; assigned readings; quizzes. II; (2). Professor Graham Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 34. 36. Meats. — Production and consumption of meat; structure, composition, nutri- tive value; economy and place in the diet; wholesale and retail cuts; selection and prepara- tion; the packing industry and its by-products. Lectures. I; (2). Assistant Professor Bull Prerequisite: Two years of University work. 37. Poultry Management. — A brief, general course dealing with the practical applica- tion of the principles of poultry husbandry to general farm conditions. A prerequisite to further courses in poultry. Lectures, assigned readings, quizzes. II; (3). Professor Card Prerequisite: 30 hours of university work. 'In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-6 but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Architecture 215 39. Poultry Production. — ^An advanced course in poultry management, dealing with the problems involved in replenishing the laying flock, with special reference to breeding, incubation, brooding, and rearing. Registration limited for 1922-1923. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. II; (3). Professor Card Prerequisite'. Animal Husbandry 37, Animal Husbandry 5. Courses for Graduates Students entering graduate work in animal husbandry must have had a thoro training in the fundamental principles of the subject either in connection with or in addition to a course of study in agriculture substantially equivalent to that offered in this University. 103. Live Stock Experimentation. — Objects, methods, and the sources of error in experimental work dealing with the feeding, breeding, and management of farm animals. Once a week; second semester. (3^ unit). Dean Mumford 110. Animal Nutrition. — Biochemistry, digestion, metaboUsm, and nutrition value of proteins. Twice a week; both semesters. (J^ unit). Professor Grindley, Associate Professor Mitchell 111. Animal Nutrition. — Biochemistry, digestion, metabolism, and nutritive value of fats and liquids, carbohydrates, and inorganic substances. Twice a week; both semesters. (^ unit). Professor Grindley, Associate Professor Mitchell 112. Research. — Investigations along the following lines: (a) Economic factors involved in meat production. Professor Rusk (b) Systems of live stock farming. Assistant Professor Case (c) The valuation of pedigrees. (Not given, 1922-23). (d) Animal Nutrition. The chemistry of feeding stuffs; metabolism experiments and biochemical studies connected with the nutrition of farm animals. Professor Grindley, Associate Professor Mitchell (e) Genetics. Problems in heredity and variation. (Not given 1922-23), Assistant Professor Roberts (a), (b), and (c), one to three times, (d) and (e), five times a week; both semesters. {1 to 2 units)} These courses may be taken during the summer by special permission. 116. Seminar in Animal Husbandry. — Once in two weeks; both semesters. Members of the Department [117. Genetics. — Genetic experiments; biological and mathematical methods em- ployed; the validity of the conclusions. Two to five times a week; both semesters. \l to 2 units). (Not given 1922-1923).] Assistant Professor Roberts 118. Animal Nutrition Seminar. — A review of current literature in animal nutrition. Two hours a week. Both semesters. (J^ unit). Associate Professor Mitchell 119. Laboratory Methods in Animal Nutrition. — The use of the bomb calorimeter in nutrition work; determination of the respiratory exchange in laboratory animals; nitro- gen balance studies; analytical methods. Two to five times a week. Both semesters. {}/2 to 1 unit). Associate Professor Mitchell ARCHITECTURE Professors Pro vine, Ricker, White, Newcomb; Associate Professors Davison; As- sistant Professors Palmer, Dillenback, Titcomb, Bailey; Mr. O'Donnell, Mr. Mc- Anlis, Mr. Langford, Mr. Patterson, Miss Woodroofe, Mr. Pickering, Mr, Shelton, Mr. Epps, Mr. Meder, Mr. Armantrout, Mr. Fordyce, Miss Fehrenkamp. A. ARCHITECTURE 13, 14, 15, 16, 18. History of Architecture. — From the Egyptian period to modem times; effects of local, political, and economic conditions; influence of material, climate, structural systems, the various countries and periods; evolution of architectural forms. Illustrated lectures; quizzes. I, II; (2). Professor Newcomb, Mr. O'Donnell Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in architecture or architectural engineering, or Architecture 31 and 32. No prerequisite required of students in other departments. 'In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 216 Architecture 23-24. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal drawing from the cast. Water color work. I, II; (2). Miss WooDROOFE Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 25. Freehand Drawing. — Principles underlying arrangement of form and color; rhythm and sequence; harmony and contrast. I; (2). Mr. Patterson Prerequisite: Architecture 24. 26. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal, pen, pencil, and water color drawing from the cast and still life. Out-of-door sketching. II; (2). Mr. Patterson Prerequisite: Architecture 25. 27. Freehand Drawing. — Sketching from still life; study of proportions. I; (2). Mr. Patterson Prerequisite: Architecture 26. 28. Freehand Drawing. — Water color; original decorative composition; out-of-door sketching. I, II; (2). Mr. Patterson Prerequisite: Architecture 27. 31. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Instruments, pen, pencil, and brush; lettering; shades and shadows; perspective. Charcoal drawing from the cast. I; (4). Miss WooDROOFE, Mr. Pickering, Mr. Fordyce Prerequisite: Registration in General Engineering Drawing 2. 32. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Elements of architecture ; walls, moldings, doors, windows, the Orders, vaults, roofs, stairs. Wash rendering, charcoal drawing from the cast. Lectures and sketching. II; (4). Miss WooDROOFE, Mr. Pickering, Mr. Fordyce Prerequisite: Architecture 31. 33-34. Design. — (Elementary). Rendered order and sketch problems involving simple composition; library research in elements of composition. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Bailey Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 35-36. Design. — (Intermediate). Rendered plan and sketch problems; library re- search in plan and interior elements. I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Titcomb Prerequisite: Architecture 34. 37. Design. — (Advanced). Original design. I; (7). Assistant Professor Dillenback Prerequisite: Architecture 36. 38. Advanced Design. — Extended original problems in design. I, II; (7). Assistant Professor Dillenback Prerequisite: Architecture 37. 43. Technology of Materials. — The growth, cutting, seasoning, working, and finish- ing of woods; structural and decorative properties; detailing various parts on a large scale; floors, walls, roofs, doors, windows, cornices, stairs, wainscoting, cabinet-work, interior finish; preparation of working drawings. I; (3). Mr. Langford, Mr. Shelton Prerequisite: Greneral Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 31, 32. 44. Technology of Materials. — Materials for stone masonry; their uses, defects, qualities, and preparation* kinds of masonry and external finish; tools for stone cutting; brick masonry, its materials and bonds; terra cotta design, manufacture, and use; columns, beams, girders, and footings; joints and connections. Working drawings. II; (3). Mr. Langford, Mr. Shelton Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 31, 32, 43. 45. Graphic Statics. — Elementary graphic statics; its application to trussed roofs; steel and masonry arches, domes. The graphical representation of reactions, bending moments, shear and deflection in beams. (For architects.) I; (3). Mr. McAnlis, Mr. Epps Prerequisite: Theoretical and AppUed Mechanics 14, 15, 16. 46. Roofs. — Wooden and steel roofs; determination of section of members; design of joints; mill and steel skeleton construction. II; (3). Mr. McAnlis, Mr. Epps Prerequisite: Architecture 45. 55. Building Sanitation. — Plumbing, trap ventilation, removal of wastes; water closets; drains and systems of water supply; sewage disposal; water supply and fixtures in dwellings. (For architects.) Recitations; lectures; designs for special problems. II; (1). Mr. O'Donnell Prerequisite: Physics 9a-9b, lOa-lOb; Architecture 43, 44. 59. Domestic Architecture. — (Given in connection with Home Economics 2.) Lec- tures; criticism. I. Professor Newcomb and others Architectural Engineering 217 60a. Special Lectures. — Special lectures on architectural subjects, (For architects.) II; (2). Assistant Professor Palmer Prerequisite: Senior standing. 65-66. Theory of Architecture. — Influence of function on architectural form; plan and elevation; problem analysis. Lectures; research; exercises. I, II; (1). Assistant Professor Titcomb Prerequisite: Registration in Architecture 25, 26. 67. Theory of Form. — Principles underlying arrangement of form; architectural ornament and composition, proportion and balance. II; (2). Mr. Patterson Prerequisite: Senior standing in architecture. 68. Specifications. — General and special clauses and their arrangement; classifjdng material to facilitate writing specifications; practise in writing several sets; relations of the architect, owner, and builder; office organization; building ordinances; professional ethics. (For architects.) I; (3). Professor Provine Prerequisite: Senior standing in architecture. 97-98. Thesis. — I, II; (7). Assistant Professor Dillenback 99. Inspection Trip. — I; (no credit.) Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in architecture presupposes the full undergraduate course in that subject. Semi-weekly conferences are held and additional instruction given in all courses as may be required. 101. Architectural Construction. — Design of special structures. I, II; (14 to 1 unit). Twice a week. Time to he arranged. Professor Ricker, Professor Provine 102. Sanitation of Buildings. — Planning, design, and installation. I; (J^ to H unit). Twice a week. Time to he arranged. Professor Ricker 103. Advanced Architectural Graphics. — I, II; {1 to 2 units). Twice a week. Time to he arranged. Professor Provine 104. Architectural Design. — Advanced course. I, II; {1 to 2 units). Twice a week. Time to he arranged. 105. Architectural Practise. — Contracts, specifications, and oflBce methods. \; {yi to 14 unit). Twice a week. Time to he arranged. Professor Provine 106. Architectural History. — Special research. I, II; {}/2 to 2 units). Tvn.ce a week. Time to he arranged. Professor Ricker, Professor Newcomb. B.— ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING 33. Architectural Drawing. — Lettering; elements of architecture; walls, mouldings, doors, windows, shades and shadows, perspective, the Orders, vaults, roofs, stairs; wash rendering, stereotomy, charcoal drawing from the cast. Lectures and sketching. I; (3). Mr. Armantrout Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1, or 4, and 2. 34. Design. — (Elementary.) Rendered order and sketch problems; library research. II; (3). Mr. Armantrout Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 33. 35-36. Design. — (Intermediate.) Rendered plan and sketch problems; library re- search. I, II; (3). Associate Professor Davison Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 34. 43. Technology of Materials. — The growth, cutting, seasoning, working, and finishing of wood; structural and decorative properties; floors, walls, roofs, doors, windows, cornices, stairs, wainscoting, cabinet-work, interior finish; preparation of working drawings. (For architectural engineers.) I; (2). Mr. Langford Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1, 2. 44. Technology of Materials. — Materials for stone masonry; their uses, defects, qualities, and preparation; kinds of masonry and external finish; tools for stone cutting; brick masonry; bonds; terra cotta design, manufacture, and use; columns, beams, girders; joints and connections; preparation of working drawings. II; (2). Mr. Langford Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 33, 43; General Engineering Drawing 1, 2. 218 Art and Design 45. Graphic Statics. — ^Elements, and applications to forces; beams under fixed and moving loads. I; (3). Mr. McAnlis, Mr. Meder Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20; registration in Theoretical and Applied ISlechanics 25. 46. Advanced Graphic Statics. — The analysis of masonry arches, domes, and vavdts; large and unusual forms of roof trusses. II; (3). Mr, McAnlis, Mr. Meder Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 45. 47. Architectural Engineering. — Design and working drawings of trusses, members and joints, plate girders, chimneys; investigations of wind bracing. I; (5). Assistant Professor Palmer, Mr. McAnlis Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 26; Architectural Engineering 44, 46. 48. Architectural Engineering. — Design and detail of footings; investigation of framed structures; working drawings. II; (5). Assistant Professor Palmer, Mr. McAnlis Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 47. 57. Fireproof Construction. — Principles and design of fireproof construction; the advantages of each type. I; (2). Assistant Professor Palmer Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 26; Architectiiral Engineering 44, 46; registration in Architectural Engineering 47. 58. Fireproof Construction. — (Continuation of first semester's work.) Details and working drawings. II; (2). Assistant Professor Palmer Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 47, 57; registration in Architectural Engineer- ing 48. 67. Building Sanitation. — Plumbing, trap ventilation, removal of wastes; water closets; drains and systems of water supply; sewage disposal; water supply and fixtures in all types of buildings. (For architectural engineers). Recitations, lectures, and quizzes; designs for special problems. II; (2). Mr. O'Donnell Prerequisite: Physics la-3a, lb-3b; Architectural Engineering 43 and 44. 68. Estimates and Specifications. — Methods of estimating, illustrated by problems; a study of specifications, their general and special clauses, relations of architect, owner, and builder. (For architectural engineers.) II; (4). Professor Provine Prerequisite: Senior standing in architectural engineering. 99. Inspection Trip. — I; (no credit). Prerequisite: Senior standing. ART AND DESIGN Assistant Professors Lake, Bradbury; Professor Taft (non-resident); Miss Wetmore, Mr. Nearpass, Mr. Donovan, Miss Anderson. 1. Freehand Drawing. — Drawing in charcoal and pencil; perspective; light, shadow, shade, and reflections in monochrome; graphical representation. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Bradbury, Mr. Nearpass, Mr. Donovan, Miss Anderson 2. Pictorial Composition. — Line and pattern. Landscape. II; (3). Assistant Professor Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 3a-3b. Figure Drawing. — Drawing from posed model, artistic anatomy; proportion, construction, composition and action in the representation of the human figure. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 4a-4b. Water Color Painting. — Still-life; flowers and outdoor sketching with applica- tion to pictorial and decorative art. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 5a-5b. Drawing from Life. — Monochrome, with application to pictorial and decora- tive purposes. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 3a. 6a-6b. Figure and Portrait Painting. — Painting in oil and water colors from costumed models; portrait and character study. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 3a, 5a. 7a-7b. Still-life in Oil Colors. — Still-life; flowers and outdoor sketching, with ap- plication to pictorial and decorative art. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 2. Astronomy 219 8a-8b. Modeling. — Clay modeling of anatomical and decorative forms; plaster molds, and models; sculptural art. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 9a. Course for Teachers. — The planning and execution of work in common school art study for the first six grades; Study of organization, equipment, and the administra- tive duties of the supervisor. I, (3). Miss Anderson Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12. 9b. Course for Teachers. — The planning and execution of work in common school art study for the seventh and eighth grades and the junior and senior high schools; study of organization, equipment, and the administrative duties of the supervisor. II; (3). Miss Anderson Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 9a, 12. 10. Sketching. — Practise in pen, pencil, wash, charcoal, pastel; technical methods in sketching from still-life, landscape and figure. II; (1). Assistant Professor Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design 1 and 2 or 3. 12. Design. — Theory of pure design and the effects of material on execution; fitness of various forms of media for various sorts of design; space di\-isions and space relations; color schemes and exercises; conventionalization of natural forms for various functions; practise in execution. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 14a-14b. Applied Design. — Technic of decorative illustration in black and white and in color applied to posters, covers, book-plates, etc.; processes of reproduction in print- ing. I, II; (2). Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12. 19. History of Fine Arts. — The periods and styles of the arts of architecture, sculp- ture, and painting previous to the Italian Renaissance. I; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: One year of college work. 20. History of Fine Arts. — The periods and styles of the arts of architecture, sculp- ture, and painting of the Italian Renaissance and to the present time. II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: One year of College work. Summer Session Courses SI. Elementary Art. — Form drawing from stUl-life, cast, and nature; outline and shading in charcoal; lectures on perspective. (2). Assistant Professor Lake S9. Art for the Common Schools. — The planning and execution of work in common school art study; blackboard drawing. Lectures on organization, equipment, and the administrative side of the supervisor's work. (2). Assistant Professor Lake S20. BQstory of Fine Arts. — Equivalent to course 20. Assistant Professor Lake ASSYRIAN (See Oriental Languages and Literature) ASTRONOMY Dr. Wylie No major for undergraduates is offered in astronomy. Students may well make mathematics or physics their major, and take Astronomy 7, 8, 14, and 15 as a miner. Coxirses for Undergraduates 1. Elementary Astronomy. — Lectures; recitations; one evening a week at the observa- tory. I, (3). Dr. Wylie Prerequisite: Mathematics 4. 2. General Astronomy. — Continuation of course 1, with observational practise; one evening a week at the observatory. II; (3). Dr. Wylie Prerequisite: Astronomy 1. [6. Navigation. — Piloting, dead reckoning, longitude and latitude by astronomical observations; use of compass and sextant. II; (3). Not given 1922-1923. Prerequisite: Mathematics 4, sophomore standing.] 220 Athletic Coaching and Physical Education For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 7-8. Theoretical Astronomy. — Celestial mechanics; theory of orbits; perturba- tions. I, II. Dr. Wylie Prerequisite: Mathematics 9. 14. Observational Astronomy. — The working methods of an astronomical observa- tory; individual problems. II; (3). Dr. Wylie Prerequisite: Astronomy 15. 15. Geodetic Astronomy. — The sextant, transit, and zenith telescope; methods similar to those of the United States Coast and Goedetic Survey. I; (3). Dr. Wylie Prerequisite: Mathematics 7. Courses for Graduates (101. Seminar.— r/iree times a week; I, II; (1 unit). Not given 1922-1923.] [102. Stellar Astronomy. — Orbits of binary stars; variable stars; theoretical photo- metry. Three limes a week; I, II; (1 unit). Not given 1922-1923.] ATHLETIC COACHING AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Director Huff; Professor Zuppke; Assistant Professor Lundgren; Mr. Gill, Mr. Bearg, Mr. Staley, Mr. Ingwersen, Mr. Rxiby, Mr. Manley, Mr. Bullock, Mr. Wag- ner, Mr. Smith, Mr. Pittser, Mr. Prehn. 2. Tactics and Gymnastic Dancing. — II; (2). Mr. Staley 3. Calisthenics. — II; (2). Mr. Staley S. Physical Diagnosis. — Elementary Physical diagnosis. II; (3). 7. Boxing. — I; (1). Mr. Prehn 8. Wrestling.— I, II; (1). Mr. Prehn 9. Elementary Orthopedics. — Deformities, their causes, prevention and treat- ment. II; (3). Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 12, 13, 14. 15. Playground Instruction. — II; (3). Mr. Staley Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 6. 16. Training and First Aid. — II; (2). Mr. Bullock Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 12, 13, 14. 17. Organization and Administration of Physical Education. — I; (2). Mr. Bearg Prerequisite: 5 hours credit in Athletic Coaching. 20. Field and Track Athletics.— I; (2). Mr. Gill 21. Field and Track Athletics. — Continuation of Athletic Coaching 20. II; (2). Mr. Gill Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 20. 30. Football. — Fundamental Football. I, II; (2). Mr. Smith, Mr. Pittser 31. Football. — Continuation of Athletic Coaching 30. I, (2). Mr. Bearg, Mr. Ingwersen Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 30. 32. Football. — The theory and art of coaching football. II; (2). Professor Zuppke Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 30, 31. 40. Basketball.— II; (2). Mr. Smith, Mr. Pittser 41. Basketball. — Continuation of Athletic Coaching 40. Mr. Ruby Prerequisite: Athletic Coaching 40. SO. Baseball. — I, II; (4) Director Huff, Assistant Professor Lundgren 60. Swimming. — II; (2). Mr. Manley Bacteriology 221 Summer Session Courses SlOa. Baseball Theory. Director Huff, Assistant Professor Lundgren SlOb. Baseball Practise. Assistant Professor Lundgren Slla. Track and Field Theory. (1). Mr. Gill Sllb. Track and Field Practise. Mr. Gill S12a. Basketball Theory. (1). Mr. Winters, Mr. Bearg S12b. Basketball Practise. Mr. Winters, Mr. Bearg, Mr. Ingwersen S13a. Football Theory. Professor Zuppke S13b. Football Practise. Mr. Bearg, Mr. Ingwersen 514. Training. Mr. Bullock 515. Calisthenics. (H)- Mr. Staley 516. Mass Physical Activities. (H). Mr. Stalet 517. Gymnastics. (H). Mr. Wagner S19. Organization and Administration. (1). Mr. Griffith 521. Gymnastic Dancing. (1). Mr. Wagner 522. Theories and Systems of Physical Training. (1). Mr. Staley S24. Swimming. Mr. Brown BACTERIOLOGY Associate Professor Tanner; Mr. Thompson, Mrs. Miller Major: 20 hours chosen from the courses offered by this department. Five hours may be chosen from the following courses offered by other departments: dairy husbandry (dairy bacteriology), and agronomy (soil biology). Minors: 20 hours chosen from two of the following: chemistry, botany, zoology, physiology. The prerequisite for graduate work in the department of bacteriology is 10 semester hours of bacteriology and 15 semester hours of some physical or biological science. Cer- tain courses in the departments of agronomy, botany, chemistry, and dairy husbandry are required of students who are candidates for the doctor's degree. The attention of students is called to the coxirses in applied bacteriology offered by these departments since they form an integral part of the instruction in bacteriology offered at the University of Illinois. Courses for Undergraduates 5a. Introductory Bacteriology and Sanitary Science. Lectures. — ^Assigned readings, demonstrations, and recitations on bacteria, yeasts, and moldsj structure morphology, and systematic relationships; their significance in general sanitation, agriculture, home eco- nomics, communicable diseases, etc. (For those who wish an insight into matters of every day importance such as sterilization, disinfection, food poisoning, etc.). Designed to accompany Bacteriology 5b, but may be elected without it. (Not open to students who have taken Bacteriology 2). I or II; (3). Associate Professor Tanner Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; one semester of chemistry or consent of the instructor. 5b. Introductory Bacteriology. Laboratory. — Bacteriological technic; study of morphology and physiology of bacteria and certain related microorganisms; prepara- tion of media and apparatus; staining; cultivation, etc. Designed to accompany Bacteri- ology 5a. I or II; (2). Mr. Thompson and Mrs. Miller Prerequisite: Bacteriology 5a or concurrent registration in it; chemistry 2a, 3a, or 4. 6. Bacteriology for Sanitary Engineers. — Bacteriological and microscopical methods applied to the examination of water and sewage. Theories and methods of filtration, sterilization, and filter control. I; (2J^). Mr. Thompson Prerequisite: Chemistry 10b. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 7. Theses and Special Problems. — Review of the literature and laboratory work on a special assigned subject. I, II; (2-3). Associate Professor Tanner Prerequisite: Junior standing, 10 hours of bacteriology or consent of the instructor. 222 Botany 8. Food Bacteriology. — Decay of organic matter in nature; soil and sewage bacteria; water bacteria; foods; food poisoning; laboratory lectures; discussions; assigned readings and reports. II; (5). Associate Professor Tanner and Mrs. Miller Prerequisite: Junior standing, Bacteriology 5a and ob, or their equivalents; and the consent of the instructor. 10. Epidemiology. — The ways in which communicable diseases are spread; methods of control; lectures, assigned reading, special problems. I; (2). Associate Professor Tanner Prerequisite: Junior standing; Bacteriology 5a and 5b; consent of the instructor. 18a-18b. Journal Meeting. — Required of all students who major in bacteriology. I, II; (1). Associate Professor Tanner Prerequisite: Junior standing; 5 hours of bacteriology. 20. General Bacteriology. — (For advanced undergraduates and graduates). Lab- oratory methods; technic of cultivation; study of morphology and physiological activities. Laboratory, lectures, assigned readings, reports. I; (5). Associate Professor Tanner and Mr, Thompson Prerequisite: Two years of college chemistry; senior standing; consent of the in- structor. 26. Pathological Bacteriology. — Cultural and morphological studies of disease pro- ducing organisms. Recommended that students who take this laboratory course elect Bacteriology 10 at the same time. I; (3). Associate Professor Tanner and Mr. Thompson Prerequisite: Bacteriology 5a and 5b; Junior standing and consent of the instructor. Cotirses for Graduates 103. Physiology of Bacteria. — Fermentation; growth and death; lectures, assigned readings and reports. I; {1 unit.) Associate Professor Tanner 105. A continuation of Bacteriology 103 with special emphasis on classification; variability of species, characters; mutation; life cycles; standard and biometrical classi- fication; the large groups. II; (l unit). Associate Professor Tanner 107. Research in Bacteriology. — This course is intended for those who are taking a major in bacteriology either for the Master's or Doctor's degree. I or II; {1 to 4 units). Summer Session Courses Note. — The courses offered in the Summer Session are equivalent to courses of the same numbers given during the academic year and have the same prerequisites. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates SSa. Introductory Bacteriology and Sanitary Science. Associate Professor Tanner S5b. Introductory Bacteriology, Laboratory. Mr. Thompson S7-S107. Research. Associate Professor Tanner BANKING (See Economics). BIOLOGY (See Botany, Entomology, Physiology, and Zoology). BOTANY Professors Trelease, Hottes, Stevens; Assistant Professor McDougall; Dr. Hague, Mr. WooDARD, Mr. Mendoza, Mr. Plunkett, Mr. Abbott, Miss Dowell, Miss Pleas- ants, Miss Ryan, Miss Freeman, Miss Fuhr, Miss Bunting, Mr. Young, Mr. Dixon, Mr. Blain, Mr. Stark, Mr. Hafenrichter. Major: 20 hours exclusive of Botany 1 and 4, preferably made up of courses grouped along one of six lines, according to the suggestions given below. Botany 223 Minor: 20 hours chosen from chemistry, entomology, geology, physics, phyBiology, and zoology, in consultation with the department of botany. At least eight hours must be offered in one subject. Courses offered are of four tj^^es; the first intended to meet the needs of beginners; the second laying a foundation for methods of accuracy in observation, manipulation, and experimentation through the study of some fundamentally important subdivision of the science; the third giving practise in methods of investigation by the study of advanced problems varied to suit the needs and interests of the student; and the fourth teaching independent research by means of thesis subjects leading to the discovery of new facts or laws. The work of any semester may be credited separately except when a problem is left incomplete in one of the courses open to graduates. For the convenience of undergraduates in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who elect major work in botany the following combination of courses are suggested: — (a) Greneral; 2a, 4a, 23, 27a, and 27b; (b) Specializing in morphology; 2a, 2b, 3a, 4a or 24, and 29^ (c) Specializing in pathology; 2a or 3a, 7a. 7b, 28a or 28b, 4a or 17a-17b; (d) Specializing in physiologj'; 3a, 27a-27b, 9a or 9b; (e) SpeciaUzing in taxonomy; 2a, 4a, 16b, or 17a-17b, or 26, or 28a-28b; (f) Specializing in ecology; 4a, 23, 24, 25a-25b, and 27a. Students taking botany as a foundation for agronomy or horticulture are advised to select courses 27a, 4a, 7a, and advanced work on some special topic or topics under courses 7b, 9, 17a-17b, or 22b. Students who expect to teach botany are advised to elect 2a, 4a, 23, 27a, 30, and advanced work in one or more of the special courses 9a-9b, 16b, 17a-17b, or 25a-25b, The prerequisite for major work in botany in the Graduate School is 20 semester hours in botany or 15 hours in botany plus 5 hours in zoology or entomology. Courses for Undergraduates 1. General Botany. — The structure, physiology, natural history, and uses of plants. Lectures, quiz, laboratory. I or II; (5). Professor Trelease; Assistant Professor McDougall, Mr.WooDARD, and assistants 2a. Morphology of Thallophjrtes and Bryophytes. — Comparative laboratorj^ study of types of the lower plants. This and the following course are intended to give personal acquaintance with the vegetable kingdom through the study of living types selected so as to present in natm-al sequence the increasing complexity of structure and function which marks evolutionary development. I; (5). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Botany 1. 2b. Morphology of Cormophytes. — Comparative laboratory study of selected types of the higher plants. II; (5). Dr. Hagxtb Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4. The Local Flora. — Morphology, identification, and classification of wild plants. A laboratory and field course for students desiring personal acquaintance with the plants of Illinois, and especially for those qualifying as teachers in the public schools. II; (3). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Entrance botany or its equivalent. 4a. Taxonomy of Cormophytes. — Structure, identification, and classification of higher plants. Laboratory studies chiefly of flowering plants. II; (3). Professor Trelease Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4d. Trees and Shrubs of the Campus. — The woody plants most used for decorative purposes. I; (3). Professor Trelease Prerequisite: Botany 1. 7al-7a2. Plant Pathology. — Causal agents, symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. 1, II;( 3). Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 1. 224 Botany 23. Plant Ecology. — The life of plants in their nattiral habitats, in relation to environ- ment, to animals, and to each other. Lectures; laborator>'; field work. II; (3). Assistant Professor McDougall Prerequisite: Botany 1. 24. Mushrooms. — Structure, identification, classification, and ecologicsd relations. Special attention is given to edible and poisonous mushrooms. Lectures; laboratory'; field work. I; (3). Assistant Professor McDougall Prerequisite: Botany 1. 27a. Plant Physiology. — The absorption of materials from the external world and their transformation within the organism; the production and use of food. I; (5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Botany 1. 27b. Plant Physiology. — The response of the plant to external stimuli. II; (3). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Botany 1. 30. Methods of Teaching. — Participation in elementary' laboratory' instruction and in conferences of department staff; seminar. I; (2). •\ssistant Professor McDougall, Mr. Woodard Prerequisite: 15 hours of botany; senior standing. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Gradxiates Candidates for advanced degrees in botany must offer for admission to the graduate courses 20 hours of college work in botany or else 15 hours in botany plus 5 hours in zoology or entomolog\' or bacteriology'. Graduate students who elect botany for minor credit must meet the prerequisite for courses which they take for graduate credit. 9a-9b. Plant Anatomy or Physiology. — Problems for those specializing either in anatomy with technic, or in physiologj', or in the application of these to plant breeding, crop production, and forestn.'. I, II; (3 to 5).' Professor Hottes Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including Botany 27a or 27b; jimior standing. 16a. Taxonomy and Morphology of Algae and Bryophytes. — Advanced practise on selected groups. II; (3 to 5).' Dr. Hague Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including 2a or 4b; junior standing. For graduate students in chemistn.', 5 hours of biology' and 10 hours of physical science, including manii>- ulation of instnmients, or 15 hours of physical science. 17a-17b. Taxonomy of Cormophytes. — Advanced practise on selected taxonomic or economic groups; genera or families of Illinois plants, or plants economically important as weeds, forest resources, adjuncts to medicine, farm, orchard, or garden crops, or as the basis of floriculture, landscape architecture, street shading, or other decorative planting. I, II; (3 to 5).' Professor Tkelease Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including -ia; junior standing. 22a. Morbid Histology. — The parasites of plant tissues and their histologj' in condi- tion of disease. I; (3 to 5).' Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 3a and 7a; junior standing. 22b. Groups of Fungi and Crop Disease. — II; (3 to 5).' Professor Stevens Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including 7a; junior standing. 25a-25b. Plant Ecology. — Advanced studies in the ecology' of plants or of plant com- munities. I, II; (3 to 5).' Assistant Professor McDougall Prerequisite: Botany 23 and 27a; junior standing. [26. Taxonomy and Ecology of the Higher Fimgi. — Collection and identification. Lectures on classification and ecology'. II; (3). Given in alternate years. Not given in 1922-1923. " Assistant Professor McDougall Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including 7a; junior standing. 28a-28b. Taxonomy of Economic Fungi. — Advanced practise on selected groups of parasitic fungi. I, II; (3 to 5).' Professor Stevens Prerequisite: 10 hours of Botany including 7a or 24; junior standing.] In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course ;e.g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Business Organization and Operation 225 29a. Comparative Morphology of Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms, and Angiosperms. — I; (3). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including 2b or 4a; junior standing. 31a-31b. Thesis Course. — I, II; (2). Arrange with appropriate member of the department. Prerequisite: 15 hours of botany. 32a-32b. Honors Course. — I, II; (2). Arrange with appropriate member of the department. Prerequisite: 15 hours of botany. Courses for Graduates 101. Individual Plant Development. — The influence of external agents on the cell. Special subjects for investigation are assigned on consultation. Reports and discussions of current literature and research results. I, II; {}/2 to 2 units). Professor Hottes 102. Physiology. — ^The effects of external stimuli on growth and movement. Special subjects for investigation are assigned on consultation. Reports and discussions of cur- rent literature and research results. I, II; (3^ to 2 units). Professor Hottes 103. Methods in Plant Pathology.— -Critical review of the methods employed in the study of plant diseases. II; (3^-3^ unit). Professor Stevens 104. Mycology. — Fungi. Individual assignments of subjects and problems in field and la,boratory. I, II; (3^ to 2 units). Professor Stevens 106. Plant Pathology. — Diseases of plants, and disease agents. Special subjects are assigned upon consultation. I, II; (3^ to 2 units). Professor Stevens [107. History of Botany. — A conference course with lectures and reading. I ; (3^ unit) . Given in alternate years. Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Trelease] 108. Taxonomy. — Monographic studies of critical groups. I, II; (3^ to 2 units). Professor Trelease 109. Ecology. — ^The interrelations of plants with their environment. Individual subjects for investigation. I, II; (3^ to 2 units). Assistant Professor McDougall 110. Current Botanical Literature. — Weekly review. (Required of graduate students whose major is botany). I, II; (34 unit). The Staff Siunmer Session Courses (For description of courses, wholly or in part, see corresponding numbers in the de- scription of courses in the regular session). Courses for Undergraduates SI. General Botany. — (4). Assistant Professor McDougall S27a. Plant Physiology. — (4). Professor Hottes Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates S9b. Plant Physiology. — (2 to 4). Professor Hottes S25. Plant Ecology. — (2 to 4). Assistant Professor McDougall Courses for Graduates 8102. Plant Physiology. — (J^ to 2 units). Professor Hottes 8109. Plant Ecology. — (3^ to 2 units). Assistant Professor McDougall BUSINESS LAW (See Business Organization and Operation) BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION (Including Accountancy and Business Law) Professors Scovill, Morey; Associate Professors Filbey, Russell; Assistant Profes- sors Littleton, Bauer, Baily; Mrs. Saunders, Dr. Dillavou, Mr. Schlatter, Mr. Anderson, Mr. Davidson, Mr. Ham, Mr. Beach, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Crabb, Mr. Mc- Intyre, Mr. Behrens, Mr. Cope, Mr. Jones, Mr. Rowatt, Mr. Gast, Mr. Gray, Mr. Powell, Mr. Beatty, Mr. Gore, Mr. Winter, Mr. Wagner, Mr. Sieferman, Mr. FiLUT, Mr. WooLLEY, Mr. Buchan, Mr. Marplb, Mr. Lytle, Cooperating: Director Cunningham. 226 Business Organization and Operation A. ACCOUNTANCY Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. Principles of Accounting. — Accounting and bookkeeping; double entry; fundamental accounts and books. Stiidents loho present one unit of bookkeeping for entrance vMl not he allowed credit for la and should register in le. Except in case of such students, credit is not given for either la or lb separately. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Baily, Mr. Schlatter, Mr. Ham, and assistants le. Principles of Accounting. — Similar to Accountancy lb, preceded by a review of Accountancy la, offered for the benefit of those who present one unit of entrance credit in bookkeeping. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Baily and others Prerequisite: One unit of entrance credit in bookkeeping. 2a-2b. Intermediate Accounting. — Fundamentals of cost accounting, theory of partnership and corporation accounts, depreciation, goodwill, reserves, and sinking funds; special financial statements, reading balance sheets, illustrative problems. I, II; (3). Associate Professor Filbey, Mr. Schlatter, Mr. Ham, and assistants Prerequisite: Accountancy lb or le; registration or credit in Economics 1. (Ac- countancy 2a may be taken without 2b.) 11. Farm Accounting. — The principles of accounting and distribution of costs as applied to farm operations. I or II; (4). Mr. Schlatter Prerequisite: Open only to students in agriculture who have had Economics 1 or 2. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 3a-3b. Advanced Accounting and Auditing. — Advanced theory, consolidated balance sheets; liquidation; the auditor's duties; schedules and reports. I, II; (3). Professor Scovill, Associate Professor Filbey, Assistant Professors Littleton, Baily Prerequisite: Accountancy 2a-2b; Economics 3, and average of C or better in Accountancy 1 and 2. (Accountancy 3a may be taken without 3b.) 4a-4b. Cost Accounting and Systems. — First Semester: (a) Cost accounting applied to factory procedure, overhead expense, the installation and control of cost systems, presentation of cost data; (b) as a basis for manufacturing efficiency; (c) the construction of cost systems. Second Semester: Systems of various specialized businesses as banks, building and loan associations, insurance companies, brokers, and the several types of public utility corporations. The work of either semester may be taken separately. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Baily, Mr. Schlatter Prerequisite: Accoimtancy 2a-2b. Sa-Sb. C. P. A. Problems. — Representative problems of various types, including questions on theory and auditing. I, II; (3). Professor Scovill Prerequisite: Accountancy 3a-3b. 13. Governmental Accounting. — Accounts and systems of institutions and munici- palities, and of the State and Federal governments. Organization; procedure; budget, accounts and records, reports, audits; purchasing and storekeeping; training for Federal Service. I, or II; (2). Professor Morey Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration in Accountancy 3a. 20. Income Tax Procedtire. — Application of the requirements of the Federal income, excess-profits and war-profits taxes. II; (2). Associate Professor Filbey Prerequisite: Registration or credit in Accountancy 3b; senior standing. Courses for Graduates The courses for graduates only may be selected by those who have had approximately 15 university accounting credits including Accountancy 3a or its equivalent. Account- ancy 4a is a prerequisite for 104; 3b for 110; 13 for 113; and 20 for 120. 103. Advanced Theory. — The most prominent accounting theories analyzed and their historical development studied with reference to the requirements of economic prin- ciples and business activities. I, II; {1 unit). Assistant Professor Littleton 104. Accounting Systems. — Analysis of operations of industrial and mercantile enterprises of various types and the designing of adequate accounting systems therefor. Uniform Accounting Systems. I, II; (1 unit). Professor Scovill Business Organization and Operation 227 110. Accounting Reports. — Methods of presenting reports of audits, investigations, and operations. Interpretation of accounting data. II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Filbet [113. Governmental Accounting. — A study of the requirements of accounting for federal, state, municipal, and institutional bodies. II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Morey] 120. Income Tax Development. — A comparative study of the accounting features of the income tax acts of England, the United States, and of the several states. Accounting intricacies of the present federal act. I; {1 unit). Associate Professor Filbet 129. Thesis. — I, II; {1 unit). Members of the staff. Summer Session Courses Courses for Undergraduates Sib. Principles of Accounting. — (3). Mr. Taylor Equivalent: lb. Prerequisite: Accountancy la or a similar course. S2a.-2b. Intermediate Accounting. — (6). Assistant Professor Littleton, Mr. Fjeld Equivalent: 2a-2b. Prerequisite: Accountancy lb or le; registration or credit in Economics 1. Courses for Graduates SI 10. Accounting Reports. — {1 unit). Professor Scovill Equivalent: 110. S129. Thesis. — (/ unit). Professor Scovill Equivalent: 129. B. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION Courses for Undergraduates 1. Business Organization and Operation. — Individual proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; the process of organizing a business; organization for operation and the reaction of form of organization on efficiency; graduation and interrelation of divisions and departments; departmental responsibiUty and authority, routine, and discipline. I or II; (3). Mr. Behrens and others Prerequisite: Economics 1; Accountancy lb or le. 2. Marketing Organization and Operation. — Methods and problems involved in marketing raw materials and manufactured products. I or II; (3). Mr. McIntyre and others Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 1. 7. Salesmanship. — Policies and practise of modern sales organizations; selling prob- lems of manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers, management of salesmen; the practise of individual salesmen. I or II; (2). Associate Professor Russell Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2; senior standing. 8. AdvertisLag. — Principles of current practise; cooperation of advertising and per- sonal selling; special problems; planning sales campaigns; choice of media; space buying; and practise in writing copy. I or II; (2). Mr. Cope Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2; senior standing. 9. Civic and Commercial Organizations. — Their place and importance in the com- munity; their relationship to the business men and the general public with emphasis upon the duties of the commercial organization secretary. II; (2). Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2; senior standing. 10. Newspaper Advertising. — Designed primarily for students specializing in jour- nalism. Organization and operation of newspaper advertising department; methods of obtaining and handUng advertising; the newspaper as an advertising medium. II; (3). For Business Correspondence see Rhetoric 10. Mrs. Saunders Prerequisite: Journalism 1 and 2. 228 Business Law 30. Typography and Printing. — (1) Introduction to History; (2) Type; (3) Paper; (4) Ink; (5) P^rocesses; (6) Machinery and utensils; (7) Format. I; (1). Director Cunningham Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2; and the consent of the in- structor. Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 3. Retail and Wholesale Store Organization and Operation. — Location, layout, financing, buying, systems and records, personnel policies. I or II; (3). Mr. Behrens Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2. 4. Industrial Organization and Management. — Problems of organization and of administrative policy; supervision and management of industries and industrial units. I or II; (3). Mr. Anderson Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2. Senior engineering students who have had Economics 1 or 2 may be admitted by permission of the instructor. Courses for Graduates To register in the graduate courses one must have had at least five semester hours' credit in the principles of economics; also courses in Business Organization and Operation 1 and 2 or the equivalent. Business Organization and Operation 2 is a prerequisite for 102. 101. Marketing Policies and Problems. — Federal, state, and local regulation of mercantile business; unfair competition; trade agreements^ trade marks; inspection of mercantile establishments; pure food acts; control over weights and measures, packing, storage, and shipment. I, II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Russell [102. Scientific Management. — The history of the scientific management movement; critical study of the proposed systems. I, II; {1 unit). Not given, 1922-1923.] 129. Thesis. — Time to be arranged. I, II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Russell Summer Session Courses for Undergraduates 51. Business Organization and Operation. — Equivalent: Business Organization and Operation 1. (3). Mr. Ham Prerequisite: Economics 1 and Accountancy lb or le. 52. Marketing Organization and Operation. — ^Equivalent: Business Organization and Operation 2. (3). Mr. McIntyre Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 1. Cotu'ses for Graduates S129. Thesis. — (1 unit). Professor Scovill Equivalent: 129. C. BUSINESS LAW Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. General Principles of Business Law. — Principles underlying the law of con- tracts, agency, sales of personal property, negotiable instruments, partnerships and busi- ness corporations. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Bauer, Dr. Dillavou, Mr. Davidson Prerequisite: Sixty hours of university credit, including Economics 1 and Accounting lb or le. 2. Law for Agricultural Students. — Contracts, leases, property. Oi)en only to stu- dents in agriculture who have credit in Economics 1 or 2. I or II; (3). Mr. Davidson 3. Law for Engineering Students. — Contracts, negotiable instruments, insurance, real property, landlord and tenant. Open only to students in engineering who have credit in Economics 1 or 2. II; (3). Dr. Dillavou Ceramic Engineering 229 For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 10. Law of Security Relations and Banking. — Suretyship; mortgages; pledges; personal property; real property; insurance; bankruptcy; banlang, Federal Reserve Board. I or II; (2). Assistant Professor Bauer Prerequisite: Business Law la-lb. Summer Session S2. Commercial Law. — Equivalent, Business Law 2. (2J^). Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. CERAMIC ENGINEERING Professor Parmelee; Associate Professor Hursh; Dr. Bunting, Mr. McVat, Mr. Bourne. The courses offered by the department of ceramic engineering are designed to give a technical knowledge of the composition and properties of materials used in the manufac- ture of clay wares, abrasives, cements, glasses^ and enamels, and to acquaint the student with the construction, equipment, and operation of ceramic plants. Graduates of courses other than ceramic engineering who have the necessary prereq- uisites may take the following courses for minor credit: 3, 4c, 5, 6, 8, 10, 13, 15, 16, 19, 20, and 21. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Ceramic Materials. — ^The properties of clays and other ceramic materials; the identification of the varieties met in practical work. Lectures; laboratory. I; (3), Professor Parmelee, Mr. McVay Prerequisite: Chemistry 4. 2. Winning and Preparation of Clays. — Machinery and processes used in preparing clay for market or manufacture; comparative costs of the different methods. II; (3). Mr. McVat Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1. 3. Industrial Calculations. — Chemical and physical calculations applying to the opera- tion of furnaces, kilns, and dryers, temperature measurements. II; (3). Associate Professor Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1; Physics la-lb and 3a-3b. 4c. Drying and Burning. — The chemical and physical processes involved and types of equipment used in drying and burning ceramic products. I; (5). Associate Professor Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 3. 5. Ceramic Bodies. — Composition and properties of ceramic body mixtures; effects of various ingredients; development of special bodies. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Professor Parmelee, Mr, McVay Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 2. 6. Glazes. — ^The various classes of glazes and enamels; the composition, limits, properties, and defects. Lectures; laboratory. I; (6). Professor Parmelee, Mr. McVay Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 3, 5. 8. Glass Technology. — The chemistry and physics of the silicate glasses and their preparation. Industrial methods. Lectures, assigned reading, discussion. II; (2). Prerequisite: Chemistry 31. 9. Ceramic Construction. — Plans, specifications, and estimates for ceramic equip- ment and industrial plants. II; (4). Associate Professor Hursh Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1 or 4; Ceramic Engineering 3, 4c. 10. Cements. — Cements, limes, plasters; composition, reactions; methods of manu- facture and testing. I; (3). Mr. McVay Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 2, 3. 230 Ceramic Engineering 97 or 98. Thesis. — II; (3 or 5). Professor Parmelee, Associate Professor Hursh 12. Designing and Shaping. — Die construction, templates, master and working molds for pressing, casting, and jiggering, I; (3). Associate Professor Hursh, Mr. Bourne Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 2. 13. Cement Laboratory. — The preparation of silicate cements and the study of their properties. II; (3). Mr. McVay Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 10. 15. Glass Laboratory. — Soda-lime, potash-lime, lead, barium and zinc silicates; borosUicates; properties of fused and solidified glasses; practical glass problems. II; (3). Prerequisite: Registration in Ceramic Engineering 8. 16. Enamels. — The various types of enamels, their composition, application, proper- ties, and testing. Lectures; laboratory. II; (3). Professor Parmelee Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 6. 17a. Selected Ceramic Problems. — Lectures; discussions; assigned reading. I; (l)- Dr. Bunting Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 3, or equivalent; Mathematics 8 or 7 or 9; Registration in Chemistry 31. 19. Special Bodies. — An intensive study of body preparation; the composition, preparation, properties, uses and testing of selected types of bodies. Lectures; assigned reading; laboratory. II; (3). Professor Parmelee Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 5. 20. Refractory Materials. — The properties and uses of refractory materials em- ployed in the industries; relation between refractory power, chemical composition and physical condition; changes undergone by refractory materials at high temperatures. The subject will be presented as far as possible from the standpoint of the Phase Rule. Lectures; discussions; assigned reading. II; (2). Associate Professor Hursh Prerequisite: Chemistry 31. 21. Ceramic Pyrometry. — Types of p3Tometers, calibration, care, repair, and use. Theory of high temperatiu-e measurement. II; (1). Prerequisite: General physics, inorganic chemistry. 99. Inspection Trip. — Visits to industrial plants representative of various phases of ceramic work. I; (no credit). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates Graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in chemistry (ceramic chemistry) and Master of Science in ceramic engineering is offered by the department. Students who have specialized in chemistry, chemical engineering, or ceramic engineering during their undergraduate work will ordinarily be qualified to enter on graduate work leading to higher degrees in ceramic chemistry, while students who have specialized in mechanical engineering, ceramic engineering, or chemical engineer- ing in their undergraduate work will ordinarily be qualified to pursue graduate work leading to the higher degree in ceramic engineering. Graduate students who wish to elect ceramic chemistry as their major field of study must have had the equivalent of twenty- five semester hours of chemistry and this must include satisfactory courses in general chemistry, qualitative and quantitative analysis, and either physical or organic chemistry. Such students must also have had at least one year of college physics and training in mathematics which includes calculus. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy with their major field of study in ceramic chemistry must fulfill the same general requirements in chemistry as candidates in other branches of chemistry. Before receiving the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, all such candidates must demonstrate their abiUty to read French and German Uterature in their major subject. 101. The Chemistry of the Compounds of Silicon. — Seminar. Turice a week; I, II; (^ unit). Prerequisite: Elementary courses in organic and physical chemistry. Chemistry 231 102. General Technology of the Clay Industries. — An advanced course dealing with the physical properties of ceramic materials and products in the light of their dependence upon chemical composition, mineralogical constitution, and physical condition. Lectures; seminar, and laboratory. I, II; {1 or 2 units). Professor Pakmelee Prerequisite: The elements of minerology and of physical chemistry. 103. Silicon Chemistry. — A laboratory course to supplement Ceramic Engineering 101, which must precede or accompany it. II; {1 or 2 units). 105. Technology of Glass. — Glassy silicates; limiting composition; physical and chemical properties of glass and the dependence of these properties upon composition. Lectures and laboratory. {1 or 2 units). Professor Parmelee CHEMISTRY Professors Notes, Parr, Adams, RosE;Associate Professors Hopkins, Beal, Buswell, Rodebush; Assistant Professors Reedy, Braley, Dietrichson, Kremers, Layng, Englis; Dr. Parr, Dr. Marvel, Dr. Carver, Dr. Hurd, Dr. Souther, Dr. Nason, Dr. Phipps, Dr. Bradley, Dr. Neville, Dr. Greenfield, Dr. Smith, Dr. Austin; Mr. Porter, Mr. Driggs, Mr. Carothers, Mr. Edwards, Miss Sparks, Mr. Anders, Miss JuNKiN,Mr. Brede, Miss Renner, Mr. Moose, Mr. Andrews, Miss Lougee, Mr. Dreger, Mr. North, Miss Hyde, Mr. Rassweiler, Mr. Koten, Miss Munn, Mr. Calvery, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Nelson, Mr. King, Mr. Bond, Mr. Wierda, Mr. Caudle, Mr. Hill, Mr. Brode, Miss Davis, Mr. McElvain, Mr. Jacobson, Mr. Smithson, Mr. Davis, Mr. Jones, Miss Stouder, Mr. Sells, Mr. Thompson, Mr. Heckel, Mr. Kaufmann, Mr. Holton, Mr. Shive, Mr. Corley, Mr. Fisher, Mr. Littmann, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Beckman, Mr. Beuker, Miss Engle, Mr. Butler, Mr. Tuley, Mr. Kleinheksel, Mr. Keelor, Mr. Caldwell, Mr. Joseph, Miss Montgomery, Miss Langdon, Mr. Gray, Miss Bull, Mr. HovARKA, Mr. Bruce. Cooperating: Professors Grindley, Parmelee; Dr. Barnes. Major: 20 hours, exclusive of Chemistry 1, la, lb, 4 and 16, and inclusive of courses in quantitative analysis and organic chemistry. Minors: 20 hours, chosen from bacteriology, botany, geology, mathematics, philoso- phy, physiology, physics, and zoology. Students taking chemistry at the University are advised to give at least one year to the subject, and this should include Chemistry 1 or la, 2a or 3a. Those continuing in the second year should take Chemistry 5a and 5b, or 13a and 25. In the third year Chem- istry 14a, 14b, 14c and 14d or 9 and 9c, 31, and 33 should be taken. With these, more special courses may be taken if desired, but students are not advised to take the special courses unless they have had the fundamental work represented by the selection given above. Students who desire a training for professional work in chemistry, either as teach- ers or in its industrial applications, should take the curriculum in chemistry, or in chemical engineering. Students who find it impossible to take more than one semester's work are requested to register in Chemistry 1 or la in the second semester rather than in the first. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Inorganic Chemistry. — ^The non-metallic elements. I or II; (5). (Seniors 3 hours only). Associate Professor Hopkins in charge Professors No yes, Assistant Professor KREMERS,.JLSsistant Professor Reedy, Dr. Rosa- lie Parr, Dr. Hurd, Dr. Edith Nason, Dr. Neville, Dr. Phipps, and assistants. Prerequisite: One unit of entrance credit in physics, or 23^ units of entrance credit in mathematics or registration in Mathematics 2 or 3. Note: — Students who have received entrance credit for high school chemistry are given only 3 hours of credit for Chemistry 1. la. Inorganic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations; laboratory. For students who have had one year of high school chemistr3^ I or II; (3). (Sejiiors 2 hours only.) Associate Professor Hopkins in charge Professor Noyes, Assistant Professor Kremers, Assistant Professor Reedy, Dr. Rosa- lie Parr, Dr. Hurd, Dr. Edith Nason, Dr. Neville, Dr. Phipps, and assistants. Prerequisite: One unit of entrance credit in chemistry. 232 C/umistry Note — Stadente whose ixc|Mnt>an proTes to be inade r:..^ f^r crntirulrc tbi? coarse win be requized to dMtnge their legtstration to GbenDStr:- 1 S : z : ? v^ i : -5 e d their high school d wiubU j fw entnnoe may leeeive •? --:" rri.: :;t C::r::i:r.r:.- la, Studei:;^ who hK?e faabd in Cl i eni iBtry 1 are peatmifct&d : r .: :er : : Ci:erni5:r> la and wiH receive 5 hoars' credit if their final grade is C <» abc - e lb. Loocgaiuc Chemistiy. — Lectures; reeitatiaxLs ; • : - r F : sv^i r 5 in engmeoing.) Iorn;,4\ {SemionZhownonig). Ak: ^^ ?-? = ?: H?7:v? r^ ;^:;e Professor Notes, .issislant Pro fe ssty Kbkm ma^ Ass i ; : :-. ■::;;?: ; i-?t. Pr ?.?>.- LIE Pasb, Dt. HrsD, Dr. Edith Nasom, Dr. Nkvujx, P:. : ;£:: -5 }.r.i .\.,s5;j:ir.:s Note. — Students irtio have credit for hi^ school cheirustn- s , .! : ; ;:rr ::r \ •^- istry la, 2a. iBMBUttC Cfcemistry and QiaaJitative Analysis. — C'/--zi:5:ry ■?.:\:. :;;..:- inve a u a lya i s of the more wmnnon m'etal* ard inrreaL:? oomr-rur. :1 = , Le;:.:r;5 :e';-\:: r.;: labonitoiy. lorH;^). 5r -5 - • J: A i BWK i ate Prt fe ssogHo ? s >_- .i^5:i-A:\: . r^frSJrrRiz-T, A?s;5-;.::- /r:P;j:r K?.-^;i??, Dr. EosauePasb, Dr-HrT-r. i_'r. slz:z~ NAi-;.v, Dr. Nzvi^ls, Pr. Fe:.??-;, ai>d issistir.-.? P rereq m tiie: ChesoistTy l or Is. 3a. In org an ic Cbe^strr 2nd Qualiri-jve .^nalvsis.— For 5--irr_:= •;- -he-ij-r.- ir.d chenneal engineezing. IP Associate Profess ; r £:?5;:\'s.. Aii-s:^.^: F:::P5s:: Pjzdt. As-si^-.i:.: r::::;;;: FP.im- EP.5., Dt. Rosaue Pass., Dt. Hr^z*. Dt. Edh-h Na.50.v, Dt. Ni^^rii:. Dt. Fh:??s, i-i aiSsii:ant5 PTi!'-'Cji'f'''i' CIlrIIli.5TrV 1 Of Pi. 4. Q^.:iliutiTe Analysis and Cheiris'.rr :: :he Me:=Pic Elements. — Ler/^es; cla^s 3r.i \\::\-.r/ — ;:k. .For stude-tiS ii. e-zir.rorjic, I cr II: (4). {Seiaor^ 3 Aour* .\i.5:::j,:.r F::p5s:: H :??:_:?."?, _A5?:,5:_/--" _Fr::r55 :: F.zirY. AssLs'int Ptofessor K?.zyn:.?.s. Dr. r. :sal:i F.'.-.?., _:. ?:77,:, _':. l.z:z^. \F'.5:y. ^:, P'z".':"_7i, Dr. PmPFS, S— d i.;.;'.i::ir."5 Aasistant Plrofiessor B?..u.ST. .A;.sL5:.i.:i: Fr::P:;.;;: P?.' -iis, Fr, .^v-.th, :.,i.a iiSLi:i,i.-.i P rereq uu iie: CheT2L3'-/ '.:■.. :r 3a, or -L Sb. QoanthariTe .AnaFr;:?, — Continuation cf Cz-^-j:-.-- P^ , .\r.i'.y=is of silicates. ores, andmoya; acvi- ;ri :.i-::.i::vr ii-Py?:?, Lc::-:.r-r; , :r :.:-.- ^: r.s !7:;:^-:"-, 11:^5). A;5 : -.:.-. ^ r ::;; ;: j z.'.z in charge AsSBStazt FrPrS?:: Fk.'.izt, Ai5:i:i': FT::e5.5:r E:i";L;5. j_ r, >^i:vH, ^::i iisi^tanta JrVfTBC Vt-: : ::',' L Zf~' ;,>"."■" C'Z.. Af^. = ---.- 7: ::5^ > F?.aizt. A5^_5:,int Professor E?r "l:- ::.:: i = ::;:io:s. 9. Elementarv Orgi-i: Ci:enPi:rT. — I^i-Dorcant compoTinds of c2,rb:o:. IP " , Dr. :-P...-vri •^'2 , _ F:. 7F'.zvi:., F'r .-^ -7 ' -.ssistaiits lla-Ub. Ihrsis. — PF7-= --:iy^.z i :-v-- :: -;.- F-rv --r A :;.; subject, acco'in* 0: — : :,: 1 - - :- -;.- ;^ ; :;:--.■ ^ ;.7 ; ^p7 :: ;o F : : i :. ;•;::_.;> 7 ^: ■ r. and read- rr;r:.0'v.u-,,-, mittee. Chemistry 233 16. Fuel, Gas, and Water Analysis for Engineers. — The proximate analysis of coal; determination of calonnc value; technical analysis of furnace gases; examination of boiler waters; lubricating oils. (For students in engineering;. II; ';3j. .Assistant Professor L.*.y:.-G, Dr. Bp.jldlet Prerequisite: Chemistry' 4; junior standing. 80. Elements of Gas Blowing. — A laboratory.' course in the constriction and repair of glass apparatus. II; (1). Mr. Anders Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry, 90-91. Chemical Inspection Trips. — Required for juniors and seniors in the courses in chemistry and chemical engineering. The expense involved will approximate thirty to thirty-five dollars for each student. II; (3^ ^urur credit each year). Professor Pab.b 93a-93b. Journal Meeting. — P^eqiiired of seniors and all grad'iate students in chem- istry. All members of the stan of the department of chemL?tr>- are expected to attend. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Br.'lT.ey For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 6.' Chemical Technology. — Technological chemistry is illustrated in those ind^istries having a chemical basis for their principal operations and processes; trade journals. Lec- tures; recitations. II; (3j. Professor Pjler, Dr. Bradley Prereqmsite: Chemistry' .5a and 14a. 7.' Metallurgy. — Generad metallurgy; metaUurg;.' of iron and steel. Lectures; assigned reading; recitations, I; (3). Dr, Bradley Prerequisite: Chemistry oa. (Senior students in engineering courses may be ad- mitted to this course by special arrangement, without this prerequisite). 7a. Metallurgy of the Non-Ferrous Metals. — Copoer, lead, zinc, gold, and silver. n; (3). ' Dr. Austik Prerequisite: Chemistry 7, 10a. Water Chemistry. — History, sources, contamination, and standards of purity of potable waters and waters for industrial purposes. Lectures; practise in anahtical methods. II; (3j. Associate Professor Bcswell, Dr. Greentteld Prerequisite: Chemistn.' .5a or 13a. 10b. Chemistry of Water and Sewage. — The chemical analysis of potib'.- craters and waters for industrial purposes. Lectures on the history, sources, contamination, and standards of purity. Chemical analysis of seTizv and effluents from sewage treatment plants. (For students in sanitary engineering, regi^iered in connection with Bactenology 6.) I; (23^j. .Associate Professor BusvrzLL, Dr. GREEyiTELD Prerequisite: Chemistry 4, lOd. Sanitary Chemistry and Limnology. — Laboratory control of water and sewage purification plants. Discussion of the biological, biochemical, and colloidal reaction in sewage p'irification processes. GoUoidal reactions in water treatment. Water softening. The diurnal and annual temperature cycles in lakes and reservoirs, spring and faU over- turning. The determination of dissolved gases and their relation to microscopic growths. Study and identification of microscopic organisms occurring in reservoirs and sewage filters. (For students in Sanitary Engineering. j II; (Si. .Associate Professor Buswell, Dr. Grezntield PrereqiMSite: Chemistry 4 and 10b; Bacteriology 6. 12. Chemistry of Colloids. — Laboraton,' exercises emplojing special apparatus and technic involved in the investigation of colloid systems. Discussion of s^'stems of clas- sification and the various theories proposed for the explanation of reactions of colloid systems. Practical application. I; (2-3;; (3^ unit). .Associate Professor BrswELL, Dr. Greenfield Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a, 14b and 31 or consent of the instructor. 14a-14b. Organic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations. I, II; (3). Professor NoTxa Prerequisite: Chemistry oa; should be accompanied by Chemistry 14c and 14d. Kllertain rej :j! each course. 234 Chemistry 14c. Organic Chemistry (Laboratory Work). — Organic synthesis. I or II; (2). Dr. Marvel, Dr. Souther, and assistants Prerequisite: Registration in Chemistry 14a, or equivalent. 14d. Organic Chemistry (Laboratory Work.) — Organic synthesis, quantitative and quahtative analysis. Continuation of Chemistry 14c, to accompany Chemistry 14b. I or II; (2). Dr. Souther, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry 14a, 14c; registration in Chemistry 14b, or equivalent. 15. Physiological Chemistry. — Proteins, fats, and carbohydrates; tissues, digestion, intestinal putrefaction, and feces; the quantitative analysis of gastric contents, blood, milk, and urine. Clinical aspects of the subject are treated thoroly for prospective students of medicine. Lectures; demonstrations; conferences; laboratory; assigned read- ing. I; (5). Professor Rose, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a or 8; 9 or 14a-14b. ISa. Problems in Metabolism. — Intermediary metabolism in health and disease: chemical methods of diagnosis; micro-analysis of blood and urine. Emphasis is placed upon alterations in blood composition and the clinical significance of the blood ingredients. Lectures; conferences; laboratory. II; (3). Professor Rose, and assistants. Prerequisite: Chemistry 15. 17. Teachers' Course. — Methods of teaching elementary chemistry. II; (1). Dr. R. M. Pakb Prerequisite: 13 hours of chemistry and senior standing. 21. Qualitative Organic Analysis, — Identification of pure organic compoimds and mixtures. I; (3). Dr. Marvel, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry 14c, 14d. 25. Food Analysis. — Quantitative organic analysis, with special reference to the examination of food products; alcohols, carbohydrates, fats and oils, cereals,' nitrogenous bodies, preservatives, and colors. I; (5). Associate Professor Beal, Assistant Professor Englis, and assistant Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a or 13a; 9 or 14a-14b. 26. Pharmaceutical Chemistry. — The analytical chemistry of medicinal substances with a discussion of the common types of pharmaceutical preparations. II; (3). Associate Professor Beal, and assistant Prerequisite: Chemistrj- 14a-14b. 27. Qualitative Analysis of the Rarer Elements. — The rarer elements and their com- pounds; identification and separation of the elements; formation, solubilities, and chemical reactions of their salts. Lectures and laboratory. I; (3). Associate Professor Hopkins, Dr. Parr Prerequisite: Two j'ears' work in chemistrj'. 28. Advanced Qualitative Analysis. — Methods of separation; qualitative reagents; theory of reactions. Designed especially for those intending to teach qualitative chemistry. Lectiu-es and seminar. II; (2). Assistant Professor Reedy Prerequisite: Senior standing and Chemistry 31, or graduate standing. 31. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — The purpose of this course is to give the experimental basis for a proper appreciation of physical chemistry. Lectures, problems. I or II; (3). Associate Professor Rodebush, Assistant Professor Dietrichson, or Dr. Carver Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a, 5b; Physics la-lb, or 7a-7b; Mathematics 3 or 8. 33. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — A laboratory course to accompany Chem- istry 31. I or II; (2). Dr. Carver Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a, 5b; Physics la-lb, or 7a-7b; Mathematics 7 or 8. 34. Physical Chemistry. — First semester, thermodynamics and free energy calcu- lations. Second semester, atomic structure, and general apphcations of the principles of physical chemistry. I, II; (2). Associate Professor Rodebush Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 33. 35. Electrochemistry. — The general theory of electrochemistry and an introduction to thermodynamics. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Dietrichson Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 33. Chemistry 235 46. Chemistry of Plant Products. — The occurrence of organic compounds in plants and their relation to plant nutrition. Lectures and laboratory. II; (2). Assistant Professor Englis Prerequisite: Chemistry 9 and 9c, or 14a and 14c. 47. Physical Methods in Inorganic Problems. — Selected topics involving the appli- cation of the methods of Physical Chemistry. Recitations; assigned readings. I; (2). Assistant Professor Reedy 61. Industrial Chemical Laboratory. — The preparation and purification of chemical products from raw materials on a scale sufficient to afford data for determining the economy of the processes employed. (Should be accompanied by either Chemistry 6 or 109). II; (3). Dr. Bradley Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14a. 65. Fuels and Flue Gases. — Fuel inspection; gas analysis; determination of calorific values; calculation of efficiencies. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Layng, Dr. Bradley, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a. 66. Gas Engineering. — Gas machinery; ovens and appliances for carbonization; recovery of by-products. II; (1). Professor Parb Prerequisite: Chemistry 65; registration in 66a is advised. 66a. Control Processes in Gas Manufacture. — Standardization methods and inspec- tion. II; (1). Assistant Professor Layng Prerequisite: Chemistry ^65. 69. Metallxirgical Laboratory and Assaying. — The fire assay of gold, silver, lead, and copper ores, mattes, and bullion; special experiments illustrating the underlying metallurgic- al principles; fluxes, slags, and charge calculations; practise in the use of coal, oU, and gas furnaces, and in the measurement of high temperatures. I; (2). Dr. Austin Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a; Geology 20. 72. Paints, Oils, Turpentines, Varnishes, and Protective Coverings for Wood and Metals. — Lectures and laboratory. I; (2). Professor Parr, Assistant Professor Layng Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14a-14b. 73. Asphalt, Tar, and Distillation Products. — Sources, characteristics, composition, and examination; binders and dust preventives used in road construction. (For students in highway engineering). II; (2). Professor Parr, Assistant Professor Layng Prerequisite: Chemistry 2a or 4. 76. Mineral Oils. — Fractionation, analysis, evaluation for fuel, lubrication and gas manufacture. II; (2). Assistant Professor Layng Prerequisite: Chemistry 9a and 14a. 77. Composition and Classification of Coal. — Classification, changes in composition, weathering, spontaneous combustion, formation of mine gases. Lectures; assigned read- ing. II; (1). Professor Parr Prerequisite: Chemistry 65. 78. Metallography. — Constitution and microstructure of metals and alloys and the relations between their properties, chemical and mechanical treatment, and structure. Lectures; reading; laboratory. II; (2). Dr. Austin Prerequisite: Chemistry 7. 79. Advanced Metallography. — Selected alloy systems; correlation of constitution and properties. Twice a week; I; {^ unit). Dr. Austin Prerequisite: Chemistry 7 and 78 or equivalent. 92a-92b. Chemical Literature and Reference Work. — Periods, leaders, journals. Required of juniors in chemistry and chemical engineering; required also of juniors who are majoring in chemistry. I. II; (1). Miss Sparks Prerequisite: 13 hours of chemistrj', 1 year of French or CJennan, junior standing. 95. History of Chemistry. — Lectures and assigned reading, I; (2). Professor No yes 236 Chemistry Courses for Graduates Graduate students whose major subject is in some department other than chemistry, before taking graduate work for credit in this department, must have had the equivalent of 15 university credits in chemistry, and the groimd covered should include satisfactory work in general chemistry and in quaUtative and quantitative analysis. Such students are advised to make selections from the following courses: Chemistry 31, 33 (or 102, 102a), 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d, 15 and 25. Courses of a more special nature will not, as a rule, be ac- cepted for graduate work unless preceded by one of the courses above. Graduate students who are candidates for an advanced degree in chemistry must have had the equivalent of 25 university credits in chemistry, properly distributed. For students in chemistry, 5a, 13a, 9 and 9c will not be accepted for graduate credit, and 14a-14b, 14c, 14d, 31, and 33 will be accepted only from students entering the Graduate School with the equivalent of 30 university credits in chemistry. 101. Theories of Chemistry. — Seminar. Origin and development of the principal theories of the science. Once a week. II; {}4 unit). Professor Notes 102. Advanced Physical Chemistry. — Recent developments in physical chemistry. In general a different subject will be discussed each time the course is given. Seminar. I, II* (5'; foundations of bmldings and bridges; design of masonry structures; bridge piers and abutments, dams, retaining walls, culverts and arches. I, or II; (3). Professor Williams Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 10, 20, 21, 29; Civil Engineering 60. 78. Drainage Engineering. — The present status and importance of the drainage problem; the effect of drainage on public health; the economics of drainage; the legal procedure in the formation of drainage districts; methods of levying assessments for bene- fits; surveys and maps of drainage areas; reports on drainage projects; the design, construc- tion, maintenance, and cost of drainage systems; flood protection; channel improvement; design, construction, and maintenance of levees; pumping requirements for levee districts. II; (3). .\ssistant Professor Pickels Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 57. 80. Engineering Contracts and Specifications. — Engineering relations, the law of contracts; business and technical clauses used in engineering specifications. The relation of the engineer to industrial, financial, and governmental problems. II; (2). Professor Willl\ais, Assistant Professor Vawteb Prerequi^te: Senior standing in engineering. 81. Theory of Reinforced Concrete. — A study of stress distribution and of the effect of continuity in reinforced concrete structures. I; (2). Professor Cross, Assistant Professor Mylrea Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 60. 82. Reinforced Concrete Design. — Designs and details for some typical problems in concrete bridges and buildings. II; (-4). Professor Cross, Assistant Professor ^Itlrea, Mr, Morrow Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 81, 84. Valuations and Rates. — Principles, purposes and methods of valuation; the rate base, I, or II; (2). Professor Williams Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering, 85. Bridge Design. — Stress sheets, general design drawings, and details of railway and highway bridges. I; (5), Assistant Professor Mylrea, Air, Shedd, Mr, Morrow Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 60, 62. 88. Stresses in Structures. — ^Methods of analysis of stresses in structures of steel, wood, or concrete. Foundations and superstructures, I; (4), Professor Cross, Mr, Shedd Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20, 25. 90. Structural Design. — General methods of design based on the principles dis- cussed in Ci^il Engineering 88. General designs for industrial buildings, small bridges, dams, retaining walls and similar structures. II; (4). Professor Cross, Mr. Shedd Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 88, 91. Advanced Structiiral Analysis. — The elastic theory and its applications in statically indeterminate structures. I; (5), Professor Cross Prerequisite: Registration in Ci\-il Engineering 73 or 85. 92. Structural Seminar. — Seminar course in methods of investigation in structural design. Reports, discussions, comparison of designs. Lectures on research problems. II; (2). Professor Cross, Assistant Professor Mylrea, Cooperating: Professor Wilson Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 91, 93. Highway Design. — Township, coimty and state road systems; city streets: choice of pavement types; principles of design, preparation of plans, specifications, and estimates of cost. I; (3). Assistant Professor Wiley Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 54; Theoretical and AppUed Mechanics 21, 29, Civil Engineering 241 94. Highway Administration. — The relation of road and street improvement to social and economic welfare; governmental units and forms as related to roads and streets; state, county, and city highway departments; highway and local improvement law; traf- fic regulations; taxation and methods of financing country roads and city pavements. II; (3). Assistant Professor Wiley Prerequisite: Senior standing in Civil Engineering. 95. Plain Concrete. — Standard tests for Portland cement; origin, preparation and characteristics of different aggregates; field and laboratory' examination and tests; theories of proportioning; effect of impurities, quantity of water, and methods of handling and curing. Laboratory practise. I; (2). Assistant Professor Wiley, Mr. Bauer Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. 96. Road Materials. — Origin, preparation and characteristics of road-building ma- terials; examination and tests of both bituminous and non-bituminous materials; inter- pretation of results; specifications; inspection. Laboratory practise. II; (2). Assistant Professor Wiley, Mr. Bauer Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 54, 95. Students who expect to take Civil En- gineering 96 are urged to take Geology 43 or its equivalent in the junior year. 97-98. Thesis. — A problem in investigation or design, subject to the approval of the head of the department. Only students of high standing are permitted to take a thesis. I; (1): II; (2 or 3).> Prerequisite: Senior standing in Civil Engineering. 99. Inspection Trip. — A three days' trip to study various industries and engineering projects including industrial plants, bridges, pavements, railways and buildings, usually in and about Chicago. I; {No credit, but required for graduation). Prerequisite: Senior standing in Civil Engineering. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in civil engineering presupposes the fuU imdergraduate course in that subject. 103. Highway Construction. — Machinery and methods of handling materials. Con- tractor's Organization and official control. Twice a week. I (i unit). Professor Baker 106. Reinforced Concrete Structures. — Continuity in reinforced concrete design. Special methods of applying elastic theory; arches and domes. Twice a week, I. {1 or 2 units). Professors Cross and Mylrea 107. Statically Indeterminate Structures and Secondary Stresses. — Tvnce a week. I; (1 unit). Professor Wilson 108. Advanced Bridge Design. — Design of steel arch, cantilever, suspension and mov- able bridges. Twice a week. II; {1 or 2 units). Professor Cross 112. Foundations. — Foundation types. Factors affecting design. Methods of con- struction. Three times a week. I; {1 unit). Professor Williams 113. Appraisals and Rate Making. — Intensive studies in elements of value and de- preciation. Relation of appraisal to its purpose. Once a week, (i unit). II. Professor Williams 124. Steel Building Construction. — Steel framing of fire proof office buildings and similar buildings; wind bracing; analysis of special details; erection methods and costs. Twice a week. II; {1 unit). Professor Wilson 125. Advanced Design of Industrial Structures. — Steel and reinforced concrete mill and factory buildings; head frames, tipples and other mine structures; grain elevators. Twice a week. I; {1 unit). Dean Ketchum Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 107, and either 108 or 124. For other graduate work in reinforced concrete, see Mechanics 128 by Professor Talbot For graduate work in railway civU engineering, see Railway Engineering 110, by Professor King. For graduate work in Sanitary Engineering, see Mimicipal and Sanitary Engineering 102, 103, and 106, by Professors Enger and Talbot. '_A thesis may be substituted for a technical subject in any one of the three options of the senior year of the civil engineering curriculum, upon the approval of the Head of the Department. 242 The Classics THE CLASSICS Professors Bakton, Oldfather, Pease, Canter; Mr. Lowe, Mr. Forbes. GREEK Major: 20 hours excluding Greek la-lb and 17. Minors: 20 hours chosen from not more than two of the following: foreign languages (Latin being especially recommended), EngUsh literature, history, and philosophy. LATIN Major: 20 hours excluding Latin lla-llb, 6, la-lb, and 20. Minors: 20 hours chosen from not more than two of the following: foreign languages (Greek being especially recommended), English Uterature, history, and philosophy. CLASSICS Major: 20 hours in Greek and Latin, excluding Greek la-lb, 16, 17, and 55 and Latin lla-llb, 6, la-lb, 13, 20 and 56. At least six hours shall be carried in the secondary language and the remaining hours in the primary language. Minors : 20 hours chosen from not more than two of the following : foreign languages, EngUsh literature, history, and philosophy. GREEK Courses for Undergraduates The courses in translation naturally follow each other in the following sequence: la-lb, 3, 5 or 7, 6 or 8. Courses la-lb, 3, and 4 are intended for students who cannot present Greek for entrance to the University, but who desire to commence the study of the language. Course 2a-2b may be taken after course la-lb. Course 16 and 17 are open to sophomores, jimiors, and seniors; 55 is open to those who have completed one year in history or classics. la-lb. Grammar and Reader. — First semester: Attic forms; reading simple prose. Second semester: Xenophon's Anabasis, Book 1. I, II; (4). Professor Oldfather 2a-2b. New Testament Greek. — Reading of selections and lectures on the canon and text. I, II; (2). Professor Canter, Mr. Lowe Prerequisite: Greek la-lb or an equivalent. 3. Second Year Greek. — Xenophon's Arwibasis, Books II-IV; grammatical drill. I; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek la-lb. 4. Second Year Greek. — Homer, six books of the Iliad. I; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek 3. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates [S. Herodotus.— Selections. I; (3). Not given in 1922-23.] Prerequisite: Greek 4. [6. Thucydides.— The Sicilian Expedition, Books VI, VII. II; (3). Not given in 1922-23] Prerequisite: Greek 4. 7. Greek Drama. — Three plays from the great dramatists. I; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek 4. 8. Plato. — Selected dialogues. II; (3), Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek 4. 114. Greek Prose Composition.— II; (1). Not given 1922-23.] Prerequisite: Greek 5 and 6, 7 and 8. GREEK LIFE AND HISTORY Courses 16 and 17 presuppose no knowledge of Greek and are open to all students ex- cept freshmen. 16. The Life of the Ancient Greeks. — Lectures illustrated by photographs and slides; prescribed readings. I; (1). Professor Pease The Classics 243 17. Greek Poetry in English Translation. — Drama, II; (2). Professor Pease 55. Greek History. — (This course is described by the department of history as History 55.) I; (3). Professor Oldfather Prerequisite: One course in history or the classics. Not open to freshmen. 54. Comparative Literature. — See English 54. Courses for Graduates 104. Homer. — Tmce a week. I, II; (1 unit). Professor Oldfather 106. Greek Drama. — Tmce a week. II; (1 unit). Professor Pease 110. Bibliography and Criticism. — (Thesis course; the same as Latin 110). Once a week. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Oldfather, Pease, and others LATIN lla-llb. Beginning Latin. — I, II; (4). Mr. Forbes la-lb. Ovid and Vergil. — I, II; (4). Mr. Forbes Prerequisite: Three entrance units in Latin. 6. Cicero. — Selections from the Orations. I; (4). Mr, Lowe Prerequisite: Two entrance units in Latin. 2a-2b. Livy, Plautus, and Terence. — First semester: Selections from Livy, the story of Hannibal. Second semester: The Rudens and the Captive of Plautus and the Phormio of Terence. I, II; (4). Professor Barton Prerequisite: Four entrance units in Latin. 3. Sallust and Cicero. — Selections from the Jugurthine War; De Senectute. I; (3). Mr. Lowe Prerequisite: Latin 2a-2b. 4. Horace and Catullus. — Selections. II; (3). Mr. Lowe Prerequisite: Latin 2a-2b. 5b. Latin Composition. — Grammatical drill and practise in the simpler forms of ex- pression. Required of those receiving recommendation of department as teachers. I, II; (1). Professor Canter 9. Teachers' Course. — The purpose and methods of preparatory Latin instruction; the teacher's preparation. Required for those receiving the recommendation of the department as teachers. II; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite: 18 hours of Latin. A portion of this requirement may be waived in the case of those who have taught Latin. 10. Latin Composition. — The leading principles; imitation of assigned models. Required of those receiving recommendation of the department as teachers. II; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite: 12 hours of Latin, including Latin 5b or equivalent. 20. Classical Mythology. — Lectures and assigned readings. I; (2). Not open to freshmen. Professor Barton ROMAN LIFE AND HISTORY (Course 13 presupposes no knowledge of Latin.) 13. Roman Life. — The family, organization of society, education, marriage, amuse- ments, with some attention to the monuments. Lectures and assigned readings illustrated by photographs and slides. II; (1). Not open to freshmen. Professor Barton 56. Roman History. — (This course is described by the department of history as His- tory 56.) Not open to freshmen. II; (3). Professor Oldfather 244 Dairy Husbandry Courses for Advanced Undergradtiates and Graduates 7. Horace and Juvenal. — Selections from the Satires and Epistles of Horace; selected Satires of Juvenal, II; (3). Professor Canteb Prerequisite: 12 hours of Latin. [8. Tacitus.— The Annals, Book I-IV. II; (3). Not given in 1922-23. Professor Pease Prerequisite: 12 hours in Latin.] 14. Seneca. — Selections from his Letters; the Daughters of Troy. I; (3). Professor Barton Prerequisite: 12 hours of Latin. [16. Martial and Suetonius. — Selections. I; (3). Not given in 1922-23. Professor Barton Prerequisite: 12 hours in Latin.] [22. Late Latin. — Rapid reading of Selections from the Latin writers from Minucius Felix to Cassidorus. II; (3). Not given in 1922-23. Professor Pease Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing; two years of college Latin or the consent of the instructor.] 54. Comparative Literature. — See English 54, 30a-30b. — Thesis or a special course of study approved by the department, I, II; (2). Prerequisite: 14 hours of Latin acceptable for a major; senior standing, Coturses for Graduates Students desiring to take graduate work in Latin should have had at least three years of college Latin in addition to the Latin presented to meet entrance requirements, 102. Roman Oratory. — Tvyice a week. I; {1 unit). Professor Canter 103. Cicero's Philosophical Works. — Tvnce a week. II; (1 unit). Professor Pease 104. Latin Paleography. — Twice a week. 1; {1 unit). Professor Pease 108. Tacitus. — The Histories, Tvnce a week. I; (/ unit). Professor Barton 109. Vergil. — Twice a week. I; {1 unit). Professor Pease 110. Bibliography and Criticism. — (Thesis course; the same as Latin 110), Once a xceek. I, II; (1 unit). Professor Oldfather, Professor Pease and others 113. Plautus. — Tvnce a week. 11; {^1 unit) . Professor Oldfather 116. Latin Satire. — Twice a week. 11] {1 unit). Professor Cantbk COMMERCIAL LAW (See Business Organization and Operation.) DAIRY HUSBANDRY Professors Ruehe, Phaser, Prucha, Gaines; Assistant Professors Overman, Yapp, Nbvens, Ambrose, Brannon; Mr. Campbell, Mr. Stiritz, Mr, Tracy, Mr, Sanmann, Mr, Davidson, Mr, Mxjnkwitz, Courses for Undergraduates Students looking toward specialization in dairy manufactures are advised to take as promptly as possible the fimdamental courses underlying courses in Dairy manufactures, giving particular attention to: Economics 1 and 3, Accountancy 11, Bacteriology 1, Chemistry 9-9c. They are also advised to consult the department of dairy husbandry before registration, 1. Milk Testing. — Babcock test; tests for purity and adulteration; lactometer; tests for acidity, moisture, and salt; qualitative separation of milk into its components, and a brief study of the components; significance of the composition of milk. Lectures; recita- tions; problems; laboratory. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Overman Mr. Sanmann Dairy Husbandry 245 2. Dairy Cattle. — Judging, breeding, and feeding; dairy type and its relation to pro- duction; herd improvement; history, characteristics, and adaptability of breeds; feeding for growth and production; herd management. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. II ; (5) . Assistant Professor Yapp, Assistant Professor Nevens, Mr. Campbell Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 24; Animal Husbandry 8 and 21, or their equivalent. 8. City Milk Supply. — Production, transportation, plant management, and distri- bution of Tnillc for city supplies. Lectures, laboratory, and assigned readings. II; (2). Mr. Ambrose Note. — It is suggested that course 10 be taken previously. 11. General Dairy Bacteriology. — Relation of bacteria to dairy industry. Milk and public health. Principles and practise of milk sanitation. Flavors and changes in milk and milk products. Lectures; assigned reading; reports. II; (2). Professor Prtjcha 12. General Dairy Bacteriology. — Bacteriological methods used for miUc and milk products. Sources of contamination and means of control. Temperature relations. Pasteurization and sterilization. Laboratory. II; (2). Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 11 or registration therein. 14. Milk Condensing. — Making various kinds of condensed milk; processing; milk powder; condensing plants and their equipment. This course requires one inspection trip, costing from $15.00 to $20.00. Lectures; laboratory. II; (2). Professor Ruehe, Mr. Tracy Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 1, 5, or 15. 22. Cheese Making. — Practise in making the more common varieties of hard and soft cheese. Lecturesj laboratory. I; (2). Mr. Ambrose Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 1. 23a-23b. Investigation and Thesis. — I, II; (5-10).* Heads of Divisions. 24. Elementary Production and Manufacture of Dairy Products. — Herd selection and management; the testing and manufacture of the various dairy products. Required of all freshmen in the general curriculum in agriculture. I or II; (3). Mr. Stiritz and others Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 4. Ice Cream Making. — Mixing and freezing of ice cream, sherberts, and other frozen products, and the physical principles involved; types of freezers; flavoring materials, fillers, and binders; ice cream standards; the theory and practise of artificial refrigeration, and its use in the ice cream plant. This course is accompanied by one inspection trip, costing from $15.00 to $20.00. I; (3). Professor Ruehe, Mr. Tracy Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 1 or 5. 5. Composition of Dairy Products. — Rapid commercial test; qualitative and quanti- tative study: the composition of milk proteins and their significance; composition, chemical and physical properties of milk fat and factors influencing them. Lectures; recitations; problems; assigned reading; laboratory. II; (3). Assistant Professor Overman Prerequisite: Chemistry 9, 13a. 7. Creamery ButtermaJdng and Factory Management. — Types of creameries; raw product received; grading; pasteurization; use of commercial starters; ripening, churning, salting, and working butter; butter composition and scoring; explanation of various physi- cal phenomena in making, packing, and storing of butter, creamery by-products; refrigera- tion. Creamery location and plans; business management and accounting in various types of creameries. This course is accompanied by one inspection trip costing from $15.00 to $20.00. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Professor Rxjehe, Mr. Stiritz Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 1. 10. General Dairy Bacteriology. — A consideration of the relation of bacteria to market milk and milk products including milk beverages, butter, cheese, condensed milk, and ice cream. Lectures, laboratory, assigned reading. I: (4). Professor Prucha Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1 or 5; junior standing. 17. Advanced Study of Dairy Breeds. — History; environment; breed characteristics; prominent families and individuals; pedigree work; special studies of inheritance; appli- cation of genetic principles to dairy cattle breeding. Lecture, assigned readings, seminar work. I; (2). Assistant Professor Yapp Prerequisite: Two years of university work; Dairy Husbandry 2, or its equivalent. 'In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list not the possible hours, aa shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5, but, 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 246 Drawing^ General Engineering 20. Economic Problems in Dairy Fanning. — The correct proportions of the produc- tive factors on 3 d;vir>" farm; m:^gTu:u'de of the investment nece&sar\-: imn-rtance of wise saving, consuming, and investing; economic problems of countr.^ li:' ' successful dairy farming means to the individual and community; comparative diii. ...^ 1; 0-% Professor F^aseb PrerequisiU: Jimior standing, Economics 1 or 2. 21. Systems of Dairy Farming. — A proper b?.lance of the di5erent factors of produc- tion on a d:ur>' farm: location; amingement of nelds and buildings; relation of the cow and the herd to proSt.s: how to establish and p^erpetuate a dain.' herd of the highest efficiency; economical crops and rations on a dair>' farm; systems of cropping; markets; care and disp-osal of the product at the greatest protits. A three days' inspection trip is required in thii course, the expense of which is about $24.00. U: (5). Professor Fraser Prenquisik: Dairy Husbandry- 2. Courses for Graduates 101. JE-conomic Milk Productions. — Efficiency of dain.^ farms; factors imluencing pront-s. 1 '..^!<.v J V':v-;, Bo:'-, s ■:■'■-. {-iu-ri; J or S units'. Professor Eraser 104. Dairy Bacteriology. — Fermentation in dair>- products. Bot'". semesters: (Vo to 1 w.ii^. Professor Prucha 105. Dairy Mantifacnires. — ^"-;i;-.l pr^b!-m? dea.ling with the manufacture and mar- keting of da.ir>' products. But'. :■:.■:-:■■ . '. :. ,' uniU). Professor RiTE HE lO'd. Dairy Bacteriology, — l^es::.: '.; a .i,s;igned problems. Both s ernes iers; (^2 to f uni:s\ Professor Prucha 107. Dairy Chemistry.— Assi^ed pr.-blera?, 'T':--; a t----':, B-'\ ?^-"\csiers\ m to 2 wAis'\. \ii:r.:-.':r. Fr;:rss:'r Overman* 10.8. Physiology of Milk Production. — Q;.cc -z -..uk. Firs: icr.es:-: - - i? 3 units'^. Fr -'ess.-T Gain~s 112. Research. — Tres:? course dealing with special problems. Bo:-. 5-;":;>:-.r.^: i to 4 utiils). Professors Ruehe, Prucha, Gainxs, .Assistant Professor O^TiRiiAS" DRAWING, GEN^R^AL ENGINEERING Professor JoRD-iX, .Assistar.: Fr::'e?5;r; Fof.tze, Hoelscher. McXeelt; Mr. Watt, Mr. WjLSHBUHx. Mr. H.all, Mr. Ftff, Mr. L f.os.sm.o.-, Mr. Diefexdorf, Mr. Luttdgrek, Mr. B-owitAX, Mr. May, Mr. Mziz?.. 1, Elements of Drafting. — F'>:-.er:r.c; i- :::»:ric, obhque and perspective drawing, cr '. _:. ':.Lc projection; n:.- '.::.:- ^ _-;-;-- :'...:.;: ".' :!-:i::g drawhigs; plates from specifications aL.. :_. ..-';«. with tracings, L~'.:::;::;:_.:i-;u :^'-:v:-/.rS from parts of machines; tracing dupli- cated in blue print. Time sketches. I or II; ^i}. Depanment Staff 2. Descriptive Geometry. — Point, line, and plane; stmaces; intersections and devel- opmer.t5. F: ::_:-: recitations, I or II: v±^ Department Staff P-c--;. ;. .S:Fid Geometry. 4. Aiviiiced Drafting. — Ti:^ application of fundamental principles learned in cotirse 1 'j d^ ::!.:: fields of dr:.:-'s.: ;'.::h as architectural, stractur'al, topographic, machine, pictorial, and graphi;.F. :-;. :- - _ ._' ..-ions. Emphasis Laid upon the use of standard conven- tions and s;;.'mb?ls, ourrr..: ,.o..F.:.g practise, use of handbooks, approved, empirical de- signs and c; .-■.-; -1;::^, and quick and easy methods of byout. I, U; (4). Assistant Professor Hoelscher., >Ir. Duff, Mr. H.all Prerequistie: General Engineering Drawing 1 or equivalent to be determined by the DepartmfOit. 21. Advanced Descriptive Geometry. — A continuation of co'urse 2, treating higher relations of the p-oint, Unes, and plane, Apphcation of descriptive geometry to practical engineering problems. The rotated v:;— li,; :^- aid in drafting. Study of the cone, cyUnder, convohite, surfaces of revolution, ar^o ";,:;; fO s-urfaces, involving their intersection in pairs and their developments. Theo-^:: F. -ro;.-:o?:ot of the warped surface, and its appUca- tHm in skew bevel gears and ;o : ;. For : F. F ;. Special problems invohing original ^pplkatktB of fimdamental geiiorii prii.:iolos. 11; (2). Assistant Professors Porter, McXeelt PrereqieisiU: General Engineering Drawing 1 and 2. Economics 247 Siunmer Session 51. Elements of Drafting. — Engineering lettering; orthographic projection; iso- metric oblique and perspective drawing; machine sketching; working drawings. Lettering; engineering styles and the making of name plates and titles. Mechanical drawing; draw- ings from specifications and models with tracings. Dimensioned sketches from parts of standard machines; complete working drawings. Blue-print and Van Dykes from tracings. Time sketches of equipment. Text: Miller's Mechanical Drafting. (4). Mr. Watt 52. Descriptive Geometry. — Theory of orthographic projection; the point, line, and plane; the properties of surfaces; tangents; intersections, and developments. Practical problems; recitations and drawing room work. Text: Miller's Descriptive Geometry. Mr. Watt Prerequisite: Plane and solid geometry. ECONOMICS Professors Bogart, Robinson, Thompson, Litman, Weston; Associate Professors Watkins, Hunter; Assistant Professor Wright; Dr. Nelson, Dr. Miller, Mr. Berman, Mr. Gerig, Mr. Nordlie, Mr. Adamek, Mr. Bayley, Mr. Bridges, Mr. Davison, Mr. Farrand, Mr. Griffith, Mr. Hunt, Mr. Hurd, Mr. Landon, Mr. Locklin, Mr. Mc- CoNAGHA, Mr. McMullan, Mr. Mundhenke, Mr. Shaw, Mr. Sheppard, Mr. Stockwell, Mr. Trant, Mr. Tuttle, Mr. Wold, Mr. Zeuch. Major: For students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 20 hours, made up of Economics 1 and any other courses in economics for which it is a prerequisite. Minors: 20 hours in any one or two of the following subjects: history, philosophy, political science, and sociology. Economics 22 and 26 are open to freshmen without previous requirement. Economics 1 is the fundamental course in economics. It is prerequisite for most of the advanced courses and students expecting to do advanced work in economics should take it in their sophomore year. Economics 2, tho open to all students who have had 30 hours of university work, is primarily for students in the Colleges of Agriculture and Engineering and in courses in home economics, chemistry, chemical engineering, and other sciences. It may not be used as a prerequisite for advanced courses in economics except as indicated. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Principles of Economics. — (See note above preceding the description of courses in economics.) I, II; (5) Professor Huner and others Prerequisite: 30 hours of university work. 2. F*rinciples of Economics. — (See note above preceding the description of courses in economics.) I. II; (3). Dr. Nelson, Dr. Miller, and others Prerequisite: 30 hours of university work. 3. Money and Banking. — I, II; (3). Professor Weston and others Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 16. Economics of Agriculture. — I; (3). Assistant Professor Wright Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 22. The Economic History of the United States. — Open to freshmen only. II; (3). Professor Bogart and others 25. Economic History of England. — I; (3). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: 30 hours of university work. 27. Modern Industry. — Environmental influences affecting commercial and industrial development; products and industries of different countries, especially of the United States. Open to freshmen and sophomores only. I; (3). Mr. Landon and others 29. Foreign Commerce and Commercial Policies. — II; (3). Professor Litman Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2 and junior standing. 55. Economics of Insurance. — Historical development and economic aspects. I; (3). (This course was formerly numbered Economics 33.) Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 248 Economics Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Gradtiates 8. Foreign Exchange and The Money Market. — II; (3). Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3; senior standing. 9. Advanced Theory and Practise of Banking. — II; (3). Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2 and 3; senior standing. 10. Corporation Finance and Management. — II; (3), Professor Robinson, Dr. Nelson and others Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3. 11. Industrial Consolidation. — The growth of monoploy. I; (3). Professor Robinson, Dr. Nelson Prerequisite: Economics 10. 13. Marketing and Prices of Agricultural Products. — I; (3). Assistant Professor Wright Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; junior standing. 14. Cooperation in Agriculture. — (Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only.) II; (2). Assistant Professor Wright Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 15. Financing Agriculture. — (Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only). II; (3). Assistant Professor Wright Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 24. Industrial Development of Modem Europe. — II; (3). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; junior standing. 31. Organization of Foreign Commerce. — Exporting and importing; ocean trans- portation; line and charter traffic; institutions for furthering export trade; the consular service; entry of goodsj the work of the custom house. II; (3). Professor Litman Prerequisite: Busmess Organization and Operation 2. 36. Investments. — II; (2). Professor Robinson, Dr. Nelson Prerequisite: Economics 10; Accoimtancy la and lb; senior standing. 41. Labor Problems and Labor Organization. — I; (3). Associate Professor Watkins and others Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; junior standing. 42. Labor Legislation. — II; (2). Associate Professor Watkins and others 43. Personnel Administration. — I; (3). Associate Professor Watkins and others Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; senior standing. 44. Socialism and Economic Reform. — II; (3). Associate Professor Watkins Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 51. Public Finance. — I; (3). Associate Professor Hunter Prerequisite: Economics 1. 52. Taxation. — II; (3). Associate Professor Hunter Prerequisite: Economics 51. 61. Economic Theory. — I; (3). Professor Weston, Dr. Miller Prerequisite: Economics 1; junior standing. Courses for Graduates 101. Economic Theory. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Professor Weston 102. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices. — Twice a week. I; {1 unit). Professor Weston 104. Foreign Commerce. — Twice a week. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Litman 105. Public Finance. — The history and theory of public revenue and expenditure. T%vice a week. I, II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Hunter 107. The Corporation in Economic Evolution. — Twice a week. I, II; (1 unit). Professor Robinson 112. Labor Problems. — Twice a week. I, II; (1 unit). Associate Professor Watkins 120. History of Economic Thought. — Twice a week. II; (i unit). Professor Weston Education 249 122. Economic History of the United States. — Ttoice a week. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Bogart 118. Seminar. — I, II. Members of the Staff. Summer Session Courses Courses for Undergraduates 52. Principles of Economics. — Text: Ely; Outlines of Economics. MTWTFS. Section A, 8; 101 Com. (3). Section B, 9; 204 Com. (3). Section C, 10; 111 Com. (3). Mr. Miller, Mr. Crabb Prerequisite: One year of university work or (for teachers) the permission of the in- structor. Equivalent: Economics 2. 53. Money and Banking. — Money; monetary system of the United States; money and prices; credit and banking; domestic and foreign exchange; banking system of the United States compared with other banking systems. Texts: Holdsworth: Money and Banking; Phillips: Readings in Money and Banking. MTWTF. Section A, 10; 206 Com. i2}4). Section B, 11; 206 Com. (2H). Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Five-hour course in the principles of economics or the permission of the instructor. Equivalent: Economics 3 when used as a prerequisite. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates S24. Industrial Development of Modem Europe. — Text: Ogg: Economic Develop- ment of Modern Europe. MTWT, 9; 101 Com. (2). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2, junior standing, or the permission of the instructor. S51. Public Finance. — Public expenditures; public revenues, especially taxes; jus- tice in taxation; federal, state and local taxes; war finance. Text: Bogart: War Costs and their Financing. MTWT, 10; 101 Com. (2). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Five hour course in the principles of economics, junior standing or the permission of the instructor. Course for Graduates SI 18. Seminar. — For graduate students who are writing theses, or are engaged in research work. Time to be arranged. {l-2\^ units). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Graduate standing. EDUCATION Professors Chadsey, Hollister, Cameron, Monroe, Paul; Associate Professors Sbtbolt, Nolan, Mats; Assistant Professors Belting, Lytle, Phillips; Dr. KJRusfc, Dr. Odell, Dr. McClusky, Mr. Williams, Mr, Hill, Miss Streitz, Miss Robinson, Miss Todd, Mr. Troth, Mr. Smith, Mr. Croxton, Mr. Foster, Mr. Braucher, Miss Anderson, Miss Phillips, Miss McHarry, Miss Sankee, Miss Bowlub, Miss Batterton, Miss Beatty, Miss McCammon, Miss Taylor, Mr. Kelley, Mr. Willey, Mrs. Johnston, Mrs._ Mohlman, Mr. Souders, Miss Sargent, Mr. Brock, Mr. Seehausen. Cooperat- ing in Summer Session: Professor Phillips. Major: For students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 20 hours including educational psychology, history of education, technic of teaching, and principles of second- ary education. Minors: 20 hours made up from either (a) courses in any university subject repre- sented in the high school program; or (b) courses in any or two of the following depart- ments: psychology, sociology, philosophy, and political science. For the year 1922-23 the teachers' courses offered in the respective departments in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the School of Music will, in the case of seniors, be accepted in the College of Education for the teachers' courses which will be organized later in the College of Education. 250 Education A. GENERAL COURSES IN EDUCATION Introductory Courses 2. History of Education. — (A general survey). I, II; (3). Associate Professor Sbybolt Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3. Survey of Modern Educational Problems. — Designed especially for students who are not planning to enter the teaching profession. I, (3). Professor Chadsey Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 6. Principles of Secondary Education. — I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Belting Prerequisite: Education 25. 10. Technic of Teaching. — (This course with Education 25 is, by Senate ruling, required of all students who are given the official recommendation of the Appointments Committee for teaching positions in secondary schools). I, II; (3). ^ Assistant Professor Belting, Dr. Odell, Dr. Khuse Prerequisite: Education 25. 25. Educational Psychology. — (Introductory course), (This course with Education 10 is, by Senate ruling, required of all students who are given the official recommendation of the Appointments Committee for teaching positions in secondary schools). I, II; (3). Professor Camerox, Dr. Kruse, Dr. McClusky, Mr, Troth Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 4. Problems of Educational Administration, — II; (3). Professor Chadsey Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor. 5. Comparative Education. — (Historical). II; (3). Associate Professor Seybolt Prerequisite: Junior standing. 9. Educational Administration in Rural and Village Schools. — II; (2). Dr. Odell Prerequisite: Education 10 or consent of instructor. 11. Ancient and Medieval Education. — I; (3). Associate Professor Seybolt Prerequisite: Senior standing. 18. Theory of Educational Measurements. — I; (3). Professor Monroe Prerequisite: Education 25. 20a. Theory of Supervision. — I; (3). Assistant Professor Belting Prerequisite: Education 25. 21. Units, Scales, and Standards. — II; (3). Professor Monroe Prerequisite: Education 18. 27. High School Curricula. — II; (3). Assistant Professor Belting Prerequisite: Education 25 or 6 (preferably both). 30. History of American Education. — II; (3). Associate Professor Seybolt Prerequisite: Senior standing; Education 2, or Education 11. 41. Principles of Vocational Education. — II; (3). Associate Professor Mays Prerequisite: Junior standing, or consent of the instructor. 42. Auxiliary or Special Education. — I; (2). Professor Cameron Prerequisite: Education 25. 43. Mental Tests. — II; (3). Professor Cameron Prerequisite: Education 25 or equivalent, and the consent of the instructor. 44. Educational Psychology. — (Laboratory course). I; (3). Professor Cameron Prerequisite: Education 25. 45. Advanced Educational Psychology. — I, II; (3). Professor Cameron Prerequisite: Education 25. 53. Problems of Industrial Education. — II; (1-3).* Same as Ind. Educ. 50. Associate Professor Mays Prerequisite: Junior standing, instructor's consent. 54. Problems of Part-time Teaching. — II; (3). Same as Ind. Educ. 54 Associate Professor Mays •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list not the possible hours as shown here but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5 but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Education 251 60. High School Administration. — II; (2). Assistant Professor Belting Prerequisite: Education 6 or consent of the instructor. Courses for Graduates 101. Seminar in Educational Theory. — The philosophical basis of education theory. II; {1 unit). Professor Cameron 102. Seminar in History of American Education. — I; {1 unit). Associate Professor Seybolt 104. Seminar in Educational Administration. — II; {1 unit). Professor Chadsey 106. Seminar in Secondary Education. — II; (1 unit). Assistant Professor Belting 121. Seminar in Educational Measurements. — II; {1 unit). Professor Monroe Prerequisite: Education 18 or 118. 124. Seminar in the Theory of Educational Measurement. — II; (/ unit). Professor Monroe 125. Seminar in Educational Psychology. — Psychology of school subjects. I; (1 unit). Professor Cameron Departmental Conference. — All graduate students majoring in education are ex- pected to meet with the departmental staff the second and fourth Mondays of each month 7 to 9 p. m. I, II; {no credit). Summer Session Courses (The content of these courses is, in general, the same as in the regular session.) Courses for Undergraduates S2. History of Education. — (2J^). Associate Professor Seybolt SlOa. Technic of Teaching. — (2). Professor Hollister, Dr. Camp SlOb. Class Management Professor Hollister, Dr. KRUsfe S25. Educational Psychology. — (3). Professor Cameron, Dr. Krus^, Dr. Mcltjsky, Mr. Williams Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates S4. Special Problems in Educational Administration. — (IJ^). Dean Chadsey 56. Principles of Secondary Education. — (3). Professor Phillips 57. Visual Education. — (1). Dr. McClusky 58. Philosophy of Education. — (2). Dr. Krusb 59. School Building and Sanitation. — (2). Professor Hollister Sir. The Teacher.— (1). Mr. Williams 521. Supervision of Instruction of Elementary School Subjects. — (2). Dr. Camp 522. High-School Educational Measurement. — (2). Professor Monroe 523. Educational Statistics. — (2). Professor Monroe S28. The Community and Its High School. — (2). Assistant Professor Belting S30. History of American Education. — (2)^). Associate Professor Seybolt S4S. Advanced Educational Psychology. — (2). Professor Cameron SCO. BUgh School Administration. — (2). Assistant Professor Belting Courses for Graduates 8101. Seminar in Educational Theory. — (J^ unit). Professor Cameron S104. Seminar in Problems in Educational Administration. — (J^ unit). Dean Chadsey S106. Seminar in High School Administration. — (3^ unit). Assistant Professor Belting 5124. Seminar in Educational Research. — (H unit). Professor Monroe 5125. Seminar in Educational Psychology. — (}4 unit). Professor Cameron 5126. Educational Sociology. — (H unit). Professor Hayes 252 Education B. EDUCATIONAL PRACTISE The courses in educational practise take the place of the courses formerly known as Education 50 and Agricultural Education 50 and are offered both semesters. Open to seniors in the College of Education and in certain cases with the consent of the instructor to juniors. 1. Athletic Coaching.— I, II; (1-3)' 2. Athletic Coaching.— I, II; (l-3)> 3. Athletic Coaching.— I, II; (l-3)« 4. Athletic Coaching.— I, II; (l-3)> 5. Agricultxiral Education. — I, II; (3-5)' Mr. Kelley, Mr. Willet 6. Botany. — I, II; (5). Mr. Croxton 7. Chemistry. — I, II; (5). Mr. Smith 8. Civics. — I, II; (5). Mr. Foster 9. Drawing, Art and Design. — I, II; (3-5)' Miss Anderson 10. Drawing Mechanical. — I, II; (3-5)' Mr. Braucecer 11. English. — I, II; (5). Miss McHarrt, Miss Beatty, Miss McCammon 12. French.— I, II; (5). 13. General Science. — I, II; (5). Mr. Croxton 14. Home Economics Education. — I, II; (5). Miss Todd, Miss Robinson 15. History. — I, II; (5). Mr. Foster, Mr. Seehausen 16. Industrial Education. — I, II; (3-5)' Mr. Bratjcher 17. Latin. — I, II; (5). Miss Bowlus, Miss Sargent 18. Manual Training. — I, II; (3-5)' Mr. Braucher 19. Mathematics. — ^I, II; (5). Miss Batterton, Miss Taylor 20. Music. — I, II; (3-5)' Miss Phillips 21. Physics.— I, II; (5). Mr. Smith 22. Physiology. — I, II: (5). Mr. Croxton 23. Zoology. — I, II; (5). Mr. Croxton C. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 50. Teaching. See Educational Practise 5. — Sections will be arranged for the super- vision of home projects, class room teaching, observation, and for conferences. I, II; (2-5),' Mr. Hill, Mr. Kelley, Mr. Willey Prerequisite: Education 10 and senior standing. Required of vocational teachers. 51. Teachers' Course in Agriculture. — I or II; (3). Prerequisite: Education 10 or 25. Required of vocational teachers. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 90. Rural and Agricultural Education. — I; (3). Associate Professor Nolan 91. Agricultural Education. — II; (3-5).' Associate Professor Nolan Prerequisite: Agricultural Education 50, 51 and senior standing. Stumner Session Courses (All courses in agricultural education are designed for teacher-training in vocational agriculture, meeting the provisions of the Smith-Hughes Act for Vocational Education.) SI. General Agriculture. — (2), Mr. Reid SSOd. Project Supervision. — (3). Mr. Reid S51. Teachers' Course in Agriculture. — (23^). Associate Professor Nolan 590. Rural Education. — (2). Associate Professor Nolan Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 591. Agricultural Education. — (3-5).' Associate Professor Nolan Un registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Education 253 D. HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 1. Teachers' Coxxrse. — Same as Home Economics 11. Required of all who wish to be recommended to teach Home Economics. I or II; (3). Miss Robinson Prerequisite: Home Economics 6, 29. Prerequisite or concurrent: Education 10, Home Economics 5, 10, and for non-Smith-Hughes students, Home Economics 34. 2. Teachers' Course. — Same as Home Economics 13. Required of all who wish to be recommended to teach Home Economics. I or II; (3). Miss Todd Prerequisite: Jimior or senior standing in Home Economics. 3. Practise Teaching. — See Educational Practise 14. E. INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 1. Manual Arts. — First Course, I, II; (4). Associate Professor Mats, Mr, Braucher 2. Advanced Manual Arts. — I; (4). Mr. Braucher 2a. Advanced Manual Arts. — I, II; (4). Associate Professor Mays, Mr. Braucher 3. Mechanical Drawing. — The same as General Engineering Drawing 1. I, II. 4. Forge, Pattern Work, and Foundry. — The same as Mechanical Engineering 85 and 86. 5. Machine Shop. — The same as Mechanical Engineering 87. 6. Machine Shop. — The same as Mechanical Engineering 88. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 50. Problems of Industrial Education. — I, II; (1-3).' Associate Professor Mays Prerequisite: Junior standing, instructor's consent. 54, Problems of Part-time Teaching. — I, II; (3). Associate Professor Mays 57. Organization of Shopwork. — I, II; (3). Associate Professor Mays 61. Supervised Teaching of Manual Arts. — I, II; (5). See Educational Practise 16. Mr. Braucher 62. History and Organization of Manual Arts.~I, II; (3). Mr. Braucher E41. Survey of Vocational Education. — Same as Education 41. Extra-mural, Prerequisite: Age over 21 years. (1-3).' E 50. Survey of Industrial Education. — Same as Industrial Education 50. Extra- mural. E52. Teaching Related Trade Subjects.— (1-3). > Extra-mural. E54. Principles and Methods of Part-time Teaching, — Same as Industrial Education 54. Extra-mural. E54a. Continuation of Industrial Education E54. — Extra-mural, E56. Teaching Shopwork. — ^Extra-mural. Prerequisite: (a) Two years of trade or industrial experience beyond the appren- ticeship; (b) Completion of elementary school curriculum. (1-3).' Summer Session Courses 51. Manual Arts. — (2^). Mr. Braucher 52. Manual Arts,— (2 J^). Mr, Braucher 58. Manual Arts.— (23/^). Mr. Braucher S62. History and Organization of Manual Arts. — (2J^). Mr. Braucher 53. Mechanical Drawing. — (Same as G. E. D. SI). Mr. Braucher "In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5 but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 254 Electrical Engineering ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Professors Paike, Brooks'; Assistant Professors Waldo, Knight, Tyko- ciner; Instructors Mr. Chavannes, Mr. Kraehexbtjehl; Assistant Instructors Mr. Archer, Mr. Faucett; Mr. Reid, Mr. Brown, Mr. Bullions, Mr. Keener, Mr. Per- kins, Mr. Price. 4. Elementary Electrical Engineering. — Electrical machinery; selection, installation, and operation; distribution of power; motor applications. II; (2). Assistant Professor Knight, Mr. Faucett Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; junior standing. 8. Electric Currents and Apparatus. — Direct and alternating current circuits and machines; storage batteries. (Especially for students in chemical engineering). I; (3). Assistant Professor Knight, Mr. Faucett Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; registration or credit in Mathematics 7; registra- tion in Electrical Engineering 68. 11. Direct Current Apparatus. — Generators, motors, distribution circuits; storage batteries. (For students in general and mechanical engineering.) I; (3). Mr. Bullions, Mr. Kraehenbuehl Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; Mathematics 8 or 9. 12. Alternating Current Apparatus. — Generators and motors, transformers, distribu- tion systems. (For students in mechanical engineering.) II; (3). Mr. Bullions, Mr. Kraehenbuehl Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 11, 61; registration in Electrical Engineering 62. 25. Direct Current Apparatus. — Laws of electric and magnetic circuits; construction and operation of direct current generators and motors. I; (4). Assistant Professor Knight, Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; registration in Electrical Engineering 75 and Physics 44a. 26. Alternating Currents. — Mathematical and graphical treatment of periodic cur- rents; phenomena in transmission lines and transformers. II; (4). Assistant Professor Knight, Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 25; Physics 44a; registration in Electrical Engineering 76. 35. Alternating Current Apparatus. — Transformers and generators. I; (4). Professor Paine, Mr. Keener Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 26, 76; registration in Electrical Engineering 85. 36. Alternating Current Apparatus. — Synchronous, induction, and commutator motors; rotary converters; distributed inductance and capacity; transient phenomena. II; (4). Professor Paine, Mr. Keener Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 35, 36; registration in Electrical Engineering 86. 51. Radio Communication. — A mathematical and physical study of the principles of radio telegraphy and telephony; experimental work with radio equipment. I; (3). Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Senior standing in Electrical Engineering. 52. Radio Communication. — Continuation of Electrical Engineering 51. II; (3). Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 51. 55. Electrical Design. — Electromagnets and djiiamos, direct and alternating; trans- formers. I; (2). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Chavannes Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 26; registration in Electrical Engineering 35. 56. Electrical Design. — Power plant design. II; (4). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Chavannes Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 35; Mechanical Engineering 2. 61. Direct Current Laboratory.— Circuits and machines. (For students in general and mechanical engineering.) I; (1). Mr. Bullions, Mr. Kroehenbuehl, Mr. Archer, Mr. Faucett Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 11. 62. Alternating Current Laboratory. — Alternating current circuits and machines. (For students in mechanical engineering.) II; (1). Mr. Bullions, Mr. Kroehenbuehl, Mr. Faucett Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 11, 61; registration in Electrical Engineering 12. »0n leave of Absence. Engineering 255 64. Electrical Engineering Laboratory.— Testing of dynamos and motors, II; (1). _ ^ . .._,,.,„. Mr. Perkins Prerequisite: Registration m Electrical Engineering 4, 68. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Direct and alternating current circuits and machines. I; (1). Mr. Perkins Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 8. 71-72. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — The construction of special apparatus or other work approved by the department. (Elective for iimiors and seniors.) I. II' (1-3).' ' . . Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 25. 75. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — ^Direct current laboratory accompanying Electrical Engjineering 25. I; (2). Mr. Eeid, Mr. Keener, Mr. Price Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 25. 76. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Flux and E. M. F. waves of alternators. Alternating current circuits, instruments. II; (2). Mr. Reid, Mr. Keener, Mr. Price Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 25, 75; registration in Electrical Engineering 26. 85. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced alternating current testing. I ; (2). Mr. Reid, Mr. Keener, Mr. Price Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 76; registration in Electrical Engineering 35. 86. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced alternating current testing. II; (2). Mr, Reid, Mr. Keener, Mr. Price Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 85; registration in Electrical Engineering 36. 90. Lighting. — Electric lamps and other illuminants, and their effective use; interior wiring; methods of distribution. (For students in architecture.) I (half semester only); (1). Assistant Professor Wax,do Prerequisite: Junior standing. 92. Lightning and Wiring. — (First half of semester same as E. E. 90.) Distribution and fusing. Underwriters' rules; motors. (For students in architectural engineering.) I; (2). Mr. Reid Prerequisite: Junior standing. 95-96. Seminar. — Electrical railroading; illumination; telegraphy; telephony; stor- age batteries; electric metallurgy. I, II; (1). Professor Paine Prerequisite: Junior standing. 98. Thesis. — First semester: preliminary reading and investigation; second se- mester: completion. I, {no credit); II, (3). 99. Inspection Trip. — I; {no credit). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in electrical engineering presupposes the full undergraduate course in that subject. 101. Advanced Course in Alternating Currents. — The theory of Transient Phe- nomena; polyphase circuits; measuring apparatus. Twice a week; I, II; {114 units). Professor Paine 103. Electrical Design. — Plans for specified machine or apparatus; or for the arrange- ment of an electrical plant; or for the installation of such machinery or apparatus. Twice a week; II; {1 unit). Assistant Professor Waldo 105. Electrical Engineering Research. — Investigation of electrical phenomena or tests of some electrical machine, or of a plant of such machines. Twice a week; I, II; (i to 3 units). Professor Paine ENGINEERING (See Architecture, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Drawing, Elec- trical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics, Mining Engineering, Municipal and Sanitary Engineering, Physics, Railway Civil Engineering, Rail- way Electrical Engineering, and Railway Mechanical Engineering). Un registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 2-5 but, 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 256 The English Language and Literature THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Including Rhetoric, Journalism, Public Speaking, and Scandinavian) Professors Sherman, Dodge, Clark, Bernbaum, Flom, Paul; Associate Professors Scott, Jones, Zeitlin, Wools ert; Assistant Professors Baldwin, Hillebrand, Boyer; Dr. Weirick, Mrs. Saunders, Dr. Parry, Miss Kyle, Mr. Leisy, Dr. Bundy, Miss Syford, Mr. Troutman, Dr. Tupper, Mr. Wright, Mr. Watson, Mr. Dolch, Dr. Camp- bell, Mr. Colby, Mr. Brady, Mr. Clippinger, Mr. Crecraft, Miss Buswell, Mrs. Ringland, Miss Fletcher, Miss Barber, Miss Kjelley, Mr. Diffenbaugh, Miss Nelson, Mr. Oesterling, Miss Sergeant, Mr. Landis, Mr. Burgum, Miss McAnally, Miss FuLLENWiDER, Miss Rand, Mr. Riley, Mr. Sweney, Mr. Davis, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Gray, Miss Campbell, Mr. McMinn, Mrs. Carlson, Mr. Hodgson, Miss Prather, Miss Kelso, Miss Hartman, Miss Webster, Miss Myers, Mr. Sinclair, Miss Dyer, Miss Tripp, Mr. C. R. Anderson, Miss Seymour, Miss Piercy, Miss Hill, Mr. C. F. Ander- son, Miss Maples. Cooperating in Summer Session; Professor Hunt. Major in English Major: 20 hours in English excluding Rhetoric 1-2, English 10, 41-42, and including at least 10 hours in English literature, at least 3 hours in composition,' and two courses from the advanced group in English literature. Minor: 20 hours in either (a) one foreign language^ or (b) in any two foreign languages; or (c) in one foreign language and philosophy; or (d) in one foreign language and history. Major in Journalism Major: 20 hours in English excluding Rhetoric 1-2, English 10, English 41-42, and Journalism 1-2. At least 10 hours in English Uterature and 10 in Journalism, including one advanced course in each group. Minors: 20 hours in (a) history, (b) political science, (c) economics, (d) philosophy, (e) sociology, or (f) one foreign language, or (g) in any two subjects in this list. A. ENGLISH LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE Elementary Courses 1-2. Survey of English Literature. — (Credit is not given for either semester sepa- rately, nor for the course in addition to course 10-11 or course 20). I, II; (4). Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Baldwin, Dr. Tupper, Dr. Parry, Mr. Colby, Mr. Diffenbaugh. Prerequisite: One year of college work. 10-11. Introduction to Literature. — First semester: The forms of poetry. Second semester: The forms of prose literature. (This course is intended only for those who expect to include a considerable amount of literature, in Enghsh or in some other language, in their curriculum. Credit is not given for the course in addition to English 1-2 or 20 nor for either semester separately. One semester's work is credited toward a major in EngUsh.) I, II; (3). Professor Dodge, Professor Paul, Associate Professor Jones, Associate Professor Zeitlin, Assistant Professor Hillebrand, Assistant Professor Boyer, Dr. Parry, Miss Kyle, Dr. Tupper, Mr. Riley. Prerequisite: The minimum entrance requirements in English. 12-13. American Literatiire. — (Credit is not given for either semester separately.) I, II; (2). Professor Paul, Mr, Leisy Prerequisite: English 1-2 or 10-11, or junior standing. 20, Chief English Writers of the Nineteenth Century. — The course aims to awaken an interest in Uterature by presenting the best thought of nineteenth century men of letters on religion, poUtics, economics, conduct, and social life. For those whose program admits of but one semester's work in English. (Students who have taken Enghsh 20 with a grade of B may, however, elect in their second semester Enghsh 22, 23, 24, and, in their junior and senior years, may be admitted to other courses in literature with the consent of the instructor.) Credit is not given for the course in addition to English 1-2 or 10-11. I or 11; (4). Assistant Professor Boyer, Dr. Parry, Dr. Weirick, Dr. Bundy, Dr. Tupper, Mr. Leisy, Mr. Brady, Miss Syford. Prerequisite: One year of college work. 'This requirement may be satisfied by Rhetoric 3, 6, 7, 17, 46; Journalism, 1-2, 9-10, 15-16. The English Language and Literature 257 21-22. Literary Study of the Bible. — Hebrew literature as an expression of the life of the race that produced it; the debt, both ethical and artistic, of modern life to ancient Hebrew thought. (Either semester may be taken separately). I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature. 23. Introduction to Shakespeare. — I or II; (3). Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Hillebrand, Miss Seymoxjr Prerequisite: English 1-2 or 10-11, or junior standing. 24. English Literature of the Victorian Period. — II; (3). Miss Kyle Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature. 29. English Literature from 1557 to 1688, Exclusive of the Drama. — I; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature. [31. EngUsh Literature from 1688 to 1789.— II; (3). Not given 1922-1923. Professor Paul Prerequisite: Six hours of EngUsh literature.] 33. English Literature from 1789 to 1837. — I; (3). Associate Professor Zeitlin Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature. 43. Browning. — Intensive reading of the principal poems. I; (3). Miss Kyle Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature or junior standing. 44. Contemporary Poetry. — II; (3). Dr. Weirick Prerequisite: Ten hours of EngUsh Uterature or junior standing. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and either ten hours of EngUsh literature or the consent of the instructor. 3. The Poetry of MUton. — Origin, forms, artistic and ethical values; Milton's place in English literary history. II; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 5. Shakespeare. — Intensive study of six plays, with special emphasis on Hamlet. II; (3). Professor Dodge 25. Chaucer. — I; (3). Associate Professor Jones 26. Spenser. — II; (3). Associate Professor Jones 8-9. Old EngUsh (Anglo-Saxon). — Grammar; short poems; Beowulf. (The first semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (3). Professor Dodge 17. BUstory of the English Language. — The development of its sound system, gram- matical forms, and vocabularly, and the principles of its present usage. Undergraduates should obtain the consent of the instructor before registering. II; (3). Associate Professor Zeitlin 35. The EngUsh Drama (Exclusive of Shakespeare.) — From the beginning to 1600. I; (3). Professor Dodge [36. The EngUsh Drama (Exclusive of Shakespeare.)— From 1600 to 1700. II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Dodge] 38. The Arthurian Tradition. — The historical Arthur; Celtic influences; Old French Romances (in translation); the tradition in England to the present time, with especial attention to Malory and Tennyson. II; (3). Dr. Parry [39. Introduction to the Literature of the Middle Ages. — Classical influences. Prin- cipal types; epic, romance, lay, allegory, fabliau, lyric. Important poems, both English and continental, wiU be read in translation. I; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Dr. Parry] 41. The Teaching of EngUsh Literature. — I; (2). (Not counted toward a major in EngUsh). Professor Paul 42. The Teaching of EngUsh Composition. — II; (2). (Not counted toward a major in EngUsh). Professor Paul 258 The English Language and Literature 45. The Development of the Modem Drama. — Dramatic tendencies in the nine- teenth century, both in England and on the Continent; representative reading, and lectures from the standpoint of comparative literature. I; (3). Assistant Professor Hillebrand 49. Literary Treatment of Social and Economic Problems, 1770-1870. — II; (3). Assistant Professor Boyer 52. The Great Novelists of the Nineteenth Century. — Scott, Jane Austen. Dickens, Thackeray, Hawthorne, George Eliot, Meredith, Hardy, Stevenson, etc. I; (3). Professor Bernbaum 53. Mathew Arnold. — A study of his prose and poetry with special reference to the currents of nineteenth century thought. II; (3). Professor Sherman 54. Introduction to Comparative Literature. — Introductory and comparative survey of the greatest Greek, Latin, Italian, Spanish, French, German, and English authors. The second semester may not be taken separately. I, II; (3). Professor Bernbaxjm, Professor Old father, Professor McKenzie; Assistant Pro- fessor N. C. Brooks, Assistant Professor Van Horne. 60a-60b. Thesis. — Special training in investigation. For candidates for honors, and for other seniors. I, II; (2). Associate Professor Zeitlin and others Courses for Graduates 101. Research in Special Topics. — Guidance in writing thesis for advanced degrees. I, II; {1 or 2 units). Professor Sherman, Professor Dodge, Professor Bernbaum, Professor Flom; As- sociate Professor Scott, Associate Professor Jones, Associate Professor Zeitlin; Assist- ant Professor Baldwin, Assistant Professor Hillebrand, Assistant Professor Boyer, Dr. BXTNDY. [102. A Critical and Bibliographical Survey of English Literature. — From the Old English period to the nineteenth century. Primarily for candidates for the Master's degree. Tvnce a week. I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Rinaker] [110. Old English (Anglo-Saxon) Poetry. — Tuxice a week. I; (/ unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Dodge] 114. Development of the Essay. — An examination of the various types of the English essay with references to Continental influences and classical origins. I, II; (1 unit). Associate Professor Zeitlin 120. History and Principles of Literary Criticism. — Critical standards from Aristotle to Sainte-Beuve. The main types of criticism. I, II; (/ unit). Dr. Bundy [128. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. — The persistence of certain medieval traditions reinforced by the Revival of Classical Learning; Catholicism, and Calvinism as sources of Uterary inspiration. Twice a week. I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Associate Professor Jones] 129. English Literature from the Norman Conquest to Chaucer. — II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Jones [135. Problems in American Literature. — I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Paul] [136. The Transition from the Seventeenth to the Eighteenth Century, 1675-1725. — The Rise of Classicism. Twice a week. I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Paul] [137. Prose Writers of the Nineteenth Century. — Relation of literature to social forces; Mill, Carlyle, Newman, Ruskin, Arnold, Pater, and others. Tmce a week. I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Sherman] 138. The Romantic Movement in England. — I, II; {1 unit). Professor Sherman [139. The Sonnet Revival in the Eighteenth Centviry. — Special topics for investi- gation and reports with emphasis on methods of research. Twice a week. I; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Rinaker] 140. Investigation in Modem English Literature. — For second and third year grad- uate students who are preparing theses for the doctor's degree. May be taken in succes- sive years. Three hours, once a week. 1, 11; {1 to S units). Professor Bernbaum 141. The History of Seventeenth Century English Literature to About the Year 1675, beginning with Shakespeare's Sonnets. — I, II; (2 unit). Professor Bernbaum The English Language and Literature 259 143. The Origin of the English Novel, and its History to the End of the Eighteenth Century. — The first semester may not be taken separately. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Bernbaum [144. Lincoln's Letters and Speeches. — Development of style, relation to period, textual study, contemporary estimates. II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Dodge] Summer Session Courses Courses for Undergraduates Sla. Survey of English Literature. — Chaucer and his contemporaries, the popular ballads, Malory, the Renaissance, the Reformation, Elizabethan Prose, Spenser, the Elizabethan lyric, Shakespeare, Bacon, Cavalier lyrics, religious lyrics, MQton. Associate Professor Jones, Mr. Rice Prerequisite: One year of college work or the equivalent. Equivalent: First half of English 1. (Together with Sib this course covers the work of English 1. To be credited as equivalent to English 1, Sib and Sla should be taken simultaneously.) Sib. Survey of English Literature. — Bunyan and the prose of the Puritans, the Restoration, Dryden, Swift, the periodical essayists, Pope and the pseudoclassical school, DeFoe and the novelists, Thomson, Gray, Samuel Johnson, Goldsmith, Cowper, Burns. (2) Mr. Rice Prerequisite: One year of college work or the equivalent. Equivalent: Second half of English 1. (To be credited as eqviivalent to English 1, Sib and Sla should be taken simultaneously.) S21. Literary Study of the Bible. — (2). Assistant Professor Baldwin Prerequisite: Six hours of English literature, or junior standing. Equivalent: English 21 (in part). S23. Introduction to Shakespeare. — Two Gentlemen of Verona, A Midsummer Night's Dream, Richard III, Romeo and Juliet, Twelfth Night, Othello, King Lear, The Tempest. (23^). Assistant Professor Hillebrand S3. The Poetry of Milton. — (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin Prerequisite: Ten hours of Enghsh Uterature or two years of college work and the consent of the instructor. Equivalent: EngUsh 3. S8. Old English. (Anglo-Saxon). — Grammar, with specimens of prose and the shorter poems. (3). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Ten hours of English literature or two years of college work. Equivalent: English 8. S35. The English Drama before Shakespeare. — The Miracle and Morality plays. Interludes, Udall, Lyly, Kyd, Marlowe, Peele, Greene. (2). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Ten hours of English literature or two years of college work. Equivalent: English 35 (in part) . S4S. Contemporary European Drama. — (23^). Assistant Professor Hillebrand Prerequisite: Ten hours of English literature or two years of College work. Equivalent: EngUsh 45 (in part). Courses for Graduates SIOI. Research in Special Periods. — Individual conferences arranged with graduate students engaged upon definite pieces of investigation. {1 unit). Professor Dodge, Associate Professor Jones, Assistant Professor Baldwin, Assist- ant Professor Hillebrand, Dr. Bundy. S120. History of Literary Criticism. — {1 unit). Dr. Bundy S128. English Literature in the Sixteenth Century. — (i unit). Associate Professor Jones 260 The English Language and Literature B. RHETORIC Courses for Undergraduates Only O. Preparatory Composition. — A course for students who do not pass the prelimi- nary test in Rhetoric 1. Spelling, grammar, punctuation, sentence structure. I or II; {no credit). Associate Professor Scott in charge; Miss McAnally, Mrs. Ringland, Miss Prathes, Miss Myers. 1-2. Rhetoric and Themes. — Requii-ed for students in the colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce, Engineering, and Agriculture. The course is not counted toward a major in English. I, II; (3). Associate Professor Scott in charge; Dr. Weirick, Mr. Leisy, Miss Relso, Miss Syford, Dr. Campbell, Miss Craig, Mr. Colby, Miss Hartman, Miss Buswell, Mrs. Ringland, Miss Fletcher, Miss Barber, Miss Kelley, Mr. Dipfenbaugh, Mr. Oester- LiNG, Mr. Landis, Mr. Btjrgum, Miss McAnally, Miss Fullenwider, Miss Rand, Mr. Riley, Mr. Nelson, Miss Campbell, Mr. McMinn, Mrs. Carlson, Miss Prather, Miss Webster, Miss Myers, Mr. Sinclair, Miss Dyer, Miss Tripp, Mr. C. R. Anderson, Mr. C. F. Anderson, Miss Seymour, Miss Piercy, Miss Hill, Miss Maples. 3a. Exposition. — I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Hillebrand, Miss Kyle, Dr. Bundy, Miss Fletcher Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 3d. Description and Simple Narrative. — II; (3). Miss Kyle, Mr. Colby Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 6-7. Narrative Composition. — Practise in short story writing. (Intended for those who have some aptitude for literar\' work.) I, II; (3). Dr. Weirick Prerequisite: Two years of college work and the consent of the instructor. 10. Business Writing. — Correspondence; sales letters; study of current business literature related to letters and to the profession of business. (Not counted toward a major in English). I or II; (2). Mrs. Saunders, Mr. Dolch, Mr. Clippinger, Mr. Dipfenbaugh, Mr. Swenet, Mr. C. F. Anderson, Mr. Oesterling. Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 21. Advanced Business Writing. — Sales letters; circulars; bulletins; study of the structure of articles in current business periodicals and of the technique of business reports; development of material for reports and for magazine articles of a professional nature. I or II; (2). Mrs. Saunders Prerequisite: Rhetoric 10. [22. Summarizing and Briefing. — Summarizing, briefing, and making reports; ab- stracts of correspondence on file; summarizing of commercial and economic data for the solution of business problems. (For students in the College of Commerce and Business Administration). II; (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Mrs. Saunders] Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 17. Advanced Composition. — The study of structure; criticism of current periodical literature; development of material for reports and magazine articles. I; (3). Assistant Professor Boyer Prerequisite: Two years of college work; the consent of the instructor. 46. Dramatic Composition. — Theory and practise. II; (3). Assistant Professor Hillebrand Prerequisite: Junior standing; the consent of the instructor. Summer Session Courses for Undergraduates 81. Rhetoric and Themes.— U. H. (3). Mr. Brady, Mr. Davis, Mr, Difpenbauch, Mr. Harwood Prerequisite: Entrance credit in English. Equivalent: Rhetoric 1. The English Language and Literature 261 52. Rhetoric and Themes. — (3). Mr. Brady, Mr. Secord Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1. Equivalent: Rhetoric 2. 53. Exposition. — (3). Dr. Bundt Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. Equivalent: Rhetoric 3, S6. Narrative Composition. — (3). Mr. Dolch Prerequisite: Two years of college work and the consent of the instructor. Equivalent: Rhetoric 6. SIO. Business Writing. — (2). Mr. Dolch, Mr. Clippinger Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. Equivalent: Rhetoric 10. C. JOURNALISM 1. The Collecting and Writing of News. — Methods of approach; structure and style; drill in gathering news; exercises and assignments in writing the news-story; the types of newspaper narratives; news values. Six laboratory periods and three lectures a week. I; (3). Mr. Davis, Mr. Hodgson 2. The Collecting and Writing of News. — (A continuation of Journalism '1.) Re- porting, interviewing, and correspondence; the organization and mechanical details of the newspaper: the work of the press associations. Practise in writing for newspapers. Six laboratory periods and three lectures a week. II; (3). Mr. Davis, Mr. Hodgson 21-22. The Collecting and Writing of News. — (For students in athletic coaching.) I, II; (3). Mr. Watson Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. Prerequisite: Journalism 1. 3. Copy-reading and Head-writing. — Training in the reading of copy, re-writing, and the building of headlines. Four hours' work on the desk and two class meetings a week. I; (2). Mr. Watson Prerequisite: JournaUsm 1 and 2, or equivalent experience. 4. Make-up and Editorial Practise. — Training in proof reading, handling corre- spondence, lay-outs, and art work, type selection, making-up, and editorial supervision. Four hours' work on the desk and two class meetings a week. II; (2). Mr. Watson Prerequisite: Journalism 1, 2, and 3, or consent of the instructor. [7. Making a Coimtry Newspaper. — Primarily for students interested in the publi- cation of country weeklies and small city dailies. Small town conditions; rural news- gathering; country correspondence; circulation; advertising; business efficiency; print- shop equipment. Special investigations. I; (2). Mr. Watson Prerequisite: Junior standing.] 8. Agricultural News Writing. — Class exercises; analysis of representative farm journals; lectures; assignments in gathering and preparing material for agricultural and country papers. II; (3). Miss Rand Prerequisite: Junior standing. 12. Publicity Methods.— I; (2). Mr. Wright Prerequisite: Junior standing. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates 9-10. Editorials and the Editorial Page. — I, II; (2). Associate Professor Scott Prerequisite: Junior standing. 15-16. Special and Feature Articles. — I, II; (2). Associate Professor Scott Prerequisite: Junior standing. 17-18. History and Principles of American Journalism. — I, II; (2), Associate Professor Scott Prerequisite: Junior standing. [32. Laws Affecting the Press.— I; (2). Not given in 1922-1923.] 262 The English Language and Literature D. PUBLIC SPEAKING 1. Oral Expression. — Theory and practise of oral expression for public and private address; elimination of mannerisms; cultivation of vocal purity and power; development of self-confidence and poise. I or II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert, Mr. Troutman, Mr. Crecraft, Miss Nelson, Miss Sergeant, Mr. Gray. Credit is not given for this course unless it is followed by Public Speaking 2 or 8. Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 2. Extemporaneous Speaking. — Theory and practise in coherent and effective organ- ization of original materials, and in composition for practical public speaking; adaptation of speaking manner to subject matter; discussion of topics of ciurent interest. I or II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert, Mr. Crecraft, Miss Nelson, Miss Sergeant, Mr. Gray. Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1. 10. Interpretation. — Oral interpretation of literature. I or II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert; ]Mr. Troxttman, Miss Nelson, Miss Sergeant, Mr. Gray. Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1. 3. Argumentation.^Theory of argumentative discourse, for the cultivation of ability in meeting the contentions of an opponent, in analytical and constructive thinking; briefing, speech-writing, training in detection of fallacies in popular argument, criticism of the literature of debate; text and exercises. I; (3). Mr. Crecraft Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2. 4. Debate. — Application of the principles of argumentation to spoken debate, par- ticularly pohtical and intercollegiate discussions; team competition, adaptation of argu- ment to various t^T^es of audience; popular debate; opportunities for practise debates before real audiences. II; (3). Mr. Crecraft Prerequisite: Public Speaking 3. 5. Persuasion. — The winning of individuals and audiences by means of the written and spoken appeal; a study of the psychological sources of human action; primarily a study in matter, with secondary attention to appropriate platform manner and methods. I; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2. 6. Forms of Public Address. — AppUcation of the principle of persuasion to particular tjTJes of address; practise in the composition and delivery of legislative, political, com- memorative, dedicatory, inaugural, and academic addresses; the sales talk, plea for a client, the coUege oration, commencement address; lyceum lecture, and after-dinner talk. II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 5, jimior standing. 7. A Study of Orators and Oratory. — The lives, times, and works of distinguished speakers; required readings and reports, chiefly oral in the form of speeches; discussions, topical speeches, and declamations. II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2 or 1 and 10. 8. Dramatization. — Impersonation and the principles of dramatic presentation. I; (2). Mr. Troutman Prerequisite: Public Speaking 10, junior standing. 11. Play Producing. — The history and principles of the arts of the theatre and of staging plays. II; (2). Mr. Troxttman Prerequisite: Public Speaking 8. 12. The Teaching of Speech. — Theories of speech-training; organization of courses; methods of teaching; coaching debate; oratory, theatricals; oral English; standards of criticism. II; (2). Associate Professor Woolbert Prerequisite: Junior standing and the consent of the instructor. The English Language and Literature 263 Summer Session Courses SI. Oral Expression. — ^Vocal methods, relation of the voice to the interpretation of thought. (2). Professor Hunt, Miss Nelson Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1 and 2 or equivalent. Equivalent: Public Speaking 1. (Credit is not given for this course unless it is followed by Public Speaking 2, 10, or their equivalents). SIO. Interpretation. — Oral reading of types of literature; extracting the speech values from the printed page. (2). Professor Hunt, Miss Nelson Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 or equivalent. Equivalent: Public Speaking 10. 82. Extempore Speaking. — Original discussions for improvement of delivery and arrangement of thought and language. (1). Miss Nelson Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 or equivalent. Equivalent: Public Speaking 2 (in part). S12. Problems in the Teaching of Oral English. — Primarily for high school teachers. (1). Professor Hunt Prerequisite: The consent of the instructor. Equivalent: Public Speaking 12 (in part). F, SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE Undergraduate Courses not open to Freshmen [la-lb. Elementary Norwegian. — Grammar; conversation; reading of Bjornson's stories. I, II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Flom] 2a-2b. Elementary Swedish. — Grammar; conversation; composition. Easy readings. Elmquist's Swedish Reader. I, II; (2). Professor Flom 3a-3b. Intermediate Norwegian. — First semester: Ibsen's Et Dukkehjem, and Lie's Fortallinger og Skildringer. Second semester: Bjornson's En Fallit and selections from recent writers. I, II; (2). Professor Flom Prerequisite: Scandinavian 1 or the equivalent. [4a-4b. Intermediate Swedish. — ^Reading of selected works of present-day Swedish writers; lectures. I, II; (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Flom] Prerequisite: Scandinavian 2 or the equivalent. 6. Henrik Ibsen. — Lectures; class study of three of the social dramas; parallel reading of three early and three of the later dramas. Archer's translation is used. The lectiu-es will consider especially materials not available in EngUsh. II; (2). Professor Flom] Prerequisite: Junior standing. 12. Norse Mythology. — Primitive religion; the religious belief of the Norsemen in pre-Christian times; interpretation of the principal myths; the beginnings of literature. I; (3). Professor Flom [16. Lectures on Scandinavian Civilization from the Stone Age to 1000 A.D. — Special emphasis upon relation to the early civilization of Western Europe. II; (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Flom] Prerequisite: Junior standing. 14. History of Old Norse Literature. — Mythical lays, the court poetry, the sagas, the ballads. I; (2). Professor Flom Prerequisite: Junior standing and Scandinavian 12 or English 8 or German 27a. 264 Entomology Coiirses for Graduates Preparation for graduate work in the Scandina\ian languages or lit-erature must in- clude a reading knowledge of one of the Scandinavian languages and systematic work in the undergraduate courses in Scandina\ian or their equivalent. Any graduate student in language may, however, be admitted to the purely philological courses. 101. Old Norse. — Introduction to the language as a member of the Germanic group. Reading of the Prose Edda in part. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Flom [110. Advanced Old Norse. — A critical study of the lays of the Elder Edda. I, II; (1 unit). Not given in 1022-192.3. Professor Flom] 150. Research. — Special problems in Scandina%ian philologA- or hterature. II; (}^ to 1 unit). Professor Flom ENTOMOLOGY Professors Metcalf, !MAcGiLLn"RAT; .Assistant Professors Folsom (on leave), Baldu?; Dr. Glasgow, Mr. Kln'g, Mr. Frisox. Major: 20 hours from courses offered in the department, except Entomology 1, 2, and 16. Minors: 20 hours in not more than three of the following: zoology, botanj', phj'- siolog}.-, chemistr>', horticulture, and agronomy. Beginning courses open to freshmen and without prerequisite are 1 and 16. Course 1, while complete in itself, is closely correlated with 2 to form a unified year's work; and 1 and 2 together are prerequisite for all other courses in the department, except 16. These may be followed by any of the other courses for undergraduates or by 20 or 21 in the senior year. Students preparing for ser\'ice as economic entomologists should take as many of the courses offered as possible, and should consult the suggested curriculum in economic entomology- on page 100. 1. Introductory Entomology. — An introduction to the habits, life histories, structure, physiology- and classification of insects, followed by a comprehensive survey of their im- portance to all forms of human activity. The recognition and control of the more import- ant pests of field, garden, orchard, greenhouse, and ornamental plantings, stored products, the household, domestic animals and man. Certain laboraton.' periods will be used for field trips at students' expense for trans- portation. Students are required to prepare an insect collection and those desiring to collect specimens in advance should get printed instructions from the department. I or II; (3). Professor Metcalf, Assistant Professor Baldttf, Dr. Glasgow 2. General Entomology. — A comprehensive study of insects as a class and to illus- trate important biological theories. Morphology', development, behavior, habitats, adapta- tions and interrelations of insects. Characters of the orders and of the more important families and species, with practise in the determination of specimens and in the prepara- tion of a systematic collection. This course follows Entomolog>' 1 as a unified and closely correlated year's work to give an appreciation of the phenomena of life as illustrated by insects, an enlarged view- point, and a basis for advanced courses or special study in entomology.-. I or II; (3). Professor MacGillivray, .\ssistant Professor Balduf, Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Entomolog>' 1. 3. Systematic Entomology. — Planned to give a wide acquaintance with the kinds of insects. Principles of modem taxonomy, systems of classification, codes and rules of scientific nomenclature, priority and terminology; the bibliographies, indexes and litera- ture of systematic entomology-; practise in collecting, arranging, labeling, identif>ang and describing insects. Lectures and laboratory-. I; (5). Assistant Professor Balduf Prerequisite: Entomology 1 and 2. 7a-7b. Insect Morphology. — Comparative morphological studies of comprehensive series of homologous parts of insects and their appendages, showing derivation of special- ized tj-pes of structures from the generalized; terminology and identification of parts. I, II; (3). Professor MacGillivrat Prerequisite: Entomology 1 and 2. Entomology 265 8a-8b. Pests of Special Groups. — Designed to give students of biology, agriculture, and home economics an expert knowledge of the insects affecting their success in a partic- ular profession or vocation. The work of a given semester will be chosen from the following groups to meet the needs of the students registered: Insect pests of field or staple crops; garden or truck crops; fruits; greenhouse and ornamental plantings; stored cereals and other products; the household. Field, laboratory and reference work; discussions. I, II; (3). Professor Metcalf, Assistant Professor Baldcf, Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Entomology 1 and 2. 14. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. — How insects, mites, ticks, and related forms affect the health of man, and of other animals. Arthropods which cause or dissem- inate disease. Recognition and control; special technique; practical problems. Lectures; demonstrations; assigned reading; laboratory; field studies. I; (4). Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Entomology 1, 2. 16. ApicTolture. — Beekeeping as a pursuit. The anatomy, development, life history, physiology and behavior of the honey bee. The colony, its organization, en-vironment and economy. Fundamentals of apiary practise: management, manipulations, wintering, control of bee diseases and enemies, production and marketing. Lectures, laboratory and practice in beekeeping. II; (2). Mr. King 22. Entomotaxy. — Methods and technique useful in entomological study and re- search. Collecting, rearing, preserving, and mounting; fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and hermetic sealing in glass. Entomological records, manuscript and illustra- tions. For students expecting to major in entomology, and prospective teachers of biol- ogy. II; (5). Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Ent>omoIogy 1, 2, Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 6. Special Problems. — Open to seniors ready to take up some special investigation which may be completed as an undergraduate study, or be a beginning of a thesis problem for an advanced degree. Instruction to meet the needs of the student. I or II; (2 to 5). Ail Instructors. Prerequisite: Any one of the following: Entomology 3, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 17, 20, 21, or 22; senior standing. lOa-lOb. Taxonomy of Immature Insects. — External anatomy of nj-mphs, lar^-ae, and pupae; terminology of parts; identification of specimens. I, II; (3). Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite: Entomology 7; senior standing. lla-llb. Classification of Coccidae. — Preparation and mounting of scale insects for study; study of anatomical details; terminology- of parts; identification of specimens. I, II; (3). Professor MAcGiLLn'RAT Prerequisite: Entomology 7; senior standing. [17a-17b. Insect Organogeny. — ^Structure and physiology of the more important systems of organs of immature and adult insects. I, II; (3). Not given 1922-1923. Professor !MacGillivrat Prerequisite: Entomology 7; senior standing.] 20. Insect Control. — An intensive study of practical control measures and the prin- ciples upon which they are based: spraying, dusting, fumigating, inspecting; mechanical measures; legislation; farm practices; and the use of natural enemies. Intended to antici- pate the requirements and difficulties encountered in practical agricultural, entomological and horticultural work. I; (4). Professor Metcalf Prerequisite: Entomology* 1 and 2; senior standing. 21. Insect Bionomics. — For the advanced student of entomolog>' or general biology. An intensive survey of the Class Insecta and the literature: insect food, life-histories, habitats, behavior, methods of protection, adaptations, interrelations, natural enemies, distribution and dispersal. II; (3). Assistant Professor Balduf Prerequisite: Entomology 1 and 2; senior standing. 266 Farm Mechanics Courses for Graduates The prerequisite for graduate work in entomology is two years of undergraduate biology, including zoology. Entrance on major work in entomology requires Entomology 1 and 2, or equivalent. 102. Research in the Morphology and Embryology of Insects. — Both semesters. One or two units. Professor MacGillivrat 107. Insect Anatomy. — Both semesters. One-half unit. Professor MacGillivrat 108. Research in Economic Entomology. — Both semesters. One or two units. Professor Metcalf 109. Research in Systematic Entomology. — Both semesters. One or two units. Professor MacGillivrat 110. Research in the Biology and Ecology of Insects. — Both semesters. One or two units. Professor Metcalf Summer Session Cotirses Courses for Undergraduates 51 . General Entomology. — Introduction to the study of insects in the field and labora- tory. (3). Dr. Glasgow S4. Economic Entomology. — (3). Assistant Professor Baldtxf Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 52. Advanced Entomology. — Instruction to meet the needs of the individual student. (2 or 3). Assistant Professor Balduf, Dr. Glasgow Courses for Graduates S108. Research in Entomology. — ^Accepted for credit toward a master's or doctor's degree. One or two units. Professor Metcalf FARM MECHANICS Professor Lehmann; Assistant Professor Shawl; Mr. Scholl, Mr. Hedgcock, Mr. Kelleher. 1. Elementary Farm Mechanics. — Basic principles of mechanics, heat, and electricity, as applied to farm buildings, machinery, and general agricultural problems. Laboratory exercises include: rope work, soldering, babbitting, belt lacing, pipe fitting, shop practise, etc. I or II; (3). Mr. Scholl, Mr, Hedgcock, Mr. Kelleher 2. Field and Power Machinery. — Adaptability, construction, principles of operation, adjustment, troubles, purchase, and care of field and belt driven machines for soil, seed, and feed preparation, and for seeding, cultivating, harvesting, and handling farm crops. Lectures, recitations, laboratory practise, I; (3). An inspection trip estimated to cost $20.00 is required in this course. Assistant Professor Shawl, Mr. Hedgcock Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 1. 3. Gas Engines and Tractors. — Internal combustion engines and tractors, theory, ignition, operation, and economy-practise in adjustments, troubles, and testing. Lectures; quizzes; laboratory. II; (3). Assistant Professor Shawl Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 1. 4. Farm Buildings. — Construction materials; construction, arrangement, design, and cost estimation of machine sheds, granaries, cribs, silos, poultry houses, swine houses, bams, and farm residences. Lectures, recitations, and drafting. II; (3). Professor Lehmann, Mr. Kelleher Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 1. 5. Drainage. — Farm drainage and surveying; chaining, mapping, leveling, designing, setting grade stakes, laying tile. Lectures, field work and drafting. I; (3). Professor Lehmann, Mr. Kelleher Farm Organization and Management 267 11. Dairy Machinery and Equipment. — Dairy equipment, arrangement and materials of construction; types of pumps and principles of operation; kind of power, boilers, steam engines, electric motors, and gas engines; power transmission, electric, belts and shafting; ice houses, cold storage rooms; harvesting ice, its storage, principles of refrigeration and refrigerating systems as applied to dairy manufacturing; water supply; disposal of wastes; scales and conveyers. II; (2). _ Mr. Scholl Prerequisite: Farm Machanics 1. 12a-12b. Farm Home Equipment. — ^Equipment and machinery for the farm home, its relation to health and efficiency. Sanitation; ventilation; water supply, sources, quality, systems; plumbing, principles and construction; privies and septic tanks; house heating, house lighting; and laundry equipment I,II; (2). 12a open only to seniors in Home Econom- ics. Professor Lehmann Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 1 or its equivalent. 17. Harvesting Machinery. — Advanced work in grain harvesting, binders, shockers, stackers, and threshers; corn harvesting, binders, shredders, ensilage cutters; hay harvest- ing, mowers, rakes, stackers, loaders, balers; special pea and soy bean harvesting machinery. II; (3). Mr. Hedgcock Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 1 and 2. 18a-18b. Thesis: Farm Mechanics. — I, II; (5). Professor Lehmann Prerequisite: 90 hours' credit before the senior year; 20 hours' credit in subjects pertinent to the thesis problem; the approval of the head of the department. 19a-191. Special Problems in Farm Mechanics. — I, II. Consult instructor regarding time and requirements. 19a-19b. Farm Buildings. — I, II; (3 to 5). Professor Lehmann Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 4. 19c-19d. Drainage. — I, II; (3 to 5). Professor Lehmann Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 5. 19e-19f. Field Machinery. — I, II; (3 to 5). Assistant Professor Shawl Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 2. 19g-19h. Home Equipment. — I, II; (3 to 5). Professor Lehmann Prerequisite: Farm Mechanic 12. 19i-19j. Power Machinery. Laboratory Testing. — I, II; (3 to 5). Assistant Professor Shawl Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 28. 19k-191. Power Machinery.— I, II; (3 to 5). Assistant Professor Shawl Prerequisite: Farm Mechanic 28. 20. Farm Concrete Construction. — Materials used in concrete construction; mixing and placing; simple comparative tests; specifications and estimates for farm concrete con- struction. Recitations, laboratory. I; (2). Mr. Scholl 28. Advanced Gas Engines and Tractors. — Advanced work in theory construction, ignition troubles, assembly, draw-bar and belt h.p. ratings. Lectures and laboratory. I; (3). (Consult instructor before registering). Assistant Professor Shawl Prerequisite: Farm Mechanics 2, 3. FARM ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Assistant Professors Case, Ratjchenstein; Mr. Roth. 1. Elementary Farm Management. — The factors of production in the farm business; types of farming, their distribution and adaptation; farm organization, the distribution of capital invested, planning of the farm; farm administration or operation, planning of work, handling of labor, development of management efficiency. Lectures; quiz. Field trips will be required in this course. The class will visit some of the farms included in the cost accounting investigations being carried on by the department. The cost of such trips should not exceed $3.00 per student. 11; (3). Assistant Professors Case, Rauchenstein Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; Accountancy 1 or 11. It is also very important that the student have credit or be registered in Agronomy 12, and have at least six hours credit in Animal Husbandry lb, 2b, 4b, or lib. 268 Geology 4. Farm Operation. — The application of eflficiency principles to the operation of farms; labor and power requirements of crops, livestock, equipment maintenance; standard day's work; labor calendars; systems of production with special reference to the efficient utilization of labor and power. Trips will be required in this course similar to those discuss- ed for the elementary farm management course. 11; (2). Assistant Professor Rauchenstein Prerequisite: Farm Management 1. 5. Farm Organization. — The economic organization of different types of farming with special reference to their financial, physical, and productive organization. Field trips for the purpose of studying the organization and the replanning of certain farms will constitute a part of the work in this course. The cost of these trips should not exceed $4.00 per student. 11; (3). Assistant Professor Case, Assistant Professor Rauchenstein Prerequisite: Farm Management 1. FINE ARTS (See Art and Design and Music. Attention is also called to the courses in Esthet- ics offered by the departments of Philosophy, Education, Architecture, and Home Economics.) FLORICULTURE (See Horticulture.) FRENCH (See Romance Languages and Literature.) GEOLOGY Professors Batley, Savage; Associate Professor Quirke (Chairman); Assistant Professors Leighton, Blanchard, Bevan; Mr. Yeaton, Miss Ashton, Dr. Shepard, Mr. Cox, Mr. Bassett, Mr. Milton. A. GENERAL GEOLOGY Major: Geology 1 followed by 20 hours of courses that have prerequisites in geology. Minors: 20 hours selected from courses in any one or two of the following depart- ments: astronomy, botany, chemistry, physics, and zoology, after consultation with the department of geology. For the convenience of underclassmen in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who elect the minimum amount of major work in geology the following sequence of courses is suggested; first year, 1 and la; second year, 47, 9, 49. 16, and 19; third year, 23. For those who plan to become professional geologists the following courses should be added : 6, 7, 15, 95, and 96. Courses for Undergraduates 1. General Geology. — The surface features of the earth with emphasis on their origin and significance; the agencies and processes of geological change; the effects of composi- tion, hardness, and structure of rocks on the evolution of topographic forms; the elements of meteorology and oceanography; the common rocks and minerals. Lectures; labora- tory work and quiz; two field trips. (Students who have had Geography 1, will receive only three hours' credit.) I or II; (5). Professor Savage, Associate Professor Quirke, Assistant Professor Leighton, Assistant Professor Bevan, Mr. Yeaton, Dr. Shepard, Mr. Bassett. la. Historical Geology. — The evolution of the earth and its life. Lectures; labora- tory (continuing course 1). I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Bevan Prerequisite: Geology 1. 20. General Mineralogy. — Study of the most common minerals of economic and scientific importance; blowpipe analysis. (Primarily for engineers and chemists.) Quiz; laboratory. I or II; (3). Mr. Yeaton Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 and 2a or equivalent. Geology 269 19. Field "Work. — Geologic study and mapping of an area in the Ottawa District of Illinois during the week following the Easter recess, credit being given only upon comple- tion of a satisfactory written report. Expenses will be about $35.00. II; (2). Assistant Professor Bevan Prerequisite: Geology la. 92. Mineral Resources. — 11* (2). Mr. Yeaton Prerequisite: Geology 1 or Geography 1. 43. Engineering Geology. — The general principles and broader facts of geology from the engineering viewpoint. Discussions; laboratory. 11; (3). Dr. Shepard Prerequisite: Freshman work in the College of Engineering. 9. Invertebrate Paleontology. — The more important fossil groups in biological se- quence. Lectures; laboratory. I; (3). Professor Savage Prerequisite: Geology la. 16. Stratigraphy. — Fossil faunas, with special reference to Paleozoic invertebrates; correlation and stratigraphy. II; (3). Professor Savage Prerequisite: Geology 9. 47. Systematic Mineralogy. — Identification of common minerals (mainly nonsili- cates) by physical tests and crystal form. Crystallography, principles of classification. Lectures; laboratory. I; (3). Professor Batley, Mr. Yeaton Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 and 2 or equivalent, and except for mining and chemistry students, Geology la. 48. Silicate Minerals and Rock Study. — (A continuation of Geology 47.) The silicate minerals and microscopic study of rocks. Quiz; laboratory. II; (3). Professor Batley, Mr. Yeaton Prerequisite: Geology 47. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 6. Optical Mineralogy. — Introduction to the microscopic study of minerals, by means of their behavior in polarized light. Two lectures; four hours of laboratory. I; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology 48. 7. Petrography. — The principles learned in Geology 6 applied to the study of rocks. The different types of rocks; their origin and classification. Study of representative suites of specimens in the hand specimen and thin section, II; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology 6. 23. Physiography of the United States. — An interpretative study of the physio- graphic development of the United States by provinces, followed by general correlative studies and consideration of the problems awaiting research. Lectures; discussions; ref- erence reading; and mapwork. II; (3). Assistant Professor Leighton Prerequisite: Geology I, la. 95. Economic Geology. — The nature, occurrence, origin, and uses of coal, oil, building stones, and bedded deposits of economic importance. Lectures; quizzes; and laboratory. I; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology la or 43 and 20 or 48. 96. Economic Geology. — The nature, occurrence, and origin of metaliferous deposits; theories of ore deposition. II; (3), Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology la or 43 and 20 or 48. 15. Structural and Metamorphic Geology. — Rock deformation and its results. Lec- tures and laboratory work. I; (3). Associate Professor Quxrke Prerequisite: Geology 48, 19, and Senior standing. 60a-60b. Thesis. — A course of study under the immediate guidance of a member of the staff, designed for those who wish to qualify for high honors in Geology. I, II; (2). Professor Savage 270 Geology Courses for Graduates For graduate work in geology the student must have a thoro training in the prin- dples of the science, ^.except in unisaal cases, which will be decided on their merits' : at least 20 hours of geology- and two or more weeks of field experience will be required. Grad- uate students with adequate technical preparation ia other sciences may be admitted to graduate courses in certain subjects, such as crystallography. Courses 6, 7, 15, 60, 2-3, may be offered as graduate work by students who have other credits for at least 20 hours of geology. 101. Advanced CrystaHography. — Methods used in measuring, projecting, and cal- culating cn.*3tal forms and determining the phiraical properties of crystalliaed bodies. Twice a \ceek; I, II; \l unii^. Professor Batx^t 102. Igneous Petrography. — Tne igneous rocks, identification of types, classifica- tion and relationships. Lect'ores; laboratory-. Tvrice a '^■ee}:\ 11; (i unU). Professor Bayley 142. Stratigraphic Paleontology. — Tne invertebrate index fossils of the successive geologic forT:.s':i:::s T^r'--. a 'x-ie?.: I, II: \1 unit). Professor Savage 151. AiTincei DTnamic Geology. — A critical analysis of geologic processes and their results; thv : - :. .; and stracture of the earth; problems of geologic interpretations. Three times a '.. I : uriit). -Assistant Professor Leightox 152. Advanced Historical Geology. — Cosmoeeny; the record of diastrophism; the development of the continents and oceans; the relationship between oceanic fluctuations and organic di"rrrz.'i::.:::n and evolution; physiographic, climatic and organic history. Three time4 a \:~z<: II; 1 ■..'.it). Professors Bati^t, Sava ^z ; Associate Professor QtmiKE; Assistant Professor Leighton 135. Research. — Individual work under the supervision of members of the staff in thti: respective fields. Once a ir^^-fc; I, II; (}-i to 4 vniis). Professors Batlet, Savage; Associate Professor Quirke B. GEOGRAPHY Major: Geogafibj I or Geology I followed by 20 hours of courses that have pre- reo'iisites in geography except that geography 14 may be included. Minors: 2>j hours selected from not more than three of the following subjects; eco- nomics, education, history, soology, and botany. F<» students iHiase major is in ge<^raphy, the following sequences are recommended : (a) geography 1, 3, 4^ 7, 14, 12, 5, and 8 or .53; or (b) geology 1, geography 3, 4, 7, 14, 5, and 8 or 53. Courses for Undergradtiates 1. Principles of Geography. — The development and effects of physical featiares on Uie; the effects of climate, drainage, natural resources, shape, size, and location, on the home of man;hi3 political, ind'jstrial, and social interests. Four hours of lecture; two hours of lab-Dratory ; one hour of q^iLz ; one or two field trips. (Students who have bad Geologj- 1 will receive only three ho'ars' creit.) I or EI: (5). MLss AsHToy, Mr. Cox 3. Industrial and Commercial Geography. — The geographic conditions affecting the industries, production, and commerce of the world: the development and relations of great commercial areas to the location and availability of great re,sources; markets and trans- portation routes. Discussions, two hours' laboratory. I or II; ',5). Assistant Professor BLA>rcHA?.D, Mr. Cox Prerequisiie: Geography I or Geology I. 4. Geography of North America. — Influences of geographic factors on the countries of North -America, Lectures; reading and map study. I or U; (5). Miss Ashton Prerequi-nic: Geography 1 or 3. 7. Field Geography. — Local Geography as based upon field work; the influences of topography, drainage, regional location, and nat'iral resources on the economic developv- ment of the areas investigated. Tne field selected for study in 1923 includes pairts of southern Illinois. Expenses will be about 145.00. Week after Easter vacation. 11; (3). .Assistant Professor BLA>rcHARD, Miss Ashton Ptereqyigile: Geography 1 or 3. Germanic Languages and LiteraU'.re 271 [9. The Teaching of Geography. — Problems in the selection, organization, and pre- sentation of geographic materials Ln teaching. II; (2). Not given in 1922-23. Miss AsHTON Prerequisite: Geography 1, 3 and 4 or 5 or 8.] 12. Geographic Factors in the History of the United States. — Geographic condi- tions affecting the historv- of the United States as manifested in the spread of settlement and political control, and in economic and social development. II; (3). Miss Ashtok Prerequisite: Geography 1 or 3, History 3a and 3b, and junior standing. 14. Weather and Climate. — The atmosphere and its processes; weather and fore- casting; causes and distribution of climates. II; (3). Assistant Professor Blanchabd CotiTses for Advanced Undergraduates and Grad\iates 5. South America. — The world relations of South America; the influence of climate, drainage, topography, size, shape and natural resources of South America, on the settle- ment and economic development of South American countries. South American countries as markets for foreign trade. I; (3). .Assistant Professor Blaxchaed Prerequisite: Geography 3 and Senior standing. 8. Geography of Europe. — Effect of the physiographic features of Europe on its climate, resources, inhabitants, and their acti\'ities. II; (3). Assistant Professor Blaxchard Prerequisite: Geography 3 and Senior standing. S3a-53b. Advanced Industrial and Commercial Geography. — I. II; (3). Assistant Professor Blanchard Prerequisite: Senior standing, Geography 3, and at least one course in regional geog- raphy. Summer Session Courses Geography SI. Principles of Geography. — A study of the essential phases of mathematical geography, climate and weather, physiographic processes and the changes they produce, natural resotirces, and the response of man to each of the above. Lectures, quiz, labora- tory'; one or two field trips. (Students who have had Geologj- 1 will receive only three hours' credit). (5). " Miss Ashton S8. Geography of Europe. — Influence of climate, surface features, and natural re- sources upon the distribution of peoples, their industries and routes of trade. New bovmd- aries and economic problems in their geographic setting. (2}/2)- Assistant Professor Blaxchabd Prerequisite: Geography 1, its equivalent, or on consultation. S14. Weather and Climate. — Elementary- study of the atmosphere, weather condi- tions, forecasting, with practise in reading instruments and graphing data. Practical as- pect of subject emphasized, with particular reference to the influence of weather and climate on man and his industries, especially agriculture. (2H)- Assistant Professor Blaxchard GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES Professor Goebel; Assistant Professors Brooks, V.'illiams, Kollzr; Dr. Wadepchl, Dr. Uhlendorf, Dr. Geissexdoerfzr, Miss Blaisdell, Cooperating in Summer Session: Mr. SCHLACDT. Major: 20 hours in German, excluding German 1, 2, and 3, and including at least 6 hours in primarily fourth-year courses. Minors: 20 hours in not more than two subjects chosen from the following list: languages, education, histor>', philosophy, and psychology-, provided that 8 hours must be selected from a language other than German. 272 Germanic Languages and Literature First- Year Courses 1. Elementary Course. — Grammar and easy reading for beginners. I; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Williams, Assistant Professor KoLLER, Dr. Wadepuhl, Dr. Uhlendorf, Dr. Geissendoerfer, Miss Blaisdell. Prerequisite: Not open to students who have had high school work in this language. 2. Narrative Prose. — Grammar and reading. I; (4). Dr. Geissendoerfer, Miss Blaisdell Prerequisite: One year of high school German or German Si, or German 1, Note. — Students who have had no German for one year or more will be required to take a written test before entering German 2. This will be regarded as a test of ■present ability in German and not as an examination on any particular course previously taken in this subject. 3. Narrative Prose. — (Continuation of German 1.) Reading and grammar. II; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Williams, Dr. Wadepuhl, Dr. Uhlendorf, Dr. Geissendoerfer. Prerequisite: German 1 or equivalent demonstrated by examination. Second- Year Courses 4. Prose Reading. — Selections from standard prose writers; sight reading; composi- tion. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Williams, Dr. Wadepuhl, Dr. Uhlendorf, Dr. Geissendoerfer, Miss Blaisdell. Prerequisite: German 2 or 3, or two years of high school German, or equivalent demonstrated by examination. 5. Narrative and Historical Prose. — At the option of the instructor a classic in verse may also be read. Composition. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Williams, Dr. Uhlendorf Prerequisite: German 4, or three years of high school German, or equivalent demon- strated by examination. 6. Scientific German. — The rapid reading of works of a general scientific character. Section A is primarily for students in the curricula in chemistry and chemical engineer- ing. (Parallel with 5. Students may not take both 5 and 6 for more than a total of four hours' credit without special permission of department.) I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Roller, Dr. Wadepuhl, I)r. Geissendoerfer Prerequisite: German 4, or three years of high school German, or equivalent demon- strated by examination. Third- Year Courses 7. Modern Fiction. — (Intended primarily for students who take 5 in the first semester. Not open to those who have had any course more advanced than 5.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: German 5 or equivalent. 10. Introductory Goethe Course. — Study of Goethe's life with reading of works illustrating different periods of his development. II; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Two and one-half years of college German or equivalent. 14. Introductory Schiller Course. — Study of Schiller's life illustrating different periods of his development with reading of dramas, lyrics, and ballads. I; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: German 5, or equivalent. 16. Elementary Composition and Conversation. — I; (2). Assistant Professor Kolleb Prerequisite: German 5 or equivalent. 17. Intermediate Composition and Conversation. — II; (3). Assistant Professor Kolleb Prerequisite: German 16. [23 . German Novel. — Rapid reading of representative novels, beginning with Goethe's Werther. Assigned readings. II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Kolleb Prerequisite: Two and one-half years of college German or equivalent.] Germanic Languages and Literature 273 24. Modem German Drama. — Rapid reading of dramas by Grillparzer, Hebbel, Hauptmann, and others. I; (3). Dr. Wadepuhl Prerequisite: German 5 or equivalent. 28a-28b. German Lyrics and Ballads. — Their form, development, and various types; the Yolkslied of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and its influence. First semester: the early eighteenth century and the classical period. Second semester: the nineteenth century. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Williams Prerequisite: (For 28a): German 5, or equivalent, and sophomore standing. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Note. — For a major in German students are required to take at least six hours of these primarily fourth-year courses; seniors who are preparing to teach German should take German 29. 8. Schiller. — ^The life of Schiller; Wallenstein, and other selections. II; (3). Dr. Wadepuhl Prerequisite: Three years of college German or equivalent. 19a-19b. Goethe's Faust. — The Faust legend and early Faust books and plays; the genesis of Goethe's Faust; reading of both parts. I, II; (3), Professor Goebel Prerequisite: (For 19a) : three years of college German or equivalent. [25. Teacher's Course. — Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Koller] 26a. German Literature to the End of the Reformation. — Lectures; recitations; re- ports on assigned reading. I; (3). Professor Goebel Prerequisite: Three years of college German or equivalent. 26b. German Literature Since the Reformation. — Lectures; recitations; reports on assigned collateral reading. II; (3). Professor Goebel Prerequisite: German 26a. [27. Leasing.— Not given in 1922-1923.] 29. Advanced Composition. Dr. Uhlendorp 30a-30b. Senior Thesis. — (Intended primarily for candidates for honors in German, but open to other seniors.) I, II; (1 or 2). Professor Goebel and others Prerequisite: Senior standing and three years of coUege German or equivalent. 31. Middle High German. — I; (3). Professor Goebel Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing; three years of college German. [32. History of German Civilization. — Readings; lectures; discussions. I; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Brooks] 33a. Honor Course. — I, II; (2). Professor Goebel and others Prerequisite: Three years of college German or equivalent. [39a-39b. Goethe and Schiller. — Interpretation of Goethe's poems. Goethe's Tasso] Schiller's Ueber naive und sentimentalische Dichtung. I, II; (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] Courses for Graduates Students desiring to take German as a major should have completed a four years' course of undergraduate study in German, corresponding to the four years' course at this University, and should be familiar with the principal works of the writers of the classical and modem periods of German literature, show a general knowledge of the history of German literature, and be able to follow lectures in the German language. A reading knowledge of Latin and French is required. It is desirable that candidates for the degree of Ph.D. have some knowledge of Greek, All students are expected to have had a course in German history. 101. Seminar in Germanic Philology. — Training in original research; results of special value may be published in the Journal of English and Germanic Philology. Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Goebel 274 Germanic Languages and Literature 103. Introduction to the Historical Study of the Gennanic Languages. — History of German philology; comparative grammar of the Old Germanic dialects. Lectures; dis- cussions of special topics. Twice a week; II; {1 unit). Professor Goebel [104. Gothic. — Granmiar and literature. Twice a week; I; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] [105. Old High German. — Grammar and interpretation of the oldest literary docu- ments. Three times a week; II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Williams] [109. Goethe's and Schiller's Philosophy. — Twice a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] [110. Early German Drama. — Twice a week; I; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Brooks] [113. German Literature of the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries. — Twice a week- II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Brooks] [115. History of German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. — Tv^ice a week; I, II; (1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923.] [116. Medieval German Literatxire with Reference to Political, Religious, and Social History. — Research. Tuice a week; I; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923.] [117. History of German Literature During the Eighteenth Century. — Tvnce a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] [118. The German Drama Since Schiller. — Tvnce a week; I, II; (1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923.] [119. The German Novel. — Research. Twice a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923.] 121. Walter von der Vogelweide. — Twice a week; II; {1 unit). Professor Goebel [121a. The Nibelunglied. — Lectures and interpretations. Turice a week; II; (i unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] [121b. Gudrun. — Lectures and interpretations. Tvnce a week; II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Goebel] [126. Herder and his Relations to European Literature. — Twice a week; 1, 11; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Roller] Summer Session Courses Courses for Undergraduates Assistant Professor Williams; Dr. Uhlekdorf, Mr. Schlaudt. SI. Beginners' Course. — Schmidt and Glukke's Das erste Jahr Deutsch (Heath). (4). Assistant Professor Williams Equivalent: German 1 or one year of high school German. 53. Reading and Grammar. — (Continuation of beginners' course). (4). Mr. Schlaudt Prerequisite: Grerman 1, Si or one year of high school German. Equivalent: German 3 or two years of high school German. 54. Prose Reading. — Narrative prose, sight reading, writing. (4). Dr. Uhlendorf Prerequisite: Grerman 3 (or 2), or two years of high school German, or equivalent. Equivalent: German 4. S16. Conversation and Composition. — Elementary course. (1). Dr. UHLE>ri>ORF Prerequisite: German 5 (or 6), or equivalent. Equivalent: German 16 (in part). S24, Modem German Drama. — Rapid reading. (IM)- Assistant Professor Williams Prerequisite: German 5 (or 6), or equivalent. Equivalent: German 24 (in part). History 275 GREEK (See Classics.) HISTOLOGY (See Physiology.) HISTORY Professors Larson, GreenEj Lybyer, Olmstead, Robertson; Associate Professor Jones; Assistant Professors Pease, Dietz, Randall; Dr. Swain, Dr. Dunbar, Dr. Gottschalk, Dr. Roberts, Mr. Harper, Mr. Sullivan, Mr^ Hyde. Cooperating: Professors Oldfather, Ramsdell. Major: 20 hours, excluding History la and 2a, and including (a) either History lb or 2b; (b) six hours selected from courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates; and (c) any other courses offered in the department. Minors: 20 hours, selected from two of the following subjects including either Eco- nomics 1 or Political Science 1 and 3: economics, political science, law, sociology. Eng- lish and American literature, history of education, philosophy, and geography. Courses in any foreign language may be accepted in satisfaction of this requirement, if the student can show his ability to read ordinary liistorical prose in that language. Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. Continental European History. — Europe from the fifteenth century to the present time. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (4 or 3)'. Associate Professor Jones, Dr. Gottschalk, Dr. Swain, Dr. Dunbar, Dr. Roberts, Mr. Harper. 2a-2b. English History. — First semester; political history of England to the Revolu- tion of 1688; the larger social, economic, and religious movements. Second semester: the modern history of England to the peace of Versailles; colonial and imperial development. I, II; (3 or2)^ Assistant Professor Dietz, Dr. Gottschalk, Dr. Swain, Mr. Harper, Mr. Hyde. 3a-3b. History of the United States. — First semester: the colonies in the eighteenth century; the French War and the Revolution; the genesis of the Federal Constitution* development under the Constitution to 1815. Second semester: a century of national development, 1815-1922. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (3). Professor Robertson, Assistant Professor Randall, Dr. Dunbar, Dr. Roberts, Mr. Harper, Mr. Sullivan. Prerequisite: One year of coUege work. 18. The Teaching of History. — Preparation of students for the teaching of history in secondary schools. II; (2). Assistant Professor Randall Prerequisite: History la-lb, 3a-3b, or their equivalent; senior standing. 23a-23b. The Puritan Revolution in England and America. — First semester: the influence of Puritanism on the institutions of modern England and America. Second semester: Whigs and Tories, 1672-1783. English politics and pohtical thought considered as a background to political theory in the American Revolution. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Pease Prerequisite: One year of college history. 30a-30b. The Mohammedan World. — I. The Ottoman Empire and the question of the Near East. II. The Saracen Empire and the Crusades. I, II; (3). In 1923-1924, II will be given in the first semester, and I in the second. Professor Lybyer Prerequisite: One year of college history. •Three credits for seniors; four credits for students other than seniors. ^Two credits for seniors; three credits for students other than seniors. 276 History [38a-38b. Western Europe in the Middle Ages. — First semester: from Constantine to Charlemagne. Second semester: from Charlemagne to Dante. Ij II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Associate Professor Jones Prerequisite: One year of college work. Not open to students who have had la.] 50a-50b. The Ancient "World. — First semester: the prehistoric age and the ancient empires. Second semester: Greece and Rome. I, II; (3). Professor Olmstead Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 51a-51b. Hebrew History. — A general history of the Hebrew people to the revolt under Hadrian; source problems, as they relate to Biblical criticism. An attempt will be made to correlate the Biblical history with the general history of the times. I, II; (2). Professor Olmstead Prerequisite: Junior standing. 55. History of Greece. — I; (3). (See Greek 55.) Professor Oldfathek Prerequisite: One college course in history or the classics; sophomore standing. 56. History of Rome. — II; (3). (See Latin 56.) Professor Oldfather 90a-90b. Thesis. — Special training in investigation for candidates for honors and for other seniors. I, II; (2). Professor Robertson 91a-91b. Honors Course. — Reading in selected fields in consultation with the in- structor. I, II; (2). Professor Greene Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates (Open to seniors and to juniors of high standing. The ability to use modern languages is desirable.) I4a-14b. Studies in the Development of American Ideals.— I. The European in- heritance and its modification under American conditions, 1606-1776. II. Republican principles in society and politics, 1776-1828. I, II; (3). Professor Greene Prerequisite: A grade of B or higher in History 2, 3, or 4, or PoHtical Science 1 and 3. (14c-14d. Studies in the development of American Ideals. — III. Issues of democ- racy and nationalism, 1829-1870. IV. Changing conceptions of democracy and the state; nationalism and the international outlook. Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Greene Prerequisite: Same as for 14a-14b.] 15. The Civil War and the Reconstruction. — The ante-bellum South and its destruc- tion, 1844-80. The Civil War in the light of the forces which tended to hasten or obstruct the clash of arms. I; (3). Assistant Professor Randall Prerequisite: History 3a-3b. [19. France in the Feudal and Later Middle Ages. — (A reading knowledge of French is desirable.) II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Associate Professor Jones Prerequisite: History la-lb.] 21. Recent History of the United States. — Historical introduction to contemporary American politics; economic, political, and social problems; international relations; the United States in tne Great War. I; (3). Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History 3b. 22a-22b. History of the Old Northwest, 1787-1865.— The settlement of the North- west; Western economic, poUtical, and social problems; influence of the West on national policies. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Pease Prerequisite: History 3. 26. History of the Latin-American Colonies. — Political, economic, social, and intel- lectual life in Spain and Portugal during the age of discovery. The colonization, ad- ministration, and civilization of Latin America and the Philippines. The independence of Brazil and the Spanish- American republics. I; (3). Professor Robertson Prerequisite: One year of college history. 27. History of Latin America from the Wars of Independence to the Present Time. — The national history of the leading Latin-American nations with special attention to exist- ing governments, political parties, present economic and social conditions, and relations with the United States. II; (3). Professor Robertson Prerequisite: One year of college history. History 277 29a-29b. The Far East. — The contact of Western nations with the Far East from the Portuguese establishments of the sixteenth century to the present time, with special reference to China and Japan. I, II; (3). Professor Greene Prerequisite: One year of college history including History 1 or 2. 32a-32b. Recent European History. — I. The period of national consolidation and world-wide expansion^ 1848-1891. II. The formation of alhances, the Great War, and subsequent events. 1, II; (3). Professor Ltbyer Prerequisite: One year of college history. 33a-33b. Proseminar in Recent European History. — Intensive study of selected problems. I, II; (2). Professor Lybyer Prerequisite: Senior standing and twelve hours of college history. 34. European Consolidation and Colonial Expansion, 1648-1789. — I; (3). Dr. Swain Prerequisite: One year of coUege history, economics, or political science. 35. The French Revolution, the Napoleonic Era, and the early nineteenth century, 1789-1848.— II; (3). Dr. Swain Prerequisite: One year of college history, economics, or political science. 39a-39b. The Renaissance and the Reformation. — The transition from medieval to modem ideals. I, II; (3). Associate Professor Jones Prerequisite: History la-lb. 40. The History of the British Commonwealth. — The expansion of England; imperial organization; the development of the colonial nations. I; (2). Professor Larson Prerequisite: One year of coUege history. 42. Medieval Civilization. — The religious, economic, and intellectual development of medieval society. II; (3). Professor Larson Prerequisite: One year of college history (EngUsh or general European). 44a-44b. The Constitutional History of England. — First semester: institutional origins. Second semester: modem constitutional practise. I, II; (3). Professor Larson Prerequisite: One year of coUege history. 46a-46b. The History of the Industrial Revolution in Great Britain. — A discussion of agricultural, industrial, and commercial developments in Great Britain, 1760-1921, with special reference to their social significance. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Dietz Prerequisite: One year of college history. [53. Ass3n:ian History. — The Assyrian Empire; sources; political thought; govern- ment of dependencies; parallels to more modem imperial states; economic Ufe. II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Olmstead Prerequisite: Senior standing and the consent of the instructor.] [54. History of Egypt. — Prehistoric Egypt and historic Egj^pt to the Persian Con- quest. The chief sources will be studied in EngUsh translation, and the resources of the Oriental Museum will be utilized for a study of the culture. II; (3). Not given in 1922- 1923. Professor Olmstead Prerequisite: Senior standing.] 60. The United States in the Great War. — A study of the course of the United States in the war (both as a neutral and as a participant) with particular attention to economic mobilization and to the administrative features of the American war government. II; (3). Assistant Professor Randall Prerequisite: History 3b. Courses for Graduates Graduate work in history presupposes two years of college work in this subject, or sixteen semester hours, which should include courses in European and American history corresponding roughly to History la-lb and 3a-3b in this University. Linguistic prepara- tion, especially in French and German, is important. For medieval history some knowl- edge of Latin is essential, and Spanish is useful for certain fields of American history. Advanced courses in history at the University of Illinois are of three kinds: (1) For information and guidance in general reading. (2) Instruction in methodology, historiography, and biography. A part of this work (in course 103) is required of all graduate students in history during their first year. (3) Seminar courses for the study of special fields with a view to training in the methods of historical criticism and research. 278 History Illinois Historical Survey.-^tudents have an opportunity to pursue research in Western history in connection with the lUinois Historical Survey, an organization for the purpose of carrying on systematic studies in the history of Illinois. Attention is also called to the fact that the University of IlUnois has for some time cooperated with the Trustees of the State Historical Library in the gathering and editing of archive material. As a result instructors and graduate students in the department have contributed from time to time to the publications of the Library, and have been given useful training in the study of manuscript as well as printed material. 101. Seminar in American History. — Guidance in the investigation of selected topics. Consultations with individual students and general meetings of faculty and stu- dents. I, II; {1 to 2 units). Professor Greene and others In connection with this course, advice and direction in research are offered in various fields as follows: A. American history before 1815. Professor Greene B. American history since 1815. Professor Robertson, Assistant Professor Randall C. The history of the West. Assistant Professor Pease D. American church history. Professor Greene E. Latin-American history. Professor Robertson 102. Seminar in English History. — Church and state in the medieval and early modem period; examination of documentary materials. I, II; (i unit). Professor Larson 103. Historiography and Historical Method. — The technic of historical investiga- tion. Required of all candidates for an advanced degree in history who do not present evidence of similar training elsewhere. I; (3^ unit). Assistant Professor Randall 104. Seminar in European History. — European expansion. BibUography, historiog- raphy, and selected problems; reports. I, II; {1 to 2 units). Professor Lybyer, Associate Professor Jones In connection with this course, advice and direction in research in various fields are offered as follows: A. Modem history of continental Europe. Professor Lybtek B. Renaissance and Reformation. Associate Professor Jones C. Asiatic Relations. Professor Lybyer 110. Introduction to Research in American History. — Survey of sources and second- ary authorities; study of typical problems. I; {1 unit). Professor Greene 111. Spanish-American Relations. — The relations of the Latin-American States with the United States. An intensive study of such topics as the Monroe Doctrine, the develop- ment of international trade, etc. I, II; {1 unit). Professor Robertson 112. Studies in American Religious History. — Questions of Church and State. II; {1 unit). Professor Greene ISO. Research in Ancient Oriental History. — I, II; {1 unit). Professor Olmstead Summer Session Courses Courses for Undergraduates Sic. The History of Modem Europe, 1815-1871. — (2). Dr. Gottschalk Equivalent: The third one-fourth of History la-lb, S2b. The Political and Social History of Modem England, 1660-1919.— (3). Dr. Gottschalk Equivalent: History 2b. S3c. American History, 1877-1919. — Economic changes and party readjustments; "big business"; the war with Spain; the Roosevelt policies; the Wilson program; the Great War. (2H), Mr, Roberts Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates (At least junior standing is required for all the courses in this group.) S12. The Preliminaries of the Civil War, 1845-1861. — The annexation of Texas and Oregon; the war with Mexico; the crisis of 1849-1850; the RepubUcan party; the secession movement. (2). Professor Ramsdell Prerequisite: One year of college history. Home Economics 279 SIS. Reconstruction after the Civil War, 1863-1877. — ^War aims in the North; the reconstruction pohcies of Lincohi and Johnson; Congressional reconstruction; the South under reconstruction; business and politics in the North. (2). Professor Ramsdell Prerequisite: One year of college history. S55. The Roman Empire. — The political theories of the Empire; the cultural develop- ment; the religious invasions from the Orient; the causes of the "decline and fall." (2). (This is the same course as Classics S5.) Professor Oldfather Courses for Graduates SlOl. Seminar in American History. — Selected problems in the history of the Civil War. (/ unit). Professor Ramsdell SlSS. Research in Greek or Roman History. — Personal conferences with students who desire guidance in research. (J^ to 1 unit). Professor Oldfather HOME ECONOMICS Professor Ward all; Assistant Professors Wardell, Bane, Barto; Miss Bond, Miss Jacobsen, Miss Ford, Miss Weaver, Miss Robinson, Miss Todd, Miss Giddings, Miss McCuLLOUGH, Miss Barer, Miss Kern, Miss Mullen, Miss O'Loughlin, Miss Mac- Gregor, Miss Ingalls. Major A — General Home Economics: 20 hours from courses offered by the depart- ment, excluding Home Economics 1, 6, and 7, and including Home Economics 2, 5, 10, 29, and two or more of the following: Home Economics 4, 14, 19, 28, 31, 33, 41. To satisfy the requirements for the major, students transferring from other institutions must take at least five hours in residence from the following: Home Economics 4, 28, 31, 33, 39a, 39b, 41. Major B — Nutrition and Dietetics: 20 hoiirs excluding Home Economics 1 and in- cluding Home Economics 4, 5, 6, 39a, 39b, and two or more of the following: Home Eco- nomics 18, 20, 33, 41. Minor: 20 hours from (a) chemistry, bacteriology, and physiology, or (b) economics (a minimum of 8 hours), and one or two of the following subjects: sociology, psychology, history, and education. 1. Selection and Preparation of Food. — The nature, chemical composition, uses and cost of foods; methods of preparation; principles of selection and processes of manufacture. Laboratory fee, $3.00. I or II; (3). Miss Barer, Miss O'Loughlin Prerequisite: Chemistry 1, 2a. 2. Home Architecture. — Situation, design, construction, and history of the house- Heating, lighting, ventilation, plumbing, water supply and drainage. Making skeleton plans. I; (3). Professor Newcomb, Assistant Professor Langford, Assistant Professor Palmer, Miss Weaver, Mr. O'Donnell. Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12. 3. Home Decoration. — A study of interiors and the selection and arrangement of furnishings from an artistic and economic standpoint. II; (3). Miss Weaver, Miss Mullen Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12; Home Economics 2. 4. Food and Nutrition. — ^Physiological, chemical, and bacteriological aspects of food and nutrition. Laboratory fee, $8.00. I or II; (5). Assistant Professor Wardell, Miss Kern Prerequisite: Bacteriology 5a, 5b; Chemistry 9, 9c, 5a; Home Economics 5. 5. Dietetics. — Food requirements of individuals from infancy through old age. Food values. Essentials of an adequate diet. Planning of dietaries for individuals and family groups with emphasis on limitations of cost. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Barto Prerequisite: Chemistry 9, 9c; Home Economics 1, 6; Physiology 1, 4. 6. Foods. — A continuation of Home Economics 1, with emphasis on the economic phases of the food question as effected by labor, fuels, market conditions, and food legisla- tion. Laboratory fee, $3.00. I or II; (4), Miss O'Loughlin, Miss Barer Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. 280 Home Economics 7. Textiles. — Development of the textile industry from primitive times to the present; study of the important fibers and materials made from them; study of textile design with special emphasis on weaves and weaving; microscopic examination and simple chemical tests of fibers and fabrics; consideration of the economic, legal, and social aspects of textiles; practise in working with cotton, linen, wool, and silk materials. Laboratory fee, $2.00; I or II; (3 or 2)'. Miss McCullough 9. Extension Work in Home Economics. — Activities and organizations of women with special emphasis upon extension work. II; (3). Assistant Professor Bane Prerequisite: Senior standing in Home Economics, and the consent of the instructor. 10. Organization and Management of the Household. — Family income, its relation to standard of li\nng, its apportionment; household activities and equipment. Emphasis on economic aspects. I or II; (3). Miss Ford Prerequisite: Home Economics 2, 6, 7; Economics 1 or 2. 11. Teachers' Course. — Methods of presenting home economics to classes; its cor- relation with other subjects. Practise in planning courses and presenting lessons. One inspection trip is made of which the total cost does not exceed So. 00. Required of all who wish to be recommended to teach Home Economics. I or II; (3). Miss Robinson Prerequisite: Home Economics 6, 29. Prerequisite or concurrent: Education 10, Home Economics 5, 10, and for non-Smith-Hughes students, Home Economics 34. 13. Teachers' Course. — The development of home economics; the work in various types of institutions; other agencies and organizations concerned with home betterment; opportunities in home economics. Required of all who wish to be recommended to teach Home Economics. I or II; (3). Miss Todd Prerequisite: Jimior or senior standing in Home Economics. 14. Practise House. — Planning, preparation, and serving of meals; care of the house, including laundry, with emphasis on cost and organization of work. Conferences and laboratory work m practise apartment and laundry, occupying nine weeks either half of semester. For Smith-Hughes students, this course should alternate with Education 14; for non-Smith-Hughes students, it should alternate with Home Economics 35. Labora- tory fee (to cover cost of raw food materials for four weeks), $13.50. I or II; (3). Miss GiDDINGS Prerequisite: Home Economics 5, 6, 10; consent of the instructor. 18. Cafeteria Management. — Organization and equipment of cafeterias and lunch rooms. Study of foods from standpoint of quality, grade, cost, and methods of buying. Menus and problems involved in selection and preparation of food in quantity. Labora- tory practise. Experience in serving. Class usually goes to Chicago for a three-day in- spection trip, the cost of which is about $25.00. I or II; (5). Miss Bond Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2; Home Economics 5. 19. Costume Design. — Application of the principles of design to costumes from the points of view of designing and selection. I or II; (3). Miss Weaveb Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12; Home Economics 7, 29. 20. Infant Nutrition. — Lectures; readings; discussions. I or II; (2). Assistant Professor Wakdell Prerequisite: Home Economics 5; senior standing. 28. Organization and Management of the Household. — ^Economic relationships of the household, and some public, private, and cooperative agencies. II; (2). Miss Ford Prerequisite: Home Economics 10. 29. Clothing. — General introductory course including problems in the selection and construction of clothing. The laboratory work consists of the making of simple cotton garments. I or II; (3). Miss Mullen, Miss Ingalls Prerequisite: kit and Design 1 ; Home Economics 7. 30. Clothing. — A study of dress involving application of the principles of color and design. Drafted and commercial patterns are studied. Lecture, demonstration, and laboratory work. I or II; (3). Miss Jacobsen Prerequisite: Home Economics 19, 29. 'Two credits for seniors; three credits for other students. Home Economics 281 31. Clothing. — The investigation and discussion of the economic aspects of clothing. Draping on dress forms; remodelling and renovating. I or II; (3). Miss Jacobsen Prerequisite: Home Economics 30. 33. Diet in Disease. — Applications of dietetic principles to the problems of diet in disease. Laboratory fee, S3.00. II; (3). Assistant Professor Barto Prerequisite: Home Economics 5. 34. Teachers' Course in Clothing. — The analysis of clothing problems; the making of illustrative material for use in clothing courses. (Required of non-Smith-Hughes stu- dents for Home Economics 11.) I; (1). Miss Todd Prerequisite: Home Economics 12 or 29. 35. Experimental Cookery. — (Not open to Smith-Hughes students.) Study of the principles of cooking processes as affected by the factors of manipulation, temperature, and proportion of ingredients. Conferences and laboratory work occupying nine weeks either half of semester. Should alternate with Home Economics 14. I or II; (3). Miss O'LOUGHLIN Prerequisite: Home Economics 5, 6, 10; consent of the instructor. 38. Food Course. — (Formerly known as Military 30.) For non-home economics students who desire some knowledge of the selection of food with reference to cost, value in the diet, and other factors in the planning of meals. No credit to home economics students. I or II; (2). Miss Giddings 39a. Nutrition. — Lectures, reports on assigned topics, discussions, review of current literature. I; (1). Assistant Professor Wardell Prerequisite: Credit for or concurrent registration in Home Economics 4, 20 or 33. 39b. Nutrition. — Lectures, reports on assigned topics, discussions, reAnew of current literature. II; (1). Assistant Professor Wardell Prerequisite: Credit for or concurrent registration in Home Economics 4, 20 or 33. 41. Problems in Nutrition. — Discussions; individual investigations. Laboratory fee, S5.00. II; (3-5). Assistant Professor Wardell, Miss Kern Prerequisite: Home Economics 4. Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 4. Food and Nutrition. — Physiological, chemical, and bacteriological aspects of food and nutrition. Five times a week: both semesters. (See page 279.) Assistant Professor Wardell 20. Infant Nutrition. — Lectures; readings; discussions. Twee a week: both semesters. (See page 280.) Assistant Professor Wardell Courses for Graduates Students electing graduate courses dealing with food and nutrition will present Chem- istry 20 hours (including quantitative and organic), bacteriology 5 hours. Physiology 5 hours, food and dietetics 10 hours, nutrition 5 hours. For the more general problems involved in course 101, Home Economics, students must present food and dietetics 10 hours, textUes and clothing 8 hours, chemistry 12 hours, physiology 5 hours, principles of economics 3 hours. 101. Home Economics. — Assigned discussion and reports on various phases of home economics. Each member of the class selects a problem for continuous work and report. Twice a week: first semester. One unit. Professor Wardell 102. Research in Food and Nutrition. — Tunce a week: both semesters. One to two units. Assistant Professor Wardell 103. Nutrition Seminar. — Students registering for this course should have a reading knowledge of French or German. Once a week: both semesters. One-half unit. Assistant Professor Wardell 282 Horticulture HORTICULTURE Professors Blaih, Lloyd, Grand all, Pickett, Dorner; Associate Professors Colby, Lohmann; Assistant Professors Anderson, Ruth, Brock, Sayre, Bartholomew, White; Miss McAdams, Mr. Hall, Mr. Schaffer, Mr. Dale, Mr. Huelsen, Mr. Vogele, Mr. Peterson, Mr. Weinard, Mr. Mohlman, Mr. Carver, Mr. Newton, Mr. Axt. Courses for Undergraduates la. Elements of Horticulture. — Fruit growing and ornamental planting, with special reference to the farm home. Required of all freshmen in the general curriculum in Agri- culture. Recitations; practical exercises. No credit in this course allowed to juniors and seniors. I; (2). Associate Professor Colby, Mr. Vogele, Mr. Carver, IMr. Newton lb. Elements of Horticulture. — Vegetable gardening, with special reference to the home garden. Required of all freshmen in the General Curriculum in Agriculture. Reci- tations; practical exercises. No credit in this course allowed to juniors and seniors. II; (2). Assistant Professor Sayre, Mr. Dale, Mr. Axt 2. Small Fruit Culture. — The blackberry, raspberry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, and strawberry. History; extent of cultivation; species and varieties; establishment and maintenance; harvesting; storing; marketing; products. Recitations; reference work; laboratory. II; (2). Associate Professor Colby Prerequisite: Horticulture la. 3. Commercial Vegetable Gardening. — ^The production of vegetables for market. Lectures; reference readings ; practical experience in the greenhouses and gardens. II; (5). Professor Lloyd, Assistant Professor Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture la and lb or their equivalents. 4. Plant Houses. — Construction, cost and maintenance, heating; ventilating. II; (3). Professor Dorner 5. Plant Propagation. — Grafts; buds; layers; cuttings; seeds. Lectures; labora- tory; quizzes. I; (3). Professor Dorner, Mr. Mohlman [6. Nursery Methods. — The nursery business; propagation; management; relation to horticulture. Lectures; reference readings. Trips will be taken to nurseries, the cost not to exceed $10.00. II; (2). Not given in 1922-23. Prerequisite: Horticulture 5.] 7. Spraying. — Materials, appliances, and methods employed in combating insects and fungous diseases. Lectures; reference readings; laboratory; field work. II; (3). Assistant Professor Ruth Prerequisite: Horticulture la and lb or their equivalents; Chemistry 1. [9. Forestry. — Forest trees, uses; distribution; artificial production; relations of forest and climate; forestrj' legislation and economy. II; (2), Not given in 1922-23. Prerequisite: Botany 1 or its equivalent.] 10a. Rural Improvement. — Landscape gardening in the open country and its relation to rural conditions, with special reference to the farm group. Lectures; reference readings; reports. I; (2). Mr. Schaffer [10b. Town Improvement. — The development of the town as an organism and the improvement of small communities, with special reference to home grounds. Lectures; reference readings; reports. II; (2). Not given in 1922-23.] Mr. Schaffer [11. Study of Cultivated Plants. — The relationship and classification of economic and ornamental plants of the temperate zone; identification of species; examination of living plants and herbarium specimens. Lectures; assigned readings. I; (2). Not given in 1922-23. Professor Blair, Professor Crandall Prerequisite: Botany 4a.] 15a. Greenhouse Management. — Preparation of soils for greenhouse crops; fertili- zers: potting and shifting plants; watering. Lectures; practical greenhouse work. II; (3). Professor Dorner, Mr. Hall Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Botany 1. 15b. Commercial Crops. — Greenhouse plants and cut flowers for wholesale and re- tail markets; care and marketing of the crops. Lectures; greenhouse work. I; (3). Mr. Hall Prerequisite: Horticulture 15a. Horticulture 283 15c. Commercial Crops. — Continuation of 15b. Lectures; greenhouse work. II; (3). Mr. Hall Prerequisite: Horticulture 15b. 19. Amateur Floriculture. — Window gardening; growing of flowers on the home grounds; containers; potting soils; fertilizers; preparation and planting of flower beds; propagation and culture of plants for window and garden. I; (3). Mr. Mohlman 21a-21b. Landscape Design. — (Sophomore course). Simple composition as applied to landscape design; types of drafting and presentation used in office practise. Lectures and reference readings. Eleven hours drafting per week. I, II; (4). Miss McAdams Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 23a-23b. Landscape Design. (.Junior course). — Landscape design as applied to play- grounds, country estates, and small city parks. Nine hours' drafting, three hours' freehand per week. Lectures; field trips; problems; assigned readings; reports. I, II; (4). Assistant Professor White Prerequisite: Horticultm-e 21b. 24a. Trees and Shrubs. — Identification and characteristics of hardy plant material used in landscape gardening. Lectures; reference readings; field trips. II; (3). Miss McAdams Prerequisite: Botany 1. 24b. Trees and Shrubs. — (Continuation of Horticulture 24a.) Lectiu-es; reference readings; field trips. I; (3). Miss McAdams Prerequisite: Horticulture 24a. 25a-25b. Advanced Landscape Design. (Senior course). — Landscape design as applied to larger landscape problems, educational groups, rural parks, golf courses, ceme- teries, etc. Lectures; field trips; assigned readings. Fifteen hours' drafting per week. I, II; (5). (Extra hours by special arrangement). Associate Professor Lohmann Prerequisite: Horticulture 23b. 26a. Planting Design. (First course). — Theory of the arrangement of plant materials in landscape design. Practise in the preparation of planting plans and estimates. Lec- tures; drafting; reference readings; field trips. Six hours' drafting; one lecture. II; (3). Assistant Professor White Prerequisite: Horticulture 23a, 24b. 26b. Planting Design. (Second course). — Continuation of first course. Lectures; drafting; conferences. Six hours' drafting; one lecture. I; (3). Assistant Professor White Prerequisite: Horticulture 26a. 27a-27b. Landscape Construction. — The preparation of construction drawings such as grading plans, working drawings, specifications and reports. I, II ; (3) . Mr. Schaffer Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 32. 30. Tender Bedding Plants. — Tropical and sub-tropical plants used in out-door bedding. Lectures; practical greenhouse work. II; (3). Mr. Hall Prerequisite: Horticulture 15a. 31. Garden Flowers. — The propagation and growing of annuals, herbaceous peren- nials, bulbs, and shrubs for cut flowers and ornamental plantings. II; (3). Professor Dorner Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Botany 1. 32a. Floral Decoration. — Cut flowers and plants in decorative work; arrangement of flowers in baskets, designs, and bouquets, table decoration; house decoration. (For [loricultural students). I; (3). Professor Dorner, Mr. Mohlman 32b. Floral Decoration. — (Continuation of Horticulture 32a). II; (3). Professor Dorner, Mr. Mohlman Prerequisite: Horticulture 32a. 33. Systematic Pomology. — Description, nomenclature, and classification of native and sub-tropical fruits; critical descriptions and identifications with special reference to relationships and classification of varieties. Training is given in judging and displaying fruits. (For students speciahzing in pomology). I; (2). Mr. Carver, Mr. Vogele Prerequisite: Junior standing. 284 Horticulture 34. Vegetables under Glass. — Types of greenhouses for vegetable forcing; soils: fertilizers; treatment of insects and diseases; management problems; marketing; detailed study of the principal forcing crops. Lectures; reference readings; practical laboratory work. I; (3). Assistant Professor Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture 3 or 15a. 36. History of Landscape Gardening. — Lectures; reference readings; library sketches; reports. Required of freshmen in the professional course; open to other students by per- mission of the instructors in charge. I; (3). Mr. Peterson 37a. City Planning. — Principles of town and city planning; a study of the function of the various parts of towns and cities, with special reference to the remodeling and re- vision of the town plan. Lectures; field trips; reference readings; reports; drafting. I; (3). Associate Professor Lohmann, Assistant Professor Bartholomew Prerequisite: Senior standing in landscape gardening. By permission of the instruct- or open also to students of senior standing in civil and mimicipal engineering, architecture, political science and commerce. 37b. City Planning. — Principles of town and city planning; with special attention given to guiding the growth of communities, zoning and districting; industrial and suburban residential community planning. Lectures; reference readings; drafting; textbook. An inspection trip will be required in this course; expenses of trip about $30.00. II; (3). Prerequisite: Horticiilture 37a. Associate Professor Lohmann, Assistant Professor Bartholomew 38. Office Practise in Landscape Gardening. — Professional ethics and practise; con- tracts and specifications. Lectures; reference readings; seminars and reports. II; (1). Mr. Schaffer Prerequisite: 27b and 23b. 39a-39b. Special Lectures. — (Open only to students in Landscape Gardening.) — Lectures by members of the faculty and invited lecturers on the working out of problems in landscape gardening. Certain inspection trips will be required of the class. The ex- pense of these trips will be about $2.00. One lecture a week with written reports. (Pro- fessional students are required to register in this course each semester of each year). I, II; (1). Associate Professor Lohmann, Assistant Professor White, Miss McAdams, Mr. Schaffer, Mr. Peterson. 40. Care of Plant Materials. (Advanced course). — Cultivation of plants for land- scape purposes, planting, pruning, spraying, tree surgery and landscape forestry as applied to private estates, parks, and street planting. I* (2). Mr. Peterson Prerequisite: Horticulture 24b; senior standing. 42. Landscape Gardening. (Elementary course for non-professional students). — Study of the improvement of small domestic properties. Lectures; reference readings; reports; six hours' drafting per week. II; (3). Mr. Peterson Prerequisite' Horticulture 10a or junior standing in Floriculture or Senior standing in Home Economics. 49. Systematic Vegetable Crops. — Types; varieties; strains. Nomenclature; descrip- tions. Adaptation to given purposes. Selection of specimens for market and exhibition. Judging vegetable exhibits. Lectures; research; laboratory. I; (2). Professor Lloyd, Assistant Professor Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture 3. 50. Vegetable Seed Production. — Importance of the industry; sources of supply; climatic influences; seedmen's trial grounds. Selection of specimens for stock seed; winter storage of biennials for seed purposes; planting and care of the growing seed crop; "roguing" ; harvesting, curing, and storage of seeds. Determinations of purity and germination; official standards. The American seed trade; seedmen's responsibilities and opportunities; improvement of varieties; introduction of novelties. Lectures; research; laboratory. I; (3). Mr. Huelsen Prerequisite: Horticulture 3. 51. Fruit Diseases. — The bacterial and fungous diseases of tree and small fruits. Symptomology and control measures are emphasized. In addition to laboratory studies, the diseases are studied in the field wherever possible, so that the student may become acquainted with the parasites in their natural habitats. II: (3). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Senior standing; Botany 7a or its equivalent. Horticulture 285 52. Special Vegetable Crops. — Horticultural classification, cultural requirements, specific adaptations, and uses of the less common vegetables. Particular attention is given to recently introduced vegetables of foreign origin. Lectures; research; laboratory. II; (3). Professor Lloyd Prerequisite: Horticulture 3; senior standing. 53. Viticulture. — History, species and varieties; extent of cultivation; establishment of vineyard and its management; harvesting; storing; marketing; products. Laboratory; recitations; reference readings. I; (2). Associate Professor Colby Prerequisite: Horticulture la. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 8a. Orcharding. — Principal orchard fruits; culture of commercial orchards; planting; varieties; cultivation; fertilizing; pruning; harvesting; grading; packing; storing; market- ing. I; (3). Professor Pickett Prerequisite: Horticulture la; junior standing. 8b. Orcharding. — A continuation of Horticulture 8a. II; (3). Professor Pickett Prerequisite: Horticulture 8a. 12. Evolution of Horticultural Plants. — History, botanical classification, and geo- graphical distribution of cultivated plants; modification under culture; theoretical causes and observed factors that influence variation, particularly food supply, climate, and cross- fertilization. I; (3). Professor Crandall Prerequisite: Two years of university work; Horticulture 8 and Botany 4a. [17. Orchard Organization and Operation. — The application of the principles of business organization and operation to fruit growing. II; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Prerequisite: Senior standing; for students specializing in pomology.] 18. Experimental Horticulture. — Methods and difficulties in horticultural investiga- tions; the planning of experiments; recording and interpretation of results. For advanced students preparing for experiment station work. II; (3). Professors Blair, Pickett Prerequisite: Twenty hours' work in horticulture. 22a-22b. Investigation and Thesis. — Special training in the investigation of horti- cultural problems. I, II; (5). Prerequisite: Senior standing; not less than 20 hours' work in courses pertinent to the thesis problem; permission of the head of the department. 43. Greenhouse Fertilizers. — Soils and fertilizers; plant food materials and the water requirement of greenhouse crops. Lectures; seminar. I; (3). Mr. Weinard Prerequisite: Botany 27a; Agronomy 9; Horticulture 3 or 15a. 44. Pomology Seminar. — Assigned topics; review of books, current technical journals and other publications. For seniors and graduates speciaUzing in pomology. I or II; (1). Assistant Professor Ruth Prerequisite: Senior standing. 45. Plant Nutrition. — The food of plants; growth of greenhouse plants in relation to temperature, light, humidity, and carbon dioxide content of the air. Lectures; assigned readings; seminar. II; (3). Mr. Weinard Prerequisite: Botany 27a; Agronomy 9; Horticulture 3 or 15a. 46. Marketing Horticultural Products. — A study of fundamental principles involved in the successful marketing of fruits and vegetables. An inspection trip will be required in this course; expenses of trip about $20.00. For seniors and graduates specializing in horticulture. I; (3). Professor Lloyd Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates At least two years of collegiate work in horticulture and allied subjects and specific preparation for chosen topics are required for entrance on major work in this department. 103. Olericulture. — Horticultural relationships, origin, breeding, fertilizing, cultural requirements, and improvement of vegetables. Research; conferences. I, II; (/ to 2 units.) Professor Lloyd i, i,n;a>- Li'aae as hhJjhI to tie one.' ^ : :i:t :•: the VTDZSZ'^ZJZ. 1~' Fc<:ts. fii-:: '.rjz^jLi. li- iz.i 7- ■.■: ^liz: =: . — ILl^iMz Cmaa 0m, Crimj. - . ' • :- ?i:£ ;zi. >r ;;-ir-7 — 1 ..r. ^ . v.i mm. Ptnmmai Pmpertijf I . M-iicr...^ ,.^ id.>. I- i Law 287 8. Evidence. — Hinton: Cases on Evidence. II; (4). Professor Habno 9. Sales. — Williston: Cases on Sales. (3d ed.) II; (3). Professor Goble 10. Real Property n. — Titles; Bigelow: Introduction to the Law of Real Property, and Aigler, Cases on Property. I; (4;. Professor Summers 12a. Equity Jurisdiction I. — Ames: Ca.se.? on Equity, Vol. 1, and supplemental readings. I; (4). Professor Pomeroy 12b. Equity Jurisdiction II. — Ames: Cases on Equity, Vol. II, and supplemental readings. I; (2). Professor Pomeroy [13. Damages. — Beale: Cases on Damages (2nd ed.). Xot given in 1922-1923. Professor Goble] 14. Carriers and Public Utilities. — Green: Ca^es on Carriers and selected cases I; (2). Professor Green 15. Bills and Notes. — Smith and Moore: Cases on Bills and Notes (2nd ed.). I; (3). Professor Goble 16. Trusts. — Scott: Cases on Trusts. 11; (3). Professor Pomeroy 17. Private Corporations. — Warren: Cases on Private Corporatior^s (2nd ed.). I; (4). Professor Harno 18a-18b. "Wills and Administration. — Warren: Cases on Wills and Administrati-on. 1, (2); II, (1). Professor Pomeroy 19. Partnership. — Gilmore: Cases on Partnership. I; (2). Professor Goble 20. Equity Pleading. — Ptush: Text and Cases on Equity Pleading, and selected readings. II; (2). Professor Harkeb 21. Siiretyship. — Ames: Cases on Suretyship. I; (2). Professor Philbeick 22a-22b. Constitutional Law. — Hall: Cases on Constitutional Law. 1, (3); II; (2). Professor Green 23. Mortgages and Recording Acts. — Wvman: Cases on Mortgages f2nd ed.). II; (2). [24. Mimicipal Corporations. — Maey: Cases on Municipal Corporatioris. Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Harno] [25. Bankruptcy. — Williston: Ca^es on Bankruptcy {2nd. Qd^.). Not given in 1922- 1923. Professor Pomeroy] 26. Legal Ethics. — Lectures and supplemental readings. II; (1). Professor Harker and others 27. Property IH. — Future Interests. Kales: Cases on Future Interests. II; (3). Professor Summees [28. Insurance. — Vance: Cases on Insurance. (2). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Harxo] 29. Conveyancing. — Drafting, selected abstracts and problems. II; (1). Professor Summers 30a. International Law. — Law of Peace. Hershey: Elements of International Law and Evans: Coses on Internatiorud Law. I; (3). Dr. Berdahl 30b. International Law. — Law of War and Neutrality. Hershey: Elements of Inter- national Law, and Evans: Cases on I nternational Law. 11; (3). Professor Gabxer 31. Conflict of Laws. — Beale: Ca.ses on Conflict of Laws (shorter selection). I; (3). Professor Green 32. Quasi-Contracts. — Thurston: Cases on Qvasi-Contracts. II; (2). Professor Pomebot 35. Illinois Procedure. — Selected cases and drafting of legal papers. I; (3\ Professor H.vrker 36. Practise Court. — II; (2). Professor Haekeb 37. Brief Making.— II; (1). Professor Goble 288 Library Science LIBRARY SCIENCE Director Windsor, Assistant Professors Simpson, Cleavinger; Miss Bond, Miss Boi-D, Miss HxjTCHiNS, Miss Johnson, Miss Dunlap, Miss Felsenthal, Miss Sankee, Miss Shotjp. Courses for Freshmen and Sophomores 12. General Reference. — Classification and arrangement of books in the University library; the card catalogs; the more generally used reference books. (Intended for fresh- men and sophomores in the University, not for students in Library School.) Repeated each semester. I or IT; (2). Assistant Professor CLEA\aNGER, Miss Hutchins, Miss Boyd, Miss Johnson, Miss Dunlap, Miss Bond, Miss Felsenthal. Courses for Library School Juniors 2a-2b. Reference. — Methods of bibliographical research; the use of reference books; practical work in the reference department of the L'^^niversity library. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Simpson 3a-3b. Selection of Books. — Principles of selection for libraries of different types; standard Usts, critical periodicals, and other aids; practise in writing book annotations. I, II; (2). Miss Boyd 16. Order, Accession, and Shelf. — Order department records and routine book- bujnng; publishers and discotmts; serials and continuations; gifts; exchanges; duplicates; the accession book and its substitutes; the shelf list and its uses; the care of pamphlets, clippings, and maps. I; (2). Miss Felsenthal 17. Classification. — Principles of book classification; the Dewey Decimal Classifica- tion; the Cutter Expansive Classification; book numbers. I; (3). Miss Bond 18. Cataloging. — Dictionary cataloging; subject headings; classed cataloging. I; (3). Miss Bond 19. Trade Bibliography. — Books and periodicals used as tools of the book trade of America, England, Germany, and France. II; (1). Miss Bond 20. Loan Department. — Records connected with the loan of books; representative loan systems; rules, regulations, and practises. I; (1). Assistant Professor Cleavinger 21. Printing, Binding, and Indexing. — Printing: printing for libraries; preparing copy and reading proof. Binding: materials and methods of bookbinding for libraries; practise in preparing books for the binderj' and in making necessary records. Indexing: the form of citation; the choice and arrangement of headings; kind of type. II; (2). Assistant Professor Cleavinger, Miss Bond, and others 22. Library Extension. — library legislation; organization and administration of public hbraries; county and township library systems; special libraries; Ubrary commis- sions; library training; library associations. II; (3). Assistant Professor Cleavingeb 23a-23b. Library Administration and Current Library Literature. — Current library periodicals, bulletins, reports, and reading lists; introduction to government documents; copyright; the planning and equipment of reading rooms and smaU library buildings; Ubrary accounts and business forms. This course includes an inspection trip to libraries and book-publishing firms in selected cities, requiring about one week and costing ap- proximately thirty dollars (S30.00). I, II; (1). Miss Felsenthal 30. Practise. — Work in the various departments of the University Library. To be taken with Library 2, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21. II; (3). Miss Bond Courses for Library School Juniors and Seniors 7. History of Libraries. — The foundation, development, and resources of the leading libraries of Europe and the United States. II; (2). Given in alternate years. Assistant Professor Simpson Library Science 289 [9. History of Books and Printing. — ^History of the early forms of books; the invention and spread of printing; book illustration; book-binding. II; (2). Given in alternate years. Not given in 1922-23. Director Windsor] 43. High School Library Administration. — II; (2). Miss Sankeb Prerequisite: Library School standing. Coiirses for Library School Seniors 8. Advanced Reference. — Transactions of learned societies; special periodicals and government publications; indexes and other works of value to a large reference depart- ment. I: (2). Assistant Professor Simpson Prerequisite. Library 2a-2b. 15a-lSb. Seminar in Library Economy. — Special problems; library economy publi- cations. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Simpson and others 24a-24b. Selection of Books. — Foreign fiction; drama; poetry; special problems in selection. I, II; (2). Miss Felsenthal 26a-26b. Library Administration. — Advanced order work; library organization; library architecture; legislative and municipal reference work; library work with children; special topics. This course includes an inspection trip to libraries and book-publishing firms in selected cities, requiring about one week and costing approximately thirty dollars ($30.00); and also one month of field work in a designated library, costing approximately fifty dollars ($50.00). I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Cleavinger and others 27. Bibliographical Institutions. — Organization and work of bibliographical societies and institutions of America and Europe; cooperative bibliographical undertakings, inter- national bibliography. I, (1). Miss Bond 28. Practise. — Advanced practise in certain departments of the University library. II, (1 to 4).' Time to be arranged. Assistant Professor Simpson 29. Advanced Classification and Cataloging. — Systems of book classification, com- parative rules for cataloging books. II; (2). Miss Bond Prerequisite. Library 17, 18. 40a-40b. Practise. — A continuation of Library 30 supplemented by one month of work as a member of the staff of an assigned public or other library. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Cleavinger 41a-41b. Subject Bibliography. — Selection of books in special subjects; the literature and bibhography of each. Lectures by professors in the respective departments of the University, I, II; (1). Assistant Professor Cleavinger and others 13a-42. Public Docixments. — First semester: production and distribution of United States documents; their treatment and use as reference books. Second semester: Ameri- can state and municipal documents; pubUcations of foreign governments. I, II; (2 and 3). Miss Boyd, Miss Johnson Summer Session Courses During the academic year of 1921-1922 in connection with the University of Illinois summer session, the Library School offered the following courses : Eight weeks' courses for college graduates, for credit toward the B.L.S. degree. Only those students are registered in these courses who can meet the entrance requirements of the Library School. 517. Classification. Assistant Professor Cleavinger 518. Cataloging. Miss Bond 820. Loan Department. Assistant Professor Cleavinger S23. Library Administration. Miss Boyd S30. Practise. Miss Bond Six weeks elementary courses for which credit is not given toward the B.L.S. degree. These courses are intended for persons not eligible for admission to the Library School and such students must hold library positions or be under appointment to such positions or must have done at least one year's work in a recognized college or university. 'In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours which he intends to take the course; e.g., not 1-4, but 1 or 2, or 3, or 4. 290 Mathematics SI. Classification, Cataloging, Book Numbers. — Five times a week. 53. Selection of Books. — Book selection and subject bibliography. Tmce a week. Miss Adah F. Whitcomb 54. Libraries and Children. — Selection and discussion of children's books; adminis- tration of children's libraries; classification and cataloging. Twice a week. 55. Order and Accession. — Loan department; binding and repair. Tvdce a week. 56. Library Administration and Extension. — Tivice a week. S32. Reference Work. — Reference books suited to the small public library. Three times a week. MATHEMATICS Professors Townsend, Miller, Shaw, Coble, Carmichael; Associate Professor Emch; Assistant Professors Crathorne, Wahlin, Kempner, BLtJMBERO, Lytle; Dr. Green, Dr. Steimley, Dr. Brahana, Dr. Turner, Dr. Haseman, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Camp, Dr. Stetson, Dr. Pettit, Dr. Libman; Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bender, Mr. Martin, Mr. Ben- nett, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Huber, Mr. Hopkins, Mr. Tay- lor, Mr. Bagby, Mr. Bailey, Mr. Ogg, Mr. Conkwright, Mr. Hoover, Mr. Hosford Major: 20 hours made up from any undergraduate courses offered by the department, except Mathematics 2, 3, 4, and 8, and including Mathematics 7 and 9. Minors : 20 hours selected from not more than three of the following subjects : astron- omy, chemistry, physics, theoretical and applied mechanics, and surveying. At least 8 hours must be offered in some one subject. Courses for Undergraduates 2. College Algebra.— I or II; (3). Professor Miller, Professor Shaw; Assistant Professor Wahlin, Assistant Professor Kempner, Assistant Professor Blumberg, Assistant Professor Lytle, Dr. Green, Dr. Steimley, Dr. Brahana, Dr. Haseman, Dr. Turner, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Stet- son, Dr. Libman, Dr. Pettit, Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bender, Mr. Martin, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Huber, Mr. Hopkins, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Bagby, Mr. Bailey, Mr. Ogg, Mr. Conkwright, Mr. Hoover, Mr. Hosford. Prerequisite: Entrance algebra, IJ^ units; plane geometry, 1 unit. 3. Algebra. — (For students presenting only one unit of entrance algebra.) In addi- tion to the work of college algebra (Mathematics 2), there are covered the more advanced topics of elementary algebra. I; (5). Dr. Brahana, Dr. Haseman, Dr. Turner, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Stetson, Dr. Camp, Dr. Pettit, Mr. Martin, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Bagby, Mr. Hoover, Mr. Hosford. Prerequisite: Entrance algebra, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit. 4. Plane Trigonometry. — I or II; (2). Professor Miller, Professor Coble, Professor Carmichael, Assistant Professor Wahlin, Assistant Professor Kempner, Assistant Professor Blumberg, Assistant Pro- fessor Lytle, Dr. Green, Dr. Steimley, Dr. Brahana, Dr. Haseman, Dr. Turner, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Stetson, Dr. Libman, Dr. Pettit, Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bender, Mr. Martin, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Huber, Mr. Hopkins, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Bagby, Mr. Bailey, Mr. Ogg, Mr. Conkwright, Mr. Hoover, Mr. Hosford. Prerequisite: Entrance algebra, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit. 6. Analytic Geometry. — Plane and solid analytic geometry. I or II; (5). Assistant Professor Wahlin, Assistant Professor Lytle; Dr. Green, Dr. Steimley, Dr. Haseman, Dr. Turner, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Camp, Dr. Pettit, Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bender, Mr. Martin, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Huber, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Bagby, Mr. Bailey, Mr. Conkwright, Mr. Hoover, Mr. Hosford. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 (or 3), 4. 6a. Analytic Geometry. — (For chemists and chemical engineers.) Plane and solid analytic geometry. This course is planned as a preparation for Mathematics 8. II; (4). Professors Coble, Carmichael; Associate Professor Emch Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 (or 3), 4. Mathematics 291 7-9. Differential and Integral Calculus.— The principles developed and applied to functions of one and of several variables. I; (5); II; (3). Professor Shaw, Professor Coble, Professor Carmichael, Professor Miller Associate Professor Emch, Assistant Professor Crathorne, Assistant Professor Wahlin' Assistant Professor Blumberg, Assistant Professor Lytle, Dr. Steimley, Dr. Brahana' Dr. Haseman, Dr. Turner, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Stetson, Dr. Pettit, Dr.LiBMAN. ' Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. 19. Solid Analytic Geometry. — This course is designed to furnish the geometric training needed in parts of Mathematics 9 and also as a continuation of Mathematics 6. A review of the plane and right line in space; quadric and other surfaces; plotting of sur- faces. Curves in space. It may be taken in connection with Mathematics 9. II; (3), Professor Coble Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 or 8. 8a-8b. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (For students in chemistry and chemical engineering.) I, II; (3). Assistant Professor I^mpner, Dr. Green, Dr. Camp Prerequisite: Mathematics 6a or 6. 9a. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (Second course). The definite (single and multiple) integrals; the formation of problems in applied mathematics; line, surface, and volume integrals; the theorem of Stokes and Green; partial differentiations; exact integrals with applications of the conditions for exactness; elements of differential equations, ap- proximate quadrature and integration of differential equations. I; (2). Professor Shaw, Associate Professor Emch, Dr. Green, Dr. Camp Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 and 9 (or 8). Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 10. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — Properties of an algebraic equation in one unknown; systems of simultaneous equations; a system of linear equations; deter- minants. I; (3). Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 and 9 (or 8). 16-17. Differential Equations and Advanced CalciUus. — Ordinary and partial differ- ential equations; special topics of calculus. I, II; (3). Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 and 9 (or 8). 18. Constructive and F*rojective Geometry.— Methods of geometric constructions and constructive solution of problems. Approximative constructions. Discussion of possi- bilities of construction by ruler and compasses, by double-ruler, and instruments of higher order. Elements of inversive geometry in plane and space. Stereographic projection; isometric projection; orthographic projection, perspective; geometrical principles involved in projective processes; introduction to projective geometry. Analytic formulation of projective methods. II; (3). Associate Professor Emch Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. 20. Graphical and Numerical Methods. — Representation of functions by means of scales, charts, and nomograms; analytical approximation of empirical functions; graphical and numerical differentiation, integration, and solution of differential equations; approxi- mate solution of algebraic and transcendental equations; theory of probability, errors, least squares, and correlation. II; (3). Assistant Professor Blumberg Prerequisite: Math. 7 and 9 (or 8). 22. Statistics. — Graphical exhibition of data; meaning, use, and abuse of various kinds of averages; frequency distributions; measures of dispersion, applications of theory of probability; correlation; measurement and elimination of secular trend and of cyclical changes. I; (3). Assistant Professor Crathorne Prerequisite: Mathematics 2; junior standing. 23. Mathematics of Finance. — Mathematical theory of interest and discount; annuities; sinking funds; valuation of bonds; depreciation* building and loan associations; theory of probability and its application to simple problems in life insurance. II; (3). Assistant Professor Crathorne, Assistant Professor Wahlin, Dr. Brahana, Dr. Stetson, Dr. Camp. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2; junior standing. [30-31. Actuarial Theory. — Life contingencies* life tables; monetary tables; valuation of policies to meet statutory requirements; risk; oistribution of surplus; annual reports; inheritance taxes; old age pensions; workmen's compensation; investing the funds of an insurance company. I, II; (3). Not given 1922-23. Assistant Professor Crathorne Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 and 9 (or 8), 23. 292 Mathematics 32. History of Mathematics. — The elementary subjects; rise and growth of the higher mathematics, chiefly in the nineteenth century; biography. Lectures; reports on assigned reading. II; (3). Assistant Professor Lytle Prerequisite: Eighteen hours of mathematics, including Mathematics 7, 9. 35. Teachers' Course. — Secondary algebra and geometry; educational value; posi- tion in course; methods of teaching; correlation; American and foreign methods; order and importance of topics; text-books; literature. Lectures; discussions; reports. I; (3). Assistant Professor Lytle Prerequisite: Eighteen hours of mathematics, including Mathematics 7, 9. [40. Fimdamental Concepts of Mathematics. — The number concept; unity, aggregate order, and correspondence; irrationals and limits, transcendence of e and n; parallel axiom and non-euclidian geometries; constructions with ruler and compass; function; logic of mathematics. II; (3). Not given 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Lytle] Prerequisite: Eighteen hours of mathematics, including Mathematics 7, 9. 90. Undergraduate Thesis. — Special training in mathematical investigation for seniors. I, II; (2), Members of the department Prerequisite: Twenty-four hours of college mathematics. 91. Introduction to Modern Mathematics. — The purpose of the course is to broaden the student's horizon by introducing him — through suggestive lectures, literature, references and discussions — to some of the more fruitful ideas and methods in modem mathematics. Open to seniors specializing in mathematics; otherwise by permission of the instructor. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Blxjmberq Prerequisite: Twenty hours of College mathematics. Courses for Graduates Students entering on graduate study with a major in mathematics must have had twenty-five semester hours of undergraduate work in mathematics^ including a year's course in calculus, and a course in theory of equations or in differential equations. 100. Seminar and Thesis. — Three times a week; I, II; {1 or 2 units). Professors in department 101. Functions of Real Variables. — (Introductory course.) Theory of point sets with applications to problems in differentiation and integration. Three times a week; I, II (i unit). Professor Townsend [102. Functions of a Complex Variable. — Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Townsend] 103. Continued Fractions and Irrational Numbers. — Arithmetic and algebraic prop- erties of continued fractions. Approximation of algebraic and transcendental numbers by continued fractions and other processes. Function-theoretic properties of continued fractions. Three times a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Kempner [109. Algebraic and Abelian Functions. — Algebraic functions and their integrals on the Riemann surface. Abel's theorem and the inversion problem. Multiple periodic functions. Applications to the geometry on curves. Extensions to functions of two variables and the geometry on surfaces. Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Coble] [110. Elliptic Functions. — Approach to the theory of elliptic functions from various points of views; singly periodic functions; doubly periodic functions; applications to geome- try, mechanics, and the theory of numbers; periodic fimctions of two variables. Three tiTTies a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Carmichael] 111. Automorphic Functions. — Conformal transformations; group-theoretic and func- tion-theoretic developments; applications. Three times a week; 1, II; {1 unit). Associate Professor Emch [112. Theory of Linear Difference Equations. — General introduction; the gamma functions; general existence theorems; expansions in functions defined by difference equa- tions and applications to the theory of fimctions; transcendentally transcendental func- tions. Three times a week; 1, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Carmichael] 113. Linear Differential Equations. — General existence theorems; oscillation theorems and pendulum problems; function-theoretic considerations; etc. Three times a week; I II; {1 unit). Professor Carmichael Mathematics 293 122. Modem Algebra. — Three limes a week; I, II; {1 unit). Assistant Professor Wahlin [124. The Theory of Numbers. — First semester: Theory of congruences, power residues with special study of quadratic residues and the law of reciprocity, ana higher congruences. Second semester: Theory of algebraic numbers, domains of rationality, the theory of ideals. Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Kempner] 126. Theory of Groups. — Substitution group of low degrees. Sylow's theorem; etc Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Professor Miller [127. Theory of Groups. — Advanced course. Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). To be given in 1923-1924. Professor Miller] [129. Theory of Statistics. — Methods of statistical investigation; application to prob- lems in economics, sociology, and biology. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Crathorne] [131. Algebraic Surfaces. — ^The application of homogenous coordinates and the theory of invariants to geometry of three dimensions, etc. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit) Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Emch] [132. Projective Geometry. — Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922- 1923. Professor Coble] [133. Geometric Transformations. — Motion in a plane; perspective; collineation; correlation; polarity; inversion, quadratic transformations; in particular the Steinerian transformation. Discussion of various transformations in space. Three times a week; I; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Associate Professor Emch] [134. Geometry in a Complex Field. — Geometric constructions in a complex plane; bilinear and higher algebraic transformations in a complex plane and their geometric inter- pretation. Geometric theory of associated point-couples, and its applications. The treat- ment of imaginary elements in geometry. Theory of foci. Motion in a complex plane. Three times a week; II; (i unit). Not given in 1922-1923). Associate Professor Emch] 135. Differential Geometry. — First semester: Metric differential geometry of curves and surfaces; quadratic differential forms. Second semester: Projective differential geometry; geometric interpretations of total and partial differential equations; their in- variants and covariants. Either semester may be elected. Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Professor Coble [141. Vector Calculus. — The algebras applicable to three-dimensional flat space, space analysis, quaternions, and dyadics of Gibbs; applications to mathematical physics. In the second semester space of N dimensions is considered, general differential and inte- gral operators; applications to relativity problems, differential geometry, integral invariants, etc. General dyadics. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1922-1923. Professor Sha.w] [143. Linear Algebra. — A general study of linear associative and non-associative algebras, particular types and their chief representatives, with applications. In the second semester the general theory of combinations of elements, study of main types of limitations such as associativity, commutativity, etc. Applications, Three times a week; I, II; {1 unit). Not given in 1922-1923.) Professor Shaw] 145. Linear Operators. — The theory of distributive operators, their auto-functions, and roots, identity operators^ orthogonal and bioerthogonal functions and their expansions, integral equations, differential equations, functional equations. In the second semester are considered the algebras of operators. Applications are made to mathematical physics, to problems of elasticity, vibrations, flow of heat, etc. Three times a week; I, II; (1 unit). Professor Shaw Summer Session Courses The department of mathematics offers at least five courses each summer for graduates and advanced undergraduates, and these courses will be so varied as to enable advanced students to secure a suitable sequence during four or five successive summer sessions to meet the requirements for at least the master's degree. Three of these five courses are of an intermediate grade, open to advanced undergraduates as well as to graduates, while the other two are primarily for graduate students. 294 Mechanical Engineering The intermediate courses are for the present to be devoted to the following six subjects: Theory of equations and determinants, advanced calculus, constructive geometry, advanced algebra, differential equations, and advanced analytic geometry. It is proposed to give a course on each of these subjects every two years. The prerequisites and credit values are the same as for these courses in the regular semesters unless otherwise stated. Courses for Undergraduates S2. College Algebra. — (3). Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Lytle S4. Plane Trigonometry. — (2). Dr. Green 56. Analjrtic Geometry. — (5). Mr. Bender 57. Differential Calculus.— (5). Mr. Tschudi 58. Integral Calculus. — (3). Associate Professor Emch, Dr. Camp Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates S12. Advanced Algebra. — Outline; complex numbers, infinite series, substitutions. (2J^). Professor Miller Prerequisite: Mathematics 9. S16. Differential Equations. — A first course. (2H). Dr. Camp Prerequisite: Mathematics 9. S20. Advanced Analytic Geometry. — Cross-ratio; inversion; poles and polars; solid geometry; applications. (2J4)- Dr. Green Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9. S35. Teachers Course. — High school algebra and geometry; educational value; analysis of content; movements influencing content. (2J^). Assistant Professor Lytle Prerequisite: Eighteen hours of college mathematics. S80. History of Mathematics. — ^A critical study of Cajori's History of Mathematics (1 H) • Professor Miller Prerequisite: Mathematics 9. Courses for Graduates SIOO. Seminar or Group Theory. — {1 unit). Professor Miller S133. Geometric Transformations. — {1 unit). Associate Professor Emch S140. Vector Methods. — (1 unit). Professor Shaw MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Professors Willard, Goodenough, Benedict, Leutwiler; Associate Professors PoLSON, Ham, Macintire; Assistant Professors Severns, Riddell; Mr. Henwood, Mr. Croft, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Radebaugh, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Lanham, Mr. Hall, Mr. Crane, Mr. Degler, Mr. Nicholas, Mr. Foxwell, Mr. Goff, Mr. Espy, Mr. Schricker, Mr. Starr, Mr. Wright, Mr. Schroeder, Mr. Crosby, Dr. Englehart. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Steam and Air Machinery. — The construction, operation, and care of boilers, engines, and air compressors; elementary thermodynamics; steam engine performance; transmission of compressed air and its application. (For students in chemical, civil, and mining engineering). I; (3). Associate Professor Polson, Assistant Professor Severns, Mr. Goff, Mr. Degler Prerequisite: Jvmior standing. 2. Steam Engineering. — ^Engines, boilers, pumps, condensers, and other steam machinery. II; (3). Associate Professor Polson, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Croft, Mr. Degler Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b. Mechanical Engineering 295 4. Steam Engineering. — The theory of the steam engine, steam turbine, and other steam machinery. (For students in mechanical engineering.) I; (3). Assistant Professors Polson, Macinttrb Prerequisite: Junior standing. 5. Steam Engineering. — Continuation of Mechanical Engineering 4. I; (3). Associate Professors Polson, Macintyre Prerequisite: Senior standing. 10. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines. — The transformation of heat into work; the second law, irreversible processes; the properties of media; applications to compres- sors and heat engines. (For students in electrical and general engineering.) II; (3). Associate Professor MACI^^TYRE, Mr. Goff Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 1 or 2. 13. Thermodymics. — The transformation of heat into work; the second law and its connection with irreversible processes; the properties of heat media; the perfect gases; saturated and superheated vapors; the flow of fluids. I; (3). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 14. Thermodynamics. — Application of the principles of thermodynamics to the steam engine, steam turbine, internal combustion engine, air compression and refrigeration. II; (3). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 13. 15. Gas Power Engineering. — Internal combustion engines, liquid and gaseous fuels and their combustion; gas producers. I and II; (3). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 14. 17. Refrigeration Engineering. — The theory and application of the principles of mechanical cooling to industrial processes. A study of refrigerants, of machinery and auxiliaries and heat transfer. The cooling of air and commodities. I; (3). Associate Professor Macintyre Prerequisite: Senior standing in Mechanical Engineering. 23. Mechanical Equipment of Buildings. — Theory and practise of designing simple systems for the mechanical equipment of buildings, including heating and ventilation, refrigeration, fire protection, vacuum cleaning, elevators, lightingj and small power plants. Lectures; laboratory. I; (5). Professor Willard, Assistant Professor Severns Prerequisite: Senior standing. 25. Heating and Ventilation for Architects. — The theory and application of principles of heating and ventilation to modem practise. Direct and indirect steam and hot water heating; furnace heating; ventilation and air analysis; air conditioning; temperature and humidity control. I; (2). Professor Willard, Assistant Professor Severns Prerequisite: Senior standing. 28. Heating and Ventilation. — The theory and application of the principles of heat- ing and ventilation to modem practise. Steam boilers and water heaters of steel and cast iron for heating service; heat losses from buildings; direct and indirect steam and hot water heating; using gravity systems; furnace heating; fan blast or mechanical indirect systems; exhaust steam heating; district heating by steam and water; ventilation and air analysis; air conditioning; temperature and humidity control. II; (4). Professor Willard, Assistant Professor Severns Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 65. 31. Mechanics of Machinery. — Mechanisms and mechanical movements; cams, gears, valve gears, and quick-return motions; graphical constructions for displacement, velocity, and acceleration; kinetics of the steam engine mechanism and similar mechan- isms; balancing, critical speeds; force and mass reduction. I; (5). Associate Professor Ham, Mr. Crane, Mr. Foxwell, Mr. Henwood Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 33. Aeronautic Engineering. — History and development of aeronautic science with critical analysis of the design and constmction of aircraft. I; (3). Assistant Professor Riddell Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21 and 29; senior standing, 34. Aeronautic Engineering. — Continuation of Mechanical Engineering 33. II; (3). Assistant Professor Riddell Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 33. 296 Mechanical Engineering 37. Principles of Management. — The vmderlying principles of organization and of management; application of science to industrial problems; selection, training and com- pensation of labor; modem production methods. I or II; (3). Professor Benedict Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 87, 88; senior standing. 40. Mechanical Engineering Design. — Theory of machine design, with application; investigation of actual machines similar to the ones to be designed; design of machinery subjected to heavy and variable stresses; punches, shears, presses, riveters, and cranes. II; (3). Professor Leutwiler, Professor Ham, Mr. Henwood, Mr. Crane, Mr. Foxwell Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Alechanics 29; Mechanical Engineering 31. 41. Mechanical Engineering Design. — Continuation of Mechanical Engineering 40. I; (4). Professor Leutw^iler, Professor Ham, Mr. Henwood, Mr. Foxwell, Mr. Crane Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 40. 52. Power Plant Design. — Study and design of some form of steam power plant. II; (3). Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Henwood, Mr. Foxwell Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 43 and 65. 61. Power Measurement. — The testing and calibration of instruments and appara- tus; use of the indicator, calculation of horse-power and steam consumption; reading of indicator diagrams; valve setting. (For students in electrical engineering.) I; (2). Associate Professor Polson, Assistant Professor Severns, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Croft, Mr. Nicholas, Mr. Degler, Mr. Espy Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 1 or 2. 62. Power Measurement and Steam Engines. — Laboratory work, substantially the same as that given in Mechanical Engineering 61, supplemented by lectures on steam machinery. II; (3). Associate Professor Polson, Assistant Professor Severns, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Croft, Mr. Nicholas Prerequisite: Junior standing. 64. Power Measurement. — Apparatus for engine and boiler tests — scales, thermom- eters, indicators, brakes and dynamometers, gauges, calorimeters; methods of caUbrating and using such apparatus; tests for horse-power of steam engines; pumps; and gas engines. Reports II; (3). Associate Professor Polson, Assistant Professor Severns, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Cboft, Mr. Nicholas, Mr. Degler, Mr. Espy Prerequisite: Registration in Mechanical Engineering 4 and 14. 65. Power Laboratory. — Experiments on engines, turbines, gas engines, pumps, boilers, injectors, air compressors, heating apparatus, and refrigerating machines. I; (3). Associate Professor Polson, Assistant Professor Severns, Mr. Croft, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Nicholas, Mr. Degler, Mr. Espy Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 14 and 64. 71. Forge Work for Agricultural Students. — Forging and welding, tempering tools; pointing and hardening cultivator shovels, plowshares. Six hours a week, either half of I or II; (1). Time to be arranged. Mr. Lanham 73. "Woodwork for Agricultural Students. — Carpentry for the farmer; use of tools; layout and construction of building joints; repairs to buildings and equipment. Six hours a week, either half of 1 or II; (1). Time to be arranged. Mr. Hall, Mr. Wright 85-86. Pattern and Foundry Laboratory. — Analysis and planning of patterns for production of castings; construction of wood and metal patterns; floor, bench and machine moldings; foundry management, planning, routing, dispatching and inspection of work; work operation studies; core making; brass furnace and cupola practise; tool and stock room methods; studies of foundry practises, methods and equipment; experimental in- vestigations. M. E. 85, I; (3). M. E. 86, II; (3). Professor Benedict, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Hall, Mr. Crosby, Mr. Wright, Mr. Schroeder 87-88. Machine and Forge Laboratory. — Operation of machine tools equipped with facilities for duplicate production of parts; work operation studies; dispatching and inspec- tion of work; investigations of machine tool performance with dynamometers; heat treat- ment of steel; investigations in heat treatment of metals. M. E. 87, I; (3). M. E. 88, II; (3). Professor Benedict, Mr. Lanham, Mr. Radebaugh, Mr. Schrickeb, Mr. Starr, Dr. Englehart Prerequisite: M. E. 85 and 86, or equivalent. Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 297 97-98. Thesis. — Investigation of special subject and preparation of thesis embodying a review of the literature of the subject, the results of investigation, and a discussion of those results. I or II; (3). Time to be arranged. 99. Inspection Trip. — I; (no credit). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in mechanical engineering presupposes the full under- graduate course in that subject. 107. Thermodynamics. — Application of thermodynamics to the solution of physical and engineering problems. Twice a week', I; {1 unit). Time to he arranged. Professor Goodenough 109. Machine Design. — Rational design; the application of mechanics of materials. Individual problems. Twice a week; I or II; {1 unit). Time to he arranged. Professor Leutwiler 112. Laboratory Investigations. — Combustion of fuel, boiler economy; steam engines and turbines; gas engines and producers; properties of explosive mixtures; mechanical refrigeration. Original work. Three times a week; 1 or 11; {ly^ units). Time to be ar- ranged. Professor Willard 114. Mechanics of Machinery. — Advanced problems. Twice a week; {1 unit). Time to be arranged. Professor Goodenough MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED Professors Talbot, Moore, Enger, Seely; Assistant Professors Fleming, Ensign, Putnam, Westergaard, Richart; Mr. Draffin, Mr. Larson, Mr. Schwalbe, Mr. GiLKEY, Mr. Osgood, Mr. Pease. Courses for Undergraduates 10. Hydraulics. — Pressure and flow of water; utilization as motive power; observa- tion and measurement of pressure, velocity and flow; power and efficiency; determination of experimental coefficients. Laboratory weekly. II; (3). Professor Enger, Professor Seely, Assistant Professor Fleming, Assistant Professor Putnam Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 14. Elements of Mechanics. — ^Kinematics, kinetics, and statics. (For architects and others who have not taken the calculus). II; (4). Mr. Draffin Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4. 15-16. Strength of Materials. — Graphical methods; elastic curve of beams; centroids and moments of inertia of areas; reinforced concrete beams and columns; tests of engineer- ing materials. (For students in architecture and others without the prerequisites for course 25 or 29.) Laboratory every other week. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Westergaard, Mr. Draffin Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14. 20. Analytical Mechanics. — The mechanics of engineering rather than that of astron- omy and physics. Force systems, equilibrium, centroids and center of gravity; friction; kinematics; problems; statement of conditions and use of data. II; (3). Professor Seely, Assistant Professor Ensign, Assistant Professor Westergaard, Mr. Draffin, Mr. Larson, Mr, Schts^albe, Mr. Gilkey, Mr. Osgood, Mr. Pease. Prerequisite: Mathematics 7; registration in Mathematics 9. (Mathematics 8a and registration in Mathematics 8b for students in chemical engineering and industrial admin- istration.) 21. Analytical Mechanics. — Continuation of course 20. Kinematics and kinetics. I; (2). Professor Enger, Assistant Professor Ensign, Assistant Professor W estergaard, Mr. Larson, Mr. Schwalbe^ Mr. Gilkey, Mr. Osgood. Prerequisite: Mathematics 8b or 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. 298 Mechanics^ Theoretical and Applied 25. Resistance of Materials. — A briefer course than Theoretical and Applied Mecha- nics 29. (For students in architectural, ceramic, chemical, electrical, and mining engineer- ing.) I; (4). Professor Seely, Assistant Professor Fleming, Assistant Professor Ensign, Assist- ant Professor Putnam, Assistant Professor Westergaard, Mr. Larson, Mr. Schwalbe, Mr. GiLKEY, Mr. Osgood, Mr. Pease. Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. 26. Analytical Mechanics and Hydratdics. — Kinematics, kinetics, and hydraulics; problems; hydraulic laboratory. (For students in architectural, electrical, and mining engineering.) Laboratory weekly during the last half of the semester. II; (4), Professor Enger, Professor Seely, Assistant Professor Fleming, Assistant Profes- sor Putnam, Assistant Professor Westergaard. Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25. 29. Resistance of Materials. — Mechanics of materials; properties and requirements for materials of construction; effect of methods of manufacture on quality; specifications and standard tests. (For students in civil, mechanical, and municipal and sanitary engi- neering.) Recitations; lectures, assigned reading. Laboratory weekly. I; (5). Professor Talbot, Professor Enger, Assistant Professor Fleming, 'Assistant Pro- fessor Ensign, Assistant Professor Putnam, Mr. Gilkey, Mr. Osgood, Mr. Pease. Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; registration in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 36. Analytical Mechanics. — ^The portion of course 26 devoted to analytical mechanics. (Open only to railway electrical engineering students.) II; (2). Assistant Professor Putnam Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates [1. Analytical Mechanics. — ^Especially for graduates and advanced imdergraduates in Arts and Sciences. Lamb's Statics. I; (3). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 9.] 2. Analytical Mechanics. — (A continuation of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 2.) Lamb's Dynamics. II; (3). Assistant Professor Ensign Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 1. 41. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. — Special problems met in engineering. Thick cylinders, guns, curved beams, hooks, chain links, rings, unsymmetrical bending, flat plates, bulk heads; stresses due to impact loads; resistance of materials to repeated loading; collapsing pressure of thin-walled vessels. Exact versus approximate analyses. Methods of extending approximate analyses. General methods of attack. The application of mechanics to special machine parts and structures. I; (3). Professor Seely Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20 and 25 or 29. 42. The Properties of Engineering Materials: Specifications and Inspection. — The properties and uses of materials of construction, iron, steel, non-ferrous metals, wood, concrete, brick, and stone. Standard specifications for materials; methods of inspection. II; (2). Professor Seely Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20 and 25 or 29. 44. Laboratory Work in Testing Materials. — Study of testing machines and strain measuring apparatus; practise in making standard tests in tension, compression, and flexure. Torsion tests, impact tests, repeated stress tests, and tests of special form. Sys- tematic tabulation and reduction of test data. Laboratory and computing room periods. II; (3). Professor Moore Prerequisite: Theoretical and AppUed Mechanics 20 and 25 or 29. 45. Advanced Technical Mechanics. — A survey of graphical and algebraic methods and principles used in technical elastostatics. General theories of deformations of struc- tures, in particular of statically indeterminate structures; principles of virtual work and of least action; the method of the substitute structure; the method of the principal dis- placements, including the slope-deflection method; Ritz's method; elastic stability and buckling. Application to a variety of structures in different fields of engineering. I; (3). Assistant Professor Westergaard Mineralogy 299 46. Advanced Technical Statics. — Selected topics in the mechanics of elastic mate- rials; moment-area principles, graphical analysis of continuous beams, fundamental equa- tions of elasticity, analysis of slabs. II; (2). Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied 20 and 25 or 29 or approved work in physics and mathematics. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in theoretical and applied mechanics presupposes a full undergraduate course in that subject. 101. Analytical Mechanics. — The historical development of methods of analysis; advanced problems in statics and dynamics; critical and comparative study of texts. Twice a week; II; {1 unit). Professor Moore 102. Resistance of Materials. — Properties of materials used in engineering construc- tion and methods of determining these properties; mechanics of materials; effect of form or member in a structure or machine; the method of application of forces; comparative study of texts. Twice a week; II; {1 unit). Professor Moore 103. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Engineering. — The laws of hydraulics and their application to engineering problems; hydraulic power and its development; design and investigation. Twice a week; II; (3^ to 1 unit). Professor Enger 104. Experimental Work in the Laboratory of Applied Mechanics. — (a) Laboratory investigation in the materials-testing laboratory; (b) experimental work in hydravdic laboratory. Twice a week; I, II; (J^ to 1 units). Professors Talbot, Moore, Enger 105. Experimental and Analytical Work in Reinforced Concrete. — Research; inter- pretation of experimental results and their application to the design of structures; prin- ciples of construction. Laboratory experimentation. Twice a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Talbot Summer Session Courses 520. Analytical Mechanics. — (3). Assistant Professor Ensign, Assistant Professor Westergaard Prerequisite: Mathematics 7; registration in Mathematics 9. 521. Analytical Mechanics. — (3). Assistant Professor Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 9, Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. S25. Resistance of Materials. — (4). Assistant Professor Putnam, Mr. Schwalbe Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. Courses for graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 541. Advanced Mechanics of Material. — (3). Professor Seelt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25 or its equivalent. 542. Properties of Materials. — (2). Professor Seelt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25 or its equivalent. 844. Laboratory Work in Testing Materials. — (3). Professor Moore Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25 or its equivalent. S45. Advanced Technical Mechanics. — (2). Assistant Professor Westergaard Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25 or its equivalent. MEDICINE (See under College of Medicine) METEOROLOGY (See Geology) MINERALOGY (See Geology) 300 Military Science MILITARY SCIENCE Professor Dailet; Associate Professors Pool, Camp, Burr, Atkins, Connor; Assist- ant Professors Ehlert, Grow, Baker, Lyon, Rtjmbough, Whitesides, Alexander, Atwell, Nihoof, Mallett, O'Keefe; Mr. Moroney, Mr. Dalferes, Mr. Golden, Mr. Foster, Mr. Talbot, Mr. Lynch, Mr. Pinsenshaum, Mr. Shea, Mr. Hughes. Freshman Infantry la-2a. Practical. — Organization; military courtesy and discipline; infantry drill regu- lations; disciplinary gymnastics; gallery practice; range practice; scouting and patrolling. Two hours a week. I, II; (H)» Associate Professor Pool, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Assistant Professor Nihoof, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden lb-2b. Theoretical. — Infantry drill regulations; care and handling of arms and equipment; rifle markmanship; military policy; personal hygiene; first aid; sanitation; military courtesy and customs of the service. One hour a week. I, II; i}^,)- Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Nihoof, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden Sophomore Infantry 3a-4a. Practical. — Infantry weapons; command and leadership; musketry; topog- raphy. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Assistant Professor Nihoof, Mr. Moroney. Mr. Golden 3b-4b. Theoretical. — Topography and map reading; military poUcy; first aid and camp sanitation. One hour a week. I, II; (H)- Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Nihoof, Mr. GtOlden, Mr. Moroney Jimior Infantry 5a-6a. Practical. — Duties of officers and non-commissioned officers, including all subjects in la-2a, 3a-4a, accompanying weapons. Three hours a week. I, II; (J^). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Assistant Professor Nihoof, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden 5b-6b. Theoretical. — Musketry; accompanying weapons; international and military law; field engineering. Two hours a week. I, II; (1). Associate Professor Pool, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden Junior Infantry (For students who have had previous ROTC Training. See Military Science). 5c-6c. Practical. — Accompanying weapons, including the functioning of Machine Gun and Howitzer Companies. Two hours a week. I, II; (H)- Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden 5d-6d. Theoretical. — ^Accompanying weapons; law; field engineering. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden Senior Infantry 7a-8a. Practical. — Duties of officers and non-commissioned officers, including ad- vanced work in subjects 5a-6a and 5b-6b, and solution of problems in musketry and minor tactics. Three hours a week. I, II; (3^). Professor Dailey; Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp; Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Assistant Professor Nihoof; Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden 7b-8b. Theoretical. — Company administration; military history and policy of the United States; study of the world war; minor tactics. Two hours a week. I, II; (1). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Mr. Moroney Military Science 301 Senior Infantry (For students who have had previous ROTC Training. See Military Science) 7c-8c. Practical. — Continuation of subjects given in 5c-6c, especially the duties of non-commissioned officers. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Assistant Professor Baker, Mr. Moroney, Mr. Golden 7d-8d. Theoretical. — Minor tactics military history of the United States; administra- tion. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Professor Dailey, Associate Professor Pool, Associate Professor Camp, Assistant Professor Ehlert, Mr. Moroney Freshman Field Artillery lla-12a. Practical. — Field Artillery drill regulations, fundamental military sciences; pistol practice; field artillery material. Equitation and drivers' instruction. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Associate Professor Bxjrr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes 1 lb-12b. Theoretical. — Field Artillery drill regulations, fundamental military science, field artillery material, elementary gunnery, hippology, (guard duty). One hour a week. I, II; {14)- Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes Sophomore Field Artillery 13a-14a. Practical. — Field Artillery Drill Regulations, topography and reconnais- sance, use of fire control instruments; field artillery material; tractor driving; equitation; and mounted drill. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes 13b-14b. Theoretical. — Gunnery, topography, and reconnaissance; ordnance; artil- lery material; tractors; field artillery drill and service regulations; hippology. One hour a week. I, II; (H). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes Junior Field Artillery lSaa-16aa. Practical. — Field artillery drill regulations, topography and reconnais- sance, use of fire control instnmients; field artillery material; tractor driving; equitation; and mounted drill. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes lSbb-16bb. Theoretical. — Combination of 13b and 15b. Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr Dalferes (For specially selected students who have completed one year of Field .\rtillery train- ing and who have had two years' instruction in Junior ROTC Training prior to entering the University.) See Military Science (page 120.) lSa-16a. Practical. — Field artillery drill regulations, topography and reconnaissance, use of fire control instruments; field artillery material, tractor driving; equitation, and mounted drill. Two hours a week. I, II; (}^). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett 15b-16b. Theoretical. — -Gunnery; and conduct of fire; topography, and reconnais- sance; liaison and communication; ordnance; artillery material; tractors; field artillery drill and service regulations; hippology. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes 302 Military Science Senior Field Artillery 17a-18a. Practical. — Field Artillery drill regulations; conduct and observation of fire, smoke bombs; reconnaissance and tactics; equitation and mounted drill. Duties of officers and non-commissioned officers. Two hours a week. I, II; (K)- Associate Professor}, Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes. 17b-18b. Theoretical. — Reconnaissance; field engineering and fortifications; military law, military history of the United States rules of Land Warfare; army administration. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Associate Professor Burr, Associate Professor Connor, Assistant Professor Alex- ander, Assistant Professor Mallett, Mr. Foster, Mr. Dalferes. Freshmen Cavalry 21a-22a. Practical. — School of the Trooper, mounted and dismoimted; care of horses and equipment; rifle marksmanship; swordsmanship; scouting and patrolling; cavalry pack. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Grow 21b-22b. Theoretical. — Discipline and courtesy; rifle marksmanship; cavalry drill; scouting and patrolling. One hour a week. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Grow Sophomore Cavalry 23a-24a. Practical. — ^Equitation; cavalry drill; pistol marksmanship; command and leadership; musketry; map reading and sketching. Two hours a week. I, II; (H)- Assistant Professor O'Keefe 23b-24b. Theoretical. — Discipline and courtesy; cavalry drill; hygiene and first aid; topography; pistol marksmanship. One hour a week. I, II; (J/^). Assistant Professor O'Keefe Junior Cavalry 2Sa-26a. Practical. — ^Equitation; machine gun marksmanship; auto rifle marksman- ship; command and leadership; polo. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Atwell 25b-26b. Theoretical. — Military law; communications; field engineering; minor tac- tics; hippology; cavalry drill. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Assistant Professor Atwell Senior Cavalry 27a-28a. Practical. — Command and leadership; equitation; polo. Two hours a week. I, II; {14) • Assistant Professor O'Keefe 27b-28b. Theoretical. — Military History; administration; packing; minor tactics. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Assistant Professor O'Keefe Freshmen Engineers 31a-32a. Practical. — Organization; military courtesy and discipline; infantry drill; care and handling of arms and equipment; guard duty; gallery practice; range practice; knots and lashings; trenches and bridges. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Lyon 31b-32b. Theoretical. — Infantry drill regulations; theory of target practice; morale; duties of engineer troops; topography; bridge construction; fortification. One hour a week. I, II; (3^). Assistant Professor Lyon Sophomore Engineers 33a-34a. Practical. — Review of subjects given in 31a-32a; field fortification; auto- matic weapons; gallery practise; sketching; demolitions. Tivo hours a week. I, II; (3^). Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon 33b-34b. Theoretical. — Infantry drill regulations; military hygiene; sanitation; first aid; automatic weapons; grenades; musketry; map reading and military sketching; demolitions. One hour a week. I, II; (H)- Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon Military Science 303 Jtinior Engineers 35a-36a. Practical. — Duties of engineer officers and non-commissioned officers; engi- neering problems on bridges; railroads and roads; military law; machine guns and howitzers; field engineering. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon 35b-36b. Theoretical. — Field engineering; military law; machine gun and howitzers; minor tactics. Three hours a week. (1) Or, one hour a week of military science. (3^) and two hours a week of a technical elective in the College of Engineering (for which credit will be given in that college). I, II. Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon Senior Engineers 37a-38a. Practical. — Duties of engineer officers; instruction of students in basic course; general construction; minor tactics; mechanical equipment and ordnance. Two hours a week. I, II; (3^). Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon 37b-38b. Theoretical. — Military administration and supply; military policy; military history; general construction; minor tactics; mechanical equipment and ordnance. Three hours a week. (1) Or, one hour a week of military science (H); and two hours a week of technical elective in the College of Engineering (for which credit will be given in that college). I, II. Associate Professor Atkins, Assistant Professor Lyon Freshmen Signal Corps 41a-42a. Practical. — Signal corps drill, dismounted; laying field wire from breast reel and wire cart; operation of field telephones and switchboards; wig wag; semaphore and lamp signalling; pistol range practice; setting up and operating field radio telephone and telegraph sets. Two hours a week. I, II; {j4)- Assistant Professor RtrMBOuGH, Mr. Lynch 41b-42b. Theoretical. — Signal corps drill, dismounted; schools of the soldier, squad, platoon and company; ceremonies; splicing field wire; buzzer practice in the International Morse (Radio) code. One hour a week. I, II; (l^). Assistant Professor Rtjmbough, Mr. Lynch Sophomore Signal Corps 43a-44a. Practical. — Sketching an area by plane table; operation of message center; coding and recording messages; calibrating field radio sets by wavemeter; radio net opera- tion; practice in connecting field telephone system to an automatic telephone system; trouble shooting on field lines and switchboards. Two hours a week. I, II; (J/^). Assistant Professor Rtjmbough, Mr. Lynch 43b-44b. Theoretical. — Principles of plane table sketching; codes and ciphers; mes- sage center technique; elementary principles of radio telegraphy and telephony; the auto- matic telephone switchboard; wire axis installation and maintenance within a division. One hour a week. I, II; (J^). Assistant Professor Rumbough, Mr. Lynch Junior Signal Corps 45a-46a. Practical. — ^All members of this class are officers or non-commissioned of- ficers of the freshman and sophomore companies and drill with the companies to which assigned; practise in command of troops and instructing in technical subjects. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Assistant Professor Rumbough, Mr. Lynch 4Sb-46b. Theoretical. — Study of the tactical use of signal communications with all arms of the service; lectures by officers of infantry, field artillery, cavalry, engineers and air service on the tactics of their arms; map problems; telephone and telegraph engi- neering. Three hours a week. (1). Assistant Professor Rumbough, Mr. Lynch 304 Military Science Senior Signal Corps 47a-48a. F*ractical. — ^Radio laboratory; characteristic curves of vacuum tubes; radio measurements; study of damped and undamped wave radio telegraph sets; practice in the U. of 111. radio station WRM. Three hours a week. I, II; (H). Mr. Brown 47b-48b. Theoretical. — Radio engineering; a mathematical and physical study of the principles of radio telegraphy and telephony. Two hours a week. 1, II; (1), Mr, Brown Freshman Aviation (Heavier and Lighter than Air) 51a-52a. Practical. — Organization, military courtesy, discipline, drill hygiene, first aid, sanitation, care and handling of arms and equipment, small-arms firing, interior guard duty, code and buzzer and visual signaling, construction and operation of wire-telephones, military sketching and map reading. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Mr. Talbot 51b-52b. Theoretical. — ^Principles of organization and administration of a squadron, military' hygiene, first aid and sanitation, fundamental principles of military customs, court- esies and discipline, interior guard duty, school of the soldier, squad, platoon, and squadron ; ceremonies; description, nomenclature, care and use of the rifle and the .45-calibre auto- matic pistol; elementary electricity and magnetism, history and development of aeronau- tics, characteristics, limitations and employment of the air service, air service organization in general. One hour a week. I, II; {}i). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Mr. Talbot Sophomore Aviation (Heavier and Lighter than Air) 53a-54a. Practical. — Problems in map reading, sketching miniature range, infantry drill, fundamentals of leadership, duties of non-commissioned officers, taking down and assembling automatic rifle, range practise and matches with the .45-calibre automatic pistol, aerial machine guns, drill and stripping ring sights, gears, exercises and problems in patrolling, tactical walks, use of ground, messages and reports, miniature range, artillery adjustments. Two hours a week. I, II; (J^). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Mr. Talbot 53b-54b. Theoretical. — Map reading, military sketching and map coordinateSj fimda- mentals of leadership, infantry drill regulations, the .45-calibre pistol, preliminary instruc- tion in marksmanship, automatic rifle, aerial machine gun, principles governing patrolling, messages and reports, operation of standard ground and airplane radio setSj artillery and infantry liaison; moving pictures of air service subjects will be shown during additional hours. One hour a week. I, II; (J^). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Sir. Talbot Junior Aviation (Heavier than Air) S5a-56a. Practical. — Military field engineering problems, minor tactics, map maneu- vers, war game, tactical walks, radio mechanics section, shop, bench and lathe work, in- stallation and repair of standard grovmd and airplane radio sets, buzzer practise, miniature range, artillery adjustment, interpretation of aerial photographs, map making from aerial photographs, aeronautical engines, shop work, trouble shooting. Two hours a week. I, 11; (H). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Mr. Talbot 55b-56b. Theoretical. — ^Elements of field engineering, trenches, concealment and camouflage, offensive and defensive conduct of small units, organization of the ground, ammunition supply, liaison agents of the command, liaison by airplanes and balloons, radio mechanics section, cameras, types, with purpose and characteristics of each, study of details from aerial photographs, aeronautical engines, principles, carburation, ignition, lubrication, cooling, trouble shooting, types of engines, aerial gunnery, theory and general information, aerial bombardment. Three hours a week. 1, II; (1). Assistant Professor Whitesides, Mr. Talbot Mining Engineering 305 Senior Aviation (Heavier than Air) 57a-58a. Practical. — Squadron paper work, squadron administration, moot courts, direction finding, nomenclature of standard radio equipment, airplane rigging, nomenclature and construction of airplanes, assembling and alignment, repair, and inspection, care of machines, patching, mending and doping, splicing and soldering, mending longerons, instruments, types of service planes. Two hours a week. I, II; (H). Assistant Professor Whitesideb 57b-58b. Theoretical. — Important United States campaigns and battles, history of the Military Policy of the United States, history and development of military aeronautics, the article of war, courts-martial, evidence, rules of land warfare, aerial navigation, meteor- ology, air service organization, air service operations, aerial tactics, theory of flight, aero- dynamics, stability, control, airplanes, nomenclature, rigging, materials and stresses,woods fabrics and dopes, wire and fittings, propellers. Three hours a week. I, II; (1). Assistant Professor Whitesides MINING ENGINEERING Professor Stoek; Assistant Professors Akms, Drtjcker, Hoskin; Mr. Smith, Mr. Stewart. 1. Earth and Rock Excavation. — Explosives; blasting; boring; tunneling; shaft-sink- ing; coal-cutting; timbering and prospecting. I; (3). (For mining students only.) Assistant Professor Drucker, Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb. 2. Mining Principles. — Terminology; explosives and blasting; well and rock drill- ing; coal-cutting; shaft-sinking and tunneling; methods of working and timbering flat and inclined deposits. (For students in courses other than mining. Of special interest to those taking advanced military work.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Drucker, Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb; junior standing. 4. Mining Methods. — Mining and timbering of bedded, vein, and placer deposits. II; (3). Professor Stoek Prerequisite: Mining 1 and Greology 43. 6. Mechanical Engineering of Mines. — Hoisting, ropes, cages, hoisting engines, and other appliances. Haulage: the different systems used imdergroimd and on the surface; the methods of loading and unloading; mine stables; transportation of workmen. Drainage of mines; mine dams, mine pumps. II; (3). Assistant Professor Drucker Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 62, or equivalent. 8. Mine and Metallurgical Law, Administration, and Accounts. — Laws governing location, ownership, and policing of mines. Trade agreements, relations between employers and employees. Sociology. Accounts and cost sheets. I; (3). Professor Stoek Prerequisite: Mining 4. 9. Preparation of Coal and Ore. — History, principles, processes, machines; appli- cations to dry coal preparation and coal washing. Breaking, sizing, and concentrating ores. Laboratory practise in coal washing. I; (3), Assistant Professor Arms Prerequisite: Chemistry 5, Physics 3a-3b. 10. Electrical Engineering of Mines. — Elementary principles of electrical machinery; direct-current motors and generators, storage batteries; power plant equipment; alternat- ing current motors and generators; mining applications of electrical machinery. I; (3). Prerequisite: Physics la-lb. 13. Utilization of Fuels. — The manufacture, handling, and utilization of wood, char- coal, peat, lignite, bituminous coal, anthracite, coke, petroleum, natural and artificial gas and refractories in mining and metallurgical practise. II; (2). Professor Stoek, .Assistant Professor Drucker Prerequisite: Junior standing in College of Engineering. 14. Non-Ferrous Ore Treatment.— Gold, silver, copper, lead, zinc. II; (3). Assistant Professor Drucker Prerequisite: Junior standing. ISa. Mine Ventilation. — Mine ventilation, signalling, and lighting. II; (2). Prerequisite: Physics 3a-3b; Mining 2 or 4. 306 Mining Engineering 17. Problems. — ^Problems, library research, and reports on mining or metallurgical subjects. I; (1). Professor Stoek, Assistant Professor Arms Prerequisite: Senior standing in mining engineering. 17b. Metallurgical Problems. — Problems and library research on metallurgical sub- jects. II; (3). Assistant Professor Drxtckeb Prerequisite: Chemistry 7; Mining 14. 21a. Examination, Valuation and Reporting. — The methods of examining, valuing, and reporting on mines, mining and metallurgical plants. Estimation and prospecting of mineral deposits. II; (3). Professor Stoek Prerequisite: Mining 1 or 2, Mining 4, or registration in Mining 4, Geology 20 and 43 or equivalent. 41. Principles of Mining and Metallurgical Design. — Design of mine structures of wood, steel, and masonry, with drafting practise in design of tipples, shaft houses, bins, and general surface plant. I; (3). Assistant Professor Drucker Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 58, or equivalent. 42. Mining and Metallurgical Design. — General layout; design; estimates for con- struction and specifications for mining or metallurgical plant. II; (2). Assistant Professor Drucker Prerequisite: INIining 41. 61. Elementary Mine Surveying. — The theory, use and adjustment of the compass, transit and level; the computation of areas and volumes; bore hole surveys; map construc- tion; comers and boundaries; elements of mine surveying. Problems with tape, compass, transit and level. I; (3). Mr. Smith Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing, 1 or 4 or 2. Mathematics 4. 62. Mine Surveying. — The application of general surveying methods to mine work; description and use of instruments employed underground and in connecting surface and underground surveys; the platting and use of mine maps; mineral land surveying; the theory and use of solar attachments; determination of the meridian. A surveying trip is made to neighboring mines, of which the estimated cost is $10.00. II; (3). Mr. Smith 64. Coal and Ore Preparation Laboratory. — The availability for crushing, dry prep- aration, washing and briquetting of various coals. Wet and dry concentration test on raw ores with small commercial machines. Design of flow sheets. Sampling, and an anal- ysis of raw and finished products. II; (3). Prerequisite: Mining 9. [68. Mine Topography. — Stadia; application of topographic and railroad surveying to mining conditions. II; (1). Not given in 1922-1923. Assistant Professor Arms Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 35 or Mining 61.] 90. Mining and Metallurgical Reports. — Review of mining and metallurgical litera- ture; reports; technical writing. II; (1). Professor Stoek 97-98. Thesis. — In accordance with regulations of College of Engineering. I, II; (3). 99. Mining Inspection Trip. — No credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates The prerequisite for graduate work in mining engineering is the equivalent of the undergraduate courses required for the degree of Bachelor of Science in mining in the branches of the subject in which registration is desired. In addition to the regular University laboratories, the laboratory connected with the investigation of mining conditions in Illinois now being carried on jointly by the Engineer- ing Experiment Station through the Department of Mining Engineering, the State Geolog- ical Survey, and the United States Bureau of Mines, is available for graduate instruction. Note. — Of courses 103, 105, only one will be given, according to election of students. 100. Seminar. — Once a week; I and II; (1 unit). Professor Stoek 101. Advanced Mining Methods. — Coal and ore fields of the United States; methods and economics of mining; utilization, marketing, storage, and transportation of coal and ores. Twice a week; I and II; (l unit). Professor Stoek Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 307 102. Advanced Preparation of Coal and Ores. — Detailed investigation and discussion of settling ratios; laws of crushing, sorting vs. sizing; specific mill and washing problems. Twice a week; I and II; {1 unit). 104. Mining Reports. — Law of the apex, the classification of coal and ore lands; conservation of mineral resources; mine examination and report. Twice a week; I and II; (i unit). Professor Stoek 105. Welfare Work and Education Among Mine Employees. — The organization and operation of mining institutes, night classes, welfare, mine rescue, and first-aid work. Twice a week', I and II; {1 unit). Professor Stoek 106. Advanced Coal, Ore, and Metallurgical Plant Design. — Flow sheets; general layout, design, estimates for constructions, and detailed specifications. Twice a week) I and II; {1 unit). Assistant Professor Drucker 107. Advanced Non-Ferrous Metallurgical Projects. — Detailed investigations upon the treatment of zinc, lead, copper, gold, silver, and similar ores. Problems and reports. Twice a week; I and II; {1 unit). Assistant Professor Drucker MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING Professors Talbot, Enqer; Associate Professor Babbitt. 2. Water Supply Engineering. — The principal features of water supply engineering; source of supply; hydraulics of wells; stream flow; impounding and storage reservoirs; conduits and pipe lines; pumps and pumping machinery; stand-pipes and elevated tanks; the distribution system; tests and standards of purity of potable water. Designing weekly. I; (4). Professor Enger, Associate Professor Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29, 10; Chemistry 1; Mechanical Engineering 1 or 2. 3. Sewerage. — Sewerage systems; sanitary necessity of sewerage; separate and com- bined water carriage systems; surveys and general plans; hydraulics; house sewage and its removal; rainfall and storm-water flow; size and capacity of sewers; sewer appurtenances; sewage disposal; estimates and specifications. Designing weekly. II; (3). Associate Professor Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29, 10; Chemistry 1; Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2. 6a-6b. Water Purification, Sewage Disposal, and General Sanitation. — Water purifi- cation; design of water purification works; standards and tests of purity of potable water. Sewage disposal; design of sewage treatment works; garbage collection and disposal; sanitary restrictions and regulations and general sanitation. The sanitation of army camps, hospitals, and industrial communities. Lectures; seminar work; drafting. I; (3), II; (2). Associate Professor Babbitt Prerequisite: Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2, 3; Chemistry 1, 3, 10b. 9. Hydraulic Design and Construction. — Reservoirs, dams, conduits, and waterways; hydraulic engineering problems. II; (2). Professor Enger 98. Thesis. — Investigation or design of an engineering problem. II; (2). Professor Talbot, Associate Professor Babbitt 99. Inspection Trip. — I; {no credit). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Courses for Graduates Entrance on graduate work in municipal and sanitary engineering presupposes a full undergraduate course in that subject. 102. Water Supply Engineering. — Water supply; general waterworks construction; pumps and pumping; reservoirs and elevated tanks; waterworks